THE GRID CODE

ISSUE 5
REVISION 38

4 September 2019

© 2013 Copyright owned by National Grid Electricity System Operator Limited, all rights reserved.

No part of this publication may be reproduced in any material form (including photocopying and restoring in any
medium or electronic means and whether or not transiently or incidentally) without the written permission of
National Grid Electricity System Operator Limited, except:

1. to the extent that any party who is required to comply (or is exempt from complying) with the provisions
under the Electricity Act 1989 reasonably needs to reproduce this publication to undertake its licence or
statutory duties within Great Britain (or any agent appointed so to act on that party’s behalf); and

2. in accordance with the provisions of the Copyright, Designs and Patents Act 1988.
 THE GRID CODE
CONTENTS

CONTENTS* (C)

PREFACE* (P)

GLOSSARY AND DEFINITIONS (GD)

PLANNING CODE (PC)

CONNECTION CONDITIONS (CC)

EUROPEAN CONNECTION CONDITIONS (ECC)

DEMAND RESPONSE SERVICES (DRS)

COMPLIANCE PROCESSES (CP)

EUROPEAN COMPLIANCE PROCESSES (ECP)

OPERATING CODES (OC)

OC1 Demand Forecasts

OC2 Operational Planning and Data Provision
OC3 Not Used
OC4 Not Used
OC5 Testing and Monitoring
OC6 Demand Control
OC7 Operational Liaison
OC8 Safety Co-ordination
OC9 Contingency Planning
OC10 Event Information Supply
OC11 Numbering and Nomenclature of HV Apparatus at Certain Sites
OC12 System Tests

BALANCING CODES (BC)

BC1 Pre Gate Closure Process

BC2 Post Gate Closure Process
BC3 Frequency Control Process
BC4 TERRE Processes
BC5

Issue 5 Revision 38 04 September 2019

DATA REGISTRATION CODE (DRC)

GENERAL CONDITIONS (GC)

GOVERNANCE RULES (GR)

REVISIONS* (R)
*does not constitute part of the Grid Code

Issue 5 Revision 38 04 September 2019

 PREFACE
(P)

(This section does not form part of the Grid Code)

P.1. The Grid Code sets out the operating procedures and principles governing the relationship
between The Company and all Users of the National Electricity Transmission System, be
they Generators, DC Converter owners, Suppliers or Non-Embedded Customers. The
Grid Code specifies day-to-day procedures for both planning and operational purposes and
covers both normal and exceptional circumstances.

P.2 The Grid Code is designed to:

(i) permit the development, maintenance and operation of an efficient, coordinated and
economical system for the transmission of electricity;
(ii) facilitate competition in the generation and supply of electricity (and without limiting the
foregoing, to facilitate the national electricity transmission system being made available
to persons authorised to supply or generate electricity on terms which neither prevent
nor restrict competition in the supply or generation of electricity);
(iii) promote the security and efficiency of the electricity generation, transmission and
distribution systems in the national electricity transmission system operator area taken
as a whole; and
(iv) efficiently discharge the obligations imposed upon the licensee by this license and to
comply with the Electricity Regulation and any relevant legally binding decisions of the
European Commission and/or the Agency.
and is conceived as a statement of what is optimal (particularly from a technical point of view)
for all Users and The Company itself in relation to the planning, operation and use of the
National Electricity Transmission System. It seeks to avoid any undue discrimination
between Users and categories of Users.

P.3 The Grid Code is divided into the following sections:

(a) a Planning Code which provides generally for the supply of certain information by
Users in order for The Company to undertake the planning and development of the
National Electricity Transmission System;
(b) the Connection Conditions which specify minimum technical, design and operational
criteria which must be complied with by The Company at Connection Sites and by
Users connected to or seeking connection with the National Electricity Transmission
System or by Generators (other than in respect of Small Power Stations) or DC
Converter owners, connected to or seeking connection to a User's System;
(c) the Compliance Processes which specify the process that must be followed by The
Company and any Generator or DC Converter Station owner to demonstrate its
compliance with the Grid Code in relation to its Plant and Apparatus.

Issue 5 Revision 26 P 26 September 2018

1 of 2
 (d) an Operating Code, which is split into a number of sections and deals with Demand
forecasting (OC1); the co-ordination of the outage planning process in respect of Large
Power Stations, the National Electricity Transmission System and User Systems
for construction, repair and maintenance, and the provision of certain types of
Operating Margin data (OC2); testing and monitoring of Users (OC5); different forms
of reducing Demand (OC6); the reporting of scheduled and planned actions, and
unexpected occurrences such as faults (OC7); the co-ordination, establishment and
maintenance of Isolation and Earthing in order that work and/or testing can be carried
out safely (OC8); certain aspects of contingency planning (OC9); the provision of written
reports on occurrences such as faults in certain circumstances (OC10); the procedures
for numbering and nomenclature of HV Apparatus at certain sites (OC11); and the
procedures for the establishment of System Tests (OC12);
(e) a Balancing Code, which is split into three sections and deals with the submission of
BM Unit Data from BM Participants, and of certain other information, for the following
day and ahead of Gate Closure (BC1); the post Gate Closure process (BC2); and the
procedures and requirements in relation to System Frequency control (BC3);
(f) a Data Registration Code, which sets out a unified listing of all data required by The
Company from Users, and by Users from The Company, under the Grid Code;
(g) General Conditions, which are intended to ensure, so far as possible, that the various
sections of the Grid Code work together and work in practice and include provisions
relating to the establishment of a Grid Code Review Panel and other provisions of a
general nature.
P.4 This Preface is provided to Users and to prospective Users for information only and does not
constitute part of the Grid Code.

< END OF PREFACE >

Issue 5 Revision 26 P 26 September 2018

2 of 2
 GLOSSARY & DEFINITIONS
(GD)

GD.1 In the Grid Code the following words and expressions shall, unless the subject matter or
context otherwise requires or is inconsistent therewith, bear the following meanings:

Access Group A group of Connection Points within which a User declares under the
Planning Code
(a) An interconnection and/or
(b) A need to redistribute Demand between those Connection Points
either pre-fault or post-fault
Where a single Connection Point does not form part of an Access Group
in accordance with the above, that single Connection Point shall be
considered to be an Access Group in its own right.

Access Period A period of time in respect of which each Transmission Interface Circuit
is to be assessed as whether or not it is capable of being maintained as
derived in accordance with PC.A.4.1.4. The period shall commence and
end on specified calendar weeks.

Act The Electricity Act 1989 (as amended by the Utilities Act 2000 and the
Energy Act 2004).

Active Energy The electrical energy produced, flowing or supplied by an electric circuit
during a time interval, being the integral with respect to time of the
instantaneous power, measured in units of watt-hours or standard
multiples thereof, ie:
1000 Wh = 1 kWh
1000 kWh = 1 MWh
1000 MWh = 1 GWh
1000 GWh = 1 TWh

Active Power The product of voltage and the in-phase component of alternating current
measured in units of watts and standard multiples thereof, ie:
1000 Watts = 1 kW
1000 kW = 1 MW
1000 MW = 1 GW
1000 GW = 1 TW

Issue 5 Revision 38 GD 04 September 2019

1 of 70
 Additional BM Unit Has the meaning as set out in the BSC

Affiliate In relation to any person, any holding company or subsidiary of such

person or any subsidiary of a holding company of such person, in each
case within the meaning of Section 736, 736A and 736B of the Companies
Act 1985 as substituted by section 144 of the Companies Act 1989 and, if
that latter section is not in force at the Transfer Date, as if such section
were in force at such date.

AF Rules Has the meaning given to “allocation framework” in section 13(2) of the
Energy Act 2013.

Agency As defined in The Company’s Transmission Licence.

Aggregator A BM Participant who controls one or more Additional BM Units or

Secondary BM Units.

Aggregator Impact Defined for an Additional BM Unit or a Secondary BM Unit. Provides

Matrix data allowing The Company to model the result of a Bid-Offer Acceptance
on each of the Grid Supply Points within the GSP Group over which the
Additional BM Unit or Secondary BM Unit is defined

Alternate Member Shall mean an alternate member for the Panel Members elected or
appointed in accordance with this GR.7.2(a) or (b).

Ancillary Service A System Ancillary Service and/or a Commercial Ancillary Service, as

the case may be. An Ancillary Service may include one or more Demand
Response Services.

Ancillary Services An agreement between a User and The Company for the payment by The
Agreement Company to that User in respect of the provision by such User of
Ancillary Services.

Annual Average Cold A particular combination of weather elements which gives rise to a level of
Spell Conditions or ACS peak Demand within a Financial Year which has a 50% chance of being
Conditions exceeded as a result of weather variation alone.

Apparent Power The product of voltage and of alternating current measured in units of
voltamperes and standard multiples thereof, ie:
1000 VA = 1 kVA
1000 kVA = 1 MVA

Apparatus Other than in OC8, means all equipment in which electrical conductors are
used, supported or of which they may form a part. In OC8 it means High
Voltage electrical circuits forming part of a System on which Safety
Precautions may be applied to allow work and/or testing to be carried out
on a System.

Approved Fast Track Has the meaning given in GR.26.7, provided that no objection is received
Proposal pursuant to GR.26.12.

Approved Grid Code Has the meaning given in GR.24.10.

Self-Governance
Proposal

Issue 5 Revision 38 GD 04 September 2019

2 of 70
 Approved Modification Has the meaning given in GR.22.7

Authorised Certifier An entity that issues Equipment Certificates and Power Generating
Module Documents and whose accreditation is given by the national
affiliate of the European cooperation for Accreditation (‘EA’), established
in accordance with Regulation (EC) No 765/2008 of the European
Parliament and of the Council ( 1 ).

Authorised Electricity Any person (other than The Company) who is authorised under the Act
Operator to generate, participate in the transmission of, distribute or supply
electricity which shall include any Interconnector Owner or
Interconnector User

Authority-Led A Grid Code Modification Proposal in respect of a Significant Code

Modification Review, raised by the Authority pursuant to GR.17

Authority-Led Has the meaning given in GR.17.4.

Modification Report

Automatic Voltage The continuously acting automatic equipment controlling the terminal
Regulator or AVR voltage of a Synchronous Generating Unit or Synchronous Power
Generating Module by comparing the actual terminal voltage with a
reference value and controlling by appropriate means the output of an
Exciter, depending on the deviations.

Authority for Access An authority which grants the holder the right to unaccompanied access to
sites containing exposed HV conductors.

Authority, The The Authority established by section 1 (1) of the Utilities Act 2000.

Auxiliaries Any item of Plant and/or Apparatus not directly a part of the boiler plant
or Power Generating Module or Generating Unit or DC Converter or
HVDC Equipment or Power Park Module, but required for the boiler
plant's or Power Generating Module’s or Generating Unit's or DC
Converter’s or HVDC Equipment’s or Power Park Module’s functional
operation.

Auxiliary Diesel Engine A diesel engine driving a Power Generating Module or Generating Unit
which can supply a Unit Board or Station Board, which can start without
an electrical power supply from outside the Power Station within which it
is situated.

Auxiliary Gas Turbine A Gas Turbine Unit, which can supply a Unit Board or Station Board,
which can start without an electrical power supply from outside the Power
Station within which it is situated.

Average Conditions That combination of weather elements within a period of time which is the
average of the observed values of those weather elements during
equivalent periods over many years (sometimes referred to as normal
weather).

Back-Up Protection A Protection system which will operate when a system fault is not cleared
by other Protection.

Issue 5 Revision 38 GD 04 September 2019

3 of 70
 Balancing and The code of that title as from time to time amended.
Settlement Code or BSC

Balancing Code or BC That portion of the Grid Code which specifies the Balancing Mechanism
process.

Balancing Mechanism Has the meaning set out in The Company’s Transmission Licence

Balancing Mechanism Has the meaning set out in the BSC.

Reporting Agent or
BMRA

Balancing Mechanism Has the meaning set out in the BSC.

Reporting Service or
BMRS

Balancing Principles A statement prepared by The Company in accordance with Condition C16
Statement of The Company’s Transmission Licence.

Baseline Forecast Has the meaning given to the term ‘baseline forecase’ in Section G of the
BSC.

Bid-Offer Acceptance (a) A communication issued by The Company in accordance with

BC2.7; or
(b) an Emergency Instruction to the extent provided for in BC2.9.2.3.

Bid-Offer Data Has the meaning set out in the BSC.

Bilateral Agreement Has the meaning set out in the CUSC

Black Start The procedure necessary for a recovery from a Total Shutdown or Partial
Shutdown.

Black Start Capability An ability in respect of a Black Start Station, for at least one of its
Gensets to Start-Up from Shutdown and to energise a part of the System
and be Synchronised to the System upon instruction from The
Company, within two hours, without an external electrical power supply.
Black Start Contract An agreement between a Generator and The Company under which the
Generator provides Black Start Capability and other associated
services.

Black Start Stations Power Stations which are registered, pursuant to the Bilateral
Agreement with a User, as having a Black Start Capability.

Black Start Test A Black Start Test carried out by a Generator with a Black Start Station,
on the instructions of The Company, in order to demonstrate that a Black
Start Station has a Black Start Capability.

Block Load Capability The incremental Active Power steps, from no load to Rated MW, which a
generator can instantaneously supply without causing it to trip or go
outside the Frequency range of 47.5 – 52Hz (or an otherwise agreed
Frequency range). The time between each incremental step shall also be
provided.

Issue 5 Revision 38 GD 04 September 2019

4 of 70
 BM Participant A person who is responsible for and controls one or more BM Units or
where a Bilateral Agreement specifies that a User is required to be
treated as a BM Participant for the purposes of the Grid Code. For the
avoidance of doubt, it does not imply that they must be active in the
Balancing Mechanism.

BM Unit Has the meaning set out in the BSC, except that for the purposes of the
Grid Code the reference to “Party” in the BSC shall be a reference to User.

BM Unit Data The collection of parameters associated with each BM Unit, as described
in Appendix 1 of BC1.

Boiler Time Constant Determined at Registered Capacity or Maximum Capacity (as

applicable), the boiler time constant will be construed in accordance with
the principles of the IEEE Committee Report "Dynamic Models for Steam
and Hydro Turbines in Power System Studies" published in 1973 which
apply to such phrase.

British Standards or BS Those standards and specifications approved by the British Standards
Institution.

BSCCo Has the meaning set out in the BSC.

BSC Panel Has meaning set out for “Panel” in the BSC.

BS Station Test A Black Start Test carried out by a Generator with a Black Start Station
while the Black Start Station is disconnected from all external alternating
current electrical supplies.

BS Unit Test A Black Start Test carried out on a Generating Unit or a CCGT Unit or
a Power Generating Module, as the case may be, at a Black Start
Station while the Black Start Station remains connected to an external
alternating current electrical supply.

Business Day Any week day (other than a Saturday) on which banks are open for
domestic business in the City of London.

Cancellation of National The notification given to Users when a National Electricity

Electricity Transmission Transmission System Warning is cancelled.
System Warning

Capacity Market The Capacity Market Rules, The Electricity Capacity Regulations 2014
Documents and any other Regulations made under Chapter 3 of Part 2 of the Energy
Act 2013 which are in force from time to time.

Capacity Market Rules The rules made under section 34 of the Energy Act 2013 as modified from
time to time in accordance with that section and The Electricity Capacity
Regulations 2014.

Issue 5 Revision 38 GD 04 September 2019

5 of 70
 Cascade Hydro Scheme Two or more hydro-electric Generating Units, owned or controlled by the
same Generator, which are located in the same water catchment area and
are at different ordnance datums and which depend upon a common
source of water for their operation, known as:
(a) Moriston
(b) Killin
I Garry
(d) Conon
(e) Clunie
(f) Beauly
which will comprise more than one Power Station.

Cascade Hydro Scheme The matrix described in Appendix 1 to BC1 under the heading Cascade
Matrix Hydro Scheme Matrix.

Caution Notice A notice conveying a warning against interference.

Category 1 Intertripping A System to Generator Operational Intertripping Scheme arising from

Scheme a Variation to Connection Design following a request from the relevant
User which is consistent with the criteria specified in the Security and
Quality of Supply Standard.

Category 2 Intertripping A System to Generator Operational Intertripping Scheme which is:-

Scheme
(i) required to alleviate an overload on a circuit which connects the
Group containing the User’s Connection Site to the National
Electricity Transmission System; and
(ii) installed in accordance with the requirements of the planning criteria
of the Security and Quality of Supply Standard in order that
measures can be taken to permit maintenance access for each
transmission circuit and for such measures to be economically
justified,
and the operation of which results in a reduction in Active Power on the
overloaded circuits which connect the User’s Connection Site to the rest
of the National Electricity Transmission System which is equal to the
reduction in Active Power from the Connection Site (once any system
losses or third party system effects are discounted).

Category 3 Intertripping A System to Generator Operational Intertripping Scheme which, where

Scheme agreed by The Company and the User, is installed to alleviate an overload
on, and as an alternative to, the reinforcement of a third party system, such
as the Distribution System of a Public Distribution System Operator.

Category 4 Intertripping A System to Generator Operational Intertripping Scheme installed to

Scheme enable the disconnection of the Connection Site from the National
Electricity Transmission System in a controlled and efficient manner in
order to facilitate the timely restoration of the National Electricity
Transmission System.

CENELEC European Committee for Electrotechnical Standardisation.

Issue 5 Revision 38 GD 04 September 2019

6 of 70
 Citizens Advice Means the National Association of Citizens Advice
Bureaux.

Citizens Advice Means the Scottish Association of Citizens Advice

Scotland
Bureaux.

CfD Counterparty A person designated as a “CfD counterparty” under section 7(1) of the
Energy Act 2013.

CfD Documents The AF Rules, The Contracts for Difference (Allocation) Regulations 2014,
The Contracts for Difference (Definition of Eligible Generator) Regulations
2014 and The Contracts for Difference (Electricity Supplier Obligations)
Regulations 2014 and any other regulations made under Chapter 2 of Part
2 of the Energy Act 2013 which are in force from time to time.

CfD Settlement Services means any person:

Provider
(i) appointed for the time being and from time to time by a CfD
Counterparty; or
(ii) who is designated by virtue of Section C1.2.1B of the
Balancing and Settlement Code,

in either case to carry out any of the CFD settlement activities (or any
successor entity performing CFD settlement activities).

CCGT Module Matrix The matrix described in Appendix 1 to BC1 under the heading CCGT
Module Matrix.

CCGT Module Planning A matrix in the form set out in Appendix 3 of OC2 showing the combination
Matrix of CCGT Units within a CCGT Module which would be running in relation
to any given MW output.
Closed Distribution A distribution system classified pursuant to Article 28 of Directive
System or CDSO 2009/72/EC as a Closed Distribution System by the Authority which
distributes electricity within a geographically confined industrial,
commercial or shared services site and does not supply household
Customers, without prejudice to incidental use by a small number of
households located within the area served by the System and with
employment or similar associations with the owner of the System.

CM Administrative The Secretary of State, the CM Settlement Body, and any CM

Parties Settlement Services Provider.

CM Settlement Body the Electricity Settlements Company Ltd or such other person as may from
time to time be appointed as Settlement Body under regulation 80 of the
Electricity Capacity Regulations 2014.

CM Settlement Services any person with whom the CM Settlement Body has entered into a
Provider contract to provide services to it in relation to the performance of its
functions under the Capacity Market Documents.

Issue 5 Revision 38 GD 04 September 2019

7 of 70
 Code Administration Means the code of practice approved by the Authority and:
Code of Practice
(a) developed and maintained by the code administrators in existence
from time to time; and
(b) amended subject to the Authority’s approval from time to time; and
(c) re-published from time to time;

Means The Company carrying out the role of Code Administrator in

Code Administrator accordance with the General Conditions.

Combined Cycle Gas A collection of Generating Units (registered as a CCGT Module (which
Turbine Module or could be within a Power Generating Module) under the PC) comprising
CCGT Module one or more Gas Turbine Units (or other gas based engine units) and one
or more Steam Units where, in normal operation, the waste heat from the
Gas Turbines is passed to the water/steam system of the associated
Steam Unit or Steam Units and where the component units within the
CCGT Module are directly connected by steam or hot gas lines which
enable those units to contribute to the efficiency of the combined cycle
operation of the CCGT Module.

Combined Cycle Gas A Generating Unit within a CCGT Module.

Turbine Unit or CCGT
Unit

Commercial Ancillary Ancillary Services, other than System Ancillary Services, utilised by
Services The Company in operating the Total System if a User (or other person
such as a Demand Response Provider) has agreed to provide them
under an Ancillary Services Agreement or under a Bilateral Agreement
with payment being dealt with under an Ancillary Services Agreement or
in the case of Externally Interconnected System Operators or
Interconnector Users, under any other agreement (and in the case of
Externally Interconnected System Operators and Interconnector
Users includes ancillary services equivalent to or similar to System
Ancillary Services).

Commercial Boundary Has the meaning set out in the CUSC

Committed Level The expected Active Power output from a BM Unit after accepting a Bid-
Offer Acceptance or RR Instruction or a combination of Bid-Offer
Acceptances and RR Instructions

Committed Project Data relating to a User Development once the offer for a CUSC Contract
Planning Data is accepted.

Common Collection A busbar within a Power Park Module to which the higher voltage side of
Busbar two or more Power Park Unit generator transformers are connected.

Completion Date Has the meaning set out in the Bilateral Agreement with each User to
that term or in the absence of that term to such other term reflecting the
date when a User is expected to connect to or start using the National
Electricity Transmission System. In the case of an Embedded Medium
Power Station or Embedded DC Converter Station or Embedded
HVDC System having a similar meaning in relation to the Network
Operator’s System as set out in the Embedded Development
Agreement.

Issue 5 Revision 38 GD 04 September 2019

8 of 70
 Complex A Connection Site together with the associated Power Station and/or
Network Operator substation and/or associated Plant and/or Apparatus,
as appropriate.

Compliance Processes That portion of the Grid Code which is identified as the Compliance
or CP Processes.

Compliance Statement A statement completed by the relevant User confirming compliance with
each of the relevant Grid Code provisions, and the supporting evidence in
respect of such compliance, of its:
Generating Unit(s); or,
Power Generating Modules (including DC Connected Power Park
Modules); or,
CCGT Module(s); or,
Power Park Module(s); or,
DC Converter(s); or
HVDC Systems; or
Plant and Apparatus at an EU Grid Supply Point owned or operated by a
Network Operator; or
Network Operator’s entire distribution System where such Network
Operator’s distribution System comprises solely of Plant and Apparatus
procured on or after 7 September 2018 and was connected to the
National Electricity Transmission System on or after 18 August 2019. In
this case, all connections to the National Electricity Transmission System
would comprise only of EU Grid Supply Points; or
Plant and Apparatus at an EU Grid Supply Point owned or operated by a
Non-Embedded Customer where such Non-Embedded Customer is
defined as an EU Code User;
in the form provided by The Company to the relevant User or another
format as agreed between the User and The Company.
Configuration 1 AC One or more Offshore Power Park Modules that are connected to an
Connected Offshore AC Offshore Transmission System and that AC Offshore
Power Park Module Transmission System is connected to only one Onshore substation
and which has one or more Interface Points.
Configuration 2 AC One or more Offshore Power Park Modules that are connected to a
Connected Offshore meshed AC Offshore Transmission System and that AC Offshore
Power Park Module Transmission System is connected to two or more Onshore
substations at its Transmission Interface Points.
Configuration 1 DC One or more DC Connected Power Park Modules that are connected to
Connected Power Park an HVDC System or Transmission DC Converter and that HVDC
Module System or Transmission DC Converter is connected to only one
Onshore substation and which has one or more Interface Points.
Configuration 2 DC One or more DC Connected Power Park Modules that are connected to
Connected Power Park an HVDC System or Transmission DC Converter and that HVDC
Module System or Transmission DC Converter is connected to only more than
one Onshore substation at its Transmission Interface Points.

Issue 5 Revision 38 GD 04 September 2019

9 of 70
 Connection Conditions That portion of the Grid Code which is identified as the Connection
or CC Conditions being applicable to GB Code Existing Users.

Connection Entry Has the meaning set out in the CUSC

Capacity

Connected Planning Data which replaces data containing estimated values assumed for
Data planning purposes by validated actual values and updated estimates for
the future and by updated forecasts for Forecast Data items such as
Demand.

Connection Point A Grid Supply Point or Grid Entry Point, as the case may be.

Connection Site A Transmission Site or User Site, as the case may be.

Construction Has the meaning set out in the CUSC

Agreement

Consumer Means the person appointed by the Citizens Advice or the Citizens
Representative Advice Scotland (or any successor body) representing all categories of
customers, appointed in accordance with GR.4.2(b)

Contingency Reserve The margin of generation over forecast Demand which is required in the
period from 24 hours ahead down to real time to cover against
uncertainties in Large Power Station availability and against both weather
forecast and Demand forecast errors.

Control Calls A telephone call whose destination and/or origin is a key on the control
desk telephone keyboard at a Transmission Control Centre and which,
for the purpose of Control Telephony, has the right to exercise priority
over (ie. disconnect) a call of a lower status.

Control Centre A location used for the purpose of control and operation of the National
Electricity Transmission System or DC Converter Station owner's
System or HVDC System Owner’s System or a User System other than
a Generator's System or an External System.

Control Engineer A person nominated by the relevant party for the control of its Plant and
Apparatus.

Control Person The term used as an alternative to "Safety Co-ordinator" on the Site
Responsibility Schedule only.

Issue 5 Revision 38 GD 04 September 2019

10 of 70
 Control Phase The Control Phase follows on from the Programming Phase and covers
the period down to real time.

Control Point The point from which:-

(a) A Non-Embedded Customer's Plant and Apparatus is controlled;
or
(b) A BM Unit at a Large Power Station or at a Medium Power
Station or representing a Cascade Hydro Scheme or with a
Demand Capacity with a magnitude of:
(i) 50MW or more in NGET’s Transmission Area; or
(ii) 30MW or more in SPT’s Transmission Area; or
(iii) 10MW or more in SHETL’s Transmission Area,
(iv) 10MW or more which is connected to an Offshore
Transmission System
is physically controlled by a BM Participant; or
(c) In the case of any other BM Unit or Generating Unit (which could
be part of a Power Generating Module), data submission is co-
ordinated for a BM Participant and instructions are received from
The Company,
as the case may be. For a Generator this will normally be at a Power
Station but may be at an alternative location agreed with The Company.
In the case of a DC Converter Station or HVDC System, the Control
Point will be at a location agreed with The Company. In the case of a BM
Unit of an Interconnector User, the Control Point will be the Control
Centre of the relevant Externally Interconnected System Operator.

Control Telephony The principal method by which a User's Responsible Engineer/Operator

and The Company’s Control Engineer(s) speak to one another for the
purposes of control of the Total System in both normal and emergency
operating conditions.

Core Industry Document as defined in the Transmission Licence

Core Industry Document In relation to a Core Industry Document, the body(ies) or entity(ies)
Owner responsible for the management and operation of procedures for making
changes to such document

Issue 5 Revision 38 GD 04 September 2019

11 of 70
 CUSC Has the meaning set out in The Company’s Transmission Licence

CUSC Contract One or more of the following agreements as envisaged in Standard

Condition C1 of The Company’s Transmission Licence:
(a) the CUSC Framework Agreement;
(b) a Bilateral Agreement;
(c) a Construction Agreement
or a variation to an existing Bilateral Agreement and/or Construction
Agreement;

CUSC Framework Has the meaning set out in The Company’s Transmission Licence
Agreement

CUSC Party As defined in the The Company’s Transmission Licence and “CUSC
Parties” shall be construed accordingly.

Customer A person to whom electrical power is provided (whether or not he is the

same person as the person who provides the electrical power).

Customer Demand Reducing the supply of electricity to a Customer or disconnecting a

Management Customer in a manner agreed for commercial purposes between a
Supplier and its Customer.

Customer Demand The level above which a Supplier has to notify The Company of its
Management proposed or achieved use of Customer Demand Management which is
Notification Level 12 MW in England and Wales and 5 MW in Scotland.

Customer Generating A Power Station or Generating Unit or Power Generating Module of a

Plant Customer to the extent that it operates the same exclusively to supply all
or part of its own electricity requirements, and does not export electrical
power to any part of the Total System.

Data Registration Code That portion of the Grid Code which is identified as the Data Registration
or DRC Code.

Data Validation, The rules relating to validity and consistency of data, and default data to
Consistency and be applied, in relation to data submitted under the Balancing Codes, to
Defaulting Rules be applied by The Company under the Grid Code as set out in the
document “Data Validation, Consistency and Defaulting Rules” - Issue 8,
dated 25th January 2012. The document is available on the National Grid
website or upon request from The Company.
DC Connected Power A Power Park Module that is connected to one or more HVDC Interface
Park Module Points.

DC Converter Any Onshore DC Converter or Offshore DC Converter as applicable to

Existing User’s.

DC Converter Station An installation comprising one or more Onshore DC Converters

connecting a direct current interconnector:
to the National Electricity Transmission System; or,
(if the installation has a rating of 50MW or more) to a User System,
and it shall form part of the External Interconnection to which it relates.

Issue 5 Revision 38 GD 04 September 2019

12 of 70
 DC Network All items of Plant and Apparatus connected together on the direct current
side of a DC Converter or HVDC System.

DCUSA The Distribution Connection and Use of System Agreement approved by

the Authority and required to be maintained in force by each Electricity
Distribution Licence holder.

De-Load The condition in which a Genset has reduced or is not delivering electrical
power to the System to which it is Synchronised.
𝛥𝑓 Deviation from Target Frequency

Demand The demand of MW and Mvar of electricity (i.e. both Active and Reactive
Power), unless otherwise stated.

Demand Aggregation A process where one or more Demand Facilities or Closed Distribution
Systems can be controlled by a Demand Response Provider either as a
single facility or Closed Distribution System for the purposes of offering
one or more Demand Response Services.

Demand Capacity Has the meaning as set out in the BSC.

Demand Control Any or all of the following methods of achieving a Demand reduction:
(a) Customer voltage reduction initiated by Network Operators (other
than following an instruction from The Company);
(b) Customer Demand reduction by Disconnection initiated by
Network Operators (other than following an instruction from The
Company);
(c) Demand reduction instructed by The Company;
(d) automatic low Frequency Demand Disconnection;
(e) emergency manual Demand Disconnection.

Demand Control The level above which a Network Operator has to notify The Company
Notification Level of its proposed or achieved use of Demand Control which is 12 MW in
England and Wales and 5 MW in Scotland.
Demand Facility A facility which consumes electrical energy and is connected at one or
more Grid Supply Points to the National Electricity Transmission System
or connection points to a Network Operator’s System. A Network
Operator’s System and/or auxiliary supplies of a Power Generating
Module do no constitute a Demand Facility.
Demand Facility Owner A person who owns or operates one or more Demand Units within a
Demand Facility. A Demand Facility Owner who owns or operates a
Demand Facility which is directed connected to the Transmission System
shall be treated as a Non Embedded Customer.
Demand Response Demand within a Demand Facility or Closed Distribution System that is
Active Power Control available for modulation by The Company or Network Operator or
Relevant Transmission Licensee, which results in an Active Power
modification.

Issue 5 Revision 38 GD 04 September 2019

13 of 70
 Demand Response A party (other than The Company) who owns, operates, controls or
Provider manages Main Plant and Apparatus (excluding storage equipment)
which was first connected to the Total System on or after 18 August 2019
and who had placed Purchase Contracts for its Main Plant and
Apparatus on or after 7 September 2018 or is the subject of a Substantial
Modification on or after 18 August 2019 and has an agreement with The
Company to provide a Demand Response Service(s). The party may be
one or more Customers, a Network Operator or Non-Embedded
Customer or EU Code User contracting bilaterally with The Company for
the provision of services, or may be a third party providing Demand
Aggregation from many individual Customers.
Demand Response A Demand Response Service derived from Reactive Power or Reactive
Reactive Power Control Power compensation devices in a Demand Facility or Closed Distribution
System that are available for modulation by The Company or Network
Operator or Relevant Transmission Licensee.
Demand Response A Demand Response Service derived from Demand within a Demand
Transmission Constrain Facility or Closed Distribution System that is available for modulation by
Management The Company or Network Operator or Relevant Transmission Licensee
to manage transmission constraints within the System.
Demand Response A Demand Response Service includes one of more of the following
Service services:

(a) Demand Response Active Power Control;

(b) Demand Response Reactive Power Control;
(c) Demand Response Transmission Constraint Management;
(d) Demand Response System Frequency Control;
(e) Demand Response Very Fast Active Power Control.

The above Demand Response Services are not exclusive and do not
preclude Demand Response Providers from negotiating other services
for demand response capability with The Company. Where such
services are negotiated they would still be treated as a Demand
Response Service.

Demand Response That portion of the Grid Code which is identified as the Demand
Services Code (DRSC) Response Services Code being applicable to Demand Response
Providers.
Demand Response A Demand Response Service derived from a Demand within one or more
System Frequency Demand Facilities or Closed Distribution Systems that is available for the
Control reduction or increase in response to Frequency fluctuations, made by an
autonomous response from those Demand Facilities or Closed
Distribution Systems to diminish these fluctuations.
Demand Response Unit A document, issued either by the Non Embedded Customer, Demand
Document (DRUD) Facility Owner or the CDSO to The Company or the Network Operator
(as the case may be) for Demand Units with demand response and
providing a Demand Response Service which confirms the compliance of
the Demand Unit with the technical requirements set out in the Grid
Code and provides the necessary data and statements, including a
statement of compliance.
Demand Response Very A Demand Response Service derived from a Demand within a Demand
Fast Active Power Facility or Closed Distribution System that can be modulated very fast
Control in response to a Frequency deviation, which results in a very fast Active
Power modification.

Issue 5 Revision 38 GD 04 September 2019

14 of 70
 Demand Unit An indivisible set of installations containing equipment which can be
actively controlled at one or more sites by a Demand Response Provider,
Demand Facility Owner, CDSO or by a Non Embedded Customer,
either individually or commonly as part of Demand Aggregation through
a third party who has agreed to provide Demand Response Services.
Designed Minimum The output (in whole MW) below which a Genset or a DC Converter at a
Operating Level DC Converter Station (in any of its operating configurations) has no High
Frequency Response capability.

De-Synchronise (a) The act of taking a Power Generating Module (including a DC

Connected Power Park Module), Generating Unit, Power Park
Module, HVDC System or DC Converter off a System to which it
has been Synchronised, by opening any connecting circuit
breaker; or
(b) The act of ceasing to consume electricity at an importing BM Unit;
and the term "De-Synchronising" shall be construed accordingly.

De-synchronised Has the meaning set out in OC9.5.1(a)

Island(s)

Detailed Planning Data Detailed additional data which The Company requires under the PC in
support of Standard Planning Data, comprising DPD I and DPD II

Detailed Planning Data The Detailed Planning Data categorised as such in the DRC and EDRC,
Category I or DPD I and submitted in accordance with PC.4.4.2 or PC.4.4.4 as applicable.

Detailed Planning Data The Detailed Planning Data categorised as such in the DRC and EDRC,
Category II or DPD II and submitted in accordance with PC.4.4.2 or PC.4.4.4 as applicable.

Discrimination The quality where a relay or protective system is enabled to pick out and
cause to be disconnected only the faulty Apparatus.

Disconnection The physical separation of Users (or Customers) from the National
Electricity Transmission System or a User System as the case may be.

Disputes Resolution The procedure described in the CUSC relating to disputes resolution.
Procedure

Distribution Code The distribution code required to be drawn up by each Electricity

Distribution Licence holder and approved by the Authority, as from time
to time revised with the approval of the Authority.

Droop The ratio of the per unit steady state change in speed, or in Frequency to
the per unit steady state change in power output. Whilst not mandatory, it
is often common practice to express Droop in percentage terms.

Dynamic Parameters Those parameters listed in Appendix 1 to BC1 under the heading BM Unit
Data – Dynamic Parameters.

E&W Offshore An Offshore Transmission System with an Interface Point in England

Transmission System and Wales.

E&W Offshore A person who owns or operates an E&W Offshore Transmission System
Transmission Licensee pursuant to a Transmission Licence.

Issue 5 Revision 38 GD 04 September 2019

15 of 70
 E&W Transmission Collectively NGET’s Transmission System and any E&W Offshore
System Transmission Systems.

E&W User A User in England and Wales or any Offshore User who owns or
operates Plant and/or Apparatus connected (or which will at the OTSUA
Transfer Time be connected) to an E&W Offshore Transmission
System.

Earth Fault Factor At a selected location of a three-phase System (generally the point of
installation of equipment) and for a given System configuration, the ratio
of the highest root mean square phase-to-earth power Frequency voltage
on a sound phase during a fault to earth (affecting one or more phases at
any point) to the root mean square phase-to-earth power Frequency
voltage which would be obtained at the selected location without the fault.

Earthing A way of providing a connection between conductors and earth by an

Earthing Device which is either:
(a) Immobilised and Locked in the earthing position. Where the
Earthing Device is Locked with a Safety Key, the Safety Key must
be secured in a Key Safe and the Key Safe Key must be, where
reasonably practicable, given to the authorised site representative
of the Requesting Safety Co-ordinator and is to be retained in safe
custody. Where not reasonably practicable the Key Safe Key must
be retained by the authorised site representative of the
Implementing Safety Co-ordinator in safe custody; or
(b) maintained and/or secured in position by such other method which
must be in accordance with the Local Safety Instructions of NGET
or the Safety Rules of the Relevant Transmission Licensee or
that User, as the case may be.

Earthing Device A means of providing a connection between a conductor and earth being
of adequate strength and capability.

Elected Panel Members Shall mean the following Panel Members elected in accordance with
GR4.2(a):
(a) the representative of the Suppliers;
(b) the representative of the Onshore Transmission Licensees;
(c) the representative of the Offshore Transmission Licensees; and
(d) the representatives of the Generators

Electrical Standard A standard listed in the Annex to the General Conditions.

Electricity Council That body set up under the Electricity Act, 1957.

Electricity Distribution The licence granted pursuant to Section 6(1) (c) of the Act.
Licence

Electricity Regulation As defined in the Transmission Licence.

Electricity Supply The unincorporated members' club of that name formed inter alia to
Industry Arbitration promote the efficient and economic operation of the procedure for the
Association resolution of disputes within the electricity supply industry by means of
arbitration or otherwise in accordance with its arbitration rules.

Issue 5 Revision 38 GD 04 September 2019

16 of 70
 Electricity Supply The licence granted pursuant to Section 6(1) (d) of the Act.
Licence

Electromagnetic Has the meaning set out in Engineering Recommendation G5/4.

Compatibility Level

Embedded Having a direct connection to a User System or the System of any other
User to which Customers and/or Power Stations are connected, such
connection being either a direct connection or a connection via a busbar
of another User or of a Relevant Transmission Licensee (but with no
other connection to the National Electricity Transmission System).

Embedded Development Has the meaning set out in PC.4.4.3(a)

Embedded Development An agreement entered into between a Network Operator and an

Agreement Embedded Person, identifying the relevant site of connection to the
Network Operator’s System and setting out other site specific details in
relation to that use of the Network Operator’s System.

Embedded Person The party responsible for a Medium Power Station not subject to a
Bilateral Agreement or DC Converter Station not subject to a Bilateral
Agreement or HVDC System not subject to a Bilateral Agreement
connected to or proposed to be connected to a Network Operator’s
System.

Emergency an Emergency Instruction issued by The Company to De-Synchronise

Deenergisation a Power Generating Module (including a DC Connected Power Park
Instruction Module), Generating Unit, Power Park Module, HVDC System or DC
Converter in circumstances specified in the CUSC.

Emergency Instruction An instruction issued by The Company in emergency circumstances,

pursuant to BC2.9, to the Control Point of a User. In the case of such
instructions applicable to a BM Unit, it may require an action or response
which is outside the Dynamic Parameters, QPN or Other Relevant Data,
and may include an instruction to trip a Genset.

EMR Administrative Has the meaning given to “administrative parties” in The Electricity
Parties Capacity Regulations 2014 and each CfD Counterparty and CfD
Settlement Services Provider.

EMR Documents The Energy Act 2013, The Electricity Capacity Regulations 2014, the
Capacity Market Rules, The Contracts for Difference (Allocation)
Regulations 2014, The Contracts for Difference (Definition of Eligible
Generator) Regulations 2014, The Contracts for Difference (Electricity
Supplier Obligations) Regulations 2014, The Electricity Market Reform
(General) Regulations 2014, the AF Rules and any other regulations or
instruments made under Chapter 2 (contracts for difference), Chapter 3
(capacity market) or Chapter 4 (investment contracts) of Part 2 of the
Energy Act 2013 which are in force from time to time.

EMR Functions Has the meaning given to “EMR functions” in Chapter 5 of Part 2 of the
Energy Act 2013.

Engineering The documents referred to as such and issued by the Energy Networks
Recommendations Association or the former Electricity Council.

Issue 5 Revision 38 GD 04 September 2019

17 of 70
 Energisation A notification (in respect of Plant and Apparatus (including OTSUA) which
Operational Notification is directly connected to the National Electricity Transmission System)
or EON from The Company to a User confirming that the User can in accordance
with the Bilateral Agreement and/or Construction Agreement, energise
such User’s Plant and Apparatus (including OTSUA) specified in such
notification.

Equipment Certificate A document issued by an Authorised Certifier for equipment used by a

Power Generating Module, Demand Unit, Network Operators System,
Non Embedded Customers System, Demand Facility or HVDC System.
The Equipment Certificate defines the scope of its validity at a national
or other level at which a specific value is selected from the range allowed
at a European level. For the purpose of replacing specific parts of the
compliance process, the Equipment Certificate may include models or
equivalent information that have been verified against actual test results.

Estimated Registered Those items of Standard Planning Data and Detailed Planning Data
Data which either upon connection will become Registered Data, or which for
the purposes of the Plant and/or Apparatus concerned as at the date of
submission are Registered Data, but in each case which for the seven
succeeding Financial Years will be an estimate of what is expected.

Issue 5 Revision 38 GD 04 September 2019

18 of 70
 EU Code User A User who is any of the following:-
(a) A Generator in respect of a Power Generating Module
(excluding a DC Connected Power Park Module) or OTSDUA
(in respect of an AC Offshore Transmission System) whose
Main Plant and Apparatus is connected to the System on or
after 27 April 2019 and who concluded Purchase Contracts for
its Main Plant and Apparatus on or after 17 May 2018
(b) A Generator in respect of any Type C or Type D Power
Generating Module which is the subject of a Substantial
Modification which is effective on or after 27 April 2019.
(c) A Generator in respect of any DC Connected Power Park
Module whose Main Plant and Apparatus is connected to the
System on or after 8 September 2019 and who had concluded
Purchase Contracts for its Main Plant and Apparatus on or
after 28 September 2018.
(d) A Generator in respect of any DC Connected Power Park
Module which is the subject of a Substantial Modification which
is effective on or after 8 September 2019.
(e) An HVDC System Owner or OTSDUA (in respect of a DC
Offshore Transmission System including a Transmission DC
Converter) whose Main Plant and Apparatus is connected to
the System on or after 8 September 2019 and who had concluded
Purchase Contracts for its Main Plant and Apparatus on or
after 28 September 2018.
(f) An HVDC System Owner or OTSDUA (in respect of a DC
Offshore Transmission System including a Transmission DC
Converter) whose HVDC System or DC Offshore Transmission
System including a Transmission DC Converter) is the subject
of a Substantial Modification on or after 8 September 2019.
(g) A User which the Authority has determined should be considered
as an EU Code User.
(h) A Network Operator whose entire distribution System was first
connected to the National Electricity Transmission System on or
after 18 August 2019 and who had placed Purchase Contracts for
its Main Plant and Apparatus in respect of its entire distribution
System on or after 7 September 2018. For the avoidance of
doubt, a Network Operator will be an EU Code User if its entire
distribution System is connected to the National Electricity
Transmission System at EU Grid Supply Points only.
(i) A Non Embedded Customer whose Main Plant and Apparatus at
each EU Grid Supply Point was first connected to the National
Electricity Transmission System on or after 18 August 2019 and
who had placed Purchase Contracts for its Main Plant and
Apparatus at each EU Grid Supply Point on or after 7 September
2018 or is the subject of a Substantial Modification on or after
18 August 2019.

EU Generator A Generator or OTSDUA who is also an EU Code User.

Issue 5 Revision 38 GD 04 September 2019

19 of 70
 EU Grid Supply Point A Grid Supply Point where either:-
(i) (a) the Network Operator or Non Embedded Customer had
placed Purchase Contracts for all of its Plant and
Apparatus at that Grid Supply Point on or after 7
September 2018, and
(b) All of the Network Operator’s or Non Embedded
Customer’s Plant and Apparatus at that Grid Supply
Point was first connected to the Transmission System
on or after 18 August 2019; or
(ii) the Network Operator’s or Non Embedded Customer’s Plant
and Apparatus at a Grid Supply Point is the subject of a
Substantial Modification which is effective on or after 18
August 2019.

EU Transparency Such data as Customers and Generators are required to provide under
Availability Data Articles 7.1(a) and 7.1(b) and Articles 15.1(a), 15.1(b), 15.1(c), 15.1(d) of
European Commission Regulation (EU) No. 543/2013 respectively (known
as the Transparency Regulation), and which also forms part of DRC
Schedule 6 (Users’ Outage Data).

European Compliance That portion of the Grid Code which is identified as the European
Processes or ECP Compliance Processes.

European Connection That portion of the Grid Code which is identified as the European
Conditions or ECC Connection Conditions being applicable to EU Code Users.

European Regulation Commission Regulation (EU) 2016/631 of 14 April 2016 establishing a

(EU) 2016/631 Network Code on Requirements of Generators

European Regulation Commission Regulation (EU) 2016/1388 of 17 August 2016 establishing

(EU) 2016/1388 a Network Code on Demand Connection

European Regulation Commission Regulation (EU) 2016/1447 of 26 August 2016 establishing

(EU) 2016/1447 a network code on requirements for Grid Connection of High Voltage Direct
Current Systems and Direct Current-connected Power Park Modules

European Regulation Commission Regulation (EU) 2017/1485 establishing a guideline on

(EU) 2017/1485 electricity transmission system operation

European Regulation Commission Regulation (EU) 2017/2195 of 17 December 2017

(EU) 2017/2195 establishing a guideline on electricity balancing

European Specification A common technical specification, a British Standard implementing a

European standard or a European technical approval. The terms "common
technical specification", "European standard" and "European technical
approval" shall have the meanings respectively ascribed to them in the
Regulations.

Event An unscheduled or unplanned (although it may be anticipated) occurrence

on, or relating to, a System (including Embedded Power Stations)
including, without limiting that general description, faults, incidents and
breakdowns and adverse weather conditions being experienced.

Issue 5 Revision 38 GD 04 September 2019

20 of 70
 Exciter The source of the electrical power providing the field current of a
synchronous machine.

Excitation System The equipment providing the field current of a machine, including all
regulating and control elements, as well as field discharge or suppression
equipment and protective devices.

Excitation System No- The minimum value of direct voltage that the Excitation System is able to
Load Negative Ceiling provide from its terminals when it is not loaded, which may be zero or a
Voltage negative value.

Excitation System Shall have the meaning ascribed to that term in IEC 34-16-1:1991
Nominal Response [equivalent to British Standard BS4999 Section 116.1 : 1992]. The time
interval applicable is the first half-second of excitation system voltage
response.

Excitation System On- Shall have the meaning ascribed to the term 'Excitation system on load
Load Positive Ceiling ceiling voltage' in IEC 34-16-1:1991[equivalent to British Standard
Voltage BS4999 Section 116.1 : 1992].

Excitation System No- Shall have the meaning ascribed to the term 'Excitation system no load
Load Positive Ceiling ceiling voltage' in IEC 34-16-1:1991[equivalent to British Standard
Voltage BS4999 Section 116.1 : 1992].

Exemptable Has the meaning set out in the CUSC.

Existing AGR Plant The following nuclear advanced gas cooled reactor plant (which was
commissioned and connected to the Total System at the Transfer Date):-
(a) Dungeness B
(b) Hinkley Point B
(c) Heysham 1
(d) Heysham 2
(e) Hartlepool
(f) Hunterston B
(g) Torness

Existing AGR Plant In respect of each Genset within each Existing AGR Plant which has a
Flexibility Limit safety case enabling it to so operate, 8 (or such lower number which when
added to the number of instances of reduction of output as instructed by
The Company in relation to operation in Frequency Sensitive Mode
totals 8) instances of flexibility in any calendar year (or such lower or
greater number as may be agreed by the Nuclear Installations Inspectorate
and notified to The Company) for the purpose of assisting in the period of
low System NRAPM and/or low Localised NRAPM provided that in
relation to each Generating Unit each change in output shall not be
required to be to a level where the output of the reactor is less than 80%
of the reactor thermal power limit (as notified to The Company and which
corresponds to the limit of reactor thermal power as contained in the
"Operating Rules" or "Identified Operating Instructions" forming part of the
safety case agreed with the Nuclear Installations Inspectorate).

Existing Gas Cooled Both Existing Magnox Reactor Plant and Existing AGR Plant.
Reactor Plant

Issue 5 Revision 38 GD 04 September 2019

21 of 70
 Existing Magnox The following nuclear gas cooled reactor plant (which was commissioned
Reactor Plant and connected to the Total System at the Transfer Date):-
(a) Calder Hall
(b) Chapelcross
(c) Dungeness A
(d) Hinkley Point A
(e) Oldbury-on-Severn
(f) Bradwell
(g) Sizewell A
(h) Wylfa

Export and Import Those parameters listed in Appendix 1 to BC1 under the heading BM Unit
Limits Data – Export and Import Limits.

External Apparatus for the transmission of electricity to or from the National

Interconnection Electricity Transmission System or a User System into or out of an
External System. For the avoidance of doubt, a single External
Interconnection may comprise several circuits operating in parallel.

External Plant or Apparatus which comprises a circuit and which operates in

Interconnection Circuit parallel with another circuit and which forms part of the External
Interconnection.

Externally A person who operates an External System which is connected to the

Interconnected System National Electricity Transmission System or a User System by an
Operator or EISO External Interconnection.

External System In relation to an Externally Interconnected System Operator means the

transmission or distribution system which it owns or operates which is
located outside the National Electricity Transmission System Operator
Area any Apparatus or Plant which connects that system to the External
Interconnection and which is owned or operated by such Externally
Interconnected System Operator.
Fast Fault Current A current delivered by a Power Park Module or HVDC System during and
after a voltage deviation caused by an electrical fault within the System
with the aim of identifying a fault by network Protection systems at the
initial stage of the fault, supporting System voltage retention at a later
stage of the fault and System voltage restoration after fault clearance.

Fault Current The time interval from fault inception until the end of the break time of the
Interruption Time circuit breaker (as declared by the manufacturers).
Fault Ride Through The capability of Power Generating Modules (including DC Connected
Power Park Modules) and HVDC Systems to be able to be able to
remain connected to the System and operate through periods of low
voltage at the Grid Entry Point or User System Entry Point caused by
secured faults
Fast Start A start by a Genset with a Fast Start Capability.

Fast Start Capability The ability of a Genset to be Synchronised and Loaded up to full Load
within 5 minutes.

Issue 5 Revision 38 GD 04 September 2019

22 of 70
 Fast Track Criteria A proposed Grid Code Modification Proposal that, if implemented,
(a) would meet the Self-Governance Criteria; and
(b) is properly a housekeeping modification required
as a result of some error or factual change,
including but not limited to:

(i) updating names or addresses listed in the Grid Code;

(ii) correcting any minor typographical errors;
(iii) correcting formatting and consistency errors, such as paragraph
numbering; or
(iv) updating out of date references to other documents or paragraphs

Final Generation Outage An outage programme as agreed by The Company with each Generator
Programme and each Interconnector Owner at various stages through the
Operational Planning Phase and Programming Phase which does not
commit the parties to abide by it, but which at various stages will be used
as the basis on which National Electricity Transmission System
outages will be planned.

Final Operational A notification from The Company to a Generator or DC Converter

Notification or FON Station owner or HVDC System Owner or Network Operator or Non-
Embedded Customer confirming that the User has demonstrated
compliance:
(a) with the Grid Code, (or where they apply, that relevant derogations
have been granted), and
(b) where applicable, with Appendices F1 to F5 of the Bilateral
Agreement,
in each case in respect of the Plant and Apparatus specified in such
notification.

Final Physical Has the meaning set out in the BSC.

Notification Data

Final Report A report prepared by the Test Proposer at the conclusion of a System
Test for submission to The Company (if it did not propose the System
Test) and other members of the Test Panel.

Financial Year Bears the meaning given in Condition A1 (Definitions and Interpretation)
of The Company’s Transmission Licence.

Fixed Proposed The proposed date(s) for the implementation of a Grid Code Modification
Implementation Date Proposal or Workgroup Alternative Grid Code Modification such date
to be a specific date by reference to an assumed date by which a direction
from the Authority approving the Grid Code Modification Proposal or
Workgroup Alternative Grid Code Modification is required in order for
the Grid Code Modification Proposal or any Workgroup Alternative
Grid Code Modification, if it were approved, to be implemented by the
proposed date.

Issue 5 Revision 38 GD 04 September 2019

23 of 70
 Flicker Severity A value derived from 12 successive measurements of Flicker Severity
(Long Term) (Short Term) (over a two hour period) and a calculation of the cube root
of the mean sum of the cubes of 12 individual measurements, as further
set out in Engineering Recommendation P28 as current at the Transfer
Date.

Flicker Severity A measure of the visual severity of flicker derived from the time series
(Short Term) output of a flickermeter over a 10 minute period and as such provides an
indication of the risk of Customer complaints.

Forecast Data Those items of Standard Planning Data and Detailed Planning Data
which will always be forecast.

Frequency The number of alternating current cycles per second (expressed in Hertz)
at which a System is running.
Frequency Containment means, in the context of Balancing Services, the active power reserves
Reserves (FCR) available to contain system frequency after the occurrence of an
imbalance.
Frequency Restoration means, in the context of Balancing Services, the active power reserves
Reserves (FRR) available to restore system frequency to the nominal frequency.
Governor Deadband An interval used intentionally to make the frequency control unresponsive
In the case of mechanical governor systems the Governor Deadband is
the same as Frequency Response Insensitivity
Governor Insensitivity The inherent feature of the control system specified as the minimum
magnitude of change in the frequency or input signal that results in a
change of output power or output signal
GSP Group Has the meaning as set out in the BSC

Frequency Sensitive Each Generating Unit in an Existing AGR Plant for which the Generator
AGR Unit has notified The Company that it has a safety case agreed with the
Nuclear Installations Inspectorate enabling it to operate in Frequency
Sensitive Mode, to the extent that such unit is within its Frequency
Sensitive AGR Unit Limit. Each such Generating Unit shall be treated
as if it were operating in accordance with BC3.5.1 provided that it is
complying with its Frequency Sensitive AGR Unit Limit.

Frequency Sensitive In respect of each Frequency Sensitive AGR Unit, 8 (or such lower
AGR Unit Limit number which when added to the number of instances of flexibility for the
purposes of assisting in a period of low System or Localised NRAPM
totals 8) instances of reduction of output in any calendar year as instructed
by The Company in relation to operation in Frequency Sensitive Mode
(or such greater number as may be agreed between The Company and
the Generator), for the purpose of assisting with Frequency control,
provided the level of operation of each Frequency Sensitive AGR Unit in
Frequency Sensitive Mode shall not be outside that agreed by the
Nuclear Installations Inspectorate in the relevant safety case.

Frequency Sensitive A Genset, or Type C Power Generating Module or Type D Power

Mode Generating Module or DC Connected Power Park Module or HVDC
System operating mode which will result in Active Power output
changing, in response to a change in System Frequency, in a direction
which assists in the recovery to Target Frequency, by operating so as to
provide Primary Response and/or Secondary Response and/or High
Frequency Response.

Issue 5 Revision 38 GD 04 September 2019

24 of 70
 Fuel Security Code The document of that title designated as such by the Secretary of State,
as from time to time amended.

Gas Turbine Unit A Generating Unit driven by a gas turbine (for instance by an aero-
engine).

Gas Zone Diagram A single line diagram showing boundaries of, and interfaces between, gas-
insulated HV Apparatus modules which comprise part, or the whole, of a
substation at a Connection Site (or in the case of OTSDUW Plant and
Apparatus, Transmission Interface Site), together with the associated
stop valves and gas monitors required for the safe operation of the
National Electricity Transmission System or the User System, as the
case may be.

Gate Closure Has the meaning set out in the BSC.

GB Code User A User in respect of:-

(a) A Generator or OTSDUA whose Main Plant and Apparatus is
connected to the System before 27 April 2019, or who had
concluded Purchase Contracts for its Main Plant and Apparatus
before 17 May 2018, or whose Plant and Apparatus is not the
subject of a Substantial Modification which is effective on or
after 27 April 2019; or
(b) A DC Converter Station owner whose Main Plant and Apparatus
is connected to the System before 8 September 2019, or who had
concluded Purchase Contracts for its Main Plant and Apparatus
before 28 September 2018, or whose Plant and Apparatus is not
the subject of a Substantial Modification which is effective on or
after 8 September 2019; or
(c) A Non Embedded Customer whose Main Plant and Apparatus
was connected to the National Electricity Transmission System
at a GB Grid Supply Point before 18 August 2019 or who had
placed Purchase Contracts for its Main Plant and Apparatus
before 7 September 2018 or that Non Embedded Customer is not
the subject of a Substantial Modification which is effective on or
after 18 August 2019.2018.;or
(d) A Network Operator whose entire distribution System was
connected to the National Electricity Transmission System at
one or more GB Grid Supply Points before 18 August 2019 or who
had placed Purchase Contracts for its Main Plant and Apparatus
in respect of its entire distribution System before 7 September
2018 or its entire distribution System is not the subject of a
Substantial Modification which is effective on or after 18 August
2019. For the avoidance of doubt, a Network Operator would
still be classed as a GB Code User where its entire distribution
System was connected to the National Electricity Transmission
System at one or more GB Grid Supply Points, even where that
entire distribution System may have one or more EU Grid Supply
Points but still comprises of GB Grid Supply Points.

Issue 5 Revision 38 GD 04 September 2019

25 of 70
 GB Generator A Generator, or OTSDUA, who is also a GB Code User.

GB Grid Supply Point A Grid Supply Point which is not an EU Grid Supply Point.
GB Synchronous Area The AC power System in Great Britain which connects User’s, Relevant
Transmission Licensee’s whose AC Plant and Apparatus is
considered to operate in synchronism with each other at each Connection
Point or User System Entry Point and at the same System Frequency.

GCDF Means the Grid Code Development Forum.

General Conditions or That portion of the Grid Code which is identified as the General
GC Conditions.

Generating Plant The difference between Output Usable and forecast Demand.
Demand Margin

Generating Unit An Onshore Generating Unit and/or an Offshore Generating Unit which
could also be part of a Power Generating Module.

Generating Unit Data The Physical Notification, Export and Import Limits and Other
Relevant Data only in respect of each Generating Unit (which could be
part of a Power Generating Module):
(a) which forms part of the BM Unit which represents that Cascade
Hydro Scheme;
(b) at an Embedded Exemptable Large Power Station, where the
relevant Bilateral Agreement specifies that compliance with BC1
and/or BC2 is required:
(i) to each Generating Unit, or
(ii) to each Power Park Module where the Power Station
comprises Power Park Modules

Generation Capacity Has the meaning set out in the BSC.

Generation Planning Those parameters listed in Appendix 2 of OC2.

Parameters

Generator A person who generates electricity under licence or exemption under the
Act acting in its capacity as a generator in Great Britain or Offshore. The
term Generator includes a EU Generator and a GB Generator.

Generator Performance A diagram which shows the MW and Mvar capability limits within which a
Chart Generating Unit will be expected to operate under steady state
conditions.

Genset A Power Generating Module (including a DC Connected Power Park

Module), Generating Unit, Power Park Module or CCGT Module at a
Large Power Station or any Power Generating Module (including a DC
Connected Power Park Module), Generating Unit, Power Park Module
or CCGT Module which is directly connected to the National Electricity
Transmission System.

Issue 5 Revision 38 GD 04 September 2019

26 of 70
 Good Industry Practice The exercise of that degree of skill, diligence, prudence and foresight
which would reasonably and ordinarily be expected from a skilled and
experienced operator engaged in the same type of undertaking under the
same or similar circumstances.

Governance Rules or That portion of the Grid Code which is identified as the Governance
GR Rules.

Great Britain or GB The landmass of England and Wales and Scotland, including internal
waters.

Grid Code Fast Track A proposal to modify the Grid Code which is raised pursuant to GR.26 and
Proposals has not yet been approved or rejected by the Grid Code Review Panel.

Grid Code Modification A report prepared pursuant to GR.26

Fast Track Report

Grid Code Modification Has the meaning given in GR.13.1.

Register

Grid Code Modification Has the meaning given in GR.22.1.

Report

Grid Code Modification The procedures for the modification of the Grid Code (including the
Procedures implementation of Approved Modifications) as set out in the
Governance Rules.

Grid Code Modification A proposal to modify the Grid Code which is not yet rejected pursuant to
Proposal GR.15.5 or GR.15.6 and has not yet been implemented.

Grid Code Modification Has the meaning given in GR.24.5

Self- Governance
Report

Grid Code Objectives Means the objectives referred to in Paragraph 1b of Standard Condition
C14 of The Company’s Transmission Licence.

Grid Code Review Panel The panel with the functions set out in GR.1.2.
or Panel

Grid Code Review Panel The vote of Panel Members undertaken by the Panel Chairman in
Recommendation Vote accordance with Paragraph GR.22.4 as to whether in their view they
believe each proposed Grid Code Modification Proposal, or Workgroup
Alternative Grid Code Modification would better facilitate achievement
of the Grid Code Objective(s) and so should be made.

Grid Code Review Panel The vote of Panel Members undertaken by the Panel Chairman in
Self-Governance Vote accordance with GR.24.9 as to whether they believe each proposed Grid
Code Modification Proposal, as compared with the then existing provisions
of the Grid Code and any Workgroup Alternative Grid Code
Modification set out in the Grid Code Modification Self- Governance
Report, would better facilitate achievement of the Grid Code
Objective(s).

Grid Code Self- Grid Code Modification Proposals which satisfy the Self Governance
Governance Proposals Criteria.

Grid Entry Point An Onshore Grid Entry Point or an Offshore Grid Entry Point.
Issue 5 Revision 38 GD 04 September 2019
27 of 70
 Grid Supply Point A point of supply from the National Electricity Transmission System to
Network Operators or Non-Embedded Customers which could be a GB
Grid Supply Point or an EU Grid Supply Point.

Group Those National Electricity Transmission System sub-stations bounded

solely by the faulted circuit(s) and the overloaded circuit(s) excluding any
third party connections between the Group and the rest of the National
Electricity Transmission System, the faulted circuit(s) being a Secured
Event.

Headroom The Power Available (in MW) less the actual Active Power exported from
the Power Park Module (in MW).

High Frequency An automatic reduction in Active Power output in response to an increase

Response in System Frequency above the Target Frequency (or such other level
of Frequency as may have been agreed in an Ancillary Services
Agreement). This reduction in Active Power output must be in
accordance with the provisions of the relevant Ancillary Services
Agreement which will provide that it will be released increasingly with time
over the period 0 to 10 seconds from the time of the Frequency increase
on the basis set out in the Ancillary Services Agreement and fully
achieved within 10 seconds of the time of the start of the Frequency
increase and it must be sustained at no lesser reduction thereafter. The
interpretation of the High Frequency Response to a + 0.5 Hz frequency
change is shown diagrammatically in Figure CC.A.3.3.

High Voltage or HV For E&W Transmission Systems, a voltage exceeding 650 volts. For
Scottish Transmission Systems, a voltage exceeding 1000 volts.
Houseload Operation Operation which ensures that a Power Station is able to continue to
supply its in-house load in the event of System faults resulting in Power-
Generating Modules being disconnected from the System and tripped
onto their auxiliary supplies

HV Connections Apparatus connected at the same voltage as that of the National

Electricity Transmission System, including Users' circuits, the higher
voltage windings of Users' transformers and associated connection
Apparatus.
HVDC Converter Any EU Code User Apparatus used to convert alternating current
electricity to direct current electricity, or vice versa. An HVDC Converter
is a standalone operative configuration at a single site comprising one or
more converter bridges, together with one or more converter transformers,
reactors, converter control equipment, essential protective and switching
devices and auxiliaries, if any, used for conversion. In a bipolar
arrangement, an HVDC Converter represents the bipolar configuration.
HVDC Converter Station Part of an HVDC System which consists of one or more HVDC
Converters installed in a single location together with buildings, reactors,
filters reactive power devices, control, monitoring, protective, measuring
and auxiliary equipment.
HVDC Equipment Collectively means an HVDC System and a DC Connected Power Park
Module and a Remote End HVDC Converter Station.
HVDC Interface Point A point at which HVDC Plant and Apparatus is connected to an AC
System at which technical specifications affecting the performance of the
Plant and Apparatus can be prescribed.

Issue 5 Revision 38 GD 04 September 2019

28 of 70
 HVDC System An electrical power system which transfers energy in the form of high
voltage direct current between two or more alternating current (AC) buses
and comprises at least two HVDC Converter Stations with DC
Transmission lines or cables between the HVDC Converter Stations.
HVDC System Owner A party who owns and is responsible for an HVDC System. For the
avoidance of doubt a DC Connected Power Park Module owner would
be treated as a Generator.

HP Turbine Power Ratio of steady state mechanical power delivered by the HP turbine to the
Fraction total steady state mechanical power delivered by the total steam turbine at
Registered Capacity or Maximum Capacity.

IEC International Electrotechnical Commission.

IEC Standard A standard approved by the International Electrotechnical Commission.

Implementation Date Is the date and time for implementation of an Approved Modification as
specified in accordance with Paragraph GR.25.3.

Implementing Safety The Safety Co-ordinator implementing Safety Precautions.

Co-ordinator

Import Usable That portion of Registered Import Capacity which is expected to be

available and which is not unavailable due to a Planned Outage.

Incident Centre A centre established by The Company or a User as the focal point in The
Company or in that User, as the case may be, for the communication and
dissemination of information between the senior management
representatives of The Company, or of that User, as the case may be,
and the relevant other parties during a Joint System Incident in order to
avoid overloading The Company's, or that User's, as the case may be,
existing operational/control arrangements.

Independent Back-Up A Back-Up Protection system which utilises a discrete relay, different
Protection current transformers and an alternate operating principle to the Main
Protection systems(s) such that it can operate autonomously in the event
of a failure of the Main Protection.

Independent Main A Main Protection system which utilises a physically discrete relay and
Protection different current transformers to any other Main Protection.

Indicated Constraint The difference between a constraint boundary transfer limit and the
Boundary Margin difference between the sum of BM Unit Maximum Export Limits and the
forecast of local Demand within the constraint boundary.

Indicated Imbalance The difference between the sum of Physical Notifications for BM Units
comprising Generating Units or CCGT Modules or Power Generating
Modules and the forecast of Demand for the whole or any part of the
System.

Indicated Margin The difference between the sum of BM Unit Maximum Export Limits
submitted and the forecast of Demand for the whole or any part of the
System

Issue 5 Revision 38 GD 04 September 2019

29 of 70
 Installation Document A simple structured document containing information about a Type A
Power Generating Module or a Demand Unit, with demand response
connected below 1000 V, and confirming its compliance with the relevant
requirements

Instructor Facilities A device or system which gives certain Transmission Control Centre
instructions with an audible or visible alarm, and incorporates the means
to return message acknowledgements to the Transmission Control
Centre

Integral Equipment Test A test on equipment, associated with Plant and/or Apparatus, which takes
or IET place when that Plant and/or Apparatus forms part of a Synchronised
System and which, in the reasonable judgement of the person wishing to
perform the test, may cause an Operational Effect.

Intellectual Property" or Patents, trade marks, service marks, rights in designs, trade names,
"IPRs copyrights and topography rights (whether or not any of the same are
registered and including applications for registration of any of the same)
and rights under licences and consents in relation to any of the same and
all rights or forms of protection of a similar nature or having equivalent or
similar effect to any of the same which may subsist anywhere in the world.

Interconnection An agreement made between The Company and an Externally

Agreement Interconnected System Operator and/or an Interconnector User and/or
other relevant persons for the External Interconnection relating to an
External Interconnection and/or an agreement under which an
Interconnector User can use an External Interconnection.

Interconnector Export In relation to an External Interconnection means the (daily or weekly)

Capacity forecast value (in MW) at the time of the (daily or weekly) peak demand,
of the maximum level at which the External Interconnection can export
to the Grid Entry Point.

Interconnector Import In relation to an External Interconnection means the (daily or weekly)

Capacity forecast value (in MW) at the time of the (daily or weekly) peak demand of
the maximum level at which the External Interconnection can import from
the Grid Entry Point.

Interconnector Owner Has the meaning given to the term in the Connection and Use of System
Code.

Interconnector User Has the meaning set out in the BSC.

Interface Agreement Has the meaning set out in the CUSC.

Interface Point As the context admits or requires either;

(a) the electrical point of connection between an Offshore
Transmission System and an Onshore Transmission System,
or
(b) the electrical point of connection between an Offshore
Transmission System and a Network Operator’s User System.

Interface Point Capacity The maximum amount of Active Power transferable at the Interface Point
as declared by a User under the OTSDUW Arrangements expressed in
whole MW.

Issue 5 Revision 38 GD 04 September 2019

30 of 70
 Interface Point Target The nominal target voltage/power factor at an Interface Point which a
Voltage/Power factor Network Operator requires The Company to achieve by operation of the
relevant Offshore Transmission System.

Interim Operational A notification from The Company to a Generator or DC Converter

Notification or ION Station owner or HVDC System Operator or Network Operator or Non
Embedded Customer acknowledging that the User has demonstrated
compliance, except for the Unresolved Issues;
(a) with the Grid Code, and
(b) where applicable, with Appendices F1 to F5 of the Bilateral
Agreement,
in each case in respect of the Plant and Apparatus (including OTSUA)
specified in such notification and provided that in the case of the OTSDUW
Arrangements such notification shall be provided to a Generator in two
parts dealing with the OTSUA and Generator’s Plant and Apparatus
(called respectively “Interim Operational Notification Part A” or “ION A”
and “Interim Operational Notification Part B” or “ION B”) as provided
for in the CP.

Intermittent Power The primary source of power for a Generating Unit or Power Generating
Source Module that can not be considered as controllable, e.g. wind, wave or
solar.

Intertripping (a) The tripping of circuit-breaker(s) by commands initiated from

Protection at a remote location independent of the state of the local
Protection; or
(b) Operational Intertripping.

Intertrip Apparatus Apparatus which performs Intertripping.

IP Turbine Power Ratio of steady state mechanical power delivered by the IP turbine to the
Fraction total steady state mechanical power delivered by the total steam turbine at
Registered Capacity or Maximum Capacity.

Isolating Device A device for achieving Isolation.

Issue 5 Revision 38 GD 04 September 2019

31 of 70
 Isolation The disconnection of HV Apparatus (as defined in OC8A.1.6.2 and
OC8B.1.7.2) from the remainder of the System in which that HV
Apparatus is situated by either of the following:
(a) an Isolating Device maintained in an isolating position. The
isolating position must either be:
(i) maintained by immobilising and Locking the Isolating
Device in the isolating position and affixing a Caution Notice
to it. Where the Isolating Device is Locked with a Safety
Key, the Safety Key must be secured in a Key Safe and the
Key Safe Key must be, where reasonably practicable, given
to the authorised site representative of the Requesting
Safety Co-Ordinator and is to be retained in safe custody.
Where not reasonably practicable the Key Safe Key must be
retained by the authorised site representative of the
Implementing Safety Co-ordinator in safe custody; or
(ii) maintained and/or secured by such other method which must
be in accordance with the Local Safety Instructions or the
Safety Rules of the Relevant Transmission Licensee or
that User, as the case may be; or
(b) an adequate physical separation which must be in accordance with
and maintained by the method set out in the Local Safety
Instructions or the Safety Rules of the Relevant Transmission
Licensee or that User, as the case may be.

Joint BM Unit Data Has the meaning set out in the BSC.

Joint System Incident An Event wherever occurring (other than on an Embedded Medium
Power Station or an Embedded Small Power Station) which, in the
opinion of The Company or a User, has or may have a serious and/or
widespread effect, in the case of an Event on a User(s) System(s) (other
than on an Embedded Medium Power Station or Embedded Small
Power Station), on the National Electricity Transmission System, and
in the case of an Event on the National Electricity Transmission
System, on a User(s) System(s) (other than on an Embedded Medium
Power Station or Embedded Small Power Station).

Key Safe A device for the secure retention of keys.

Key Safe Key A key unique at a Location capable of operating a lock, other than a
control lock, on a Key Safe.

Issue 5 Revision 38 GD 04 September 2019

32 of 70
 Large Power Station A Power Station which is
(a) directly connected to:
(i) NGET’s Transmission System where such Power Station
has a Registered Capacity of 100MW or more; or
(ii) SPT’s Transmission System where such Power Station
has a Registered Capacity of 30MW or more; or
(iii) SHETL’s Transmission System where such Power
Station has a Registered Capacity of 10MW or more; or
(iv) an Offshore Transmission System where such Power
Station has a Registered Capacity of 10MW or more;
or,
(b) Embedded within a User System (or part thereof) where such User
System (or part thereof) is connected under normal operating
conditions to:
(i) NGET’s Transmission System and such Power Station
has a Registered Capacity of 100MW or more; or
(ii) SPT’s Transmission System and such Power Station has
a Registered Capacity of 30MW or more; or
(iii) SHETL’s Transmission System and such Power Station
has a Registered Capacity of 10MW or more;
or,
(c) Embedded within a User System (or part thereof) where the User
System (or part thereof) is not connected to the National
Electricity Transmission System, although such Power Station
is in:
(i) NGET’s Transmission Area where such Power Station has
a Registered Capacity of 100MW or more; or
(ii) SPT’s Transmission Area where such Power Station has a
Registered Capacity of 30MW or more; or
(iii) SHETL’s Transmission Area where such Power Station
has a Registered Capacity of 10MW or more;
For the avoidance of doubt a Large Power Station could comprise of
Type A, Type B, Type C or Type D Power Generating Modules.

Legal Challenge Where permitted by law a judicial review in respect of the Authority’s
decision to approve or not to approve a Grid Code Modification
Proposal.

Licence Any licence granted to The Company or a Relevant Transmission

Licensee or a User, under Section 6 of the Act.

Licence Standards Those standards set out or referred to in Condition C17 of The Company’s
Transmission Licence and/or Condition D3 and/or Condition E16 of a
Relevant Transmission Licensee’s Transmission Licence.

Issue 5 Revision 38 GD 04 September 2019

33 of 70
 Limited Frequency A mode whereby the operation of the Genset or Power Generating
Sensitive Mode Module (or DC Converter at a DC Converter Station or HVDC Systems
exporting Active Power to the Total System) is Frequency insensitive
except when the System Frequency exceeds 50.4Hz, from which point
Limited High Frequency Response must be provided. For Power
Generating Modules (including DC Connected Power Park Modules)
and HVDC Systems, operation in Limited Frequency Sensitive Mode
would require Limited Frequency Sensitive Mode – Overfrequency
(LFSM-O) capability and Limited Frequency Sensitive Mode –
Underfrequency (LFSM-U) capability.
Limited Frequency A Power Generating Module (including a DC Connected Power Park
Sensitive Mode – Module) or HVDC System operating mode which will result in Active
Overfrequency or Power output reduction in response to a change in System Frequency
LFSM-O above a certain value.
Limited Frequency A Power Generating Module (including a DC Connected Power Park
Sensitive Mode – Module) or HVDC System operating mode which will result in Active
Underfrequency or Power output increase in response to a change in System Frequency
LFSM-U below a certain value.

Limited High Frequency A response of a Genset (or DC Converter at a DC Converter Station

Response exporting Active Power to the Total System) to an increase in System
Frequency above 50.4Hz leading to a reduction in Active Power in
accordance with the provisions of BC3.7.2.1

Limited Operational A notification from The Company to a Generator or DC Converter

Notification or LON Station owner or HVDC System Owner or Network Operator or Non-
Embedded Customer stating that the User’s Plant and/or Apparatus
specified in such notification may be, or is, unable to comply:
(a) with the provisions of the Grid Code specified in the notice, and
(b) where applicable, with Appendices F1 to F5 of the Bilateral
Agreement ,
and specifying the Unresolved Issues.

Load The Active, Reactive or Apparent Power, as the context requires,

generated, transmitted or distributed.

Loaded Supplying electrical power to the System.

Load Factor The ratio of the actual output of a Generating Unit or Power Generating
Module to the possible maximum output of that Generating Unit or Power
Generating Module.

Load Management A block of Demand controlled by a Supplier or other party through the
Block means of radio teleswitching or by some other means.

Local Joint Restoration A plan produced under OC9.4.7.12 detailing the agreed method and
Plan procedure by which a Genset at a Black Start Station (possibly with other
Gensets at that Black Start Station) will energise part of the Total
System and meet complementary blocks of local Demand so as to form a
Power Island.
In Scotland, the plan may also: cover more than one Black Start Station;
include Gensets other than those at a Black Start Station and cover the
creation of one or more Power Islands.

Issue 5 Revision 38 GD 04 September 2019

34 of 70
 Local Safety For safety co-ordination in England and Wales, instructions on each User
Instructions Site and Transmission Site, approved by NGET’s or User's relevant
manager, setting down the methods of achieving the objectives of NGET's
or the User's Safety Rules, as the case may be, to ensure the safety of
personnel carrying out work or testing on Plant and/or Apparatus on
which his Safety Rules apply and, in the case of a User, any other
document(s) on a User Site which contains rules with regard to
maintaining or securing the isolating position of an Isolating Device, or
maintaining a physical separation or maintaining or securing the position
of an Earthing Device.

Local Switching A procedure produced under OC7.6 detailing the agreed arrangements in
Procedure respect of carrying out of Operational Switching at Connection Sites
and parts of the National Electricity Transmission System adjacent to
those Connection Sites.

Localised Negative That margin of Active Power sufficient to allow transfers to and from a
Reserve Active Power System Constraint Group (as the case may be) to be contained within
Margin or Localised such reasonable limit as The Company may determine.
NRAPM

Location Any place at which Safety Precautions are to be applied.

Locked A condition of HV Apparatus that cannot be altered without the operation

of a locking device.

Locking The application of a locking device which enables HV Apparatus to be

Locked.

Low Frequency Relay Has the same meaning as Under Frequency Relay.

Low Voltage or LV For E&W Transmission Systems a voltage not exceeding 250 volts. For
Scottish Transmission Systems, a voltage exceeding 50 volts but not
exceeding 1000 volts.

LV Side of the Offshore Unless otherwise specified in the Bilateral Agreement, the busbar on the
Platform Offshore Platform (typically 33kV) at which the relevant Offshore Grid
Entry Point is located.

Main Plant and In respect of a Power Station (including Power Stations comprising of
Apparatus DC Connected Power Park Modules) is one or more of the principal
items of Plant or Apparatus required to convert the primary source of
energy into electricity.
In respect of HVDC Systems or DC Converters or Transmission DC
Converters is one of the principal items of Plant or Apparatus used to
convert high voltage direct current to high voltage alternating current or
vice versa.
In respect of a Network Operator’s equipment or a Non-Embedded
Customer’s equipment, is one of the principal items of Plant or Apparatus
required to facilitate the import or export of Active Power or Reactive
Power to or from a Network Operator’s or Non Embedded Customer’s
System.

Issue 5 Revision 38 GD 04 September 2019

35 of 70
 Main Protection A Protection system which has priority above other Protection in initiating
either a fault clearance or an action to terminate an abnormal condition in
a power system.

Manufacturer’s Data & A report submitted by a manufacturer to The Company relating to a

Performance Report specific version of a Power Park Unit demonstrating the performance
characteristics of such Power Park Unit in respect of which The
Company has evaluated its relevance for the purposes of the Compliance
Processes.

Manufacturer’s Test A certificate prepared by a manufacturer which demonstrates that its

Certificates Power Generating Module has undergone appropriate tests and
conforms to the performance requirements expected by The Company in
satisfying its compliance requirements and thereby satisfies the
appropriate requirements of the Grid Code and Bilateral Agreement.

Market Operation Data A computer system operated by The Company and made available for
Interface System use by Customers connected to or using the National Electricity
(MODIS) Transmission System for the purpose of submitting EU Transparency
Availability Data to The Company.

Market Suspension Has the meaning given to the term ‘Market Suspension Threshold’ in
Threshold Section G of the BSC.

Material Effect An effect causing The Company or a Relevant Transmission Licensee

to effect any works or to alter the manner of operation of Transmission
Plant and/or Transmission Apparatus at the Connection Site (which
term shall, in this definition and in the definition of “Modification” only,
have the meaning ascribed thereto in the CUSC) or the site of connection
or a User to effect any works or to alter the manner of operation of its Plant
and/or Apparatus at the Connection Site or the site of connection which
in either case involves that party in expenditure of more than £10,000.

Materially Affected Party Any person or class of persons designated by the Authority as such.

Maximum Export The maximum continuous Active Power that a Network Operator or Non
Capability Embedded Customer can export to the Transmission System at the Grid
Supply Point, as specified in the Bilateral Agreement.

Maximum Export The maximum continuous Apparent Power expressed in MVA and
Capacity maximum continuous Active Power expressed in MW which can flow from
an Offshore Transmission System connected to a Network Operator's
User System, to that User System.
Maximum Capacity or The maximum continuous Active Power which a Power Generating
Pmax Module can produce, less any demand associated solely with facilitating
the operation of that Power Generating Module and not fed into the
System.

Maximum Generation A service utilised by The Company in accordance with the CUSC and the
Service or MGS Balancing Principles Statement in operating the Total System.

Maximum Generation An agreement between a User and The Company for the payment by The
Service Agreement Company to that User in respect of the provision by such User of a
Maximum Generation Service.

Issue 5 Revision 38 GD 04 September 2019

36 of 70
 Maximum HVDC Active The maximum continuous Active Power which an HVDC System can
Power Transmission exchange with the network at each Grid Entry Point or User System
Capacity (PHmax) Entry Point as specified in the Bilateral Agreement or as agreed
between The Company and the HVDC System Owner.

Maximum Import The maximum continuous Active Power that a Network Operator or Non
Capability Embedded Customer can import from the Transmission System at the
Grid Supply Point, as specified in the Bilateral Agreement.

Maximum Import The maximum continuous Apparent Power expressed in MVA and
Capacity maximum continuous Active Power expressed in MW which can flow to
an Offshore Transmission System connected to a Network Operator's
User System, from that User System.

Medium Power Station A Power Station which is

(a) directly connected to NGET’s Transmission System where such
Power Station has a Registered Capacity of 50MW or more but
less than 100MW;
or,
(b) Embedded within a User System (or part thereof) where such User
System (or part thereof) is connected under normal operating
conditions to NGET’s Transmission System and such Power
Station has a Registered Capacity of 50MW or more but less than
100MW;
or,
(c) Embedded within a User System (or part thereof) where the User
System (or part thereof) is not connected to the National
Electricity Transmission System, although such Power Station
is in NGET’s Transmission Area and such Power Station has a
Registered Capacity of 50MW or more but less than 100MW.
For the avoidance of doubt a Medium Power Station could comprise of
Type A, Type B, Type C or Type D Power Generating Modules.

Medium Voltage or MV For E&W Transmission Systems a voltage exceeding 250 volts but not
exceeding 650 volts.

Mills Milling plant which supplies pulverised fuel to the boiler of a coal fired
Power Station.

Minimum Generation The minimum output (in whole MW) which a Genset can generate or DC
Converter at a DC Converter Station can import or export to the Total
System under stable operating conditions, as registered with The
Company under the PC (and amended pursuant to the PC). For the
avoidance of doubt, the output may go below this level as a result of
operation in accordance with BC3.7.

Minimum Active Power The minimum continuous Active Power which an HVDC System can
Transmission Capacity exchange with the System at each Grid Entry Point or User System
(PHmin) Entry Point as specified in the Bilateral Agreement or as agreed
between The Company and the HVDC System Owner

Issue 5 Revision 38 GD 04 September 2019

37 of 70
 Minimum Import The minimum input (in whole MW) into a DC Converter at a DC Converter
Capacity Station or HVDC System at an HVDC Converter (in any of its operating
configurations) at the Onshore Grid Entry Point (or in the case of an
Embedded DC Converter or an Embedded HVDC Converter at the User
System Entry Point) at which a DC Converter or HVDC Converter can
operate in a stable manner, as registered with The Company under the
PC (and amended pursuant to the PC).

Minimum Regulating The minimum Active Power, as specified in the Bilateral Agreement or
Level as agreed between The Company and the Generator, down to which the
Power Generating Module can control Active Power;

Minimum Stable The minimum Active Power, as specified in the Bilateral Agreement or
Operating Level as agreed between The Company and the Generator, at which the Power
Generating Module can be operated stably for an unlimited time.

Modification Any actual or proposed replacement, renovation, modification, alteration

or construction by or on behalf of a User or The Company to either that
User’s Plant or Apparatus or Transmission Plant or Apparatus, as the
case may be, or the manner of its operation which has or may have a
Material Effect on The Company or a User, as the case may be, at a
particular Connection Site.

Mothballed DC A DC Connected Power Park Module that has previously generated

Connected Power Park which the Generator plans not to use to generate for the remainder of the
Module current Financial Year but which could be returned to service.

Mothballed DC A DC Converter at a DC Converter Station that has previously imported

Converter at a DC or exported power which the DC Converter Station owner plans not to
Converter Station use to import or export power for the remainder of the current Financial
Year but which could be returned to service.

Mothballed HVDC An HVDC System that has previously imported or exported power which
System the HVDC System Owner plans not to use to import or export power for
the remainder of the current Financial Year but which could be returned
to service.

Mothballed HVDC An HVDC Converter which is part of an HVDC System that has previously
Converter imported or exported power which the HVDC System Owner plans not to
use to import or export power for the remainder of the current Financial
Year but which could be returned to service.

Mothballed Generating A Generating Unit that has previously generated which the Generator
Unit plans not to use to generate for the remainder of the current Financial
Year but which could be returned to service. For the avoidance of doubt
a Mothballed Generating Unit could be part of a Power Generating
Module.

Mothballed Power A Power Generating Module that has previously generated which the
Generating Module Generator plans not to use to generate for the remainder of the current
Financial Year but which could be returned to service.

Mothballed Power Park A Power Park Module that has previously generated which the Generator
Module plans not to use to generate for the remainder of the current Financial
Year but which could be returned to service.

Issue 5 Revision 38 GD 04 September 2019

38 of 70
 Multiple Point of A double (or more) Point of Connection, being two (or more) Points of
Connection Connection interconnected to each other through the User’s System.

MSID Has the meaning a set out in the BSC, covers Metering System Identifier

National Demand The amount of electricity supplied from the Grid Supply Points plus:-
• that supplied by Embedded Large Power Stations, and
• National Electricity Transmission System Losses,
minus:-
• the Demand taken by Station Transformers and Pumped Storage
Units’
and, for the purposes of this definition, does not include:-
• any exports from the National Electricity Transmission System
across External Interconnections.

National Electricity The Onshore Transmission System and, where owned by Offshore
Transmission System Transmission Licensees, Offshore Transmission Systems.

National Electricity The amount of electricity supplied from the Grid Supply Points plus:-
Transmission System
Demand • that supplied by Embedded Large Power Stations, and
• exports from the National Electricity Transmission System
across External Interconnections, and
• National Electricity Transmission System Losses,
and, for the purposes of this definition, includes:-
• the Demand taken by Station Transformers and Pumped Storage
Units.

National Electricity The losses of electricity incurred on the National Electricity

Transmission System Transmission System.
Losses

National Electricity Has the meaning set out in Schedule 1 of The Company's Transmission
Transmission System Licence.
Operator Area

National Electricity A computer file produced by The Company which in The Company’s view
Transmission System provides an appropriate representation of the National Electricity
Study Network Data File Transmission System for a specific point in time. The computer file will
contain information and data on Demand on the National Electricity
Transmission System and on Large Power Stations including Genset
power output consistent with Output Usable and The Company’s view of
prevailing system conditions.

Issue 5 Revision 38 GD 04 September 2019

39 of 70
 National Electricity A warning issued by The Company to Users (or to certain Users only) in
Transmission System accordance with OC7.4.8.2, which provides information relating to System
Warning conditions or Events and is intended to :
(a) alert Users to possible or actual Plant shortage, System problems
and/or Demand reductions;
(b) inform of the applicable period;
(c) indicate intended consequences for Users; and
(d) enable specified Users to be in a state of readiness to receive
instructions from The Company.

National Electricity A warning issued by The Company, in accordance with OC7.4.8.7, which
Transmission System is intended to provide short term notice, where possible, to those Users
Warning - Demand who are likely to receive Demand reduction instructions from The
Control Imminent Company within 30 minutes.

National Electricity A warning issued by The Company, in accordance with OC7.4.8.6, which
Transmission System is intended to alert recipients that there is a high risk of Demand reduction
Warning - High Risk of being implemented and which may normally result from an Electricity
Demand Reduction Margin Notice.

National Electricity A warning issued by The Company, in accordance with OC7.4.8.5, which
Transmission System is intended to invite a response from and to alert recipients to a decreased
Warning - Electricity System Margin.
Margin Notice

National Electricity A warning issued by The Company, in accordance with OC7.4.8.8, which
Transmission System is intended to alert Users of the risk of widespread and serious System
Warning - Risk of disturbance which may affect Users.
System Disturbance

Network Data The data to be provided by The Company to Users in accordance with
the PC, as listed in Part 3 of the Appendix to the PC.

Network Operator A person with a User System directly connected to the National
Electricity Transmission System to which Customers and/or Power
Stations (not forming part of the User System) are connected, acting in
its capacity as an operator of the User System, but shall not include a
person acting in the capacity of an Externally Interconnected System
Operator or a Generator in respect of OTSUA.

NGET National Grid Electricity Transmission plc (NO: 2366977) whose registered
office is at 1-3 Strand, London, WC2N 5EH

No-Load Field Voltage Shall have the meaning ascribed to that term in IEC 34-16-1:1991
[equivalent to British Standard BS4999 Section 116.1 : 1992].

No System Connection As defined in OC8A.1.6.2 and OC8B.1.7.2

Notification of User’s A notification from a Network Operator or Non-Embedded Customer to

Intention to Operate The Company informing The Company of the date upon which any
Network Operator’s or Non-Embedded Customer’s Plant and
Apparatus at an EU Grid Supply Point will be ready to be connected to
the Transmission System.

Issue 5 Revision 38 GD 04 September 2019

40 of 70
 Notification of User’s A notification from a Generator or DC Converter Station owner or HVDC
Intention to System Owner to The Company informing The Company of the date
Synchronise upon which any OTSUA, a Generating Unit(s), CCGT Module(s), Power
Park Module(s), Power Generating Module(s) (including a DC
Connected Power Park Module(s)), HVDC System or DC Converter(s)
will be ready to be Synchronised to the Total System.

Non-Dynamic A Demand Response Service in which the Demand is controlled through

Frequency Response discrete switching rather than through continuous load changes in
Service response to System Frequency changes.

Non-Embedded A Customer in Great Britain, except for a Network Operator acting in its
Customer capacity as such, receiving electricity direct from the Onshore
Transmission System irrespective of from whom it is supplied.

Non-Synchronous An Onshore Non-Synchronous Generating Unit or Offshore Non-

Generating Unit Synchronous Generating Unit which could form part of a Power
Generating Module.

Normal CCGT Module A CCGT Module other than a Range CCGT Module.

Novel Unit A tidal, wave, wind, geothermal, or any similar, Generating Unit.

OC9 De-synchronised Has the meaning set out in OC9.5.4.

Island Procedure

Offshore Means wholly or partly in Offshore Waters, and when used in conjunction
with another term and not defined means that the associated term is to be
read accordingly.

Offshore DC Converter Any User Apparatus located Offshore used to convert alternating current
electricity to direct current electricity, or vice versa. An Offshore DC
Converter is a standalone operative configuration at a single site
comprising one or more converter bridges, together with one or more
converter transformers, converter control equipment, essential protective
and switching devices and auxiliaries, if any, used for conversion.

Offshore HVDC Any User Apparatus located Offshore used to convert alternating current
Converter electricity to direct current electricity, or vice versa. An Offshore HVDC
Converter is a standalone operative configuration at a single site
comprising one or more converter bridges, together with one or more
converter transformers, converter control equipment, essential protective
and switching devices and auxiliaries, if any, used for conversion.

Offshore Development A statement prepared by The Company in accordance with Special

Information Statement Condition C4 of The Company’s Transmission Licence.

Offshore Generating Unless otherwise provided in the Grid Code, any Apparatus located
Unit Offshore which produces electricity, including, an Offshore
Synchronous Generating Unit and Offshore Non-Synchronous
Generating Unit which could also be part of a Power Generating
Module..

Issue 5 Revision 38 GD 04 September 2019

41 of 70
 Offshore Grid Entry In the case of:-
Point
(a) an Offshore Generating Unit or an Offshore Synchronous
Power Generating Module or an Offshore DC Converter or an
Offshore HVDC Converter, as the case may be, which is directly
connected to an Offshore Transmission System, the point at
which it connects to that Offshore Transmission System, or;
(b) an Offshore Power Park Module which is directly connected to an
Offshore Transmission System, the point where one Power Park
String (registered by itself as a Power Park Module) or the
collection of points where a number of Offshore Power Park
Strings (registered as a single Power Park Module) connects to
that Offshore Transmission System, or;
(c) an External Interconnection which is directly connected to an
Offshore Transmission System, the point at which it connects to
that Offshore Transmission System.

Offshore Non- An Offshore Generating Unit that is not an Offshore Synchronous

Synchronous Generating Unit including for the avoidance of doubt a Power Park Unit
Generating Unit located Offshore.

Offshore Platform A single structure comprising of Plant and Apparatus located Offshore
which includes one or more Offshore Grid Entry Points.

Offshore Power Park A collection of one or more Offshore Power Park Strings (registered as
Module a Power Park Module under the PC). There is no limit to the number of
Power Park Strings within the Power Park Module, so long as they
either:
(a) connect to the same busbar which cannot be electrically split; or
(b) connect to a collection of directly electrically connected busbars of
the same nominal voltage and are configured in accordance with the
operating arrangements set out in the relevant Bilateral
Agreement.

Offshore Power Park A collection of Offshore Generating Units or Power Park Units that are
String powered by an Intermittent Power Source, joined together by cables
forming part of a User System with a single point of connection to an
Offshore Transmission System. The connection to an Offshore
Transmission System may include a DC Converter or HVDC Converter.

Offshore Synchronous An Offshore Generating Unit which could be part of an Offshore

Generating Unit Synchronous Power Generating Module in which, under all steady state
conditions, the rotor rotates at a mechanical speed equal to the electrical
frequency of the National Electricity Transmission System divided by
the number of pole pairs of the Generating Unit.
A Synchronous Power Generating Module located Offshore.
Offshore Synchronous
Power Generating
Module

Offshore Tender The process followed by the Authority to make, in prescribed cases, a
Process determination on a competitive basis of the person to whom an offshore
transmission licence is to be granted.

Issue 5 Revision 38 GD 04 September 2019

42 of 70
 Offshore Transmission An agreement entered into by The Company and a Network Operator in
Distribution Connection respect of the connection to and use of a Network Operator’s User
Agreement System by an Offshore Transmission System.

Offshore Transmission Such person in relation to whose Transmission Licence the standard
Licensee conditions in Section E (offshore transmission owner standard conditions)
of such Transmission Licence have been given effect, or any person in
that prospective role who has acceded to the STC.

Offshore Transmission A system consisting (wholly or mainly) of high voltage electric lines and
System used for the transmission of electricity from one Power Station to a sub-
station or to another Power Station or between sub-stations, and includes
any Plant and Apparatus (including OTSUA) and meters in connection
with the transmission of electricity but does not include any Remote
Transmission Assets. An Offshore Transmission System extends from
the Interface Point, or the Offshore Grid Entry Point(s) and may include
Plant and Apparatus located Onshore and Offshore and, where the
context permits, references to the Offshore Transmission System
includes OTSUA.

Offshore Transmission In relation to a particular User where the OTSDUW Arrangements apply,
System Development means those activities and/or works for the design, planning, consenting
User Works or OTSDUW and/or construction and installation of the Offshore Transmission
System to be undertaken by the User as identified in Part 2 of Appendix I
of the relevant Construction Agreement.

Offshore Transmission OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus constructed and/or installed by a User
System User Assets or under the OTSDUW Arrangements which form an Offshore
OTSUA Transmission System that once transferred to a Relevant Transmission
Licensee under an Offshore Tender Process will become part of the
National Electricity Transmission System.

Offshore Waters Has the meaning given to “offshore waters” in Section 90(9) of the Energy
Act 2004.

Offshore Works In relation to a particular User means those assumptions set out in
Assumptions Appendix P of the relevant Construction Agreement as amended from
time to time.

Onshore Means within Great Britain, and when used in conjunction with another
term and not defined means that the associated term is to be read
accordingly.

Onshore DC Converter Any User Apparatus located Onshore with a Completion Date after 1st
April 2005 used to convert alternating current electricity to direct current
electricity, or vice versa. An Onshore DC Converter is a standalone
operative configuration at a single site comprising one or more converter
bridges, together with one or more converter transformers, converter
control equipment, essential protective and switching devices and
auxiliaries, if any, used for conversion. In a bipolar arrangement, an
Onshore DC Converter represents the bipolar configuration.

Issue 5 Revision 38 GD 04 September 2019

43 of 70
 Onshore Generating Unless otherwise provided in the Grid Code, any Apparatus located
Unit Onshore which produces electricity, including, an Onshore
Synchronous Generating Unit and Onshore Non-Synchronous
Generating Unit which could also be part of a Power Generating
Module.

Onshore Grid Entry A point at which a Onshore Generating Unit or a CCGT Module or a
Point CCGT Unit or an Onshore Power Generating Module or a Onshore DC
Converter or an Onshore HVDC Converter or a Onshore Power Park
Module or an External Interconnection, as the case may be, which is
directly connected to the Onshore Transmission System connects to the
Onshore Transmission System.

Onshore HVDC Any User Apparatus located Onshore used to convert alternating current
Converter electricity to direct current electricity, or vice versa. An Onshore HVDC
Converter is a standalone operative configuration at a single site
comprising one or more converter bridges, together with one or more
converter transformers, converter control equipment, essential protective
and switching devices and auxiliaries, if any, used for conversion. In a
bipolar arrangement, an Onshore HVDC Converter represents the bipolar
configuration.

Onshore Non- A Generating Unit located Onshore that is not a Synchronous

Synchronous Generating Unit including for the avoidance of doubt a Power Park Unit
Generating Unit located Onshore.

Onshore Power Park A collection of Non-Synchronous Generating Units (registered as a

Module Power Park Module under the PC) that are powered by an Intermittent
Power Source or connected through power electronic conversion
technology, joined together by a System with a single electrical point of
connection directly to the Onshore Transmission System (or User
System if Embedded) with no intermediate Offshore Transmission
System connections. The connection to the Onshore Transmission
System (or User System if Embedded) may include a DC Converter or
HVDC Converter.

Onshore Synchronous An Onshore Generating Unit (which could also be part of an Onshore
Generating Unit Power Generating Module) including, for the avoidance of doubt, a
CCGT Unit in which, under all steady state conditions, the rotor rotates at
a mechanical speed equal to the electrical frequency of the National
Electricity Transmission System divided by the number of pole pairs of
the Generating Unit.
Onshore Synchronous A Synnchronous Power Generating Module located Onshore.
Power Generating
Module
Onshore Transmission NGET, SPT, or SHETL.
Licensee

Issue 5 Revision 38 GD 04 September 2019

44 of 70
 Onshore Transmission The system consisting (wholly or mainly) of high voltage electric lines
System owned or operated by Onshore Transmission Licensees or operated by
The Company and used for the transmission of electricity from one Power
Station to a substation or to another Power Station or between
substations or to or from Offshore Transmission Systems or to or from
any External Interconnection, and includes any Plant and Apparatus
and meters owned or operated by any Onshore Transmission Licensee
in connection with the transmission of electricity but does not include any
Remote Transmission Assets.

On-Site Generator Site A site which is determined by the BSC Panel to be a Trading Unit under
the BSC by reason of having fulfilled the Class 1 or Class 2 requirements
as such terms are used in the BSC.

Operating Code or OC That portion of the Grid Code which is identified as the Operating Code.

Operating Margin Contingency Reserve plus Operating Reserve.

Operating Reserve The additional output from Large Power Stations or the reduction in
Demand, which must be realisable in real-time operation to respond in
order to contribute to containing and correcting any System Frequency
fall to an acceptable level in the event of a loss of generation or a loss of
import from an External Interconnection or mismatch between
generation and Demand.

Operation A scheduled or planned action relating to the operation of a System

(including an Embedded Power Station).

Operational Data Data required under the Operating Codes and/or Balancing Codes.

Operational Day The period from 0500 hours on one day to 0500 on the following day.

Operation Diagrams Diagrams which are a schematic representation of the HV Apparatus and
the connections to all external circuits at a Connection Site (and in the
case of OTSDUW, Transmission Interface Site), incorporating its
numbering, nomenclature and labelling.

Operational Effect Any effect on the operation of the relevant other System which causes the
National Electricity Transmission System or the System of the other
User or Users, as the case may be, to operate (or be at a materially
increased risk of operating) differently to the way in which they would or
may have operated in the absence of that effect.

Operational The automatic tripping of circuit-breakers to prevent abnormal system

Intertripping conditions occurring, such as over voltage, overload, System instability,
etc. after the tripping of other circuit-breakers following power System
fault(s) which includes System to Generating Unit, System to CCGT
Module, System to Power Park Module, System to DC Converter,
System to Power Generating Module, System to HVDC Converter and
System to Demand intertripping schemes.

Operational Any Energisation Operational Notification, Interim Operational

Notifications Notification, Final Operational Notification or Limited Operational
Notification issued from The Company to a User.

Issue 5 Revision 38 GD 04 September 2019

45 of 70
 Operational Planning Planning through various timescales the matching of generation output
with forecast National Electricity Transmission System Demand
together with a reserve of generation to provide a margin, taking into
account outages of certain Generating Units or Power Generating
Modules, of parts of the National Electricity Transmission System and
of parts of User Systems to which Power Stations and/or Customers are
connected, carried out to achieve, so far as possible, the standards of
security set out in The Company’s Transmission Licence, each
Relevant Transmission Licensee’s Transmission Licence or
Electricity Distribution Licence, as the case may be.

Operational Planning An operational planning margin set by The Company.

Margin

Operational Planning The period from 8 weeks to the end of the 5th year ahead of real time
Phase operation.

Operational Procedures Management instructions and procedures, both in support of the Safety
Rules and for the local and remote operation of Plant and Apparatus,
issued in connection with the actual operation of Plant and/or Apparatus
at or from a Connection Site.

Operational Switching Operation of Plant and/or Apparatus to the instruction of the relevant
Control Engineer. For the avoidance of doubt, the operation of
Transmission Plant and/or Apparatus forming part of the National
Electricity Transmission System will be to the instruction of the
Relevant Transmission Licensee.

Other Relevant Data The data listed in BC1.4.2(f) under the heading Other Relevant Data.

OTSDUW Arrangements The arrangements whereby certain aspects of the design, consenting,
construction, installation and/or commissioning of transmission assets are
capable of being undertaken by a User prior to the transfer of those assets
to a Relevant Transmission Licensee under an Offshore Tender
Process.

OTSDUW Data and The data and information to be provided by Users undertaking OTSDUW,
Information to The Company in accordance with Appendix F of the Planning Code.

OTSDUW DC Converter A Transmission DC Converter designed and/or constructed and/or

installed by a User under the OTSDUW Arrangements and/or operated
by the User until the OTSUA Transfer Time.

OTSDUW Development The timetable for both the delivery of OTSDUW Data and Information and
and Data Timetable OTSDUW Network Data and Information as referred to in Appendix F of
the Planning Code and the development of the scope of the OTSDUW.

OTSDUW Network Data The data and information to be provided by The Company to Users
and Information undertaking OTSDUW in accordance with Appendix F of the Planning
Code.

OTSDUW Plant and Plant and Apparatus, including any OTSDUW DC Converter, designed
Apparatus by the User under the OTSDUW Arrangements.

OTSUA Transfer Time The time and date at which the OTSUA are transferred to a Relevant
Transmission Licensee.

Issue 5 Revision 38 GD 04 September 2019

46 of 70
 Out of Synchronism The condition where a System or Generating Unit or Power Generating
Module cannot meet the requirements to enable it to be Synchronised.

Output Usable or OU The (daily or weekly) forecast value (in MW), at the time of the (daily or
weekly) peak demand, of the maximum level at which the Genset can
export to the Grid Entry Point, or in the case of Embedded Power
Stations, to the User System Entry Point. In addition, for a Genset
powered by an Intermittent Power Source the forecast value is based
upon the Intermittent Power Source being at a level which would enable
the Genset to generate at Registered Capacity.
For the purpose of OC2 only, the term Output Usable shall include the
terms Interconnector Export Capacity and Interconnector Import
Capacity where the term Output Usable is being applied to an External
Interconnection.

Over-excitation Limiter Shall have the meaning ascribed to that term in IEC 34-16-1:1991
[equivalent to British Standard BS4999 Section 116.1 : 1992].

Panel Chairman A person appointed as such in accordance with GR.4.1.

Panel Member Any of the persons identified as such in GR.4.

Panel Members’ The recommendation in accordance with the "Grid Code Review Panel
Recommendation Recommendation Vote"

Panel Secretary A person appointed as such in accordance with GR.3.1.2(d).

Part 1 System Ancillary Ancillary Services which are required for System reasons and which
Services must be provided by Users in accordance with the Connection
Conditions. An exhaustive list of Part 1 System Ancillary Services is
included in that part of CC.8.1 headed Part 1.

Part 2 System Ancillary Ancillary Services which are required for System reasons and which
Services must be provided by a User if the User has agreed to provide them under
a Bilateral Agreement. A non-exhaustive list of Part 2 System Ancillary
Services is included in that part of CC.8.1 headed Part 2.

Part Load The condition of a Genset, or Cascade Hydro Scheme which is Loaded
but is not running at its Maximum Export Limit.

Permit for Work for In respect of E&W Transmission Systems, a document issued by the
proximity work Relevant E&W Transmission Licensee or an E&W User in accordance
with its respective Safety Rules to enable work to be carried out in
accordance with OC8A.8 and which provides for Safety Precautions to
be applied and maintained. An example format of a Relevant E&W
Transmission Licensee’s permit for work is attached as Appendix E to
OC8A.
In respect of Scottish Transmission Systems, a document issued by a
Relevant Scottish Transmission Licensee or a Scottish User in
accordance with its respective Safety Rules to enable work to be carried
out in accordance with OC8B.8 and which provides for Safety
Precautions to be applied and maintained. Example formats of Relevant
Scottish Transmission Licensees’ permits for work are attached as
Appendix E to OC8B.

Issue 5 Revision 38 GD 04 September 2019

47 of 70
 Partial Shutdown The same as a Total Shutdown except that all generation has ceased in
a separate part of the Total System and there is no electricity supply from
External Interconnections or other parts of the Total System to that part
of the Total System and, therefore, that part of the Total System is
shutdown, with the result that it is not possible for that part of the Total
System to begin to function again without The Company’s directions
relating to a Black Start.

Pending Grid Code A Grid Code Modification Proposal in respect of which, at the relevant
Modification Proposal time, the Authority has not yet made a decision as to whether to direct
such Grid Code Modification Proposal to be made pursuant to the
Transmission Licence (whether or not a Grid Code Modification Report
has been submitted in respect of such Grid Code Modification Proposal)
or, in the case of a Grid Code Self Governance Proposals, in respect of
which the Grid Code Review Panel has not yet voted whether or not to
approve.

Phase (Voltage) The ratio (in percent) between the rms values of the negative sequence
Unbalance component and the positive sequence component of the voltage.

Physical Notification Data that describes the BM Participant’s best estimate of the expected
input or output of Active Power of a BM Unit and/or (where relevant)
Generating Unit, the accuracy of the Physical Notification being
commensurate with Good Industry Practice.

Planning Code or PC That portion of the Grid Code which is identified as the Planning Code.

Planned Maintenance An outage of The Company’s electronic data communication facilities as

Outage provided for in CC.6.5.8 and The Company’s associated computer
facilities of which normally at least 5 days notice is given, but in any event
of which at least twelve hours notice has been given by The Company to
the User and which is anticipated to last no longer than 2 hours. The length
of such an outage may in exceptional circumstances be extended where
at least 24 hours notice has been given by The Company to the User. It
is anticipated that normally any planned outage would only last around one
hour.

Planned Outage An outage of a Large Power Station or of part of the National Electricity
Transmission System, or of part of a User System, co-ordinated by The
Company under OC2.

Plant Fixed and movable items used in the generation and/or supply and/or
transmission of electricity, other than Apparatus.

Point of Common That point on the National Electricity Transmission System electrically
Coupling nearest to the User installation at which either Demands or Loads are, or
may be, connected.

Point of Connection An electrical point of connection between the National Electricity

Transmission System and a User’s System.

Point of Isolation The point on Apparatus (as defined in OC8A.1.6.2 and OC8B.1.7.2) at
which Isolation is achieved.

Post-Control Phase The period following real time operation.

Issue 5 Revision 38 GD 04 September 2019

48 of 70
 Power Available A signal prepared in accordance with good industry practice, representing
the instantaneous sum of the potential Active Power available from each
individual Power Park Unit within the Power Park Module calculated
using any applicable combination of meteorological (including wind
speed), electrical or mechanical data measured at each Power Park Unit
at a specified time. Power Available shall be a value between 0MW and
Registered Capacity or Maximum Capacity which is the sum of the
potential Active Power available of each Power Park Unit within the
Power Park Module. A turbine that is not generating will be considered
as not available. For the avoidance of doubt, the Power Available signal
would be the Active Power output that a Power Park Module could
reasonably be expected to export at the Grid Entry Point or User System
Entry Point taking all the above criteria into account including Power Park
Unit constraints such as optimisation modes but would exclude a reduction
in the Active Power export of the Power Park Module instructed by The
Company (for example) for the purposes selecting a Power Park Module
to operate in Frequency Sensitive Mode or when an Emergency
Instruction has been issued.

Power Factor The ratio of Active Power to Apparent Power.

Power-Generating Either a Synchronous Power-Generating Module or a Power Park
Module Module owned or operated by an EU Generator.
Power-Generating A document provided by the Generator to The Company for a Type B or
Module Document Type C Power Generating Module which confirms that the Power
(PGMD) Generating Module's compliance with the technical criteria set out in the
Grid Code has been demonstrated and provides the necessary data and
statements, including a statement of compliance.
Power Generating A diagram showing the Real Power (MW) and Reactive Power (MVAr)
Module Performance capability limits within which a Synchronous Power Generating Module
Chart or Power Park Module at its Grid Entry Point or User System Entry
Point will be expected to operate under steady state conditions.

Power Island Gensets at an isolated Power Station, together with complementary local
Demand. In Scotland a Power Island may include more than one Power
Station.

Power Park Module Any Onshore Power Park Module or Offshore Power Park Module.

Power Park Module The matrix described in Appendix 1 to BC1 under the heading Power Park
Availability Matrix Module Availability Matrix.

Power Park Module A matrix in the form set out in Appendix 4 of OC2 showing the combination
Planning Matrix of Power Park Units within a Power Park Module which would be
expected to be running under normal conditions.

Power Park Unit A Generating Unit within a Power Park Module.

Power Station An installation comprising one or more Generating Units or Power Park
Modules or Power Generating Modules (even where sited separately)
owned and/or controlled by the same Generator, which may reasonably
be considered as being managed as one Power Station.

Issue 5 Revision 38 GD 04 September 2019

49 of 70
 Power System Stabiliser Equipment controlling the Exciter output via the voltage regulator in such
or PSS a way that power oscillations of the synchronous machines are dampened.
Input variables may be speed, frequency or power (or a combination of
these).

Preface The preface to the Grid Code (which does not form part of the Grid Code
and therefore is not binding).

Preliminary Notice A notice in writing, sent by The Company both to all Users identified by it
under OC12.4.2.1 and to the Test Proposer, notifying them of a proposed
System Test.

Preliminary Project Data relating to a proposed User Development at the time the User
Planning Data applies for a CUSC Contract but before an offer is made and accepted.

Primary Response The automatic increase in Active Power output of a Genset or, as the
case may be, the decrease in Active Power Demand in response to a
System Frequency fall. This increase in Active Power output or, as the
case may be, the decrease in Active Power Demand must be in
accordance with the provisions of the relevant Ancillary Services
Agreement which will provide that it will be released increasingly with time
over the period 0 to 10 seconds from the time of the start of the Frequency
fall on the basis set out in the Ancillary Services Agreement and fully
available by the latter, and sustainable for at least a further 20 seconds.
The interpretation of the Primary Response to a – 0.5 Hz frequency
change is shown diagrammatically in Figure CC.A.3.2 and Figure
ECC.A.3.2
Private Network A network which connects to a Network Operator’s System and that
network belongs to a User who is not classified as a Generator, Network
Operator or Non Embedded Customer.

Programming Phase The period between the Operational Planning Phase and the Control
Phase. It starts at the 8 weeks ahead stage and finishes at 17:00 on the
day ahead of real time.

Proposal Notice A notice submitted to The Company by a User which would like to
undertake a System Test.

Proposal Report A report submitted by the Test Panel which contains:

(a) proposals for carrying out a System Test (including the manner in
which the System Test is to be monitored);
(b) an allocation of costs (including un-anticipated costs) between the
affected parties (the general principle being that the Test Proposer
will bear the costs); and
(c) such other matters as the Test Panel considers appropriate.
The report may include requirements for indemnities to be given in respect
of claims and losses arising from a System Test.

Proposed The proposed date(s) for the implementation of a Grid Code Modification
Implementation Date Proposal or Workgroup Alternative Grid Code Modification such
date(s) to be either (i) described by reference to a specified period after a
direction from the Authority approving the Grid Code Modification
Proposal or Workgroup Alternative Grid Code Modification or (ii) a
Fixed Proposed Implementation Date.

Issue 5 Revision 38 GD 04 September 2019

50 of 70
 Protection The provisions for detecting abnormal conditions on a System and
initiating fault clearance or actuating signals or indications.

Protection Apparatus A group of one or more Protection relays and/or logic elements
designated to perform a specified Protection function.

Pump Storage A a hydro unit in which water can be raised by means of pumps and stored
to be used for the generation of electrical energy;

Pumped Storage A Generator which owns and/or operates any Pumped Storage Plant.
Generator

Pumped Storage Plant The Dinorwig, Ffestiniog, Cruachan and Foyers Power Stations.

Pumped Storage Unit A Generating Unit within a Pumped Storage Plant.

Purchase Contracts A final and binding contract for the purchase of the Main Plant and
Apparatus.
Q/Pmax The ratio of Reactive Power to the Maximum Capacity. The relationship
between Power Factor and Q/Pmax is given by the formula:-
𝑸
Power Factor = Cos [arctan⁡[ ]]
𝑷𝒎𝒂𝒙

For example, a Power Park Module with a Q/P value of +0.33 would
equate to a Power Factor of Cos(arctan0.33) = 0.95 Power Factor lag.

Quiescent Physical Data that describes the MW levels to be deducted from the Physical
Notification or QPN Notification of a BM Unit to determine a resultant operating level to which
the Dynamic Parameters associated with that BM Unit apply, and the
associated times for such MW levels. The MW level of the QPN must
always be set to zero.

Range CCGT Module A CCGT Module where there is a physical connection by way of a steam
or hot gas main between that CCGT Module and another CCGT Module
or other CCGT Modules, which connection contributes (if open) to efficient
modular operation, and which physical connection can be varied by the
operator.

Rated Field Voltage Shall have the meaning ascribed to that term in IEC 34-16-1:1991
[equivalent to British Standard BS4999 Section 116.1 : 1992].

Issue 5 Revision 38 GD 04 September 2019

51 of 70
 Rated MW The “rating-plate” MW output of a Power Generating Module,
Generating Unit, Power Park Module, HVDC Converter or DC
Converter, being:
(a) that output up to which the Generating Unit was designed to
operate (Calculated as specified in British Standard BS EN 60034
– 1: 1995); or
(b) the nominal rating for the MW output of a Power Park Module or
Power Generating Module being the maximum continuous electric
output power which the Power Park Module or Power Generating
Module was designed to achieve under normal operating
conditions; or
(c) the nominal rating for the MW import capacity and export capacity
(if at a DC Converter Station or HVDC Converter Station) of a DC
Converter or HVDC Converter.

Reactive Despatch Has the meaning set out in the CUSC.

Instruction

Reactive Despatch A restriction placed upon an Embedded Power Generating Module,

Network Restriction Embedded Generating Unit, Embedded Power Park Module or DC
Converter at an Embedded DC Converter Station or HVDC Converter
at an Embedded HVDC Converter Station by the Network Operator that
prevents the Generator or DC Converter Station owner or HVDC
System Owner in question (as applicable) from complying with any
Reactive Despatch Instruction with respect to that Power Generating
Module, Generating Unit, Power Park Module or DC Converter at a DC
Converter Station or HVDC Converter at a HVDC Converter Station,
whether to provide Mvars over the range referred to in CC 6.3.2, ECC.6.3.2
or otherwise.

Reactive Energy The integral with respect to time of the Reactive Power.

Reactive Power The product of voltage and current and the sine of the phase angle
between them measured in units of voltamperes reactive and standard
multiples thereof, ie:
1000 VAr = 1 kVAr
1000 kVAr = 1 Mvar

Record of Inter-System A written record of inter-system Safety Precautions to be compiled in

Safety Precautions or accordance with the provisions of OC8.
RISSP

Issue 5 Revision 38 GD 04 September 2019

52 of 70
 Registered Capacity (a) In the case of a Generating Unit other than that forming part of a
CCGT Module or Power Park Module or Power Generating
Module, the normal full load capacity of a Generating Unit as
declared by the Generator, less the MW consumed by the
Generating Unit through the Generating Unit’s Unit Transformer
when producing the same (the resultant figure being expressed in
whole MW, or in MW to one decimal place).
(b) In the case of a CCGT Module or Power Park Module owned or
operated by a GB Generator, the normal full load capacity of the
CCGT Module or Power Park Module (as the case may be) as
declared by the GB Generator, being the Active Power declared
by the GB Generator as being deliverable by the CCGT Module or
Power Park Module at the Grid Entry Point (or in the case of an
Embedded CCGT Module or Power Park Module, at the User
System Entry Point), expressed in whole MW, or in MW to one
decimal place. For the avoidance of doubt Maximum Capacity
would apply to Power Generating Modules which form part of a
Large, Medium or Small Power Stations.
(c) In the case of a Power Station, the maximum amount of Active
Power deliverable by the Power Station at the Grid Entry Point
(or in the case of an Embedded Power Station at the User System
Entry Point), as declared by the Generator, expressed in whole
MW, or in MW to one decimal place. The maximum Active Power
deliverable is the maximum amount deliverable simultaneously by
the Power Generating Modules and/or Generating Units and/or
CCGT Modules and/or Power Park Modules less the MW
consumed by the Power Generating Modules and/or Generating
Units and/or CCGT Modules in producing that Active Power and
forming part of a Power Station.
(d) In the case of a DC Converter at a DC Converter Station or HVDC
Converter at an HVDC Converter Station, the normal full load
amount of Active Power transferable from a DC Converter or
HVDC Converter at the Onshore Grid Entry Point (or in the case
of an Embedded DC Converter Station or an Embedded HVDC
Converter Station at the User System Entry Point), as declared
by the DC Converter Station owner or HVDC System Owner,
expressed in whole MW, or in MW to one decimal place.
(e) In the case of a DC Converter Station or HVDC Converter
Station, the maximum amount of Active Power transferable from a
DC Converter Station or HVDC Converter Station at the Onshore
Grid Entry Point (or in the case of an Embedded DC Converter
Station or Embedded HVDC Converter Station at the User
System Entry Point), as declared by the DC Converter Station
owner or HVDC System Owner, expressed in whole MW, or in MW
to one decimal place.

Registered Data Those items of Standard Planning Data and Detailed Planning Data
which upon connection become fixed (subject to any subsequent
changes).

Issue 5 Revision 38 GD 04 September 2019

53 of 70
 Registered Import In the case of a DC Converter Station or HVDC Converter Station
Capability containing DC Converters or HVDC Converters connected to an
External System, the maximum amount of Active Power transferable into
a DC Converter Station or HVDC Converter Station at the Onshore
Grid Entry Point (or in the case of an Embedded DC Converter Station
or Embedded HVDC Converter Station at the User System Entry
Point), as declared by the DC Converter Station owner or HVDC System
Owner, expressed in whole MW.
In the case of a DC Converter or HVDC Converter connected to an
External System and in a DC Converter Station or HVDC Converter
Station, the normal full load amount of Active Power transferable into a
DC Converter or HVDC Converter at the Onshore Grid Entry Point (or
in the case of an Embedded DC Converter Station or Embedded HVDC
Converter Station at the User System Entry Point), as declared by the
DC Converter owner or HVDC System Owner, expressed in whole MW.

Regulations The Utilities Contracts Regulations 1996, as amended from time to time.

Reheater Time Constant Determined at Registered Capacity, the reheater time constant will be
construed in accordance with the principles of the IEEE Committee Report
"Dynamic Models for Steam and Hydro Turbines in Power System Studies"
published in 1973 which apply to such phrase.

Rejected Grid Code A Grid Code Modification Proposal in respect of which the Authority
Modification Proposal has decided not to direct The Company to modify the Grid Code pursuant
to The Company’s Transmission Licence in the manner set out herein
or, in the case of a Grid Code Self Governance Proposals, in respect of
which the Grid Code Review Panel has voted not to approve.

Related Person means, in relation to an individual, any member of his immediate family,
his employer (and any former employer of his within the previous 12
months), any partner with whom he is in partnership, and any company or
Affiliate of a company in which he or any member of his immediate family
controls more than 20% of the voting rights in respect of the shares of the
company;

Relevant E&W As the context requires NGET and/or an E&W Offshore Transmission
Transmission Licensee Licensee.

Relevant Party Has the meaning given in GR15.10(a).

Relevant Scottish As the context requires SPT and/or SHETL and/or a Scottish Offshore
Transmission Licensee Transmission Licensee.

Relevant Transmission Means National Grid Electricity Transmission plc (NGET) in its
Licensee Transmission Area or SP Transmission Ltd (SPT) in its Transmission
Area or Scottish Hydro-Electric Transmission Ltd (SHETL) in its
Transmission Area or any Offshore Transmission Licensee in its
Transmission Area.

Relevant Unit As defined in the STC, Schedule 3.

Remote End HVDC An HVDC Converter Station which forms part of an HVDC System and
Converter Station is not directly connected to the AC part of the GB Synchronous Area.

Issue 5 Revision 38 GD 04 September 2019

54 of 70
 Remote Transmission Any Plant and Apparatus or meters owned by NGET which:
Assets
(a) are Embedded in a User System and which are not directly
connected by Plant and/or Apparatus owned by NGET to a sub-
station owned by NGET; and
(b) are by agreement between NGET and such User operated under
the direction and control of such User.

Replacement Reserves means, in the context of Balancing Services, the active power reserves
(RR) available to restore or support the required level of FRR to be prepared for
additional system imbalances, including generation reserves;

Requesting Safety Co- The Safety Co-ordinator requesting Safety Precautions.

ordinator

Responsible Engineer/ A person nominated by a User to be responsible for System control.

Operator

Responsible Manager A manager who has been duly authorised by a User or a Relevant
Transmission Licensee to sign Site Responsibility Schedules on
behalf of that User or Relevant Transmission Licensee as the case may
be.

Re-synchronisation The bringing of parts of the System which have become Out of
Synchronism with any other System back into Synchronism, and like
terms shall be construed accordingly.

RR Acceptance The results of the TERRE auction for each BM Participant

Restricted Applies to a TERRE Bid which has been marked so that it will be passed
to the TERRE Central Platform but will not be used in the auction

RR Instruction Replacement Reserve Instruction – used for instructing BM Participants

after the results of the TERRE auction. An RR Instruction has the same
format as a Bid-Offer Acceptance but has type field indicating it is for
TERRE

Safety Co-ordinator A person or persons nominated by a Relevant E&W Transmission

Licensee and each E&W User in relation to Connection Points (or in the
case of OTSUA operational prior to the OTSUA Transfer Time,
Transmission Interface Points) on an E&W Transmission System
and/or by the Relevant Scottish Transmission Licensee and each
Scottish User in relation to Connection Points (or in the case of OTSUA
operational prior to the OTSUA Transfer Time, Transmission Interface
Points) on a Scottish Transmission System to be responsible for the
co-ordination of Safety Precautions at each Connection Point (or in the
case of OTSUA operational prior to the OTSUA Transfer Time,
Transmission Interface Points) when work (which includes testing) is to
be carried out on a System which necessitates the provision of Safety
Precautions on HV Apparatus (as defined in OC8A.1.6.2 and
OC8B.1.7.2), pursuant to OC8.

Safety From The System That condition which safeguards persons when work is to be carried out
on or near a System from the dangers which are inherent in the System.

Safety Key A key unique at the Location capable of operating a lock which will cause
an Isolating Device and/or Earthing Device to be Locked.

Issue 5 Revision 38 GD 04 September 2019

55 of 70
 Safety Log A chronological record of messages relating to safety co-ordination sent
and received by each Safety Co-ordinator under OC8.

Safety Precautions Isolation and/or Earthing.

Safety Rules The rules of the Relevant Transmission Licensee or a User that seek to
ensure that persons working on Plant and/or Apparatus to which the rules
apply are safeguarded from hazards arising from the System.

Scottish Offshore An Offshore Transmission System with an Interface Point in Scotland.

Transmission System

Scottish Offshore A person who owns or operates a Scottish Offshore Transmission

Transmission Licensee System pursuant to a Transmission Licence.

Scottish Transmission Collectively SPT’s Transmission System and SHETL’s Transmission

System System and any Scottish Offshore Transmission Systems.

Scottish User A User in Scotland or any Offshore User who owns or operates Plant
and/or Apparatus connected (or which will at the OTSUA Transfer Time
be connected) to a Scottish Offshore Transmission System

Secondary BM Unit Has the same meaning set out in the BSC

Secondary Response The automatic increase in Active Power output of a Genset or, as the
case may be, the decrease in Active Power Demand in response to a
System Frequency fall. This increase in Active Power output or, as the
case may be, the decrease in Active Power Demand must be in
accordance with the provisions of the relevant Ancillary Services
Agreement which will provide that it will be fully available by 30 seconds
from the time of the start of the Frequency fall and be sustainable for at
least a further 30 minutes. The interpretation of the Secondary Response
to a -0.5 Hz frequency change is shown diagrammatically in Figure
CC.A.3.2 or Figure ECC.A.3.2.

Secretary of State Has the same meaning as in the Act.

Secured Event Has the meaning set out in the Security and Quality of Supply Standard.

Security and Quality of The version of the document entitled ‘Security and Quality of Supply
Supply Standard (SQSS) Standard’ established pursuant to the Transmission Licence in force at
the time of entering into the relevant Bilateral Agreement.

Issue 5 Revision 38 GD 04 September 2019

56 of 70
 Self-Governance A proposed Modification that, if implemented,
Criteria
(a) is unlikely to have a material effect on:
(i) existing or future electricity consumers; and
(ii) competition in the generation, distribution, or supply of electricity
or any commercial activities connected with the generation,
distribution or supply of electricity; and
(iii) the operation of the National Electricity Transmission System;
and
(iv) matters relating to sustainable development, safety or security of
supply, or the management of market or network emergencies;
and
(v) the Grid Code’s governance procedures or the Grid Code’s
modification procedures, and
(b) is unlikely to discriminate between different classes of Users.

Self-Governance A Grid Code Modification Proposal that does not fall within the scope of
Modifications a Significant Code Review and that meets the Self-Governance Criteria
or which the Authority directs is to be treated as such any direction under
GR.24.4.

Self-Governance The statement made by the Grid Code Review Panel and submitted to
Statement the Authority:
(a) confirming that, in its opinion, the Self-Governance Criteria are met
and the proposed Grid Code Modification Proposal is suitable for the
Self-Governance route; and
(b) providing a detailed explanation of the Grid Code Review Panel’s
reasons for that opinion

Setpoint Voltage The value of voltage at the Grid Entry Point, or User System Entry Point
if Embedded, on the automatic control system steady state operating
characteristic, as a percentage of the nominal voltage, at which the transfer
of Reactive Power between a Power Park Module, DC Converter,
HVDC Converter or Non-Synchronous Generating Unit and the
Transmission System, or Network Operator’s system if Embedded, is
zero.

Settlement Period A period of 30 minutes ending on the hour and half-hour in each hour
during a day.

Seven Year Statement A statement, prepared by The Company in accordance with the terms of
The Company’s Transmission Licence, showing for each of the seven
succeeding Financial Years, the opportunities available for connecting to
and using the National Electricity Transmission System and indicating
those parts of the National Electricity Transmission System most suited
to new connections and transport of further quantities of electricity.

SF6 Gas Zone A segregated zone surrounding electrical conductors within a casing
containing SF6 gas.

SHETL Scottish Hydro-Electric Transmission Limited

Issue 5 Revision 38 GD 04 September 2019

57 of 70
 Shutdown The condition of a Generating Unit where the generator rotor is at rest or
on barring.

Significant Code Review Means the period commencing on the start date of a Significant Code
Review as stated in the notice issued by the Authority, and ending in the
circumstances described in GR.16.6 or GR.16.7, as appropriate.

Significant Code Review Means the period commencing on the start date of a Significant Code
Phase Review as stated in the notice issued by the Authority, and ending in the
circumstances described in GR.16.6 or GR.16.7, as appropriate.

Significant Incident An Event which either:

(a) was notified by a User to The Company under OC7, and which The
Company considers has had or may have had a significant effect
on the National Electricity Transmission System, and The
Company requires the User to report that Event in writing in
accordance with OC10 and notifies the User accordingly; or
(b) was notified by The Company to a User under OC7, and which that
User considers has had or may have had a significant effect on that
User’s System, and that User requires The Company to report that
Event in writing in accordance with the provisions of OC10 and
notifies The Company accordingly.

Simultaneous Tap A tap change implemented on the generator step-up transformers of

Change Synchronised Gensets, effected by Generators in response to an
instruction from The Company issued simultaneously to the relevant
Power Stations. The instruction, preceded by advance notice, must be
effected as soon as possible, and in any event within one minute of receipt
from The Company of the instruction.

Single Line Diagram A schematic representation of a three-phase network in which the three
phases are represented by single lines. The diagram shall include (but not
necessarily be limited to) busbars, overhead lines, underground cables,
power transformers and reactive compensation equipment. It shall also
show where Large Power Stations are connected, and the points at which
Demand is supplied.

Single Point of A single Point of Connection, with no interconnection through the User’s
Connection System to another Point of Connection.

Site Common Drawings Drawings prepared for each Connection Site (and in the case of
OTSDUW, Transmission Interface Site) which incorporate Connection
Site (and in the case of OTSDUW, Transmission Interface Site) layout
drawings, electrical layout drawings, common protection/ control drawings
and common services drawings.

Site Responsibility A schedule containing the information and prepared on the basis of the
Schedule provisions set out in Appendix 1 of the CC and Appendix E1 of the ECC.

Slope The ratio of the steady state change in voltage, as a percentage of the
nominal voltage, to the steady state change in Reactive Power output, in
per unit of Reactive Power capability. For the avoidance of doubt, the
value indicates the percentage voltage reduction that will result in a 1 per
unit increase in Reactive Power generation.

Small Participant Has the meaning given in the CUSC.

Issue 5 Revision 38 GD 04 September 2019
58 of 70
 Small Power Station A Power Station which is
(a) directly connected to:
(i) NGET’s Transmission System where such Power Station
has a Registered Capacity of less than 50MW; or
(ii) SPT’s Transmission System where such Power Station
has a Registered Capacity of less than 30MW; or
(iii) SHETL’s Transmission System where such a Power
Station has a Registered Capacity of less than 10 MW; or
(iv) an Offshore Transmission System where such Power
Station has a Registered Capacity of less than 10MW;
or,
(b) Embedded within a User System (or part thereof) where such User
System (or part thereof) is connected under normal operating
conditions to:
(i) NGET’s Transmission System and such Power Station
has a Registered Capacity of less than 50MW; or
(ii) SPT’s Transmission System and such Power Station has
a Registered Capacity of less than 30MW; or
(iii) SHETL’s Transmission System and such Power Station
has a Registered Capacity of less than 10MW;
or,
(c) Embedded within a User System (or part thereof) where the User
System (or part thereof) is not connected to the National
Electricity Transmission System, although such Power Station
is in:
(i) NGET’s Transmission Area and such Power Station has a
Registered Capacity of less than 50MW; or
(ii) SPT’s Transmission Area and such Power Station has a
Registered Capacity of less than 30MW; or
(iii) SHETL’s Transmission Area and such Power Station has
a Registered Capacity of less than 10MW;
For the avoidance of doubt a Small Power Station could comprise of Type
A, Type B, Type C or Type D Power Generating Modules.

Speeder Motor Setting The minimum and maximum no-load speeds (expressed as a percentage
Range of rated speed) to which the turbine is capable of being controlled, by the
speeder motor or equivalent, when the Generating Unit terminals are on
open circuit.

SPT SP Transmission Limited

Issue 5 Revision 38 GD 04 September 2019

59 of 70
 Standard Contract The standard terms and conditions applicable to Ancillary Services
Terms provided by Demand Response Providers and published on the Website
from time to time.

Standard Modifications A Grid Code Modification Proposal that does not fall within the scope of
a Significant Code Review subject to any direction by the Authority
pursuant to GR.16.3 and GR.16.4, nor meets the Self-Governance
Criteria subject to any direction by the Authority pursuant to GR.24.4 and
in accordance with any direction under GR.24.2.

Standard Planning Data The general data required by The Company under the PC. It is generally
also the data which The Company requires from a new User in an
application for a CUSC Contract, as reflected in the PC.

Standard Product means a harmonised balancing product defined by all EU TSOs for the
exchange of balance services.

Specific Product Means in the context of Balancing Services a product that is not a standard
product;

Start Time The time named as such in an instruction issued by The Company
pursuant to the BC.

Start-Up The action of bringing a Generating Unit from Shutdown to

Synchronous Speed.

Statement of Readiness Has the meaning set out in the Bilateral Agreement and/or Construction
Agreement.

Station Board A switchboard through which electrical power is supplied to the Auxiliaries
of a Power Station, and which is supplied by a Station Transformer. It
may be interconnected with a Unit Board.

Station Transformer A transformer supplying electrical power to the Auxiliaries of

(a) a Power Station, which is not directly connected to the Generating
Unit terminals (typical voltage ratios being 132/11kV or
275/11kV),or
(b) a DC Converter Station or HVDC Converter Station.

STC Committee The committee established under the STC.

Steam Unit A Generating Unit whose prime mover converts the heat-energy in steam
to mechanical energy.

Subtransmission The part of a User’s System which operates at a single transformation

System below the voltage of the relevant Transmission System.

Issue 5 Revision 38 GD 04 September 2019

60 of 70
 Substantial Modification A Modification in relation to modernisation or replacement of the User’s
Main Plant and Apparatus which impacts its technical capabilities, which,
following notification by the relevant User to The Company, results in
substantial amendment to the Bilateral Agreement.

Supergrid Voltage Any voltage greater than 200kV.

Supplier (a) A person supplying electricity under an Electricity Supply Licence;

or
(b) A person supplying electricity under exemption under the Act;
in each case acting in its capacity as a supplier of electricity to Customers
in Great Britain.

Surplus A MW figure relating to a System Zone equal to the total Output Usable
in the System Zone:
(a) minus the forecast of Active Power Demand in the System Zone,
and
(b) minus the export limit in the case of an export limited System Zone,
or
plus the import limit in the case of an import limited System Zone,
and
(c) (only in the case of a System Zone comprising the National
Electricity Transmission System) minus the Operational
Planning Margin.
For the avoidance of doubt, a Surplus of more than zero in an export
limited System Zone indicates an excess of generation in that System
Zone; and a Surplus of less than zero in an import limited System Zone
indicates insufficient generation in that System Zone.

Synchronised (a) The condition where an incoming Power Generating Module,

Generating Unit or Power Park Module or DC Converter or HVDC
Converter or System is connected to the busbars of another
System so that the Frequencies and phase relationships of that
Power Generating Module, Generating Unit, Power Park
Module, DC Converter, HVDC Converter or System, as the case
may be, and the System to which it is connected are identical, like
terms shall be construed accordingly e.g. “Synchronism”.
(b) The condition where an importing BM Unit is consuming electricity.

Issue 5 Revision 38 GD 04 September 2019

61 of 70
 Synchronising The amount of MW (in whole MW) produced at the moment of
Generation synchronising.

Synchronising Group A group of two or more Gensets) which require a minimum time interval
between their Synchronising or De-Synchronising times.
Synchronous Area An area covered by synchronously interconnected Transmission
Licensees, such as the Synchronous Areas of Continental Europe,
Great Britain, Ireland-Northern Ireland and Nordic and the power systems
of Lithuania, Latvia and Estonia, together referred to as ‘Baltic’ which are
part of a wider Synchronous Area;
Synchronous The operation of rotating synchronous Apparatus for the specific purpose
Compensation of either the generation or absorption of Reactive Power.

Synchronous Any Onshore Synchronous Generating Unit or Offshore Synchronous

Generating Unit Generating Unit.

Synchronous A diagram showing the Real Power (MW) and Reactive Power (MVAr)
Generating Unit capability limits within which a Synchronous Generating Unit at its stator
Performance Chart terminals (which is part of a Synchronous Power Generating Module)
will be expected to operate under steady state conditions.
Synchronous Power- An indivisible set of installations which can generate electrical energy such
Generating Module that the frequency of the generated voltage, the generator speed and the
frequency of network voltage are in a constant ratio and thus in
synchronism. For the avoidance of doubt a Synchronous Power
Generating Module could comprise of one or more Synchronous
Generating Units
Synchronous Power The matrix described in Appendix 1 to BC1 under the heading
Generating Module Synchronous Power Generating Module Matrix.
Matrix
Synchronous Power A matrix in the form set out in Appendix 5 of OC2 showing the combination
Generating Module of Synchronous Generating Units within a Synchronous Power
Planning Matrix Generating Module which would be running in relation to any given MW
output.
Synchronous Power Has the same meaning as a Synchronous Generating Unit and would
Generating Unit be considered to be part of a Power Generating Module.

Synchronous Speed That speed required by a Generating Unit to enable it to be

Synchronised to a System.

System Any User System and/or the National Electricity Transmission System,
as the case may be.

System Ancillary Collectively Part 1 System Ancillary Services and Part 2 System
Services Ancillary Services.

System Constraint A limitation on the use of a System due to lack of transmission capacity or
other System conditions.

System Constrained That portion of Registered Capacity or Registered Import Capacity not
Capacity available due to a System Constraint.

System Constraint A part of the National Electricity Transmission System which, because
Group of System Constraints, is subject to limits of Active Power which can
flow into or out of (as the case may be) that part.

Issue 5 Revision 38 GD 04 September 2019

62 of 70
 System Fault A measure of the ability of Protection to initiate successful tripping of
Dependability Index or circuit-breakers which are associated with a faulty item of Apparatus. It is
Dp calculated using the formula:
Dp = 1 – F1/A
Where:
A = Total number of System faults
F1 = Number of System faults where there was a failure to trip a circuit-
breaker.

System Margin The margin in any period between

(a) the sum of Maximum Export Limits and
(b) forecast Demand and the Operating Margin,
for that period.

System Negative That margin of Active Power sufficient to allow the largest loss of Load at
Reserve Active Power any time.
Margin or System
NRAPM

System Operator - Has the meaning set out in The Company’s Transmission Licence
Transmission Owner
Code or STC

System Telephony An alternative method by which a User’s Responsible

Engineer/Operator and The Company’s Control Engineer(s) speak to
one and another for the purposes of control of the Total System in both
normal operating conditions and where practicable, emergency operating
conditions.

System Tests Tests which involve simulating conditions, or the controlled application of
irregular, unusual or extreme conditions, on the Total System, or any part
of the Total System, but which do not include commissioning or
recommissioning tests or any other tests of a minor nature.

System to Demand An intertrip scheme which disconnects Demand when a System fault has
Intertrip Scheme arisen to prevent abnormal conditions occurring on the System.

System to Generator A Balancing Service involving the initiation by a System to Generator

Operational Operational Intertripping Scheme of automatic tripping of the User’s
Intertripping circuit breaker(s), or Relevant Transmission Licensee’s circuit
breaker(s) where agreed by The Company, the User and the Relevant
Transmission Licensee, resulting in the tripping of BM Unit(s) or (where
relevant) Generating Unit(s) comprised in a BM Unit to prevent abnormal
system conditions occurring, such as over voltage, overload, System
instability, etc, after the tripping of other circuit-breakers following power
System fault(s).

System to Generator A System to Generating Unit or System to CCGT Module or System to

Operational Power Park Module or System to Power Generating Module
Intertripping Scheme Intertripping Scheme forming a condition of connection and specified in
Appendix F3 of the relevant Bilateral Agreement, being either a Category
1 Intertripping Scheme, Category 2 Intertripping Scheme, Category 3
Intertripping Scheme or Category 4 Intertripping Scheme.

Issue 5 Revision 38 GD 04 September 2019

63 of 70
 System Zone A region of the National Electricity Transmission System within a
described boundary or the whole of the National Electricity
Transmission System, as further provided for in OC2.2.4, and the term
"Zonal" will be construed accordingly.

Target Frequency That Frequency determined by The Company, in its reasonable opinion,
as the desired operating Frequency of the Total System. This will
normally be 50.00Hz plus or minus 0.05Hz, except in exceptional
circumstances as determined by The Company, in its reasonable opinion
when this may be 49.90 or 50.10Hz. An example of exceptional
circumstances may be difficulties caused in operating the System during
disputes affecting fuel supplies.

Technical Specification In relation to Plant and/or Apparatus,

(a) the relevant European Specification; or
(b) if there is no relevant European Specification, other relevant
standards which are in common use in the European Community.

TERRE Trans European Replacement Reserves Exchange – a market covering

the procurement of replacement reserves across Europe as described
European Regulation (EU) 2017/2195 (EBGL) and European Regulation
(EU) 2017/1485

TERRE Activation A period of time lasting 15 minutes and starting at either 0, 15, 30 or 45
Period minutes past the hour (e.g. 10:00 to 10:15). There are 4 TERRE
Activation Periods in one TERRE Auction Period

TERRE Auction Period A period of time lasting one hour and starting and ending on the hour (e.g.
from 10:00 to 11:00). Hence there are 24 TERRE Auction Periods in a
day

TERRE Bid A submission by a BM Participant covering the price and MW deviation

offered into the TERRE auction (please note – in the Balancing
Mechanism the term bid has a different meaning – in this case a bid can
be an upward or downward MW change)

TERRE Central Platform IT system which implements the TERRE auction

TERRE Gate Closure 60 minutes before the start of the TERRE Auction period (note still ongoing
discussions if this may become 55 minutes)

TERRE Instruction Details specific rules for creating an RR Instruction from an RR

Guide Acceptance

TERRE Data Validation A document produced by the central TERRE project detailing the correct
and Consistency Rules format of submissions for TERRE

Test Co-ordinator A person who co-ordinates System Tests.

Test Panel A panel, whose composition is detailed in OC12, which is responsible, inter
alia, for considering a proposed System Test, and submitting a Proposal
Report and a Test Programme.

Issue 5 Revision 38 GD 04 September 2019

64 of 70
 Test Programme A programme submitted by the Test Panel to The Company, the Test
Proposer, and each User identified by The Company under OC12.4.2.1,
which states the switching sequence and proposed timings of the switching
sequence, a list of those staff involved in carrying out the System Test
(including those responsible for the site safety) and such other matters as
the Test Panel deems appropriate.

Test Proposer The person who submits a Proposal Notice.

The Company National Grid Electricity System Operator Limited (NO: 11014226) whose
registered office is at 1-3 Strand, London, WC2N 5EH as the person whose
Transmission Licence Section C of such Transmission Licence has
been given effect.

The Company Control The nominated person employed by The Company to direct the operation
Engineer of the National Electricity Transmission System or such person as
nominated by The Company.

The Company The Company's operational procedures which form the guidelines for
Operational Strategy operation of the National Electricity Transmission System.

Total Shutdown The situation existing when all generation has ceased and there is no
electricity supply from External Interconnections and, therefore, the
Total System has shutdown with the result that it is not possible for the
Total System to begin to function again without The Company’s
directions relating to a Black Start.

Total System The National Electricity Transmission System and all User Systems in
the National Electricity Transmission System Operator Area.

Trading Point A commercial and, where so specified in the Grid Code, an operational
interface between a User and The Company, which a User has notified
to The Company.

Transfer Date Such date as may be appointed by the Secretary of State by order under
section 65 of the Act.

Transmission Means, when used in conjunction with another term relating to equipment
or a site, whether defined or not, that the associated term is to be read as
being part of or directly associated with the National Electricity
Transmission System, and not of or with the User System.

Transmission Area Has the meaning set out in the Transmission Licence of a Transmission
Licensee.
Transmission A Demand Facility which has a Grid Supply Point to the National
Connected Demand Electricity Transmission System
Facilities

Issue 5 Revision 38 GD 04 September 2019

65 of 70
 Transmission DC Any Transmission Licensee Apparatus (or OTSUA that will become
Converter Transmission Licensee Apparatus at the OTSUA Transfer Time) used
to convert alternating current electricity to direct current electricity, or vice
versa. A Transmission Network DC Converter (which could include an
HVDC System owned by an Offshore Transmission Licensee or
Generator in respect of OTSUA) is a standalone operative configuration
at a single site comprising one or more converter bridges, together with
one or more converter transformers, converter control equipment,
essential protective and switching devices and auxiliaries, if any, used for
conversion.

Transmission Entry Has the meaning set out in the CUSC.

Capacity

Transmission Interface In NGET’s Transmission Area, a Transmission circuit which connects a

Circuit System operating at a voltage above 132kV to a System operating at a
voltage of 132kV or below
In SHETL’s Transmission Area and SPT’s Transmission Area, a
Transmission circuit which connects a System operating at a voltage of
132kV or above to a System operating at a voltage below 132kV.

Transmission Interface means the electrical point of connection between the Offshore
Point Transmission System and an Onshore Transmission System.

Transmission Interface the site at which the Transmission Interface Point is located.
Site

Transmission Licence A licence granted under Section 6(1)(b) of the Act.

Transmission Licensee The Company and any Onshore Transmission Licensee or Offshore
Transmission Licensee

Transmission Site Means a site owned (or occupied pursuant to a lease, licence or other
agreement) by a Relevant Transmission Licensee in which there is a
Connection Point. For the avoidance of doubt, a site owned by a User
but occupied by the Relevant Transmission Licensee as aforesaid, is a
Transmission Site.

Transmission System Has the same meaning as the term "licensee's transmission system" in the
Transmission Licence of a Transmission Licensee.

Turbine Time Constant Determined at Registered Capacity, the turbine time constant will be
construed in accordance with the principles of the IEEE Committee Report
"Dynamic Models for Steam and Hydro Turbines in Power System Studies"
published in 1973 which apply to such phrase.
Type A Power A Power-Generating Module with a Grid Entry Point or User System
Generating Module
Entry Point below 110 kV and a Maximum Capacity of 0.8 kW or
greater but less than 1MW;
Type B Power A Power-Generating Module with a Grid Entry Point or User System
Generating Module Entry Point below 110 kV and a Maximum Capacity of 1MW or greater
but less than 10MW;
Type C Power A Power-Generating Module with a Grid Entry Point or User System
Generating Module Entry Point below 110 kV and a Maximum Capacity of 10MW or
greater but less than 50MW;

Issue 5 Revision 38 GD 04 September 2019

66 of 70
 Type D Power A Power-generating Module:
Generating Module with a Grid Entry Point or User System Entry Point at, or greater than,
110 kV; or
with a Grid Entry Point or User System Entry Point below 110 kV and
with Maximum Capacity of 50MW or greater
Unbalanced Load The situation where the Load on each phase is not equal.

Under-excitation Limiter Shall have the meaning ascribed to that term in IEC 34-16-1:1991
[equivalent to British Standard BS4999 Section 116.1 : 1992].

Under Frequency Relay An electrical measuring relay intended to operate when its characteristic
quantity (Frequency) reaches the relay settings by decrease in
Frequency.

Unit Board A switchboard through which electrical power is supplied to the Auxiliaries
of a Generating Unit and which is supplied by a Unit Transformer. It may
be interconnected with a Station Board.

Unit Transformer A transformer directly connected to a Generating Unit’s terminals, and

which supplies power to the Auxiliaries of a Generating Unit. Typical
voltage ratios are 23/11kV and 15/6.6Kv.

Unit Load Controller The time constant, expressed in units of seconds, of the power output
Response Time increase which occurs in the Secondary Response timescale in response
Constant to a step change in System Frequency.

Unresolved Issues Any relevant Grid Code provisions or Bilateral Agreement requirements
identified by The Company with which the relevant User has not
demonstrated compliance to The Company’s reasonable satisfaction at
the date of issue of the Preliminary Operational Notification and/or
Interim Operational Notification and/or Limited Operational
Notification and which are detailed in such Preliminary Operational
Notification and/or Interim Operational Notification and/or Limited
Operational Notification.

Urgent Modification A Grid Code Modification Proposal treated or to be treated as an Urgent

Modification in accordance with GR.23.

User A term utilised in various sections of the Grid Code to refer to the persons
using the National Electricity Transmission System, as more
particularly identified in each section of the Grid Code concerned. In the
Preface and the General Conditions the term means any person to whom
the Grid Code applies. The term User includes an EU Code User and a
GB Code User.

User Data File Structure The file structure given at DRC 18 which will be specified by The Company
which a Generator or DC Converter Station owner or HVDC System
Onwer must use for the purposes of CP to submit DRC data Schedules
and information demonstrating compliance with the Grid Code and, where
applicable, with the CUSC Contract(s), unless otherwise agreed by The
Company.

Issue 5 Revision 38 GD 04 September 2019

67 of 70
 User Development In the PC means either User's Plant and/or Apparatus to be connected
to the National Electricity Transmission System, or a Modification
relating to a User's Plant and/or Apparatus already connected to the
National Electricity Transmission System, or a proposed new
connection or Modification to the connection within the User System.

User Self Certification of A certificate, in the form attached at CP.A.2.(1) or ECP.A.2.(1) completed
Compliance by a Generator or DC Converter Station owner or HVDC System Owner
to which the Compliance Statement is attached which confirms that such
Plant and Apparatus complies with the relevant Grid Code provisions and
where appropriate, with the CUSC Contract(s), as identified in the
Compliance Statement and, if appropriate, identifies any Unresolved
Issues and/or any exceptions to such compliance and details the
derogation(s) granted in respect of such exceptions.

User Site A site owned (or occupied pursuant to a lease, licence or other agreement)
by a User in which there is a Connection Point. For the avoidance of
doubt, a site owned by a Relevant Transmission Licensee but occupied
by a User as aforesaid, is a User Site.

User System Any system owned or operated by a User comprising:-

(a) Power Generating Modules or Generating Units; and/or
(b) Systems consisting (wholly or mainly) of electric lines used for the
distribution of electricity from Grid Supply Points or Generating
Units or Power Generating Modules or other entry points to the
point of delivery to Customers, or other Users;
and Plant and/or Apparatus (including prior to the OTSUA Transfer
Time, any OTSUA) connecting:-
(c) The system as described above; or
(d) Non-Embedded Customers equipment;
to the National Electricity Transmission System or to the relevant other
User System, as the case may be.
The User System includes any Remote Transmission Assets operated
by such User or other person and any Plant and/or Apparatus and meters
owned or operated by the User or other person in connection with the
distribution of electricity but does not include any part of the National
Electricity Transmission System.

User System Entry Point A point at which a Power Generating Module, Generating Unit, a CCGT
Module or a CCGT Unit or a Power Park Module or a DC Converter or
an HVDC Converter, as the case may be, which is Embedded connects
to the User System.

Water Time Constant Bears the meaning ascribed to the term "Water inertia time" in IEC308.

Website The site established by The Company on the World-Wide Web for the
exchange of information among Users and other interested persons in
accordance with such restrictions on access as may be determined from
time to time by The Company.

Issue 5 Revision 38 GD 04 September 2019

68 of 70
 Weekly ACS Conditions Means that particular combination of weather elements that gives rise to a
level of peak Demand within a week, taken to commence on a Monday
and end on a Sunday, which has a particular chance of being exceeded
as a result of weather variation alone. This particular chance is determined
such that the combined probabilities of Demand in all weeks of the year
exceeding the annual peak Demand under Annual ACS Conditions is
50%, and in the week of maximum risk the weekly peak Demand under
Weekly ACS Conditions is equal to the annual peak Demand under
Annual ACS Conditions.

WG Consultation Any request from an Authorised Electricity Operator; the Citizens

Alternative Request Advice or the Citizens Advice Scotland, The Company or a Materially
Affected Party for a Workgroup Alternative Grid Code Modification to
be developed by the Workgroup expressed as such and which contains
the information referred to at GR.20.13. For the avoidance of doubt any
WG Consultation Alternative Request does not constitute either a Grid
Code Modification Proposal or a Workgroup Alternative Grid Code
Modification
a Workgroup established by the Grid Code Review Panel pursuant to
Workgroup
GR.20.1;

as defined in GR.20.10, and any further consultation which may be

Workgroup
directed by the Grid Code Review Panel pursuant to GR.20.17;
Consultation
an alternative modification to the Grid Code Modification Proposal
Workgroup Alternative
developed by the Workgroup under the Workgroup terms of reference
Grid Code Modification
(either as a result of a Workgroup Consultation or otherwise) and which
is believed by a majority of the members of the Workgroup or by the
chairman of the Workgroup to better facilitate the Grid Code Objectives
than the Grid Code Modification Proposal or the current version of the
Grid Code;
Zonal System Security That generation required, within the boundary circuits defining the System
Requirements Zone, which when added to the secured transfer capability of the boundary
circuits exactly matches the Demand within the System Zone.

A number of the terms listed above are defined in other documents, such as the Balancing and Settlement
Code and the Transmission Licence. Appendix 1 sets out the current definitions from the other documents
of those terms so used in the Grid Code and defined in other documents for ease of reference, but does not
form part of the Grid Code.
GD.2 Construction of References
GD.2.1 In the Grid Code:
(i) a table of contents, a Preface, a Revision section, headings, and the Appendix to this
Glossary and Definitions are inserted for convenience only and shall be ignored in
construing the Grid Code;
(ii) unless the context otherwise requires, all references to a particular paragraph, sub-
paragraph, Appendix or Schedule shall be a reference to that paragraph, sub-paragraph
Appendix or Schedule in or to that part of the Grid Code in which the reference is made;
(iii) unless the context otherwise requires, the singular shall include the plural and vice versa,
references to any gender shall include all other genders and references to persons shall
include any individual, body corporate, corporation, joint venture, trust, unincorporated
association, organisation, firm or partnership and any other entity, in each case whether
or not having a separate legal personality;

Issue 5 Revision 38 GD 04 September 2019

69 of 70
 (iv) references to the words "include" or "including" are to be construed without limitation to
the generality of the preceding words;
(v) unless there is something in the subject matter or the context which is inconsistent
therewith, any reference to an Act of Parliament or any Section of or Schedule to, or other
provision of an Act of Parliament shall be construed at the particular time, as including a
reference to any modification, extension or re-enactment thereof then in force and to all
instruments, orders and regulations then in force and made under or deriving validity from
the relevant Act of Parliament;
(vi) where the Glossary and Definitions refers to any word or term which is more particularly
defined in a part of the Grid Code, the definition in that part of the Grid Code will prevail
(unless otherwise stated) over the definition in the Glossary & Definitions in the event
of any inconsistency;
(vii) a cross-reference to another document or part of the Grid Code shall not of itself impose
any additional or further or co-existent obligation or confer any additional or further or co-
existent right in the part of the text where such cross-reference is contained;
(viii) nothing in the Grid Code is intended to or shall derogate from The Company's statutory
or licence obligations;
(ix) a "holding company" means, in relation to any person, a holding company of such person
within the meaning of section 736, 736A and 736B of the Companies Act 1985 as
substituted by section 144 of the Companies Act 1989 and, if that latter section is not in
force at the Transfer Date, as if such latter section were in force at such date;
(x) a "subsidiary" means, in relation to any person, a subsidiary of such person within the
meaning of section 736, 736A and 736B of the Companies Act 1985 as substituted by
section 144 of the Companies Act 1989 and, if that latter section is not in force at the
Transfer Date, as if such latter section were in force at such date;
(xi) references to time are to London time; and
(xii) (a) Save where (b) below applies, where there is a reference to an item of data being
expressed in a whole number of MW, fractions of a MW below 0.5 shall be rounded down
to the nearest whole MW and fractions of a MW of 0.5 and above shall be rounded up to
the nearest whole MW;
(b) In the case of the definition of Registered Capacity or Maximum Capacity, fractions
of a MW below 0.05 shall be rounded down to one decimal place and fractions of a MW
of 0.05 and above shall be rounded up to one decimal place.
(xiii) For the purposes of the Grid Code, physical quantities such as current or voltage are not
defined terms as their meaning will vary depending upon the context of the obligation.
For example, voltage could mean positive phase sequence root mean square voltage,
instantaneous voltage, phase to phase voltage, phase to earth voltage. The same issue
equally applies to current, and therefore the terms current and voltage should remain
undefined with the meaning depending upon the context of the application. European
Regulation (EU) 2016/631 defines requirements of current and voltage but they have not
been adopted as part of EU implementation for the reasons outlined above.

< END OF GLOSSARY & DEFINITIONS >

Issue 5 Revision 38 GD 04 September 2019

70 of 70
 PLANNING CODE
(PC)

CONTENTS

(This contents page does not form part of the Grid Code)

Paragraph No/Title Page Number

PC.1 INTRODUCTION .....................................................................................................................................2
PC.2 OBJECTIVE .............................................................................................................................................3
PC.3 SCOPE ....................................................................................................................................................3
PC.4 PLANNING PROCEDURES ....................................................................................................................6
PC.5 PLANNING DATA..................................................................................................................................10
PC.6 PLANNING STANDARDS .....................................................................................................................13
PC.7 PLANNING LIAISON .............................................................................................................................14
PC.8 OTSDUW PLANNING LIAISION ...........................................................................................................15
APPENDIX A - PLANNING DATA REQUIREMENTS .....................................................................................16
PART 1 - STANDARD PLANNING DATA .................................................................................................. 20
PC.A.2 USER’S SYSTEM (AND OTSUA) DATA ..................................................................................20
PC.A.3 GENERATING UNIT AND DC CONVERTER DATA ................................................................28
PC.A.4 DEMAND AND ACTIVE ENERGY DATA .................................................................................37
PART 2 - DETAILED PLANNING DATA .................................................................................................... 43
PC.A.5 GENERATING UNIT, POWER PARK MODULE, DC CONVERTER AND OTSDUW PLANT
AND APPARATUS DATA ........................................................................................................................43
PC.A.6 USERS’ SYSTEM DATA ...........................................................................................................59
PC.A.7 ADDITIONAL DATA FOR NEW TYPES OF POWER STATIONS, DC CONVERTER
STATIONS, OTSUA AND CONFIGURATIONS ......................................................................................63
PART 3 – DETAILED PLANNING DATA ................................................................................................... 64
APPENDIX B - SINGLE LINE DIAGRAMS ......................................................................................................66
APPENDIX C - TECHNICAL AND DESIGN CRITERIA ...................................................................................69
PART 1 – SHETL’s TECHNICAL AND DESIGN CRITERIA ...................................................................... 69
PART 2 - SPT's TECHNICAL AND DESIGN CRITERIA ........................................................................... 71
APPENDIX D - DATA NOT DISCLOSED TO A RELEVANT TRANSMISSION LICENSEE ...........................72
APPENDIX E - OFFSHORE TRANSMISSION SYSTEM AND OTSDUW PLANT AND
APPARATUS TECHNICAL AND DESIGN CRITERIA .....................................................................................75
APPENDIX F - OTSDUW DATA AND INFORMATION AND OTSDUW NETWORK DATA AND
INFORMATION ................................................................................................................................................76

Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019

i
PC.1 INTRODUCTION
PC.1.1 The Planning Code ("PC") specifies the technical and design criteria and procedures to be
applied by The Company in the planning and development of the National Electricity
Transmission System and to be taken into account by Users in the planning and
development of their own Systems. In the case of OTSUA, the PC also specifies the
technical and design criteria and procedures to be applied by the User in the planning and
development of the OTSUA. It details information to be supplied by Users to The Company,
and certain information to be supplied by The Company to Users. The Company has
obligations under the STC to inform Relevant Transmission Licensees of data required for
the planning of the National Electricity Transmission System. In respect of PC data, The
Company may pass on User data to a Relevant Transmission Licensee, as detailed in
PC.3.4 and PC.3.5.
PC.1.1A Provisions of the PC which apply in relation to OTSDUW and OTSUA shall apply up to the
OTSUA Transfer Time, whereupon such provisions shall (without prejudice to any prior non-
compliance) cease to apply, without prejudice to the continuing application of provisions of
the PC applying in relation to the relevant Offshore Transmission System and/or
Connection Site.
PC.1.1B As used in the PC:
(a) National Electricity Transmission System excludes OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus
(prior to the OTSUA Transfer Time) unless the context otherwise requires;
(b) and User Development includes OTSDUW unless the context otherwise requires.
PC.1.2 The Users referred to above are defined, for the purpose of the PC, in PC.3.1.
PC.1.3 Development of the National Electricity Transmission System, involving its reinforcement
or extension, will arise for a number of reasons including, but not limited to:
(a) a development on a User System already connected to the National Electricity
Transmission System;
(b) the introduction of a new Connection Site or the Modification of an existing
Connection Site between a User System and the National Electricity Transmission
System;
(c) the cumulative effect of a number of such developments referred to in (a) and (b) by one
or more Users.
PC.1.4 Accordingly, the reinforcement or extension of the National Electricity Transmission
System may involve work:
(a) at a substation at a Connection Site where User's Plant and/or Apparatus is
connected to the National Electricity Transmission System (or in the case of
OTSDUW, at a substation at an Interface Point);
(b) on transmission lines or other facilities which join that Connection Site (or in the case
of OTSDUW, Interface Point) to the remainder of the National Electricity
Transmission System;
(c) on transmission lines or other facilities at or between points remote from that
Connection Site (or in the case of OTSDUW, Interface Point).
PC.1.5 The time required for the planning and development of the National Electricity
Transmission System will depend on the type and extent of the necessary reinforcement
and/or extension work, the need or otherwise for statutory planning consent, the associated
possibility of the need for a public inquiry and the degree of complexity in undertaking the
new work while maintaining satisfactory security and quality of supply on the existing
National Electricity Transmission System.

Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019

2 of 79
PC1.6 For the avoidance of doubt and the purposes of the Grid Code, DC Connected Power Park
Modules are treated as belonging to Generators. Generators who own DC Connected
Power Park Modules would therefore be expected to supply the same data as required
under this PC in respect of Power Stations comprising Power Park Modules other than
where specific references to DC Connected Power Park Modules are made.
PC.2 OBJECTIVE
PC.2.1 The objectives of the PC are:
(a) to promote The Company/User interaction in respect of any proposed development on
the User System which may impact on the performance of the National Electricity
Transmission System or the direct connection with the National Electricity
Transmission System;
(b) to provide for the supply of information to The Company from Users in order that
planning and development of the National Electricity Transmission System can be
undertaken in accordance with the relevant Licence Standards, to facilitate existing
and proposed connections, and also to provide for the supply of certain information from
The Company to Users in relation to short circuit current contributions and OTSUA;
and
(c) to specify the Licence Standards which will be used in the planning and development
of the National Electricity Transmission System; and
(d) to provide for the supply of information required by The Company from Users in
respect of the following to enable The Company to carry out its duties under the Act
and the Transmission Licence:
(i) Mothballed Generating Units, Mothballed Power Generating Modules; and
(ii) capability of gas-fired Synchronous Power Generating Modules or Generating
Units to run using alternative fuels.
The Company will use the information provided under PC.2.1(d) in providing reports to
the Authority and the Secretary of State and, where directed by the Authority or the
Secretary of State to do so, The Company may publish the information. Where it is
known by The Company that such information is intended for wider publication the
information provided under PC.2.1(d) shall be aggregated such that individual data
items should not be identifiable.
(e) in the case of OTSUA:
(i) to specify the minimum technical and design criteria and procedures to be applied
by Users in the planning and development of OTSUA; and thereby
(ii) to ensure that the OTSUA can from the OTSUA Transfer Time be operated as
part of the National Electricity Transmission System; and
(iii) to provide for the arrangements and supply of information and data between The
Company and a User to ensure that the User is able to undertake OTSDUW; and
(iv) to promote The Company/User interaction and co-ordination in respect of any
proposed development on the National Electricity Transmission System or the
OTSUA, which may impact on the OTSUA or (as the case may be) the National
Electricity Transmission System.

PC.3 SCOPE
PC.3.1 The PC applies to The Company and to Users, which in the PC means:
(a) Generators;
(b) Generators undertaking OTSDUW;
(c) Network Operators;
(d) Non-Embedded Customers;
Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019
3 of 79
 (e) DC Converter Station owners; and
(f) HVDC System Owners
The above categories of User will become bound by the PC prior to them generating,
operating, or consuming or importing/exporting, as the case may be, and references to the
various categories (or to the general category) of User should, therefore, be taken as
referring to them in that prospective role as well as to Users actually connected.
PC.3.2 In the case of Embedded Power Stations, Embedded DC Converter Stations and
Embedded HVDC Systems, unless provided otherwise, the following provisions apply with
regard to the provision of data under this PC:
(a) each Generator shall provide the data direct to The Company in respect of (i)
Embedded Large Power Stations, (ii) Embedded Medium Power Stations subject to
a Bilateral Agreement and (iii) Embedded Small Power Stations which form part of a
Cascade Hydro Scheme;
(b) each DC Converter owner or HVDC System Owner shall provide the data direct to
The Company in respect of Embedded DC Converter Stations and Embedded
HVDC Systems subject to a Bilateral Agreement;
(c) each Network Operator shall provide the data to The Company in respect of each
Embedded Medium Power Station not subject to a Bilateral Agreement or
Embedded DC Converter Station not subject to a Bilateral Agreement or Embedded
HVDC System not subject to a Bilateral Agreement connected, or proposed to be
connected within such Network Operator’s System;
(d) although data is not normally required specifically on Embedded Small Power
Stations or on Embedded installations of direct current converters which do not form a
DC Converter Station or HVDC System under this PC, each Network Operator in
whose System they are Embedded should provide the data (contained in the
Appendix) to The Company in respect of Embedded Small Power Stations or
Embedded installations of direct current converters which do not form a DC Converter
Station or Embedded installations of HVDC Systems if:
(i) it falls to be supplied pursuant to the application for a CUSC Contract or in the
Statement of Readiness to be supplied in connection with a Bilateral Agreement
and/or Construction Agreement, by the Network Operator; or
(ii) it is specifically requested by The Company in the circumstances provided for
under this PC.
PC.3.3 Certain data does not normally need to be provided in respect of certain Embedded Power
Stations, Embedded DC Converter Stations or Embedded HVDC Systems, as provided
in PC.A.1.12.
In summary, Network Operators are required to supply the following data in respect of
Embedded Medium Power Stations not subject to a Bilateral Agreement or Embedded
DC Converter Stations not subject to a Bilateral Agreement or Embedded HVDC
Systems not subject to a Bilateral Agreement connected, or is proposed to be connected,
within such Network Operator’s System:
PC.A.2.1.1
PC.A.2.2.2
PC.A.2.5.5.2
PC.A.2.5.5.7
PC.A.2.5.6
PC.A.3.1.5
PC.A.3.2.2
PC.A.3.3.1

Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019

4 of 79
 PC.A.3.4.1
PC.A.3.4.2
PC.A.5.2.2
PC.A.5.3.2
PC.A.5.4
PC.A.5.5.1
PC.A.5.6
For the avoidance of doubt Network Operators are required to supply the above data in
respect of Embedded Medium Power Stations not subject to a Bilateral Agreement and
Embedded DC Converter Stations not subject to a Bilateral Agreement and Embedded
HVDC Systems not subject to a Bilateral Agreement which are located Offshore and
which are connected or proposed to be connected within such Network Operator’s System.
This is because Embedded Medium Power Stations not subject to a Bilateral Agreement
and Embedded DC Converter Stations not subject to a Bilateral Agreement and
Embedded HVDC Systems not subject to a Bilateral Agreement are treated as Onshore
Generators or Onshore DC Converter Station owners or HVDC System Owners
connected to an Onshore User System Entry Point.
PC.3.4 The Company may provide to the Relevant Transmission Licensees any data which has
been submitted to The Company by any Users pursuant to the following paragraphs of the
PC. For the avoidance of doubt, The Company will not provide to the Relevant
Transmission Licensees, the types of data specified in Appendix D. The Relevant
Transmission Licensees’ use of such data is detailed in the STC.
PC.A.2.2
PC.A.2.5
PC.A.3.1
PC.A.3.2.1
PC.A.3.2.2
PC.A.3.3
PC.A.3.4
PC.A.4
PC.A.5.1
PC.A.5.2
PC.A.5.3.1
PC.A.5.3.2
PC.A.5.4.1
PC.A.5.4.2
PC.A.5.4.3.1
PC.A.5.4.3.2
PC.A.5.4.3.3
PC.A.5.4.3.4
PC.A.7
(and in addition in respect of the data submitted in respect of the OTSUA)
PC.A.2.2
PC.A.2.3

Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019

5 of 79
 PC.A.2.4
PC.A.2.5
PC.A.3.2.2
PC.A.3.3.1(d)
PC.A.4
PC.A.5.4.3.1
PC.A.5.4.3.2
PC.A.6.2
PC.A.6.3
PC.A.6.4
PC.A.6.5
PC.A.6.6
PC.A.7
PC.3.5 In addition to the provisions of PC.3.4 The Company may provide to the Relevant
Transmission Licensees any data which has been submitted to The Company by any
Users in respect of Relevant Units pursuant to the following paragraphs of the PC.
PC.A.2.3
PC.A.2.4
PC.A.5.5
PC.A.5.7
PC.A.6.2
PC.A.6.3
PC.A.6.4
PC.A.6.5
PC.A.6.6
PC.3.6 In the case of Offshore Embedded Power Stations connected to an Offshore User
System which directly connects to an Offshore Transmission System, any additional data
requirements in respect of such Offshore Embedded Power Stations may be specified in
the relevant Bilateral Agreement with the Network Operator or in any Bilateral
Agreement between The Company and such Offshore Embedded Power Station.
PC.3.7 In the case of a Generator undertaking OTSDUW connecting to an Onshore Network
Operator’s System, any additional requirements in respect of such OTSDUW Plant and
Apparatus will be specified in the relevant Bilateral Agreement with the Generator. For the
avoidance of doubt, requirements applicable to Generators undertaking OTSDUW and
connecting to a Network Operator’s User System, shall be consistent with those applicable
requirements of Generators undertaking OTSDUW and connecting to a Transmission
Interface Point.

PC.4 PLANNING PROCEDURES

PC.4.1 Pursuant to Condition C11 of The Company’s Transmission Licence, the means by which
Users and proposed Users of the National Electricity Transmission System are able to
assess opportunities for connecting to, and using, the National Electricity Transmission
System comprise two distinct parts, namely:

Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019

6 of 79
 (a) a statement, prepared by The Company under its Transmission Licence, showing for
each of the seven succeeding Financial Years, the opportunities available for
connecting to and using the National Electricity Transmission System and indicating
those parts of the National Electricity Transmission System most suited to new
connections and transport of further quantities of electricity (the "Seven Year
Statement"); and
(b) an offer, in accordance with its Transmission Licence, by The Company to enter into
a CUSC Contract. A Bilateral Agreement is to be entered into for every Connection
Site (and for certain Embedded Power Stations and Embedded DC Converter
Stations and Embedded HVDC Systems) within the first two of the following
categories and the existing Bilateral Agreement may be required to be varied in the
case of the third category:
(i) existing Connection Sites (and for certain Embedded Power Stations) as at the
Transfer Date;
(ii) new Connection Sites (and for certain Embedded Power Stations, Embedded
DC Converter Stations and Embedded HVDC Systems) with effect from the
Transfer Date;
(iii) a Modification at a Connection Site (or in relation to the connection of certain
Embedded Power Stations, Embedded DC Converter Stations and Embedded
HVDC Systems whether or not the subject of a Bilateral Agreement) (whether
such Connection Site or connection exists on the Transfer Date or is new
thereafter) with effect from the Transfer Date.
In this PC, unless the context otherwise requires, "connection" means any of these 3
categories.
PC.4.2 Introduction to Data
User Data
PC.4.2.1 Under the PC, two types of data to be supplied by Users are called for:
(a) Standard Planning Data; and
(b) Detailed Planning Data,
as more particularly provided in PC.A.1.4.
PC.4.2.2 The PC recognises that these two types of data, namely Standard Planning Data and
Detailed Planning Data, are considered at three different levels:
(a) Preliminary Project Planning Data;
(b) Committed Project Planning Data; and
(c) Connected Planning Data,
as more particularly provided in PC.5
PC.4.2.3 Connected Planning Data is itself divided into:
(a) Forecast Data;
(b) Registered Data; and
(c) Estimated Registered Data,
as more particularly provided in PC.5.5

Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019

7 of 79
PC.4.2.4 Clearly, an existing User proposing a new Connection Site (or Embedded Power Station
or Embedded DC Converter Station or Embedded HVDC System) in the circumstances
outlined in PC.4.1) will need to supply data both in an application for a Bilateral Agreement
and under the PC in relation to that proposed new Connection Site (or Embedded Power
Station or Embedded DC Converter Station or Embedded HVDC System in the
circumstances outlined in PC.4.1) and that will be treated as Preliminary Project Planning
Data or Committed Project Planning Data (as the case may be), but the data it supplies
under the PC relating to its existing Connection Sites will be treated as Connected
Planning Data.
Network Data
PC.4.2.5 In addition, there is Network Data supplied by The Company in relation to short circuit
current contributions and in relation to OTSUA.
PC.4.3 Data Provision
PC.4.3.1 Seven Year Statement
To enable the Seven Year Statement to be prepared, each User is required to submit to
The Company (subject to the provisions relating to Embedded Power Stations and
Embedded DC Converter Stations and Embedded HVDC Systems in PC.3.2) both the
Standard Planning Data and the Detailed Planning Data as listed in parts l and 2 of the
Appendix. This data should be submitted in calendar week 24 of each year (although
Network Operators may delay the submission of data (other than that to be submitted
pursuant to PC.3.2(c) and PC.3.2(d)) until calendar week 28) and should cover each of the
seven succeeding Financial Years (and in certain instances, the current year). Where, from
the date of one submission to another, there is no change in the data (or in some of the data)
to be submitted, instead of re-submitting the data, a User may submit a written statement
that there has been no change from the data (or in some of the data) submitted the previous
time. In addition, The Company will also use the Transmission Entry Capacity and
Connection Entry Capacity data from the CUSC Contract, and any data submitted by
Network Operators in relation to an Embedded Medium Power Station not subject to a
Bilateral Agreement or Embedded DC Converter Station not subject to a Bilateral
Agreement, or Embedded HVDC System not subject to a Bilateral Agreement in the
preparation of the Seven Year Statement and to that extent the data will not be treated as
confidential.
PC.4.3.2 Network Data
To enable Users to model the National Electricity Transmission System in relation to
short circuit current contributions, The Company is required to submit to Users the Network
Data as listed in Part 3 of the Appendix. The data will be submitted in week 42 of each year
and will cover that Financial Year.
PC.4.3.3 To enable Users to model the National Electricity Transmission System in relation to
OTSUA, The Company is required to submit to Users the Network Data as listed in Part 3
of Appendix A and Appendix F. The Company shall provide the Network Data with the offer
of a CUSC Contract in the case of the data in PC F2.1 and otherwise in accordance with the
OTSDUW Development and Data Timetable.
PC.4.4 Offer of Terms for Connection
PC.4.4.1 CUSC Contract – Data Requirements/Offer Timing
The completed application form for a CUSC Contract to be submitted by a User when
making an application for a CUSC Contract will include:
(a) a description of the Plant and/or Apparatus (excluding OTSDUW Plant and
Apparatus) to be connected to the National Electricity Transmission System or of
the Modification relating to the User's Plant and/or Apparatus (and prior to the
OTSUA Transfer Time, any OTSUA) already connected to the National Electricity
Transmission System or, as the case may be, of the proposed new connection or
Modification to the connection within the User System of the User, each of which shall
be termed a "User Development" in the PC;
Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019
8 of 79
 (b) the relevant Standard Planning Data as listed in Part 1 of the Appendix (except in
respect of any OTSUA); and
(c) the desired Completion Date of the proposed User Development.
(d) the desired Connection Entry Capacity and Transmission Entry Capacity.
The completed application form for a CUSC Contract will be sent to The Company as more
particularly provided in the application form.
PC.4.4.2 Any offer of a CUSC Contract will provide that it must be accepted by the applicant User
within the period stated in the offer, after which the offer automatically lapses. Except as
provided in the CUSC Contract, acceptance of the offer renders the National Electricity
Transmission System works relating to that User Development, reflected in the offer,
committed and binds both parties to the terms of the offer. The User shall then provide the
Detailed Planning Data as listed in Part 2 of the Appendix (and in the case of OTSUA the
Standard Planning Data as listed in Part 1 of Appendix A within the timeline provided in
PC.A.1.4). In respect of DPD I this shall generally be provided within 28 days (or such
shorter period as The Company may determine, or such longer period as The Company
may agree, in any particular case) of acceptance of the offer and in respect of DPD II this
shall generally be provided at least two years (or such longer period as The Company may
determine, or such shorter period as The Company may agree, in any particular case or in
the case of OTSUA such shorter period as The Company shall require) prior to the
Completion Date of the User Development.
PC.4.4.3 Embedded Development Agreement - Data Requirements
The Network Operator shall submit the following data in relation to an Embedded Medium
Power Station not subject to, or proposed to be subject to, a Bilateral Agreement or
Embedded DC Converter Station not subject to, or proposed to be subject to, a Bilateral
Agreement as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt of an application from an
Embedded Person to connect to its System:
(a) details of the proposed new connection or variation (having a similar effect on the
Network Operator’s System as a Modification would have on the National
Electricity Transmission System) to the connection within the Network Operator’s
System, each of which shall be termed an “Embedded Development” in the PC
(where a User Development has an impact on the Network Operator’s System
details shall be supplied in accordance with PC.4.4 and PC.4.5);
(b) the relevant Standard Planning Data as listed in Part 1 of the Appendix;
(c) the proposed completion date (having a similar meaning in relation to the Network
Operator’s System as Completion Date would have in relation to the National
Electricity Transmission System) of the Embedded Development; and
(d) upon the request of The Company, the relevant Detailed Planning Data as listed in
Part 2 of the Appendix.
PC.4.4.4 The Network Operator shall provide the Detailed Planning Data as listed in Part 2 of the
Appendix. In respect of DPD I this shall generally be provided within 28 days (or such shorter
period as The Company may determine, or such longer period as The Company may
agree, in any particular case) of entry into the Embedded Development Agreement and in
respect to DPD II this shall generally be provided at least two years (or such longer period as
The Company may determine, or such shorter period as The Company may agree, in any
particular case) prior to the Completion Date of the Embedded Development.
PC.4.5 Complex Connections

Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019

9 of 79
PC.4.5.1 The magnitude and complexity of any National Electricity Transmission System extension
or reinforcement will vary according to the nature, location and timing of the proposed User
Development which is the subject of the application and it may, in the event, be necessary
for The Company to carry out additional more extensive system studies to evaluate more
fully the impact of the proposed User Development on the National Electricity
Transmission System. Where The Company judges that such additional more detailed
studies are necessary the offer may indicate the areas that require more detailed analysis
and before such additional studies are required, the User shall indicate whether it wishes
The Company to undertake the work necessary to proceed to make a revised offer within
the 3 month period normally allowed or, where relevant, the timescale consented to by the
Authority.
PC.4.5.2 To enable The Company to carry out any of the above mentioned necessary detailed
system studies, the User may, at the request of The Company, be required to provide some
or all of the Detailed Planning Data listed in part 2 of the Appendix in advance of the normal
timescale referred in PC.4.4.2 provided that The Company can reasonably demonstrate that
it is relevant and necessary.
PC.4.5.3 To enable The Company to carry out any necessary detailed system studies, the relevant
Network Operator may, at the request of The Company, be required to provide some or all
of the Detailed Planning Data listed in Part 2 of the Appendix in advance of the normal
timescale referred in PC.4.4.4 provided that The Company can reasonably demonstrate that
it is relevant and necessary.

PC.5 PLANNING DATA

PC.5.1 As far as the PC is concerned, there are three relevant levels of data in relation to Users.
These levels, which relate to levels of confidentiality, commitment and validation, are
described in the following paragraphs.
Preliminary Project Planning Data
PC.5.2 At the time the User applies for a CUSC Contract but before an offer is made and accepted
by the applicant User, the data relating to the proposed User Development will be
considered as Preliminary Project Planning Data. Data relating to an Embedded
Development provided by a Network Operator in accordance with PC.4.4.3, and PC.4.4.4
if requested, will be considered as Preliminary Project Planning Data. All such data will be
treated as confidential within the scope of the provisions relating to confidentiality in the
CUSC.
PC.5.3 Preliminary Project Planning Data will normally only contain the Standard Planning Data
unless the Detailed Planning Data is required in advance of the normal timescale to enable
The Company to carry out additional detailed system studies as described in PC.4.5.
Committed Project Planning Data
PC.5.4 Once the offer for a CUSC Contract is accepted, the data relating to the User Development
already submitted as Preliminary Project Planning Data, and subsequent data required by
The Company under this PC, will become Committed Project Planning Data. Once an
Embedded Person has entered into an Embedded Development Agreement, as notified
to The Company by the Network Operator, the data relating to the Embedded
Development already submitted as Preliminary Project Planning Data, and subsequent
data required by The Company under the PC, will become Committed Project Planning
Data. Such data, together with Connection Entry Capacity and Transmission Entry
Capacity data from the CUSC Contract and other data held by The Company relating to
the National Electricity Transmission System will form the background against which new
applications by any User will be considered and against which planning of the National
Electricity Transmission System will be undertaken. Accordingly, Committed Project
Planning Data, Connection Entry Capacity and Transmission Entry Capacity data will
not be treated as confidential to the extent that The Company:
(a) is obliged to use it in the preparation of the Seven Year Statement and in any further
information given pursuant to the Seven Year Statement;
Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019
10 of 79
 (b) is obliged to use it when considering and/or advising on applications (or possible
applications) of other Users (including making use of it by giving data from it, both orally
and in writing, to other Users making an application (or considering or discussing a
possible application) which is, in The Company's view, relevant to that other
application or possible application);
(c) is obliged to use it for operational planning purposes;
(d) is obliged under the terms of an Interconnection Agreement to pass it on as part of
system information on the Total System;
(e) is obliged to disclose it under the STC;
(f) is obliged to use and disclose it in the preparation of the Offshore Development
Information Statement;
(g) is obliged to use it in order to carry out its EMR Functions or is obliged to disclose it
under an EMR Document.

To reflect different types of data, Preliminary Project Planning Data and Committed
Project Planning Data are themselves divided into:
(a) those items of Standard Planning Data and Detailed Planning Data which will always
be forecast, known as Forecast Data; and
(b) those items of Standard Planning Data and Detailed Planning Data which relate to
Plant and/or Apparatus which upon connection will become Registered Data, but
which prior to connection, for the seven succeeding Financial Years, will be an
estimate of what is expected, known as Estimated Registered Data.
Connected Planning Data
PC.5.5 The PC requires that, at the time that a Statement of Readiness is submitted under the
Bilateral Agreement and/or Construction Agreement, any estimated values assumed for
planning purposes are confirmed or, where practical, replaced by validated actual values and
by updated estimates for the future and by updated forecasts for forecast data items such as
Demand. In the case of an Embedded Development the relevant Network Operator will
update any estimated values assumed for planning purposes with validated actual values as
soon as reasonably practicable after energisation. This data is then termed Connected
Planning Data.
To reflect the three types of data referred to above, Connected Planning Data is itself
divided into:
(a) those items of Standard Planning Data and Detailed Planning Data which will always
be forecast data, known as Forecast Data; and
(b) those items of Standard Planning Data and Detailed Planning Data which upon
connection become fixed (subject to any subsequent changes), known as Registered
Data; and
(c) those items of Standard Planning Data and Detailed Planning Data which for the
purposes of the Plant and/or Apparatus concerned as at the date of submission are
Registered Data but which for the seven succeeding Financial Years will be an
estimate of what is expected, known as Estimated Registered Data,
as more particularly provided in the Appendix.
PC.5.6 Connected Planning Data, together with Connection Entry Capacity and Transmission
Entry Capacity data from the CUSC Contract, and other data held by The Company
relating to the National Electricity Transmission System, will form the background against
which new applications by any User will be considered and against which planning of the
National Electricity Transmission System will be undertaken. Accordingly, Connected
Planning Data, Connection Entry Capacity and Transmission Entry Capacity data will
not be treated as confidential to the extent that The Company:

Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019

11 of 79
 (a) is obliged to use it in the preparation of the Seven Year Statement and in any further
information given pursuant to the Seven Year Statement;
(b) is obliged to use it when considering and/or advising on applications (or possible
applications) of other Users (including making use of it by giving data from it, both orally
and in writing, to other Users making an application (or considering or discussing a
possible application) which is, in The Company's view, relevant to that other
application or possible application);
(c) is obliged to use it for operational planning purposes;
(d) is obliged under the terms of an Interconnection Agreement to pass it on as part of
system information on the Total System.
(e) is obliged to disclose it under the STC;
(f) is obliged to use it in order to carry out its EMR Functions or is obliged to disclose it
under an EMR Document.

PC.5.7 Committed Project Planning Data and Connected Planning Data will each contain both
Standard Planning Data and Detailed Planning Data.

Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019

12 of 79
PC.6 PLANNING STANDARDS
PC.6.1 The Company shall apply the Licence Standards relevant to it in the planning and
development of the National Electricity Transmission System. The Company shall
procure that each Relevant Transmission Licensee shall apply the Licence Standards
relevant to planning and development, in the planning and development of the
Transmission System of each Relevant Transmission Licensee and that a User shall
apply the Licence Standards relevant to planning and development, in the planning and
development of the OTSUA.
PC.6.2 In relation to Scotland, Appendix C lists the technical and design criteria applied in the
planning and development of each Relevant Transmission Licensee's Transmission
System. The criteria are subject to review in accordance with each Relevant Transmission
Licensee’s Transmission Licence conditions. Copies of these documents are available
from The Company on request. The Company will charge an amount sufficient to recover
its reasonable costs incurred in providing this service.
PC.6.3 In relation to Offshore, Appendix E lists the technical and design criteria applied in the
planning and development of each Offshore Transmission System. The criteria are
subject to review in accordance with each Offshore Transmission Licensee’s
Transmission Licence conditions. Copies of these documents are available from The
Company on request. The Company will charge an amount sufficient to recover its
reasonable costs incurred in providing this service.
PC.6.4 In planning and developing the OTSUA, the User shall comply with (and shall ensure that
(as at the OTSUA Transfer Time) the OTSUA comply with):
(a) the Licence Standards; and
(b) the technical and design criteria in Appendix E.
PC.6.5 In addition the User shall, in the planning and development of the OTSUA, to the extent it is
reasonable and practicable to do so, take into account the reasonable requests of The
Company (in the context of its obligation to develop an efficient, co-ordinated and
economical system) relating to the planning and development of the National Electricity
Transmission System.
PC.6.6 In planning and developing the OTSUA the User shall take into account the Network Data
provided to it by The Company under Part 3 of Appendix A and Appendix F, and act on the
basis that the Plant and Apparatus of other Users complies with:
(a) the minimum technical design and operational criteria and performance requirements
set out in either CC.6.1, CC.6.2, CC.6.3 and CC.6.4 or ECC.6.1, ECC.6.2, ECC.6.3 and
ECC.6.4 ; or
(b) such other criteria or requirements as The Company may from time to time notify the
User are applicable to specified Plant and Apparatus pursuant to PC.6.7.
PC.6.7 Where the OTSUA are likely to be materially affected by the design or operation of another
User's Plant and Apparatus and The Company:
(a) becomes aware that such other User has or is likely to apply for a derogation under the
Grid Code;
(b) is itself applying for a derogation under the Grid Code in relation to the Connection Site
on which such other User's Plant and Apparatus is located or to which it otherwise
relates; or
(c) is otherwise notified by such other User that specified Plant or Apparatus is normally
capable of operating at levels better than those set out in CC.6.1, CC.6.2, CC.6.3 and
CC.6.4 or ECC.6.1, ECC.6.2, ECC.6.3 and ECC.6.4,
The Company shall notify the User.

Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019

13 of 79
PC.7 PLANNING LIAISON
PC.7.1 This PC.7 applies to The Company and Users, which in PC.7 means
(a) Network Operators
(b) Non-Embedded Customers
PC.7.2 As described in PC.2.1 (b) an objective of the PC is to provide for the supply of information
to The Company by Users in order that planning and development of the National
Electricity Transmission System can be undertaken in accordance with the relevant
Licence Standards.
PC.7.3 Grid Code amendment B/07 (“Amendment B/07”) implemented changes to the Grid Code
which included amendments to the datasets provided by both The Company and Users to
inform the planning and development of the National Electricity Transmission System.
The Authority has determined that these changes are to have a phased implementation.
Consequently the provisions of Appendix A to the PC include specific years (ranging from
2009 to 2011) with effect from which certain of the specific additional obligations brought
about by Amendment B/07 on The Company and Users are to take effect. Where specific
provisions of paragraphs PC.A.4.1.4, PC.A.4.2.2 and PC.A.4.3.1 make reference to a year,
then the obligation on The Company and the Users shall be required to be met by the
relevant calendar week (as specified within such provision) in such year.
In addition to the phased implementation of aspects of Amendment B/07, Users must
discuss and agree with The Company by no later than 31 March 2009 a more detailed
implementation programme to facilitate the implementation of Grid Code amendment B/07.
It shall also be noted by The Company and Users that the dates set out in PC.A.4 are
intended to be minimum requirements and are not intended to restrict a User and The
Company from the earlier fulfilment of the new requirements prior to the specified years.
Where The Company and a User wish to follow the new requirements from earlier dates
than those specified, this will be set out in the more detailed implementation programme
agreed between The Company and the User.
The following provisions of PC.7 shall only apply with effect from 1 January 2011.
PC.7.4 Following the submission of data by a User in or after week 24 of each year The Company
will provide information to Users by calendar week 6 of the following year regarding the
results of any relevant assessment that has been made by The Company based upon such
data submissions to verify whether Connection Points are compliant with the relevant
Licence Standards.
PC.7.5 Where the result of any assessment identifies possible future non-compliance with the
relevant Licence Standards, The Company shall notify the relevant User(s) of this fact as
soon as reasonably practicable and shall agree with Users any opportunity to resubmit data
to allow for a reassessment in accordance with PC.7.6.
PC.7.6 Following any notification by The Company to a User pursuant to PC.7.5 and following any
further discussions held between the User and The Company:
(i) The Company and the User may agree revisions to the Access Periods for relevant
Transmission Interface Circuits, such revisions shall not however permit an Access
Period to be less than 4 continuous weeks in duration or to occur other than between
calendar weeks 10 and 43 (inclusive); and/or,
(ii) The User shall as soon as reasonably practicable
(a) submit further relevant data to The Company that is to The Company’s
reasonable satisfaction; and/or,
(b) modify data previously submitted pursuant to this PC, such modified data to be to
The Company’s reasonable satisfaction; and/or
(c) notify The Company that it is the intention of the User to leave the data as
originally submitted to The Company to stand as its submission.

Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019

14 of 79
PC.7.7 Where an Access Period is amended pursuant to PC.7.6 (i) The Company shall notify The
Authority that it has been necessary to do so.
PC.7.8 When it is agreed that any resubmission of data is unlikely to confirm future compliance with
the relevant Licence Standards the Modification process in the CUSC may apply.

PC.7.9 A User may at any time, in writing, request further specified National Electricity
Transmission System network data in order to provide The Company with viable User
network data (as required under this PC). Upon receipt of such request The Company shall
consider, and where appropriate provide such National Electricity Transmission System
network data to the User as soon as reasonably practicable following the request.

PC.8 OTSDUW PLANNING LIAISON

PC.8.1 This PC.8 applies to The Company and Users, which in PC.8 means Users undertaking
OTSDUW
PC.8.2 As described in PC.2.1 (e) an objective of the PC is to provide for the supply of information
between The Company and a User undertaking OTSDUW in order that planning and
development of the National Electricity Transmission System can be co-ordinated.
PC.8.3 Where the OTSUA also require works to be undertaken by any Relevant Transmission
Licensee on its Transmission System The Company and the User shall throughout the
construction and commissioning of such works:
(a) co-operate and assist each other in the development of co-ordinated construction
programmes or any other planning or, in the case of The Company, analysis it
undertakes in respect of the works; and
(b) provide to each other all information relating to, in the case of the User its own works
and, in the case of The Company, the works on the Transmission Systems
reasonably necessary to assist each other in the performance of that other's part of the
works, and shall use all reasonable endeavours to co-ordinate and integrate their
respective part of the works; and
the User shall plan and develop the OTSUA, taking into account to the extent that it is
reasonable and practicable to do so the reasonable requests of The Company relating to
the planning and development of the National Electricity Transmission System.
PC.8.4 Where The Company becomes aware that changes made to the investment plans of any
Relevant Transmission Licensee may have a material effect on the OTSUA, The
Company shall notify the User and provide the User with the necessary information about
the relevant Transmission Systems sufficient for the User to assess the impact on the
OTSUA.

Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019

15 of 79
 APPENDIX A - PLANNING DATA REQUIREMENTS

PC.A.1 INTRODUCTION
PC.A.1.1 The Appendix specifies data requirements to be submitted to The Company by Users, and
in certain circumstances to Users by The Company.
PC.A.1.2 Submissions by Users
(a) Planning data submissions by Users shall be:
(i) with respect to each of the seven succeeding Financial Years (other than in the
case of Registered Data which will reflect the current position and data relating to
Demand forecasts which relates also to the current year);
(ii) provided by Users in connection with a CUSC Contract (PC.4.1, PC.4.4 and
PC.4.5 refer);
(iii) provided by Users on a routine annual basis in calendar week 24 of each year to
maintain an up-to-date data bank (although Network Operators may delay the
submission of data (other than that to be submitted pursuant to PC.3.2(c) and
PC.3.2(d)) until calendar week 28). In addition the structural data in DRC
Schedule 5 Tables 5(a), 5(b), 5(d), 5(e) , 5(f) and DRC Schedule 13 (Lumped
system susceptance (PC.A.2.3) only) provided by Network Operators by calendar
week 28 shall be updated by calendar week 50 of each year (again which may be
delayed as above until week 2 of the following calendar year). Where from the date
of one annual (or in the case of Schedule 5 or Schedule 13 the calendar week 50)
submission to another there is no change in the data (or in some of the data) to be
submitted, instead of re-submitting the data, a User may submit a written
statement that there has been no change from the data (or some of the data)
submitted the previous time; and
(iv) provided by Network Operators in connection with Embedded Development
(PC.4.4 refers).
(b) Where there is any change (or anticipated change) in Committed Project Planning
Data or a significant change in Connected Planning Data in the category of Forecast
Data or any change (or anticipated change) in Connected Planning Data in the
categories of Registered Data or Estimated Registered Data supplied to The
Company under the PC, notwithstanding that the change may subsequently be notified
to The Company under the PC as part of the routine annual update of data (or that the
change may be a Modification under the CUSC), the User shall, subject to PC.A.3.2.3
and PC.A.3.2.4, notify The Company in writing without delay.
(c) The notification of the change will be in the form required under this PC in relation to the
supply of that data and will also contain the following information:
(i) the time and date at which the change became, or is expected to become,
effective;
(ii) if the change is only temporary, an estimate of the time and date at which the data
will revert to the previous registered form.
(d) The routine annual update of data, referred to in (a)(iii) above, need not be submitted in
respect of Small Power Stations or Embedded installations of direct current
converters which do not form a DC Converter Station or HVDC System (except as
provided in PC.3.2.(c)), or unless specifically requested by The Company, or unless
otherwise specifically provided.
PC.A.1.3 Submissions by The Company
Network Data release by The Company shall be:
(a) with respect to the current Financial Year;

Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019

16 of 79
 (b) provided by The Company on a routine annual basis in calendar week 42 of each year.
Where from the date of one annual submission to another there is no change in the data
(or in some of the data) to be released, instead of repeating the data, The Company
may release a written statement that there has been no change from the data (or some
of the data) released the previous time.
The three parts of the Appendix
PC.A.1.4 The data requirements listed in this Appendix are subdivided into the following four parts:
(a) Standard Planning Data
This data (as listed in Part 1 of the Appendix) is first to be provided by a User at the
time of an application for a CUSC Contract or in accordance with PC.4.4.3. It
comprises data which is expected normally to be sufficient for The Company to
investigate the impact on the National Electricity Transmission System of any User
Development or Embedded Development associated with an application by the User
for a CUSC Contract. Users should note that the term Standard Planning Data also
includes the information referred to in PC.4.4.1.(a) and PC.4.4.3.(a). In the case of
OTSUA, this data is first to be provided by a User in accordance with the time line in
Appendix F.
(b) Detailed Planning Data
This data (as listed in Part 2 of the Appendix) includes both DPD I and DPD II and is to
be provided in accordance with PC.4.4.2 and PC.4.4.4. It comprises additional, more
detailed, data not normally expected to be required by The Company to investigate the
impact on the National Electricity Transmission System of any User Development
associated with an application by the User for a CUSC Contract or Embedded
Development Agreement. Users and Network Operators in respect of Embedded
Developments should note that the term Detailed Planning Data also includes
Operation Diagrams and Site Common Drawings produced in accordance with the
CC and ECC.
The User may, however, be required by The Company to provide the Detailed
Planning Data in advance of the normal timescale before The Company can make an
offer for a CUSC Contract, as explained in PC.4.5.
(c) Network Data
The data requirements for The Company in this Appendix are in Part 3.
(d) Offshore Transmission System (OTSDUW) Data
Generators who are undertaking OTSDUW are required to submit data in accordance
with Appendix A as summarised in Schedule 18 of the Data Registration Code.

Forecast Data, Registered Data and Estimated Registered Data

PC.A.1.5 As explained in PC.5.4 and PC.5.5, Planning Data is divided into:
(i) those items of Standard Planning Data and Detailed Planning Data known as
Forecast Data; and
(ii) those items of Standard Planning Data and Detailed Planning Data known as
Registered Data; and
(iii) those items of Standard Planning Data and Detailed Planning Data known as
Estimated Registered Data.
PC.A.1.6 The following paragraphs in this Appendix relate to Forecast Data:
3.2.2(b), (h), (i) and (j)
4.2.1
4.3.1
4.3.2
Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019
17 of 79
 4.3.3
4.3.4
4.3.5
4.5
4.7.1
5.2.1
5.2.2
5.6.1
PC.A.1.7 The following paragraphs in this Appendix relate to Registered Data and Estimated
Registered Data:
2.2.1
2.2.4
2.2.5
2.2.6
2.3.1
2.4.1
2.4.2
3.2.2(a), (c), (d), (e), (f), (g), (i)(part) and (j)
3.4.1
3.4.2
4.2.3
4.5(a)(i), (a)(iii), (b)(i) and (b)(iii)
4.6
5.3.2
5.4
5.4.2
5.4.3
5.5
5.6.3
6.2
6.3
PC.A.1.8 The data supplied under PC.A.3.3.1, although in the nature of Registered Data, is only
supplied either upon application for a CUSC Contract, or in accordance with PC.4.4.3, and
therefore does not fall to be Registered Data, but is Estimated Registered Data.
PC.A.1.9 Forecast Data must contain the User's best forecast of the data being forecast, acting as a
reasonable and prudent User in all the circumstances.

Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019

18 of 79
PC.A.1.10 Registered Data must contain validated actual values, parameters or other information (as
the case may be) which replace the estimated values, parameters or other information (as
the case may be) which were given in relation to those data items when they were
Preliminary Project Planning Data and Committed Project Planning Data, or in the case
of changes, which replace earlier actual values, parameters or other information (as the case
may be). Until amended pursuant to the Grid Code, these actual values, parameters or
other information (as the case may be) will be the basis upon which the National Electricity
Transmission System is planned, designed, built and operated in accordance with,
amongst other things, the Transmission Licences, the STC and the Grid Code, and on
which The Company therefore relies. In following the processes set out in the BC, The
Company will use the data which has been supplied to it under the BC and the data
supplied under OC2 in relation to Gensets, but the provision of such data will not alter the
data supplied by Users under the PC, which may only be amended as provided in the PC.
PC.A.1.11 Estimated Registered Data must contain the User's best estimate of the values,
parameters or other information (as the case may be), acting as a reasonable and prudent
User in all the circumstances.
PC.A.1.12 Certain data does not need to be supplied in relation to Embedded Power Stations or
Embedded DC Converter Stations or Embedded HVDC Systems where these are
connected at a voltage level below the voltage level directly connected to the National
Electricity Transmission System except in connection with a CUSC Contract, or unless
specifically requested by The Company.
PC.A.1.13 In the case of OTSUA, Schedule 18 of the Data Registration Code shall be construed in
such a manner as to achieve the intent of such provisions by reference to the OTSUA and
the Interface Point and all Connection Points.

Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019

19 of 79
 PART 1 - STANDARD PLANNING DATA

PC.A.2 USER'S SYSTEM (AND OTSUA) DATA

PC.A.2.1 Introduction
PC.A.2.1.1 Each User, whether connected directly via an existing Connection Point to the National
Electricity Transmission System, or seeking such a direct connection, or providing terms
for connection of an Offshore Transmission System to its User System to The Company,
shall provide The Company with data on its User System (and any OTSUA) which relates
to the Connection Site (and in the case of OTSUA, the Interface Point) and/or which may
have a system effect on the performance of the National Electricity Transmission System.
Such data, current and forecast, is specified in PC.A.2.2 to PC.A.2.5. In addition each
Generator in respect of its Embedded Large Power Stations and its Embedded Medium
Power Stations subject to a Bilateral Agreement and each Network Operator in respect
of Embedded Medium Power Stations within its System not subject to a Bilateral
Agreement connected to the Subtransmission System, shall provide The Company with
fault infeed data as specified in PC.A.2.5.5 and each DC Converter owner with Embedded
DC Converter Stations subject to a Bilateral Agreement and Embedded HVDC System
Owner subject to a Bilateral Agreement, or Network Operator in the case of Embedded
DC Converter Stations not subject to a Bilateral Agreement or Embedded HVDC
Systems not subject to a Bilateral Agreement, connected to the Subtransmission System
shall provide The Company with fault infeed data as specified in PC.A.2.5.6.
PC.A.2.1.2 Each User must reflect the system effect at the Connection Site(s) of any third party
Embedded within its User System whether existing or proposed.
PC.A.2.1.3 Although not itemised here, each User with an existing or proposed Embedded Small
Power Station, Embedded Medium Power Station, Embedded DC Converter Station or
HVDC System with a Registered Capacity of less than 100MW or an Embedded
installation of direct current converters which does not form a DC Converter Station or
HVDC System in its User System may, at The Company's reasonable discretion, be
required to provide additional details relating to the User's System between the Connection
Site and the existing or proposed Embedded Small Power Station, Embedded Medium
Power Station, Embedded DC Converter Station, Embedded HVDC System or
Embedded installation of direct current converters which does not form a DC Converter
Station or Embedded installation which does not form an HVDC System.
PC.A.2.1.4 At The Company’s reasonable request, additional data on the User’s System (or OTSUA)
will need to be supplied. Some of the possible reasons for such a request, and the data
required, are given in PC.A.6.2, PC.A.6.4, PC.A.6.5 and PC.A.6.6.
PC.A.2.2 User's System (and OTSUA) Layout
PC.A.2.2.1 Each User shall provide a Single Line Diagram, depicting both its existing and proposed
arrangement(s) of load current carrying Apparatus relating to both existing and proposed
Connection Points (including in the case of OTSUA, Interface Points).
PC.A.2.2.2 The Single Line Diagram (three examples are shown in Appendix B) must include all parts
of the User System operating at Supergrid Voltage throughout Great Britain and, in
Scotland and Offshore, also all parts of the User System operating at 132kV, and those
parts of its Subtransmission System at any Transmission Site. In the case of OTSDUW,
the Single Line Diagram must also include the OTSUA. In addition, the Single Line
Diagram must include all parts of the User’s Subtransmission System (and any
OTSUA) throughout Great Britain operating at a voltage greater than 50kV, and, in Scotland
and Offshore, also all parts of the User’s Subtransmission System (and any OTSUA)
operating at a voltage greater than 30kV, which, under either intact network or Planned
Outage conditions:-
(a) normally interconnects separate Connection Points, or busbars at a Connection
Point which are normally run in separate sections; or

Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019

20 of 79
 (b) connects Embedded Large Power Stations, or Embedded Medium Power Stations,
or Embedded DC Converter Stations, or Embedded HVDC Systems or Offshore
Transmission Systems connected to the User’s Subtransmission System, to a
Connection Point or Interface Point.
At the User’s discretion, the Single Line Diagram can also contain additional details of
the User’s Subtransmission System (and any OTSUA) not already included above,
and also details of the transformers connecting the User’s Subtransmission System
to a lower voltage. With The Company’s agreement, the Single Line Diagram can
also contain information about the User’s System (and any OTSUA) at a voltage below
the voltage of the Subtransmission System.
The Single Line Diagram for a Power Park Module (including DC Connected Power
Park Modules) must include all parts of the System connecting generating equipment
to the Grid Entry Point (or User System Entry Point if Embedded). As an alternative
the User may choose to submit a Single Line Diagram with the equipment between
the equivalent Power Park Unit and the Common Collection Busbar reduced to an
electrically equivalent network. The format for a Single Line Diagram for a Power
Park Module (including DC Connected Power Park Modules) electrically equivalent
system is shown in Appendix B.
The Single Line Diagram must include the points at which Demand data (provided
under PC.A.4.3.4 and PC.A.4.3.5, or in the case of Generators, PC.A.5.) and fault
infeed data (provided under PC.A.2.5) are supplied.
PC.A.2.2.3 The above mentioned Single Line Diagram shall include:
(a) electrical circuitry (ie. overhead lines, identifying which circuits are on the same towers,
underground cables, power transformers, reactive compensation equipment and similar
equipment); and
(b) substation names (in full or abbreviated form) with operating voltages.
In addition, for all load current carrying Apparatus operating at Supergrid Voltage
throughout Great Britain and, in Scotland and Offshore, also at 132kV, (and any OTSUA)
the Single Line Diagram shall include:-
(a) circuit breakers
(b) phasing arrangements.
PC.A.2.2.3.1 For the avoidance of doubt, the Single Line Diagram to be supplied is in addition to the
Operation Diagram supplied pursuant to CC.7.4.
PC.A.2.2.4 For each circuit shown on the Single Line Diagram provided under PC.A.2.2.1, each User
shall provide the following details relating to that part of its User System and OTSUA:
Circuit Parameters:
Rated voltage (kV)
Operating voltage (kV)
Positive phase sequence reactance
Positive phase sequence resistance
Positive phase sequence susceptance
Zero phase sequence reactance (both self and mutual)
Zero phase sequence resistance (both self and mutual)
Zero phase sequence susceptance (both self and mutual)

Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019

21 of 79
 In the case of a Single Line Diagram for a Power Park Module (including DC
Connected Power Park Modules) electrically equivalent system the data should be on
a 100MVA base. Depending on the equivalent system supplied an equivalent tap
changer range may need to be supplied. Similarly mutual values, rated voltage and
operating voltage may be inappropriate. Additionally in the case of OTSUA, seasonal
maximum continuous ratings and circuit lengths are to be provided in addition to the
data required under PC.A.2.2.4.

PC.A.2.2.5 For each transformer shown on the Single Line Diagram provided under PC.A.2.2.1, each
User (including those undertaking OTSDUW) shall provide the following details:
Rated MVA
Voltage Ratio
Winding arrangement
Positive sequence reactance (max, min and nominal tap)
Positive sequence resistance (max, min and nominal tap)
Zero sequence reactance
PC.A.2.2.5.1. In addition, for all interconnecting transformers between the User's Supergrid Voltage
System and the User's Subtransmission System throughout Great Britain and, in
Scotland and Offshore, also for all interconnecting transformers between the User’s 132kV
System and the User’s Subtransmission System (and any OTSUA) the User shall supply
the following information:-
Tap changer range
Tap change step size
Tap changer type: on load or off circuit
Earthing method: Direct, resistance or reactance
Impedance (if not directly earthed )
PC.A.2.2.6 Each User shall supply the following information about the User’s equipment installed at a
Transmission Site (or in the case of OTSUA, all OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus):-
(a) Switchgear. For all circuit breakers:-
Rated voltage (kV)
Operating voltage (kV)
Rated 3-phase rms short-circuit breaking current, (kA)
Rated 1-phase rms short-circuit breaking current, (kA)
Rated 3-phase peak short-circuit making current, (kA)
Rated 1-phase peak short-circuit making current, (kA)
Rated rms continuous current (A)
DC time constant applied at testing of asymmetrical breaking abilities (secs)
In the case of OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus operating times for circuit breaker,
Protection, trip relay and total operating time should be provided.
(b) Substation Infrastructure. For the substation infrastructure (including, but not limited to,
switch disconnectors, disconnectors, current transformers, line traps, busbars, through
bushings, etc):-
Rated 3-phase rms short-circuit withstand current (kA)
Rated 1-phase rms short-circuit withstand current (kA).
Rated 3-phase short-circuit peak withstand current (kA)

Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019

22 of 79
 Rated 1- phase short-circuit peak withstand current (kA)
Rated duration of short circuit withstand (secs)
Rated rms continuous current (A)
A single value for the entire substation may be supplied, provided it represents the most
restrictive item of current carrying apparatus.
PC.A.2.2.7 In the case of OTSUA the following should also be provided
(a) Automatic switching scheme schedules including diagrams and an explanation of how
the System will operate and what plant will be affected by the schemes Operation.
(b) Intertripping schemes both Generation and Demand. In each case a diagram of the
scheme and an explanation of how the System will operate and what Plant will be
affected by the schemes Operation.
PC.A.2.3 Lumped System Susceptance
PC.A.2.3.1 For all parts of the User’s Subtransmission System (and any OTSUA) which are not
included in the Single Line Diagram provided under PC.A.2.2.1, each User shall provide
the equivalent lumped shunt susceptance at nominal Frequency.
PC.A.2.3.1.1 This should include shunt reactors connected to cables which are not normally in or out of
service independent of the cable (ie. they are regarded as part of the cable).
PC.A.2.3.1.2 This should not include:
(a) independently switched reactive compensation equipment connected to the User's
System specified under PC.A.2.4, or;
(b) any susceptance of the User's System inherent in the Demand (Reactive Power) data
specified under PC.A.4.3.1.
PC.A.2.4 Reactive Compensation Equipment
PC.A.2.4.1 For all independently switched reactive compensation equipment (including any OTSUA),
including that shown on the Single Line Diagram, not operated by The Company and
connected to the User's System at 132kV and above in England and Wales and 33kV and
above in Scotland and Offshore (including any OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus operating at
High Voltage), other than Power Factor correction equipment associated directly with
Customers' Plant and Apparatus, the following information is required:
(a) type of equipment (eg. fixed or variable);
(b) capacitive and/or inductive rating or its operating range in MVAr;
(c) details of any automatic control logic to enable operating characteristics to be
determined;
(d) the point of connection to the User's System (including OTSUA) in terms of electrical
location and System voltage.
(e) In the case of OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus the User should also provide:-
(i) Connection node, voltage, rating, power loss, tap range and connection
arrangement.
(ii) A mathematical representation in block diagram format to model the control of any
dynamic compensation plant. The model should be suitable for RMS dynamic
stability type studies where each time constant should be no less than 10ms.
(iii) For Static Var Compensation equipment the User should provide:
HV Node
LV Node
Control Node
Nominal Voltage (kV)

Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019

23 of 79
 Target Voltage (kV)
Maximum MVAr at HV
Minimum MVAr at HV
Slope %
Voltage dependant Q Limit
Normal Running Mode
Positive and zero phase sequence resistance and reactance
Transformer winding type
Connection arrangements
PC.A.2.4.2 DC Converter Station owners, HVDC System Owners (and a User where the OTSUA
includes an OTSDUW DC Converter) are also required to provide information about the
reactive compensation and harmonic filtering equipment required to ensure that their Plant
and Apparatus (and the OTSUA) complies with the criteria set out in CC.6.1.5 or ECC.6.1.5
(as applicable).
PC.A.2.5 Short Circuit Contribution to National Electricity Transmission System
PC.A.2.5.1 General
(a) To allow The Company to calculate fault currents, each User is required to provide
data, calculated in accordance with Good Industry Practice, as set out in the following
paragraphs of PC.A.2.5.
(b) The data should be provided for the User's System with all Generating Units
(including Synchronous Generating Units), Power Park Units, HVDC Systems and
DC Converters Synchronised to that User's System (and any OTSUA where
appropriate). The User must ensure that the pre-fault network conditions reflect a
credible System operating arrangement.
(c) The list of data items required, in whole or part, under the following provisions, is set out
in PC.A.2.5.6. Each of the relevant following provisions identifies which data items in
the list are required for the situation with which that provision deals.
The fault currents in sub-paragraphs (a) and (b) of the data list in PC.A.2.5.6 should be
based on an a.c. load flow that takes into account any pre-fault current flow across the
Point of Connection (and in the case of OTSUA, Interface Points and Connection
Points) being considered.
Measurements made under appropriate System conditions may be used by the User to
obtain the relevant data.
(d) The Company may at any time, in writing, specifically request for data to be provided
for an alternative System condition, for example minimum plant, and the User will,
insofar as such request is reasonable, provide the information as soon as reasonably
practicable following the request.
PC.A.2.5.2 Network Operators and Non-Embedded Customers are required to submit data in
accordance with PC.A.2.5.4. Generators, DC Converter Station owners, HVDC System
Owners and Network Operators, in respect of Embedded Medium Power Stations not
subject to a Bilateral Agreement and Embedded DC Converter Stations not subject to a
Bilateral Agreement and Embedded HVDC Systems within such Network Operator’s
Systems are required to submit data in accordance with PC.A.2.5.5.
PC.A.2.5.3 Where prospective short-circuit currents on Transmission equipment are close to the
equipment rating, and in The Company’s reasonable opinion more accurate calculations of
the prospective short circuit currents are required, then The Company will request additional
data as outlined in PC.A.6.6 below.
PC.A.2.5.4 Data from Network Operators and Non-Embedded Customers

Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019

24 of 79
PC.A.2.5.4.1 Data is required to be provided at each node on the Single Line Diagram provided under
PC.A.2.2.1 at which motor loads and/or Embedded Small Power Stations and/or
Embedded Medium Power Stations and/or Embedded installations of direct current
converters which do not form a DC Converter Station or HVDC System are connected,
assuming a fault at that location, as follows:-

The data items listed under the following parts of PC.A.2.5.6:-

(a) (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v) and (vi);
and the data items shall be provided in accordance with the detailed provisions of
PC.A.2.5.6(c) - (f).
PC.A.2.5.4.2 Network Operators shall provide the following data items in respect of each Interface Point
within their User System:
(a) Maximum Export Capacity;
(b) Maximum Import Capacity; and,
(c) Interface Point Target Voltage/Power Factor
Network Operators shall alongside these parameters include details of any manual or
automatic post fault actions to be taken by the owner / operator of the Offshore
Transmission System connected to such Interface Point that are required by the Network
Operator.
PC.A.2.5.5 Data from Generators (including Generators undertaking OTSDUW and those responsible
for DC Connected Power Park Modules), DC Converter Station owners, HVDC System
Owners and from Network Operators in respect of Embedded Medium Power Stations
not subject to a Bilateral Agreement and Embedded DC Converter Stations not subject to
a Bilateral Agreement and Embedded HVDC Systems within such Network Operator’s
Systems.
PC.A.2.5.5.1 For each Generating Unit (including Synchronous Generating Units forming part of a
Synchronous Power Generating Module) with one or more associated Unit
Transformers, the Generator, or the Network Operator in respect of Embedded Medium
Power Stations not subject to a Bilateral Agreement and Embedded DC Converter
Stations not subject to a Bilateral Agreement and Embedded HVDC Systems within such
Network Operator’s System is required to provide values for the contribution of the Power
Station Auxiliaries (including Auxiliary Gas Turbines or Auxiliary Diesel Engines) to the
fault current flowing through the Unit Transformer(s).
The data items listed under the following parts of PC.A.2.5.6(a) should be provided:-
(i), (ii) and (v);
(iii) if the associated Generating Unit (including Synchronous Generating Units
forming part of a Synchronous Power Generating Module) step-up transformer
can supply zero phase sequence current from the Generating Unit side to the
National Electricity Transmission System;
(iv) if the value is not 1.0 p.u;
and the data items shall be provided in accordance with the detailed provisions of
PC.A.2.5.6(c) - (f), and with the following parts of this PC.A.2.5.5.
PC.A.2.5.5.2 Auxiliary motor short circuit current contribution and any Auxiliary Gas Turbine Unit
contribution through the Unit Transformers must be represented as a combined short circuit
current contribution at the Generating Unit's (including Synchronous Generating Units
forming part of a Synchronous Power Generating Module) terminals, assuming a fault at
that location.
PC.A.2.5.5.3 If the Power Station or HVDC System or DC Converter Station (or OTSDUW Plant and
Apparatus which provides a fault infeed) has separate Station Transformers, data should
be provided for the fault current contribution from each transformer at its high voltage
terminals, assuming a fault at that location, as follows:-
Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019
25 of 79
 The data items listed under the following parts of PC.A.2.5.6
(a) (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v) and (vi);
and the data items shall be provided in accordance with the detailed provisions of
PC.A.2.5.6(b) - (f).
PC.A.2.5.5.4 Data for the fault infeeds through both Unit Transformers and Station Transformers shall
be provided for the normal running arrangement when the maximum number of Generating
Units (including Synchronous Generating Units forming part of a Synchronous Power
Generating Module) are Synchronised to the System or when all the DC Converters at a
DC Converter Station or HVDC Converters within an HVDC System are transferring
Rated MW in either direction. Where there is an alternative running arrangement (or transfer
in the case of a DC Converter Station or HVDC System) which can give a higher fault
infeed through the Station Transformers, then a separate data submission representing
this condition shall be made.
PC.A.2.5.5.5 Unless the normal operating arrangement within the Power Station is to have the Station
and Unit Boards interconnected within the Power Station, no account should be taken of
the interconnection between the Station Board and the Unit Board.
PC.A.2.5.5.6 Auxiliary motor short circuit current contribution and any auxiliary DC Converter Station
contribution or HVDC System contribution through the Station Transformers must be
represented as a combined short circuit current contribution through the Station
Transformers.
PC.A.2.5.5.7 Where a Manufacturer’s Data & Performance Report exists in respect of the model of the
Power Park Unit, the User may opt to reference the Manufacturer’s Data & Performance
Report as an alternative to the provision of data in accordance with this PC.A.2.5.5.7. For
the avoidance of doubt, all other data provision pursuant to the Grid Code shall still be
provided including a Single Line Diagram and those data pertaining thereto.
For each Power Park Module (including DC Connected Power Park Modules) and each
type of Power Park Unit (eg. Doubly Fed Induction Generator) (and any OTSDUW Plant
and Apparatus which provides a fault infeed), including any Auxiliaries, positive, negative
and zero sequence root mean square current values are to be provided of the contribution to
the short circuit current flowing at:
(i) the Power Park Unit terminals, or the Common Collection Busbar if an equivalent
Single Line Diagram and associated data as described in PC.A.2.2.2 is provided, and
(ii) the Grid Entry Point (and in case of OTSUA, Transmission Interface Point), or User
System Entry Point if Embedded
for the following solid faults at the Grid Entry Point (and in case of OTSUA, Interface
Point), or User System Entry Point if Embedded:
(i) a symmetrical three phase short circuit
(ii) a single phase to earth short circuit
(iii) a phase to phase short circuit
(iv) a two phase to earth short circuit
For a Power Park Module (including DC Connected Power Park Modules) in which one or
more of the Power Park Units utilise a protective control such as a crowbar circuit, the data
should indicate whether the protective control will act in each of the above cases and the
effects of its action shall be included in the data. For any case in which the protective control
will act, the data for the fault shall also be submitted for the limiting case in which the
protective circuit will not act, which may involve the application of a non-solid fault, and the
positive, negative and zero sequence retained voltages at
(i) the Power Park Unit terminals, or the Common Collection Busbar if an equivalent
Single Line Diagram and associated data is provided and
(ii) the Grid Entry Point, or User System Entry Point if Embedded

Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019

26 of 79
 in this limiting case shall be provided.
For each fault for which data is submitted, the data items listed under the following parts of
PC.A.2.5.6(a) shall be provided:-
(iv), (vii), (viii), (ix), (x);

In addition, if an equivalent Single Line Diagram has been provided the data items listed
under the following parts of PC.A.2.5.6(a) shall be provided:-
(xi), (xii), (xiii);

In addition, for a Power Park Module (including DC Connected Power Park Modules) in
which one or more of the Power Park Units utilise a protective control such as a crowbar
circuit:-
the data items listed under the following parts of PC.A.2.5.6(a) shall be provided:-
(xiv), (xv);
All of the above data items shall be provided in accordance with the detailed provisions of
PC.A.2.5.6(c), (d), (f).
Should actual data in respect of fault infeeds be unavailable at the time of the application for
a CUSC Contract or Embedded Development Agreement, a limited subset of the data,
representing the maximum fault infeed that may result from all of the plant types being
considered, shall be submitted. This data will, as a minimum, represent the root mean
square of the positive, negative and zero sequence components of the fault current for both
single phase and three phase solid faults at the Grid Entry Point (or User System Entry
Point if Embedded) at the time of fault application and 50ms following fault application.
Actual data in respect of fault infeeds shall be submitted to The Company as soon as it is
available, in line with PC.A.1.2
PC.A.2.5.6 Data Items
(a) The following is the list of data utilised in this part of the PC. It also contains rules on
the data which generally apply:-
(i) Root mean square of the symmetrical three-phase short circuit current infeed at the
instant of fault, (I1");
(ii) Root mean square of the symmetrical three-phase short circuit current after the
subtransient fault current contribution has substantially decayed, (I 1');
(iii) the zero sequence source resistance and reactance values of the User's System
as seen from the node on the Single Line Diagram provided under PC.A.2.2.1 (or
Power Generating Module or Station Transformer high voltage terminals or
Generating Unit terminals or DC Converter terminals or HVDC System terminals,
as appropriate) consistent with the infeed described in PC.A.2.5.1.(b);
(iv) root mean square of the pre-fault voltage at which the maximum fault currents were
calculated;
(v) the positive sequence X/R ratio at the instant of fault;
(vi) the negative sequence resistance and reactance values of the User's System
seen from the node on the Single Line Diagram provided under PC.A.2.2.1 (or
Power Generating Module or Station Transformer high voltage terminals, or
Generating Unit terminals or DC Converter terminals or HVDC System terminals
as appropriate) if substantially different from the values of positive sequence
resistance and reactance which would be derived from the data provided above;
(vii) A continuous trace and a table showing the root mean square of the positive,
negative and zero sequence components of the short circuit current between zero
and 140ms at 10ms intervals;

Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019

27 of 79
 (viii) The Active Power (or Interface Point Capacity being exported pre-fault by the
OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus) being generated pre-fault by the Power Park
Module (including DC Connected Power Park Modules) and by each type of
Power Park Unit;
(ix) The reactive compensation shown explicitly on the Single Line Diagram that is
switched in;
(x) The Power Factor of the Power Park Module (including DC Connected Power
Park Modules) and of each Power Park Unit type;
(xi) The positive sequence X/R ratio of the equivalent at the Common Collection
Busbar or Interface Point in the case of OTSUA;
(xii) The minimum zero sequence impedance of the equivalent seen from the Common
Collection Busbar or Interface Point in the case of OTSUA ;
(xiii) The number of Power Park Units represented in the equivalent Power Park Unit;
(xiv) The additional rotor resistance and reactance (if any) that is applied to the Power
Park Unit under a fault condition;
(xv) A continuous trace and a table showing the root mean square of the positive,
negative and zero sequence components of the retained voltage at the fault point
and Power Park Unit terminals, or the Common Collection Busbar if an
equivalent Single Line Diagram and associated data as described in PC.A.2.2.2
is provided or Interface Point in the case of OTSUA, representing the limiting
case, which may involve the application of a non-solid fault, required to not cause
operation of the protective control;
(b) In considering this data, unless the User notifies The Company accordingly at the time
of data submission, The Company will assume that the time constant of decay of the
subtransient fault current corresponding to the change from I 1" to I1', (T") is not
significantly different from 40ms. If that assumption is not correct in relation to an item of
data, the User must inform The Company at the time of submission of the data.
(c) The value for the X/R ratio must reflect the rate of decay of the d.c. component that may
be present in the fault current and hence that of the sources of the initial fault current.
All shunt elements and loads must therefore be deleted from any system model before
the X/R ratio is calculated.
(d) In producing the data, the User may use "time step analysis" or "fixed-point-in-time
analysis" with different impedances.
(e) If a fixed-point-in-time analysis with different impedances method is used, then in
relation to the data submitted under (a) (i) above, the data will be required for "time
zero" to give I1". The figure of 120ms is consistent with a decay time constant T" of
40ms, and if that figure is different, then the figure of 120ms must be changed
accordingly.
(f) Where a "time step analysis" is carried out, the X/R ratio may be calculated directly from
the rate of decay of the d.c. component. The X/R ratio is not that given by the phase
angle of the fault current if this is based on a system calculation with shunt loads, but
from the Thévenin equivalent of the system impedance at the instant of fault with all
non-source shunts removed.

PC.A.3 POWER GENERATING MODULE, GENERATING UNIT, HVDC SYSTEM AND DC

CONVERTER DATA
PC.A.3.1 Introduction
Directly Connected

Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019

28 of 79
PC.A.3.1.1 Each Generator, HVDC System Owner and DC Converter Station owner (and a User
where the OTSUA includes an OTSDUW DC Converter) with an existing, or proposed,
Power Station or DC Converter Station or HVDC System directly connected, or to be
directly connected, to the National Electricity Transmission System (or in the case of
OTSUA, the Interface Point), shall provide The Company with data relating to that Power
Station or DC Converter Station or HVDC System, both current and forecast, as specified
in PC.A.3.2 to PC.A.3.4.
Embedded
PC.A.3.1.2 (a) Each Generator, HVDC System Owner and DC Converter Station owner in respect
of its existing, and/or proposed, Embedded Large Power Stations and/or Embedded
HVDC Systems and/or Embedded DC Converter Stations and/or its Embedded
Medium Power Stations subject to a Bilateral Agreement and each Network
Operator in respect of its Embedded Medium Power Stations not subject to a
Bilateral Agreement and/or Embedded DC Converter Stations not subject to a
Bilateral Agreement and/or Embedded HVDC Systems not subject to a Bilateral
Agreement within such Network Operator’s System in each case connected to the
Subtransmission System, shall provide The Company with data relating to that
Power Station or DC Converter Station or HVC System, both current and forecast, as
specified in PC.A.3.2 to PC.A.3.4.
(b) No data need be supplied in relation to any Small Power Station or any Medium
Power Station or installations of direct current converters which do not form a DC
Converter Station or HVDC System, connected at a voltage level below the voltage
level of the Subtransmission System except:-
(i) in connection with an application for, or under, a CUSC Contract, or
(ii) unless specifically requested by The Company under PC.A.3.1.4.
PC.A.3.1.3 (a) Each Network Operator shall provide The Company with the data specified in
PC.A.3.2.2(c)(i) and (ii) and PC.A.3.2.2(i).
(b) Network Operators need not submit planning data in respect of an Embedded Small
Power Station unless required to do so under PC.A.1.2(b) or unless specifically
requested under PC.A.3.1.4 below, in which case they will supply such data.
PC.A.3.1.4 (a) PC.A.4.2.4(b) and PC.A.4.3.2(a) explain that the forecast Demand submitted by each
Network Operator must be net of the output of all Small Power Stations and Medium
Power Stations and Customer Generating Plant and all installations of direct current
converters which do not form a DC Converter Station or HVDC System, Embedded
within that Network Operator’s System. The Network Operator must inform The
Company of:
(i) the number of such Embedded Power Stations and such Embedded
installations of direct current converters (including the number of Generating
Units or Power Park Modules (including DC Connected Power Park Modules)
or DC Converters or HVDC Systems) together with their summated capacity; and
(ii) beginning from the 2015 Week 24 data submission, for each Embedded Small
Power Station of registered capacity (as defined in the Distribution Code) of
1MW or more:
1. A reference which is unique to each Network Operator;
2. The production type as follows:
a) In the case of an Embedded Small Power Station first connected on
or after 1 January 2015, the production type must be selected from the
list below derived from the Manual of Procedures for the ENTSO-E
Central Information Transparency Platform:
- Biomass;
- Fossil brown coal/lignite;

Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019

29 of 79
 - Fossil coal-derived gas;
- Fossil gas;
- Fossil hard coal;
- Fossil oil;
- Fossil oil shale;
- Fossil peat;
- Geothermal;
- Hydro pumped storage;
- Hydro run-of-river and poundage;
- Hydro water reservoir;
- Marine;
- Nuclear;
- Other renewable;
- Solar;
- Waste;
- Wind offshore;
- Wind onshore; or
- Other;
together with a statement as to whether the generation forms part of a
CHP scheme;
(iii) beginning from the 2019 Week 24 data submission, for Embedded Power
Stations with Registered Capacity of less than 1MW, their best estimate of
the aggregated capacity of all such Embedded Power Stations per
production type as defined in the list in PC.A.3.1.4 (a)(ii)(2)(a).

b) In the case of an Embedded Small Power Station first connected to

the Users’ System before 1 January 2015, as an alternative to the
production type, the technology type(s) used, selected from the list set
out at paragraph 2.23 in Version 2 of the Regulatory Instructions and
Guidance relating to the distributed generation incentive, innovation
funding incentive and registered power zones, reference 83/07,
published by Ofgem in April 2007;
3. The registered capacity (as defined in the Distribution Code) in MW;
4. The lowest voltage level node that is specified on the most up-to-date Single
Line Diagram to which it connects or where it will export most of its power;
5. Where it generates electricity from wind or PV, the geographical location using
either latitude or longitude or grid reference coordinates of the primary or
higher voltage substation to which it connects;
6. The reactive power and voltage control mode, including the voltage set-point
and reactive range, where it operates in voltage control mode, or the target
Power Factor, where it operates in Power Factor mode;
7. Details of the types of loss of mains Protection in place and their relay
settings which in the case of Embedded Small Power Stations first
connected to the Users’ System before 1 January 2015 shall be provided on
a reasonable endeavours basis.

Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019

30 of 79
 (b) On receipt of this data, the Network Operator or Generator (if the data relates to
Power Stations referred to in PC.A.3.1.2) may be further required, at The Company's
reasonable discretion, to provide details of Embedded Small Power Stations and
Embedded Medium Power Stations and Customer Generating Plant and
Embedded installations of direct current converters which do not form a DC Converter
Station or HVDC System, both current and forecast, as specified in PC.A.3.2 to
PC.A.3.4. Such requirement would arise where The Company reasonably considers
that the collective effect of a number of such Embedded Power Stations and
Customer Generating Plants and Embedded installations of direct current converters
may have a significant system effect on the National Electricity Transmission
System.
Busbar Arrangements
PC.A.3.1.5 Where Generating Units, which term includes CCGT Units and Synchronous Generating
Units within a Synchronous Power Generating Module and Power Park Modules
(including DC Connected Power Park Modules), and DC Converters, and HVDC Systems
are connected to the National Electricity Transmission System via a busbar arrangement
which is or is expected to be operated in separate sections, the section of busbar to which
each Generating Unit (including Synchronous Generating Units within a Synchronous
Power Generating Module), DC Converter, HVDC System or Power Park Module
(including DC Connected Power Park Modules) is connected is to be identified in the
submission.
PC.A.3.2 Output Data
PC.A.3.2.1 (a) Large Power Stations and Gensets
Data items PC.A.3.2.2 (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f) and (h) are required with respect to each
Large Power Station and each Generating Unit (including Synchronous Generating
Units within a Synchronous Power Generating Module) and Power Park Module
(including DC Connected Power Park Modules) of each Large Power Station and for
each Genset (although (a) is not required for CCGT Units and (b), (d) and (e) are not
normally required for CCGT Units and (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f) and (h) are not normally
required for Power Park Units).
(b) Embedded Small Power Stations and Embedded Medium Power Stations
Data item PC.A.3.2.2 (a) is required with respect to each Embedded Small Power
Station and Embedded Medium Power Station and each Generating Unit (including
Synchronous Generating Units within a Synchronous Power Generating Module)
and Power Park Module (including DC Connected Power Park Modules) of each
Embedded Small Power Station and Embedded Medium Power Station (although
(a) is not required for CCGT Units or Power Park Units).In addition, data item
PC.A.3.2.2(c)(ii) is required with respect to each Embedded Medium Power Station.
(c) CCGT Units/Modules
(i) Data item PC.A.3.2.2 (g) is required with respect to each CCGT Unit;
(ii) data item PC.A.3.2.2 (a) is required with respect to each CCGT Module; and
(iii) data items PC.A.3.2.2 (b), (c), (d) and (e) are required with respect to each CCGT
Module unless The Company informs the relevant User in advance of the
submission that it needs the data items with respect to each CCGT Unit for
particular studies, in which case it must be supplied on a CCGT Unit basis.
Where any definition utilised or referred to in relation to any of the data items does not
reflect CCGT Units, such definition shall be deemed to relate to CCGT Units for the
purposes of these data items. Any Schedule in the DRC which refers to these data
items shall be interpreted to incorporate the CCGT Unit basis where appropriate;
(d) Cascade Hydro Schemes
Data item PC.A.3.2.2(i) is required with respect to each Cascade Hydro Scheme.
(e) Power Park Units/Modules
Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019
31 of 79
 Data items PC.A.3.2.2 (k) is required with respect to each Power Park Module
(including DC Connected Power Park Modules).
(f) DC Converters and HVDC Systems
Data items PC.A.3.2.2 (a), (b), (c), (d) (e) (f) (h) and (i) are required with respect of each
HVDC System, each DC Converter Station and each DC Converter in each DC
Converter Station. For installations of direct current converters which do not form a DC
Converter Station only data item PC.A.3.2.2.(a) is required.
PC.A.3.2.2 Items (a), (b), (d), (e), (f), (g), (h), (i), (j) and (k) are to be supplied by each Generator, DC
Converter Station owner, HVDC System Owner or Network Operator (as the case may
be) in accordance with PC.A.3.1.1, PC.A.3.1.2, PC.A.3.1.3 and PC.A.3.1.4. Items (a), and
(f)(iv) are to be supplied (as applicable) by a User in the case of OTSUA which includes an
OTSDUW DC Converter. Item (c) is to be supplied by each Network Operator in all cases:-
(a) Registered Capacity (MW), Maximum Capacity (in the case of Power Generating
Modules in addition to Registered Capacity on a Power Station basis) or Interface
Point Capacity in the case of OTSDUW;
(b) Output Usable (MW) on a monthly basis;
(c) (i) System Constrained Capacity (MW) ie. any constraint placed on the capacity of
the Embedded Generating Unit (including a Synchronous Generating Unit
within a Synchronous Power Generating Module), Embedded Power Park
Module (including DC Connected Power Park Modules) an Offshore
Transmission System at an Interface Point, Embedded HVDC System or DC
Converter at an Embedded DC Converter Station due to the Network
Operator’s System in which it is Embedded. Where Generating Units (which
term includes CCGT Units and Synchronous Generating Units within a
Synchronous Power Generating Module), Power Park Modules (including DC
Connected Power Park Modules), Offshore Transmission Systems at an
Interface Point, HVDC Systems or DC Converters are connected to a Network
Operator’s User System via a busbar arrangement which is or is expected to be
operated in separate sections, details of busbar running arrangements and
connected circuits at the substation to which the Embedded Generating Unit
(including Synchronous Generating Units within a Embedded Synchronous
Power Generating Module), Embedded Power Park Module (including DC
Connected Power Park Modules), Offshore Transmission System at an
Interface Point, or Embedded HVDC System or Embedded DC Converter is
connected sufficient for The Company to determine where the MW generated by
each Generating Unit (including Synchronous Generating Units within a
Synchronous Power Generating Module), Power Park Module (including DC
Connected Power Park Modules), HVDC System or DC Converter at that
Power Station or DC Converter Station or Offshore Transmission System at
an Interface Point would appear onto the National Electricity Transmission
System;
(ii) any Reactive Despatch Network Restrictions;
(d) Minimum Generation (MW), and in the case of Power Generating Modules only
Minimum Stable Operating Level (MW) and Minimum Regulating Level ;
(e) MW obtainable from Generating Units (including Synchronous Generating Units
within a Synchronous Power Generating Module), Power Park Modules (including
DC Connected Power Park Modules), HVDC Systems or DC Converters at a DC
Converter Station in excess of Registered Capacity or Maximum Capacity;
(f) Generator Performance Chart:
(i) GB Code User(s) in respect of Generating Units shall provide a Generator
Performance Chart and EU Code Users in respect of Power Generating
Modules shall provide a Power Generating Module Performance Chart and a
Synchronous Generating Unit Performance Chart .

Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019

32 of 79
 (ii) at the electrical point of connection to the Offshore Transmission System for an
Offshore Synchronous Generating Unit and Offshore Synchronous Power
Generating Module.
(iii) at the electrical point of connection to the National Electricity Transmission
System (or User System if Embedded) for a Non Synchronous Generating Unit
(excluding a Power Park Unit), Power Park Module (including DC Connected
Power Park Modules), HVDC System and DC Converter at a DC Converter
Station;
(iv) at the Interface Point for OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus
Where a Reactive Despatch Network Restriction applies, its existence and details
should be highlighted on the Generator Performance Chart, in sufficient detail for The
Company to determine the nature of the restriction.
(g) a list of the CCGT Units within a CCGT Module, identifying each CCGT Unit, and the
CCGT Module of which it forms part, unambiguously. In the case of a Range CCGT
Module, details of the possible configurations should also be submitted, together:-
(i) (in the case of a Range CCGT Module connected to the National Electricity
Transmission System) with details of the single Grid Entry Point (there can only
be one) at which power is provided from the Range CCGT Module;
(ii) (in the case of an Embedded Range CCGT Module) with details of the single
User System Entry Point (there can only be one) at which power is provided from
the Range CCGT Module;
Provided that, nothing in this sub-paragraph (g) shall prevent the busbar at the relevant
point being operated in separate sections;
(h) expected running regime(s) at each Power Station, HVDC System or DC Converter
Station and type of Power Generating Module or Generating Unit (as applicable), eg.
Steam Unit, Gas Turbine Unit, Combined Cycle Gas Turbine Unit, Power Park
Module (including DC Connected Power Park Modules), Novel Units (specify by
type), etc;
(i) a list of Power Stations and Generating Units within a Cascade Hydro Scheme,
identifying each Generating Unit (including Synchronous Generating Units within a
Synchronous Power Generating Module) and Power Station and the Cascade
Hydro Scheme of which each form part unambiguously. In addition:
(i) details of the Grid Entry Point at which Active Power is provided, or if
Embedded the Grid Supply Point(s) within which the Generating Unit
(including Synchronous Generating Units within a Synchronous Power
Generating Module) is connected;
(ii) where the Active Power output of a Generating Unit is split between more
than one Grid Supply Points the percentage that would appear under normal
and outage conditions at each Grid Supply Point.
(j) The following additional items are only applicable to DC Converters at DC Converter
Stations and HVDC Systems.
Registered Import Capacity (MW);
Import Usable (MW) on a monthly basis;
Minimum Import Capacity (MW);
MW that may be absorbed by a DC Converter or HVDC System in excess of
Registered Import Capacity and Maximum HVDC Active Power Transmission
Capacity under importing conditions and the duration for which this is available;

Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019

33 of 79
 (k) the number and types of the Power Park Units within a Power Park Module (including
DC Connected Power Park Modules), identifying each Power Park Unit, the Power
Park Module of which it forms part and identifying the BM Unit of which each Power
Park Module forms part, unambiguously. In the case of a Power Station directly
connected to the National Electricity Transmission System with multiple Power Park
Modules (including DC Connected Power Park Modules) where Power Park Units
can be selected to run in different Power Park Modules and/or Power Park Modules
can be selected to run in different BM Units, details of the possible configurations
should also be submitted. In addition for Offshore Power Park Modules (including DC
Connected Power Park Modules), the number of Offshore Power Park Strings that
are aggregated into one Offshore Power Park Module should also be submitted.
(l) the number and types of the Synchronous Generating Units within a Synchronous
Power Generating Module, identifying each Synchronous Generating Unit, the
Synchronous Power Generating Module of which it forms part and identifying the BM
Unit of which each Synchronous Power Generating Module forms part,
unambiguously. In the case of a Power Station directly connected to the National
Electricity Transmission System with multiple Synchronous Power Generating
Modules where Synchronus Generating Units can be selected to run in different
Synchronous Power Generating Modules and/or Synchronous Power Generating
Modules can be selected to run in different BM Units, details of the possible
configurations should also be submitted.

PC.A.3.2.3 Notwithstanding any other provision of this PC, the CCGT Units within a CCGT Module,
details of which are required under paragraph (g) of PC.A.3.2.2, can only be amended in
accordance with the following provisions:-
(a) if the CCGT Module is a Normal CCGT Module, the CCGT Units within that CCGT
Module can only be amended such that the CCGT Module comprises different CCGT
Units if The Company gives its prior consent in writing. Notice of the wish to amend
the CCGT Units within such a CCGT Module must be given at least 6 months before it
is wished for the amendment to take effect;
(b) if the CCGT Module is a Range CCGT Module, the CCGT Units within that CCGT
Module and the Grid Entry Point at which the power is provided can only be amended
as described in BC1.A1.6.4.
PC.A.3.2.4 Notwithstanding any other provision of this PC, the Power Park Units within a Power Park
Module (including DC Connected Power Park Modules), and the Power Park Modules
(including DC Connected Power Park Modules) within a BM Unit, details of which are
required under paragraph (k) of PC.A.3.2.2, can only be amended in accordance with the
following provisions:-
(a) if the Power Park Units within that Power Park Module can only be amended such
that the Power Park Module comprises different Power Park Units due to
repair/replacement of individual Power Park Units if The Company gives its prior
consent in writing. Notice of the wish to amend a Power Park Unit within such a
Power Park Module (including DC Connected Power Park Modules) must be given at
least 4 weeks before it is wished for the amendment to take effect;
(b) if the Power Park Units within that Power Park Module (including DC Connected
Power Park Modules) and/or the Power Park Modules (including DC Connected
Power Park Modules) within that BM Unit can be selected to run in different Power
Park Modules and/or BM Units as an alternative operational running arrangement the
Power Park Units within the Power Park Module, the BM Unit of which each Power
Park Module forms part, and the Grid Entry Point at which the power is provided can
only be amended as described in BC1.A.1.8.4.
PC.A.3.2.5 Notwithstanding any other provision of this PC, the Synchronous Generating Units within a
Synchronous Power Generating Module, and the Synchronous Power Generating
Modules within a BM Unit, details of which are required under paragraph (l) of PC.A.3.2.2,
can only be amended in accordance with the following provisions:-
Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019
34 of 79
 (a) if the Synchronous Generating Units within that Synchronous Power Generating
Module can only be amended such that the Synchronous Power Generating Module
comprises different Synchronous Generating Units due to repair/replacement of
individual Synchronous Generating Units if The Company gives its prior consent in
writing. Notice of the wish to amend a Synchronous Generating Unit within such a
Synchronous Power Generating Module must be given at least 4 weeks before it is
wished for the amendment to take effect;
(b) if the Synchronous Generating Units within that Synchronous Power Generating
Module and/or the Synchronous Power Generating Modules within that BM Unit
can be selected to run in different Synchronous Power Generating Modules and/or
BM Units as an alternative operational running arrangement the Synchronous
Generating Units within the Synchronous Power Generating Module, the BM Unit
of which each Synchronous Power Generating Module forms part, and the Grid
Entry Point at which the power is provided can only be amended as described in
BC1.A.1.9.4(c).The requirements of PC.A.3.2.5 need not be satisfied if Generators
have already submitted data in respect of PC.A.3.2.3, PC.A.3.2.4 and PC.A.3.2.5 for the
same Power Generating Module.
PC.A.3.3. Rated Parameters Data
PC.A.3.3.1 The following information is required to facilitate an early assessment, by The Company, of
the need for more detailed studies;
(a) for all Generating Units (excluding Power Park Units) and Power Park Modules
(including DC Connected Power Park Modules):
Rated MVA
Rated MW;
(b) for each Synchronous Generating Unit (including Synchronous Generating Units
within a Synchronous Power Generating Module):
Short circuit ratio
Direct axis transient reactance;
Inertia constant (for whole machine), MWsecs/MVA;
(c) for each Synchronous Generating Unit step-up transformer (including the step up
transformer of a Synchronous Generating Unit within a Synchronous Power
Generating Module):
Rated MVA
Positive sequence reactance (at max, min and nominal tap);
(d) for each DC Converter at a DC Converter Station, HVDC System, DC Converter
connecting an exisiting Power Park Module (including DC Connected Power Park
Modules) and Transmission DC Converter (forming part of an OTSUA).
DC Converter or HVDC Converter type (e.g. current/voltage sourced)
Rated MW per pole for import and export
Number of poles and pole arrangement
Rated DC voltage/pole (kV)
Return path arrangement
Remote AC connection arrangement (excluding OTSDUW DC Converters)
Maximum HVDC Active Power Transmission Capacity

Minimum Active Power Transmission Capacity

(e) for each type of Power Park Unit in a Power Park Module not connected to the Total
System by a DC Converter or HVDC System:
Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019
35 of 79
 Rated MVA
Rated MW
Rated terminal voltage
Inertia constant, (MWsec/MVA)
Additionally, for Power Park Units that are squirrel-cage or doubly-fed induction
generators driven by wind turbines:
Stator reactance.
Magnetising reactance.
Rotor resistance (at rated running)
Rotor reactance (at rated running)
The generator rotor speed range (minimum and maximum speeds in RPM)
(for doubly-fed induction generators only)
Converter MVA rating (for doubly-fed induction generators only)
For a Power Park Unit consisting of a synchronous machine in combination with a
back-to-back DC Converter or HVDC Converter, or for a Power Park Unit not driven
by a wind turbine, the data to be supplied shall be agreed with The Company in
accordance with PC.A.7.
This information should only be given in the data supplied in accordance with PC.4.4 and
PC.4.5.
PC.A.3.4 General Generating Unit, Power Park Module (including DC Connected Power Park
Modules), Power Generating Module, HVDC System and DC Converter Data
PC.A.3.4.1 The point of connection to the National Electricity Transmission System or the Total
System, if other than to the National Electricity Transmission System, in terms of
geographical and electrical location and system voltage is also required.
PC.A.3.4.2 (a) Type of Generating Unit (ie Synchronous Power Generating Unit within a Power
Generating Module, Synchronous Generating Unit, Non-Synchronous Generating
Unit, DC Converter, Power Park Module (including DC Connected Power Park
Modules) or HVDC System).
(b) In the case of a Synchronous Generating Unit (including Synchronous Generating
Units within a Synchronous Power Generating Module) details of the Exciter
category, for example whether it is a rotating Exciter or a static Exciter or in the case of
a Non-Synchronous Generating Unit the voltage control system.
(c) Whether a Power System Stabiliser is fitted.
PC.A.3.4.3 Each Generator shall supply The Company with the production type(s) used as the primary
source of power in respect of each Generating Unit (including Synchronous Generating
Units within a Synchronous Power Generating Module), selected from the list set out
below:
- Biomass
- Fossil brown coal/lignite
- Fossil coal-derived gas
- Fossil gas
- Fossil hard coal
- Fossil oil
- Fossil oil shale
- Fossil peat
- Geothermal
Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019
36 of 79
 - Hydro pumped storage
- Hydro run-of-river and poundage
- Hydro water reservoir
- Marine
- Nuclear
- Other renewable
- Solar
- Waste
- Wind offshore
- Wind onshore
- Other

PC.A.4 DEMAND AND ACTIVE ENERGY DATA

PC.A.4.1 Introduction
PC.A.4.1.1 Each User directly connected to the National Electricity Transmission System with
Demand shall provide The Company with the Demand data, historic, current and forecast,
as specified in PC.A.4.2 and PC.A.4.3. Paragraphs PC.A.4.1.2 and PC.A.4.1.3 apply equally
to Active Energy requirements as to Demand unless the context otherwise requires.
PC.A.4.1.2 Data will need to be supplied by:
(a) each Network Operator, in relation to Demand and Active Energy requirements on its
User System;
(b) each Non-Embedded Customer (including Pumped Storage Generators with respect
to Pumping Demand) in relation to its Demand and Active Energy requirements.
(c) each DC Converter Station owner or HVDC System Owner in relation to Demand and
Active Energy transferred (imported) to its DC Converter Station or HVDC System.
(d) each OTSDUW DC Converter in relation to the Demand at each Interface Point and
Connection Point.
Demand of Power Stations directly connected to the National Electricity Transmission
System is to be supplied by the Generator under PC.A.5.2.
PC.A.4.1.3 References in this PC to data being supplied on a half hourly basis refer to it being supplied
for each period of 30 minutes ending on the hour or half-hour in each hour.
PC.A.4.1.4 Access Periods and Access Groups
PC.A.4.1.4.1 Each Connection Point must belong to one, and only one, Access Group.
PC.A.4.1.4.2 Each Transmission Interface Circuit must have an Access Period.
PC.A.4.1.4.3 The Access Period shall
(a) normally be a minimum of 8 continuous weeks and can occur in any one of three
maintenance years during the period from calendar week 13 to calendar week 43
(inclusive) in each year; or,
(b) exceptionally and provided that agreement is reached between The Company and the
relevant User(s), such agreement to be sought in accordance with PC.7, the Access
Period may be of a period not less than 4 continuous weeks and can occur in any one
of three maintenance years during the period from calendar week 10 to calendar week
43 (inclusive) in each year.
PC.A.4.1.4.4 The Company shall submit in writing no later than calendar week 6 in each year:

Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019

37 of 79
 (a) the calendar weeks defining the proposed start and finish of each Access Period for
each Transmission Interface Circuit; and
(b) the Connection Points in each Access Group.
The submission by The Company under PC.A.4.1.4.4 (a) above shall commence in 2010
and shall then continue each year thereafter. The submission by The Company under
PC.A.4.1.4.4 (b) shall commence in 2009 and then continue each year thereafter.
PC.A.4.1.4.5 It is permitted for Access Periods to overlap in the same Access Group and in the same
maintenance year. However, where possible Access Periods will be sought by The
Company that do not overlap with any other Access Period within that Access Group for
each maintenance year. Where it is not possible to avoid overlapping Access Periods, The
Company will indicate to Users by calendar week 6 its initial view of which Transmission
Interface Circuits will need to be considered out of service concurrently for the purpose of
assessing compliance to Licence Standards. The obligation on The Company to indicate
which Transmission Interface Circuits will need to be considered out of service
concurrently for the purpose of assessing compliance to Licence Standards shall
commence in 2010 and shall continue each year thereafter.
PC.A.4.1.4.6 Following the submission(s) by The Company by week 6 in each year and where required
by either party, both The Company and the relevant User(s) shall use their reasonable
endeavours to agree the appropriate Access Group(s) and Access Period for each
Transmission Interface Circuit prior to week 17 in each year. The requirement on The
Company and the relevant User(s) to agree, shall commence in respect of Access Groups
only in 2010. This paragraph PC.A.4.1.4.6 shall apply in its entirety in 2011 and shall then
continue each year thereafter.
PC.A.4.1.4.7 In exceptional circumstances, and with the agreement of all parties concerned, where a
Connection Point is specified for the purpose of the Planning Code as electrically
independent Subtransmission Systems, then data submissions can be on the basis of two
(or more) individual Connection Points.
PC.A.4.2 User’s User System Demand (Active Power) and Active Energy Data
PC.A.4.2.1 Forecast daily Demand (Active Power) profiles, as specified in (a), (b) and (c) below, in
respect of each of the User's User Systems (each summated over all Grid Supply Points
in each User System) are required for:
(a) peak day on each of the User's User Systems (as determined by the User) giving the
numerical value of the maximum Demand (Active Power) that in the Users' opinion
could reasonably be imposed on the National Electricity Transmission System;
(b) day of peak National Electricity Transmission System Demand (Active Power) as
notified by The Company pursuant to PC.A.4.2.2;
(c) day of minimum National Electricity Transmission System Demand (Active Power)
as notified by The Company pursuant to PC.A.4.2.2.
In addition, the total Demand (Active Power) in respect of the time of peak National
Electricity Transmission System Demand in the preceding Financial Year in respect of
each of the User's User Systems (each summated over all Grid Supply Points in each
User System) both outturn and weather corrected shall be supplied.
PC.A.4.2.2 No later than calendar week 17 each year The Company shall notify each Network
Operator and Non-Embedded Customer in writing of the following, for the current
Financial Year and for each of the following seven Financial Years, which will, until
replaced by the following year’s notification, be regarded as the relevant specified days and
times under PC.A.4.2.1:
(a) the date and time of the annual peak of the National Electricity Transmission System
Demand;
(b) the date and time of the annual minimum of the National Electricity Transmission
System Demand;
(c) the relevant Access Period for each Transmission Interface Circuit; and,
Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019
38 of 79
 (d) Concurrent Access Periods of two or more Transmission Interface Circuits (if any)
that are situated in the same Access Group.
The submissions by The Company made under PC.A.4.2.1 (c) and PC.A.4.2.1 (d) above
shall commence in 2010 and shall then continue in respect of each year thereafter.
PC.A.4.2.3 The total Active Energy used on each of the Network Operators’ or Non-Embedded
Customers’ User Systems (each summated over all Grid Supply Points in each User
System) in the preceding Financial Year, both outturn and weather corrected, together with
a prediction for the current financial year, is required. Each Active Energy submission shall
be subdivided into the following categories of Customer tariff:
LV1
LV2
LV3
HV
EHV
Traction
Lighting
In addition, the total User System losses and the Active Energy provided by Embedded
Small Power Stations and Embedded Medium Power Stations shall be supplied.
PC.A.4.2.4 All forecast Demand (Active Power) and Active Energy specified in PC.A.4.2.1 and
PC.A.4.2.3 shall:
(a) in the case of PC.A.4.2.1(a), (b) and (c), be such that the profiles comprise average
Active Power levels in 'MW' for each time marked half hour throughout the day;
(b) in the case of PC.A.4.2.1(a), (b) and (c), be that remaining after any deductions
reasonably considered appropriate by the User to take account of the output profile of
all Embedded Small Power Stations and Embedded Medium Power Stations and
Customer Generating Plant and imports across Embedded External
Interconnections including imports across Embedded installations of direct current
converters which do not form a DC Converter Station or HVDC System and
Embedded DC Converter Stations and Embedded HVDC Systems with a
Registered Capacity or HVDC Active Power Transmission Capacity of less than
100MW;
(c) be based upon Annual ACS Conditions for times that occur during week 44 through to
week 12 (inclusive) and based on Average Conditions for weeks 13 to 43 (inclusive).
PC.A.4.3 Connection Point Demand (Active and Reactive Power)
PC.A.4.3.1 Forecast Demand (Active Power) and Power Factor (values of the Power Factor at
maximum and minimum continuous excitation may be given instead where more than 95%
of the total Demand at a Connection Point is taken by synchronous motors) to be met at
each Connection Point within each Access Group is required for:
(a) the time of the maximum Demand (Active Power) at the Connection Point (as
determined by the User) that in the User's opinion could reasonably be imposed on the
National Electricity Transmission System;
(b) the time of peak National Electricity Transmission System Demand as provided by
The Company under PC.A.4.2.2;
(c) the time of minimum National Electricity Transmission System Demand as provided
by The Company under PC.A.4.2.2;
(d) the time of the maximum Demand (Apparent Power) at the Connection Point (as
determined by the User) during the Access Period of each Transmission Interface
Circuit;

Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019

39 of 79
 (e) at a time specified by either The Company or a User insofar as such a request is
reasonable.
Instead of such forecast Demand to be met at each Connection Point within each Access
Group the User may (subject to PC.A.4.3.4) submit such Demand at each node on the
Single Line Diagram.
In addition, the Demand in respect of each of the time periods referred to in PC.A.4.3.1 (a)
to (e) in the preceding Financial Year in respect of each Connection Point within each
Access Group both outturn and weather corrected shall be supplied. The “weather
correction” shall normalise outturn figures to Annual ACS Conditions for times that occur
during calendar week 44 through to calendar week 12 (inclusive) or Average Conditions for
the period calendar weeks 13 to calendar week 43 (inclusive) and shall be performed by the
relevant User on a best endeavours basis.
The submission by a User pursuant to PC.A.4.3.1 (d) shall commence in 2011 and shall
then continue each year thereafter.
PC.A.4.3.2 All forecast Demand specified in PC.A.4.3.1 shall:
(a) be that remaining after any deductions reasonably considered appropriate by the User
to take account of the output of all Embedded Small Power Stations and Embedded
Medium Power Stations and Customer Generating Plant and imports across
Embedded External Interconnections, including Embedded installations of direct
current converters which do not form a DC Converter Station, HVDC System and
Embedded DC Converter Stations and Embedded HVDC Systems and such
deductions should be separately stated;
(b) include any User's System series reactive losses but exclude any reactive
compensation equipment specified in PC.A.2.4 and exclude any network susceptance
specified in PC.A.2.3;
(c) be based upon Annual ACS Conditions for times that occur during calendar week 44
through to calendar week 12 (inclusive) and based on Average Conditions for
calendar weeks 13 to calendar week 43 (inclusive), both corrections being made on a
best endeavours basis;
(d) reflect the User’s opinion of what could reasonably be imposed on the National
Electricity Transmission System.
PC.A.4.3.3 The date and time of the forecast maximum Demand (Apparent Power) at the Connection
Point as specified in PC.A.4.3.1 (a) and (d) is required.
PC.A.4.3.4 Each Single Line Diagram provided under PC.A.2.2.2 shall include the Demand (Active
Power) and Power Factor (values of the Power Factor at maximum and minimum
continuous excitation may be given instead where more than 95% of the Demand is taken
by synchronous motors) at the time of the peak National Electricity Transmission System
Demand (as provided under PC.A.4.2.2) at each node on the Single Line Diagram. These
Demands shall be consistent with those provided under PC.A.4.3.1(b) above for the relevant
year.
PC.A.4.3.5 The Single Line Diagram must represent the User’s User System layout under the period
specified in PC.A.4.3.1(b) (at the time of peak National Electricity Transmission System
Demand). Should the User’s User System layout during the other times specified in
PC.A.4.3.1 be planned to be materially different from the Single Line Diagram submitted to
The Company pursuant to PC.A.2.2.1 the User shall in respect of such other times submit:
(i) an alternative Single Line Diagram that accurately reflects the revised layout and in
such case shall also include appropriate associated data representing the relevant
changes, or;
(ii) submit an accurate and unambiguous description of the changes to the Single Line
Diagram previously submitted for the time of peak National Electricity Transmission
System Demand.

Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019

40 of 79
 Where a User does not submit any changes, The Company will assume that the Single
Line Diagram (and associated circuit and node data) provided at the time of peak National
Electricity Transmission System Demand will be valid for all other times. In respect of
such other times, where the User does not submit such nodal demands at the times defined
in PC.A.4.3.1(a), (c), (d) and (e), the nodal demands will be pro-rata, to be consistent with
the submitted Connection Point Demands.
PC.A.4.4 The Company will assemble and derive in a reasonable manner, the forecast information
supplied to it under PC.A.4.2.1, PC.A.4.3.1, PC.A.4.3.4 and PC.A.4.3.5 above into a
cohesive forecast and will use this in preparing Forecast Demand information in the Seven
Year Statement and for use in The Company's Operational Planning. If any User believes
that the cohesive forecast Demand information in the Seven Year Statement does not
reflect its assumptions on Demand, it should contact The Company to explain its concerns
and may require The Company, on reasonable request, to discuss these forecasts. In the
absence of such expressions, The Company will assume that Users concur with The
Company's cohesive forecast.
PC.A.4.5 Post Fault User System Layout
PC.A.4.5.1 Where for the purposes of The Company assessing against the Licence Standards an
Access Group, the User reasonably considers it appropriate that revised post fault User
System layouts should be taken into account by The Company, the following information is
required to be submitted by the User:
(i) the specified Connection Point assessment period (PC.A.4.3.1,(a)-(e)) that is being
evaluated;
(ii) an accurate and unambiguous description of the Transmission Interface Circuits
considered to be switched out due to a fault;
(iii) appropriate revised Single Line Diagrams and/or associated revised nodal Demand
and circuit data detailing the revised User System(s) conditions;
(iv) where the User’s planned post fault action consists of more than one component, each
component must be explicitly identified using the Single Line Diagram and associated
nodal Demand and circuit data;
(v) the arrangements for undertaking actions (eg the time taken, automatic or manual and
any other appropriate information);.
The User must not submit any action that it does not have the capability or the intention to
implement during the assessment period specified (subject to there being no further
unplanned outages on the User’s User System).
PC.A.4.6 Control of Demand or Reduction of Pumping Load Offered as Reserve
Magnitude of Demand or pumping load which is tripped MW
System Frequency at which tripping is initiated Hz
Time duration of System Frequency below trip setting for tripping to s
be initiated
Time delay from trip initiation to tripping s

PC.A.4.7 General Demand Data

PC.A.4.7.1 The following information is infrequently required and should be supplied (wherever possible)
when requested by The Company:
(a) details of any individual loads which have characteristics significantly different from the
typical range of Domestic, Commercial or Industrial loads supplied;
(b) the sensitivity of the Demand (Active and Reactive Power) to variations in voltage and
Frequency on the National Electricity Transmission System at the time of the peak
Demand (Active Power). The sensitivity factors quoted for the Demand (Reactive
Power) should relate to that given under PC.A.4.3.1 and, therefore, include any User's
System series reactive losses but exclude any reactive compensation equipment
specified in PC.A.2.4 and exclude any network susceptance specified in PC.A.2.3;
Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019
41 of 79
 (c) details of any traction loads, e.g. connection phase pairs and continuous load variation
with time;
(d) the average and maximum phase unbalance, in magnitude and phase angle, which the
User would expect its Demand to impose on the National Electricity Transmission
System;
(e) the maximum harmonic content which the User would expect its Demand to impose on
the National Electricity Transmission System;
(f) details of all loads which may cause Demand fluctuations greater than those permitted
under Engineering Recommendation P28 Issue 2, Stage 1 at a Point of Common
Coupling including the Flicker Severity Short Term and the Flicker Severity Long
Term.

Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019

42 of 79
 PART 2 - DETAILED PLANNING DATA

PC.A.5 POWER GENERATING MODULE, GENERATING UNIT, POWER PARK MODULE

(INCLUDING DC CONNECTED POWER PARK MODULES), DC CONVERTER, HVDC
EQUIPMENT AND OTSDUW PLANT AND APPARATUS DATA
PC.A.5.1 Introduction
Directly Connected
PC.A.5.1.1 Each Generator (including those undertaking OTSDUW), with existing or proposed Power
Stations directly connected, or to be directly connected, to the National Electricity
Transmission System, shall provide The Company with data relating to that Plant and
Apparatus, both current and forecast, as specified in PC.A.5.2, PC.A.5.3, PC.A.5.4 and
PC.A.5.7 as applicable.
Each DC Converter Station owner or HVDC System Owner, with existing or proposed DC
Converter Stations or HVDC Systems (including Generators undertaking OTSDUW which
includes an OTSDUW DC Converter) directly connected, or to be directly connected, to the
National Electricity Transmission System, shall provide The Company with data relating
to that Plant and Apparatus, both current and forecast, as specified in PC.A.5.2 and
PC.A.5.4.
GB Generators, DC Converter Station owners, EU Generators and HVDC System
Owners shall ensure that the models supplied in respect of their Plant and Apparatus
provide a true and accurate behaviour of the plant as built as required under PC.A.5.3.2(c),
PC.A.5.4.2(a) and PC.A.5.4.3 and verified through the Compliance Processes (CP) or
European Compliance Processes (ECP) as applicable.

Embedded
PC.A.5.1.2 Each Generator, in respect of its existing, or proposed, Embedded Large Power Stations
and its Embedded Medium Power Stations subject to a Bilateral Agreement and each
Network Operator in respect of Embedded Medium Power Stations not subject to a
Bilateral Agreement within its System shall provide The Company with data relating to
each of those Large Power Stations and Medium Power Stations, both current and
forecast, as specified in PC.A.5.2, PC.A.5.3, PC.A.5.4 and PC.A.5.7 as applicable.
Each DC Converter Station owner or HVDC System Owner, or Network Operator in the
case of an Embedded DC Converter Station or Embedded HVDC System not subject to a
Bilateral Agreement within its System with existing or proposed HVDC Systems or DC
Converter Stations shall provide The Company with data relating to each of those HVDC
Systems or DC Converter Stations, both current and forecast, as specified in PC.A.5.2 and
PC.A.5.4.
However, no data need be supplied in relation to those Embedded Medium Power
Stations or Embedded DC Converter Stations or Embedded HVDC Systems if they are
connected at a voltage level below the voltage level of the Subtransmission System except
in connection with an application for, or under a, CUSC Contract or unless specifically
requested by The Company under PC.A.5.1.4.
GB Generators, DC Converter Station owners, EU Generators and HVDC System
Owners shall ensure that the models supplied in respect of their Plant and Apparatus
provide a true and accurate behaviour of the plant as built as required under PC.A.5.3.2(c),
PC.A.5.4.2(a) and PC.A.5.4.3 and verified through the Compliance Processes (CP) or
European Compliance Processes (ECP) as applicable

PC.A.5.1.3 Each Network Operator need not submit Planning Data in respect of Embedded Small
Power Stations unless required to do so under PC.A.1.2(b), PC.A.3.1.4 or unless
specifically requested under PC.A.5.1.4 below, in which case they will supply such data.

Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019

43 of 79
PC.A.5.1.4 PC.A.4.2.4(b) and PC.A.4.3.2(a) explained that the forecast Demand submitted by each
Network Operator must be net of the output of all Medium Power Stations and Small
Power Stations and Customer Generating Plant Embedded within that User's System.
In such cases, the Network Operator must provide The Company with the relevant
information specified under PC.A.3.1.4 . On receipt of this data further details may be
required at The Company's discretion as follows:
(i) in the case of details required from the Network Operator for Embedded Medium
Power Stations not subject to a Bilateral Agreement and Embedded DC Converter
Stations not subject to a Bilateral Agreement and Embedded HVDC Systems not
subject to a Bilateral Agreement and Embedded Small Power Stations and
Embedded DC Converters and Embedded HVDC Systems in each case within such
Network Operator’s System and Customer Generating Plant; and
(ii) in the case of details required from the Generator of Embedded Large Power
Stations and Embedded Medium Power Stations subject to a Bilateral Agreement;
and
(iii) in the case of details required from the DC Converter Station owner of an Embedded
DC Converter or DC Converter Station or HVDC System Owner of an Embedded
HVDC System Owner subject to a Bilateral Agreement.
both current and forecast, as specified in PC.A.5.2 and PC.A.5.3. Such requirement would
arise when The Company reasonably considers that the collective effect of a number of
such Embedded Small Power Stations, Embedded Medium Power Stations, Embedded
DC Converter Stations, Embedded HVDC Systems, DC Converters and Customer
Generating Plants may have a significant system effect on the National Electricity
Transmission System.
PC.A.5.1.5 DPD I and DPD II
The Detailed Planning Data described in this Part 2 of the Appendix comprises both DPD I
and DPD II. The required data is listed and collated in the Data Registration Code. The
Users need to refer to the DRC to establish whether data referred to here is DPD I or DPD
II.
PC.A.5.2 Demand
PC.A.5.2.1 For each Generating Unit (including Synchronous Generating Units within a
Synchronous Power Generating Module) which has an associated Unit Transformer, the
value of the Demand supplied through this Unit Transformer when the Generating Unit is
at Rated MW output is to be provided.
PC.A.5.2.2 Where the Power Station or DC Converter Station or HVDC System has associated
Demand additional to the unit-supplied Demand of PC.A.5.2.1 which is supplied from either
the National Electricity Transmission System or the Generator's User System the
Generator, DC Converter Station owner, HVDC System Owner or the Network Operator
(in the case of Embedded Medium Power Stations not subject to a Bilateral Agreement
within its System), as the case may be, shall supply forecasts for each Power Station or DC
Converter Station or HVDC System of:
(a) the maximum Demand that, in the User's opinion, could reasonably be imposed on the
National Electricity Transmission System or the Generator's User System as
appropriate;
(b) the Demand at the time of the peak National Electricity Transmission System
Demand
(c) the Demand at the time of minimum National Electricity Transmission System
Demand.

Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019

44 of 79
PC.A.5.2.3 No later than calendar week 17 each year The Company shall notify each Generator in
respect of its Large Power Stations and its Medium Power Stations and each DC
Converter owner in respect of its DC Converter Station and each HVDC System Owner in
respect of its HVDC System subject to a Bilateral Agreement and each Network Operator
in respect of each Embedded Medium Power Station not subject to a Bilateral Agreement
and each Embedded DC Converter Station or Embedded HVDC System not subject to a
Bilateral Agreement within such Network Operator’s System in writing of the following, for
the current Financial Year and for each of the following seven Financial Years, which will
be regarded as the relevant specified days and times under PC.A.5.2.2:
(a) the date and time of the annual peak of the National Electricity Transmission System
Demand at Annual ACS Conditions;
(b) the date and time of the annual minimum of the National Electricity Transmission
System Demand at Average Conditions.
PC.A.5.2.4 At its discretion, The Company may also request further details of the Demand as specified
in PC.A.4.6
PC.A.5.2.5 In the case of OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus the following data shall be supplied:
(a) The maximum Demand that could occur at the Interface Point and each Connection
Point (in MW and MVAr);
(b) Demand at specified time of annual peak half hour of National Electricity
Transmission System Demand at Annual ACS Conditions (in MW and MVAr); and
(c) Demand at specified time of annual minimum half-hour of National Electricity
Transmission System Demand (in MW and MVAr).

For the avoidance of doubt, Demand data associated with Generators undertaking
OTSDUW which utilise an OTSDUW DC Converter should supply data under PC.A.4.
PC.A.5.3 Synchronous Power Generating Modules, Synchronous Generating Unit and Associated
Control System Data
PC.A.5.3.1 The data submitted below are not intended to constrain any Ancillary Services Agreement
PC.A.5.3.2 The following Synchronous Generating Unit (including Synchronous Generating Units
within a Synchronous Power Generating Module) and Power Station data should be
supplied:
(a) Synchronous Generating Unit Parameters
Rated terminal volts (kV)
Maximum terminal voltage set point (kV)

Terminal voltage set point step resolution – if not continuous (kV)

* Rated MVA
* Rated MW
* Minimum Generation MW
* Short circuit ratio
Direct axis synchronous reactance
* Direct axis transient reactance
Direct axis sub-transient reactance
Direct axis short-circuit transient time constant.
Direct axis short-circuit sub-transient time constant.
Quadrature axis synchronous reactance
Quadrature axis sub-transient reactance
Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019
45 of 79
 Quadrature axis short-circuit sub-transient time constant.
Stator time constant
Stator leakage reactance
Armature winding direct-current resistance.
Note: The above data item relating to armature winding direct-current
resistance need only be supplied with respect to Generating Units
commissioned after 1st March 1996 and in cases where, for whatever reason,
the Generator or the Network Operator, as the case may be is aware of the
value of the relevant parameter.
* Turbogenerator inertia constant (MWsec/MVA)
Rated field current (amps) at Rated MW and MVAr output and at rated terminal
voltage.
Field current (amps) open circuit saturation curve for Generating Unit terminal
voltages ranging from 50% to 120% of rated value in 10% steps as derived from
appropriate manufacturers test certificates.
(b) Parameters for Generating Unit Step-up Transformers
* Rated MVA
Voltage ratio
* Positive sequence reactance (at max, min, & nominal tap)
Positive sequence resistance (at max, min, & nominal tap)
Zero phase sequence reactance
Tap changer range
Tap changer step size
Tap changer type: on load or off circuit
(c) Excitation Control System parameters
Note: The data items requested under Option 1 below may continue to be provided in
relation to Generating Units connected to the System at 09 January 1995 (in this
paragraph, the "relevant date") or the new data items set out under Option 2 may be
provided. Generators or Network Operators, as the case may be, must supply the
data as set out under Option 2 (and not those under Option 1) for Generating Unit
excitation control systems commissioned after the relevant date, those Generating Unit
excitation control systems recommissioned for any reason such as refurbishment after
the relevant date and Generating Unit excitation control systems where, as a result of
testing or other process, the Generator or Network Operator, as the case may be, is
aware of the data items listed under Option 2 in relation to that Generating Unit.

Option 1
DC gain of Excitation Loop
Rated field voltage
Maximum field voltage
Minimum field voltage
Maximum rate of change of field voltage (rising)
Maximum rate of change of field voltage (falling)
Details of Excitation Loop described in block diagram form showing transfer
functions of individual elements.
Dynamic characteristics of Over-excitation Limiter.
Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019
46 of 79
 Dynamic characteristics of Under-excitation Limiter

Option 2
Excitation System Nominal Response
Rated Field Voltage
No-Load Field Voltage
Excitation System On-Load Positive Ceiling Voltage
Excitation System No-Load Positive Ceiling Voltage
Excitation System No-Load Negative Ceiling Voltage
Stator Current Limiter (applicable only to Synchronous Power Generating
Modules)
Details of Excitation System (including PSS if fitted) described in block diagram
form showing transfer functions of individual elements.
Details of Over-excitation Limiter described in block diagram form showing
transfer functions of individual elements.
Details of Under-excitation Limiter described in block diagram form showing
transfer functions of individual elements.
The block diagrams submitted after 1 January 2009 in respect of the Excitation
System (including the Over-excitation Limiter and the Under-excitation Limiter)
for Generating Units with a Completion date after 1 January 2009 or subject to a
Modification to the Excitation System after 1 January 2009, should have been
verified as far as reasonably practicable by simulation studies as representing the
expected behaviour of the system.
(d) Governor Parameters
Incremental Droop values (in %) are required for each Generating Unit at six MW
loading points (MLP1 to MLP6) as detailed in PC.A.5.5.1 (this data item needs only be
provided for Large Power Stations)
Note: The data items requested under Option 1 below may continue to be provided by
Generators in relation to Generating Units on the System at 09 January 1995 (in this
paragraph, the "relevant date") or they may provide the new data items set out under
Option 2. Generators must supply the data as set out under Option 2 (and not those
under Option 1) for Generating Unit governor control systems commissioned after the
relevant date, those Generating Unit governor control systems recommissioned for any
reason such as refurbishment after the relevant date and Generating Unit governor
control systems where, as a result of testing or other process, the Generator is aware
of the data items listed under Option 2 in relation to that Generating Unit. EU
Generators are also required to submit the data as set out in option 2. Additional data
required from EU Generators which own or operate Type C or Type D Power
Generating Modules are marked in brackets with an asterisk (eg (*)). For the
avoidance of doubt, items marked as (*) need not be supplied by GB Generators.
Option 1
(i) Governor Parameters (for Reheat Steam Units)
HP governor average gain MW/Hz
Speeder motor setting range
HP governor valve time constant
HP governor valve opening limits
HP governor valve rate limits
Reheater time constant (Active Energy stored in reheater)
Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019
47 of 79
 IP governor average gain MW/Hz
IP governor setting range
IP governor valve time constant
IP governor valve opening limits
IP governor valve rate limits

Details of acceleration sensitive elements in HP & IP governor loop.

A governor block diagram showing transfer functions of individual elements.

(ii) Governor Parameters (for Non-Reheat Steam Units and Gas Turbine Units)
Governor average gain
Speeder motor setting range
Time constant of steam or fuel governor valve
Governor valve opening limits
Governor valve rate limits
Time constant of turbine
Governor block diagram

The following data items need only be supplied for Large Power Stations:
(iii) Boiler & Steam Turbine Data
Boiler Time Constant (Stored Active Energy) s
HP turbine response ratio:
proportion of Primary Response arising from HP turbine %
HP turbine response ratio:
proportion of High Frequency Response arising from HP turbine %
[End of Option 1]

Option 2
(i) Governor and associated prime mover Parameters - All Generating Units
(including Synchronous Generating Units within a Synchronous Power
Generating Module)
Governor Block Diagram showing transfer function of individual elements
including acceleration sensitive elements.
Governor Time Constant (in seconds)
Speeder Motor Setting Range (%)
Average Gain (MW/Hz)
Governor Deadband (and Governor Insensitivity Governor Deadband*)
need only be provided for Large Power Stations (and both Governor
Deadband and Governor Insensitivity should be supplied in respect of Type
C and D Power Generating Modules within Large Power Station and
Medium Power Stations excluding Embedded Medium Power Stations not
subject to a Bilateral Agreement*)

Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019

48 of 79
 - Maximum Setting Hz
- Normal Setting Hz
- Minimum Setting Hz
Where the Generating Unit governor does not have a selectable Governor
Deadband (or Governor Insensitivity*) facility as specified above, then the
actual value of the Governor Deadband (or Governor Insensitivity*) need
only be provided.
The block diagrams submitted after 1 January 2009 in respect of the Governor
system for Generating Units with a Completion date after 1 January 2009 or
subject to a Modification to the governor system after 1 January 2009, should
have been verified as far as reasonably practicable by simulation studies as
representing the expected behaviour of the system.

(ii) Governor and associated prime mover Parameters - Steam Units

HP Valve Time Constant (in seconds)
HP Valve Opening Limits (%)
HP Valve Opening Rate Limits (%/second)
HP Valve Closing Rate Limits (%/second)
HP Turbine Time Constant (in seconds)

IP Valve Time Constant (in seconds)

IP Valve Opening Limits (%)
IP Valve Opening Rate Limits (%/second)
IP Valve Closing Rate Limits (%/second)
IP Turbine Time Constant (in seconds)

LP Valve Time Constant (in seconds)

LP Valve Opening Limits (%)
LP Valve Opening Rate Limits (%/second)
LP Valve Closing Rate Limits (%/second)
LP Turbine Time Constant (in seconds)
Reheater Time Constant (in seconds)
Boiler Time Constant (in seconds)
HP Power Fraction (%)
IP Power Fraction (%)

(iii) Governor and associated prime mover Parameters - Gas Turbine Units
Inlet Guide Vane Time Constant (in seconds)
Inlet Guide Vane Opening Limits (%)
Inlet Guide Vane Opening Rate Limits (%/second)
Inlet Guide Vane Closing Rate Limits (%/second)
Fuel Valve Constant (in seconds)
Fuel Valve Opening Limits (%)

Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019

49 of 79
 Fuel Valve Opening Rate Limits (%/second)
Fuel Valve Closing Rate Limits (%/second)
Waste Heat Recovery Boiler Time Constant (in seconds)

(iv) Governor and associated prime mover Parameters - Hydro Generating Units
Guide Vane Actuator Time Constant (in seconds)
Guide Vane Opening Limits (%)
Guide Vane Opening Rate Limits (%/second)
Guide Vane Closing Rate Limits (%/second)
Water Time Constant (in seconds)
[End of Option 2]

(e) Unit Control Options

The following data items need only be supplied with respect to Large Power Stations:
Maximum Droop %
Normal Droop %
Minimum Droop %
Maximum Governor Deadband (and Governor Insensitivity*)
Hz
Normal Governor Deadband (and Governor Insensitivity*)
Hz
Minimum Governor Deadband (and Governor Insensitivity*)
Hz
Maximum output Governor Deadband (and Governor Insensitivity*)
MW
Normal output Governor Deadband (and Governor Insensitivity*)
MW
Minimum output Governor Deadband (and Governor Insensitivity*)
MW
Frequency settings between which Unit Load Controller Droop applies:
- Maximum Hz
- Normal Hz
- Minimum Hz
State if sustained response is normally selected.
(* GB Generators which are not required to satisfy the requirements of the
European Connection Conditions are not required to supply Governor
Insensitivity data).

(f) Plant Flexibility Performance

The following data items need only be supplied with respect to Large Power Stations,
and should be provided with respect to each Genset:
# Run-up rate to Registered Capacity,
# Run-down rate from Registered Capacity,
# Synchronising Generation,

Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019

50 of 79
 Regulating range
Load rejection capability while still Synchronised and able to supply Load.

Data items marked with a hash (#) should be applicable to a Genset which has been
Shutdown for 48 hours.
* Data items marked with an asterisk are already requested under partx1, PC.A.3.3.1, to
facilitate an early assessment by The Company as to whether detailed stability studies
will be required before an offer of terms for a CUSC Contract can be made. Such data
items have been repeated here merely for completeness and need not, of course, be
resubmitted unless their values, known or estimated, have changed.

(g) Generating Unit Mechanical Parameters

It is occasionally necessary for The Company to assess the interaction between the
Total System and the mechanical components of Generating Units. For Generating
Units (including Synchronous Generating Units within a Synchronous Power
Generating Module) with a Completion Date on or after 01 April 2015, the following
data items should be supplied:
The number of turbine generator masses.
Diagram showing the Inertia and parameters for each turbine generator mass
(kgm2) and Stiffness constants and parameters between each turbine generator
mass for the complete drive train (Nm/rad).
Number of poles.
Relative power applied to different parts of the turbine (%).
Torsional mode frequencies (Hz).
Modal damping decrement factors for the different mechanical modes.

PC.A.5.4 Power Park Module, Non-Synchronous Generating Unit and Associated Control System
Data
PC.A.5.4.1 The data submitted below are not intended to constrain any Ancillary Services Agreement
PC.A.5.4.2 The following Power Park Unit, Power Park Module and Power Station data should be
supplied in the case of a Power Park Module not connected to the Total System by a DC
Converter or HVDC System (and in the case of PC.A.5.4.2(f) any OTSUA):
Where a Manufacturer’s Data & Performance Report exists in respect of the model of the
Power Park Unit, the User may subject to The Company’s agreement, opt to reference the
Manufacturer’s Data & Performance Report as an alternative to the provision of data in
accordance with PC.A.5.4.2 except for:
(1) the section marked thus # at sub paragraph (b); and
(2) all of the harmonic and flicker parameters required under sub paragraph (h); and
(3) all of the site specific model parameters relating to the voltage or frequency control
systems required under sub paragraphs (d) and (e),
which must be provided by the User in addition to the Manufacturer’s Data & Performance
Report reference.
(a) Power Park Unit model

Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019

51 of 79
 A mathematical model of each type of Power Park Unit capable of representing its
transient and dynamic behaviour under both small and large disturbance conditions.
The model shall include non-linear effects and represent all equipment relevant to the
dynamic performance of the Power Park Unit as agreed with The Company. The
model shall be suitable for the study of balanced, root mean square, positive phase
sequence time-domain behaviour, excluding the effects of electromagnetic transients,
harmonic and sub-harmonic frequencies.
The model shall accurately represent the overall performance of the Power Park Unit
over its entire operating range including that which is inherent to the Power Park Unit
and that which is achieved by use of supplementary control systems providing either
continuous or stepwise control. Model resolution should be sufficient to accurately
represent Power Park Unit behaviour both in response to operation of Transmission
System protection and in the context of longer-term simulations.

The overall structure of the model shall include:

(i) any supplementary control signal modules not covered by (c), (d) and (e) below.
(ii) any blocking, deblocking and protective trip features that are part of the Power Park
Unit (e.g. “crowbar”).
(iii) any other information required to model the Power Park Unit behaviour to meet the
model functional requirement described above.
The model shall be submitted in the form of a transfer function block diagram and may be
accompanied by dynamic and algebraic equations.
This model shall display all the transfer functions and their parameter values, any non wind-
up logic, signal limits and non-linearities.
The submitted Power Park Unit model and the supplementary control signal module models
covered by (c), (d) and (e) below shall have been validated and this shall be confirmed by
the Generator. The validation shall be based on comparing the submitted model simulation
results against measured test results. Validation evidence shall also be submitted and this
shall include the simulation and measured test results. The latter shall include appropriate
short-circuit tests. In the case of an Embedded Medium Power Station not subject to a
Bilateral Agreement the Network Operator will provide The Company with the validation
evidence if requested by The Company. The validation of the supplementary control signal
module models covered by (c), (d) and (e) below applies only to a Power Park Module with
a Completion Date after 1 January 2009 or Power Park Modules within a Power
Generating Module.
(b) Power Park Unit parameters
* Rated MVA
* Rated MW
* Rated terminal voltage
* Average site air density (kg/m3), maximum site air density (kg/m 3) and minimum
site air density (kg/m 3) for the year
Year for which the air density is submitted
Number of pole pairs
Blade swept area (m 2)
Gear box ratio
Mechanical drive train
For each Power Park Unit, details of the parameters of the drive train represented
as an equivalent two mass model should be provided. This model should
accurately represent the behaviour of the complete drive train for the purposes of
power system analysis studies and should include the following data items:-
Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019
52 of 79
 Equivalent inertia constant (MWsec/MVA) of the first mass (e.g. wind turbine
rotor and blades) at minimum, synchronous and rated speeds
Equivalent inertia constant (MWsec/MVA) of the second mass (e.g. generator
rotor) at minimum, synchronous and rated speeds
Equivalent shaft stiffness between the two masses (Nm/electrical radian)
Additionally, for Power Park Units that are induction generators (e.g. squirrel
cage, doubly-fed) driven by wind turbines:
* Stator resistance
* Stator reactance
* Magnetising reactance.
* Rotor resistance.(at starting)
* Rotor resistance.(at rated running)
* Rotor reactance (at starting)
* Rotor reactance (at rated running)
Additionally for doubly-fed induction generators only:
The generator rotor speed range (minimum and maximum speeds in RPM)
The optimum generator rotor speed versus wind speed submitted in tabular
format
Power converter rating (MVA)

The rotor power coefficient (Cp) versus tip speed ratio () curves for a range of
blade angles (where applicable) together with the corresponding values submitted
in tabular format. The tip speed ratio () is defined as R/U where  is the angular
velocity of the rotor, R is the radius of the wind turbine rotor and U is the wind
speed.
The electrical power output versus generator rotor speed for a range of wind
speeds over the entire operating range of the Power Park Unit, together with the
corresponding values submitted in tabular format.
The blade angle versus wind speed curve together with the corresponding values
submitted in tabular format.
The electrical power output versus wind speed over the entire operating range of
the Power Park Unit, together with the corresponding values submitted in tabular
format.
Transfer function block diagram, including parameters and description of the
operation of the power electronic converter and fault ride through capability (where
applicable).

For a Power Park Unit consisting of a synchronous machine in combination with a back
to back DC Converter or HVDC System, or for a Power Park Unit not driven by a
wind turbine, the data to be supplied shall be agreed with The Company in accordance
with PC.A.7.

(c) Torque / speed and blade angle control systems and parameters
For the Power Park Unit, details of the torque / speed controller and blade angle
controller in the case of a wind turbine and power limitation functions (where applicable)
described in block diagram form showing transfer functions and parameters of individual
elements.
(d) Voltage/Reactive Power/Power Factor control system parameters
Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019
53 of 79
 For the Power Park Unit and Power Park Module details of voltage/Reactive
Power/Power Factor controller (and PSS if fitted) described in block diagram form
showing transfer functions and parameters of individual elements.
(e) Frequency control system parameters
For the Power Park Unit and Power Park Module details of the Frequency controller
described in block diagram form showing transfer functions and parameters of individual
elements.
(f) Protection
Details of settings for the following Protection relays (to include): Under Frequency,
over Frequency, under voltage, over voltage, rotor over current, stator over current,
high wind speed shut down level.

(g) Complete Power Park Unit model, parameters and controls

An alternative to PC.A.5.4.2 (a), (b), (c), (d), (e) and (f), is the submission of a single
complete model that consists of the full information required under PC.A.5.4.2 (a), (b),
(c), (d), (e) and (f) provided that all the information required under PC.A.5.4.2 (a), (b),
(c), (d), (e) and (f) individually is clearly identifiable.
(h) Harmonic and flicker parameters
When connecting a Power Park Module, it is necessary for The Company to evaluate
the production of flicker and harmonics on the National Electricity Transmission
System and User's Systems. At The Company's reasonable request, the User (a
Network Operator in the case of an Embedded Power Park Module not subject to a
Bilateral Agreement) is required to submit the following data (as defined in IEC 61400-
21 (2001)) for each Power Park Unit:-
Flicker coefficient for continuous operation.
Flicker step factor.
Number of switching operations in a 10 minute window.
Number of switching operations in a 2 hour window.
Voltage change factor.
Current Injection at each harmonic for each Power Park Unit and for each Power
Park Module

* Data items marked with an asterisk are already requested under part 1, PC.A.3.3.1, to
facilitate an early assessment by The Company as to whether detailed stability studies
will be required before an offer of terms for a CUSC Contract can be made. Such data
items have been repeated here merely for completeness and need not, of course, be
resubmitted unless their values, known or estimated, have changed.

PC.A.5.4.3 DC Converter and HVDC Systems

PC.A.5.4.3.1 For a DC Converter at a DC Converter Station or an HVDC System or Power Park
Module connected to the Total System by a DC Converter or HVDC System (or in the
case of OTSUA which includes an OTSDUW DC Converter) the following information for
each DC Converter, HVDC System and DC Network should be supplied:
(a) DC Converter and HVDC System parameters
* Rated MW per pole for transfer in each direction;
* DC Converter type (i.e. current or voltage source (including a HVDC Converter in
an HVDC System));
* Number of poles and pole arrangement;
* Rated DC voltage/pole (kV);
Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019
54 of 79
 * Return path arrangement;

(b) DC Converter and HVDC System transformer parameters

Rated MVA
Nominal primary voltage (kV);
Nominal secondary (converter-side) voltage(s) (kV);
Winding and earthing arrangement;
Positive phase sequence reactance at minimum, maximum and nominal tap;
Positive phase sequence resistance at minimum, maximum and nominal tap;
Zero phase sequence reactance;
Tap-changer range in %;
number of tap-changer steps;
(c) DC Network parameters
Rated DC voltage per pole;
Rated DC current per pole;
Single line diagram of the complete DC Network and HVDC System;
Details of the complete DC Network, including resistance, inductance and
capacitance of all DC cables and/or DC lines and HVDC System;
Details of any DC reactors (including DC reactor resistance), DC capacitors and/or
DC-side filters that form part of the DC Network and/or HVDC System;
(d) AC filter reactive compensation equipment parameters
Note: The data provided pursuant to this paragraph must not include any contribution
from reactive compensation plant.
Total number of AC filter banks.
Type of equipment (e.g. fixed or variable)
Single line diagram of filter arrangement and connections;
Reactive Power rating for each AC filter bank, capacitor bank or operating range
of each item of reactive compensation equipment, at rated voltage;
Performance chart showing Reactive Power capability of the DC Converter and
HVDC System, as a function of MW transfer, with all filters and reactive
compensation plant, belonging to the DC Converter Station or HVDC System
working correctly.

Note: Details in PC.A.5.4.3.1 are required for each DC Converter connected to the DC
Network and HVDC System, unless each is identical or where the data has already been
submitted for an identical DC Converter or HVDC System at another Connection Point.
Note: For a Power Park Module and DC Connected Power Park Module connected to the
Grid Entry Point or (User System Entry Point if Embedded) by a DC Converter or HVDC
System the equivalent inertia and fault infeed at the Power Park Unit should be given.
DC Converter and HVDC System Control System Models
PC.A.5.4.3.2 The following data is required by The Company to represent DC Converters and
associated DC Networks and HVDC Systems (and including OTSUA which includes an
OTSDUW DC Converter) in dynamic power system simulations, in which the AC power
system is typically represented by a positive sequence equivalent. DC Converters and
HVDC Systems are represented by simplified equations and are not modelled to switching
device level.
Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019
55 of 79
 (i) Static VDC-IDC (DC voltage - DC current) characteristics, for both the rectifier and inverter
modes for a current source converter. Static VDC-PDC (DC voltage - DC power)
characteristics, for both the rectifier and inverter modes for a voltage source converter.
Transfer function block diagram including parameters representation of the control
systems of each DC Converter and of the DC Converter Station and the HVDC
System, for both the rectifier and inverter modes. A suitable model would feature the
DC Converter or HVDC Converter firing angle as the output variable.
(ii) Transfer function block diagram representation including parameters of the DC
Converter or HVDC Converter transformer tap changer control systems, including time
delays
(iii) Transfer function block diagram representation including parameters of AC filter and
reactive compensation equipment control systems, including any time delays.
(iv) Transfer function block diagram representation including parameters of any Frequency
and/or load control systems.
(v) Transfer function block diagram representation including parameters of any small signal
modulation controls such as power oscillation damping controls or sub-synchronous
oscillation damping controls, that have not been submitted as part of the above control
system data.
(vi) Transfer block diagram representation of the Reactive Power control at converter ends
for a voltage source converter.
In addition and where not provided for above, HVDC System Owners shall also provide the
following dynamic simulation sub-models
(i) HVDC Converter unit models
(ii) AC component models
(iii) DC Grid models
(iv) Voltage and power controller
(v) Special control features if applicable (eg power oscillation damping (POD) function,
subsynchronous torsional interaction (SSTI) control;
(vi) Multi terminal control, if applicable
(vii) HVDC System protection models as agreed between The Company and the HVDC
System Owner
HVDC System Owners are also required to supply an equivalent model of the control
system when adverse control interactions may result with HVDC Converter Stations and
other connections in close proximity if requested by The Company. The equivalent model
shall contain all necessary data for the realistic simulation of the adverse control interactions.
Plant Flexibility Performance
PC.A.5.4.3.3 The following information on plant flexibility and performance should be supplied (and also in
respect of OTSUA which includes an OTSDUW DC Converter):
(i) Nominal and maximum (emergency) loading rate with the DC Converter or HVDC
Converter in rectifier mode.
(ii) Nominal and maximum (emergency) loading rate with the DC Converter or HVDC
Converter in inverter mode.
(iii) Maximum recovery time, to 90% of pre-fault loading, following an AC system fault or
severe voltage depression.
(iv) Maximum recovery time, to 90% of pre-fault loading, following a transient DC Network
fault.
Harmonic Assessment Information

Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019

56 of 79
PC.A.5.4.3.4 DC Converter owners and HVDC System Owners shall provide such additional further
information as required by The Company in order that compliance with CC.6.1.5 can be
demonstrated.

* Data items marked with an asterisk are already requested under part 1, PC.A.3.3.1, to
facilitate an early assessment by The Company as to whether detailed stability studies will
be required before an offer of terms for a CUSC Contract can be made. Such data items
have been repeated here merely for completeness and need not, of course, be resubmitted
unless their values, known or estimated, have changed.
PC.A.5.5 Response Data For Frequency Changes
The information detailed below is required to describe the actual frequency response
capability profile as illustrated in Figure CC.A.3.1 of the Connection Conditions, and need
only be provided for each:
(i) Genset at Large Power Stations; and
(ii) Generating Unit (including Synchronous Generating Units within a Synchronous
Power Generating Module), Power Park Module (including a DC Connected Power
Park Module) or CCGT Module at a Medium Power Station or DC Converter Station
or HVDC System that has agreed to provide Frequency response in accordance with a
CUSC Contract.
In the case of (ii) above for the rest of this PC.A.5.5 where reference is made to
Gensets, it shall include such Generating Units (including Synchronous Generating
Units within a Synchronous Power Generating Module), CCGT Modules, Power
Park Modules (including DC Connected Power Park Modules), HVDC Systems and
DC Converters as appropriate, but excludes OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus utilising
OTSDUW DC Converters.
In this PC.A.5.5, for a CCGT Module with more than one Generating Unit, the phrase
Minimum Generation or Minimum Regulating Level applies to the entire CCGT Module
operating with all Generating Units (including Synchronous Generating Units within a
Synchronous Power Generating Module) Synchronised to the System. Similarly for a
Power Park Module (including a DC Connected Power Park Module) with more than one
Power Park Unit, the phrase Minimum Generation or Minimum Regulating Level applies
to the entire Power Park Module operating with all Power Park Units Synchronised to the
System.
PC.A.5.5.1 MW Loading Points At Which Data Is Required
Response values are required at six MW loading points (MLP1 to MLP6) for each Genset.
Primary and Secondary Response values need not be provided for MW loading points
which are below Minimum Generation or Minimum Stable Operating Level. MLP1 to
MLP6 must be provided to the nearest MW.
Prior to the Genset being first Synchronised, the MW loading points must take the following
values :
MLP1 Designed Minimum Operating Level or Minimum Regulating Level
MLP2 Minimum Generation or Minimum Stable Operating Level
MLP3 70% of Registered Capacity or Maximum Capacity
MLP4 80% of Registered Capacity or Maximum Capacity
MLP5 95% of Registered Capacity or Maximum Capacity
MLP6 Registered Capacity or Maximum Capacity
When data is provided after the Genset is first Synchronised, the MW loading points may
take any value between the Designed Minimum Operating Level or Minimum Regulating
Level and Registered Capacity or Minimum Regulating Level and Maximum Capacity
but the value of the Designed Minimum Operating Level or Minimum Regulating Level
must still be provided if it does not form one of the MW loading points.
Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019
57 of 79
PC.A.5.5.2 Primary And Secondary Response To Frequency Fall
Primary and Secondary Response values for a -0.5Hz ramp are required at six MW
loading points (MLP1 to MLP6) as detailed above
PC.A.5.5.3 High Frequency Response To Frequency Rise
High Frequency Response values for a +0.5Hz ramp are required at six MW loading points
(MLP1 to MLP6) as detailed above.
PC.A.5.6 Mothballed Power Generating Module, Mothballed Generating Unit, Mothballed Power Park
Module (including DC Connected Power Park Modules), Mothballed HVDC Systems or
Mothballed DC Converter At A DC Converter Station And Alternative Fuel Information
Data identified under this section PC.A.5.6 must be submitted as required under PC.A.1.2
and at The Company’s reasonable request.
In the case of Embedded Medium Power Stations not subject to a Bilateral Agreement,
Embedded HVDC Systems not subject to a Bilateral Agreement and Embedded DC
Converter Stations not subject to a Bilateral Agreement, upon request from The
Company each Network Operator shall provide the information required in PC.A.5.6.1,
PC.A.5.6.2, PC.A.5.6.3 and PC.A.5.6.4 on respect of such Embedded Medium Power
Stations and Embedded DC Converters Stations and Embedded HVDC Systems with
their System.
PC.A.5.6.1 Mothballed Generating Unit Information
Generators, HVDC System Owners and DC Converter Station owners must supply with
respect to each Mothballed Power Generating Module, Mothballed Generating Unit,
Mothballed Power Park Module (including a DC Connected Power Park Module),
Mothballed HVDC System or Mothballed DC Converter at a DC Converter Station the
estimated MW output which could be returned to service within the following time periods
from the time that a decision to return was made:
< 1 month;
1-2 months;
2-3 months;
3-6 months;
6-12 months; and
>12 months.
The return to service time should be determined in accordance with Good Industry Practice
assuming normal working arrangements and normal plant procurement lead times. The MW
output values should be the incremental values made available in each time period as further
described in the DRC.

PC.A.5.6.2 Generators, HVDC System Owners and DC Converter Station owners must also notify
The Company of any significant factors which may prevent the Mothballed Power
Generating Module, Mothballed Generating Unit, Mothballed Power Park Module
(including DC Connected Power Park Modules), Mothballed HVDC Systems or
Mothballed DC Converter at a DC Converter Station achieving the estimated values
provided under PC.A.5.6.1 above, excluding factors relating to Transmission Entry
Capacity.
PC.A.5.6.3 Alternative Fuel Information
The following data items must be supplied with respect to each Generating Unit (including
Synchronous Generating Units within a Synchronous Power Generating Module)
whose main fuel is gas.
For each alternative fuel type (if facility installed):

Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019

58 of 79
 (a) Alternative fuel type e.g. oil distillate, alternative gas supply
(b) For the changeover from main to alternative fuel:
- Time to carry out off-line and on-line fuel changeover (minutes).
- Maximum output following off-line and on-line changeover (MW).
- Maximum output during on-line fuel changeover (MW).
- Maximum operating time at full load assuming typical and maximum possible stock
levels (hours).
- Maximum rate of replacement of depleted stocks (MWh electrical/day) on the basis
of Good Industry Practice.
- Is changeover to alternative fuel used in normal operating arrangements?
- Number of successful changeovers carried out in the last of The Company’s
Financial Year (choice of 0, 1-5, 6-10, 11-20, >20).
(c) For the changeover back to main fuel:
- Time to carry out off-line and on-line fuel changeover (minutes).
- Maximum output during on-line fuel changeover (MW).
PC.A.5.6.4 Generators must also notify The Company of any significant factors and their effects which
may prevent the use of alternative fuels achieving the estimated values provided under
PC.A.5.6.3 above (e.g. emissions limits, distilled water stocks etc.)
PC.A.5.7 Black Start Related Information
Data identified under this section PC.A.5.7 must be submitted as required under PC.A.1.2.
This information may also be requested by The Company during a Black Start and should
be provided by Generators where reasonably possible. Generators in this section PC.A.5.7
means Generators only in respect of their Large Power Stations.
The following data items/text must be supplied, from each Generator to The Company, with
respect to each BM Unit at a Large Power Station (excluding the Generating Units
(including Synchronous Generating Units within a Synchronous Power Generating
Module) that are contracted to provide Black Start Capability, Power Park Modules
(including DC Connected Power Park Modules) or Generating Units with an Intermittent
Power Source);
(a) Expected time for each BM Unit to be Synchronised following a Total Shutdown or
Partial Shutdown. The assessment should include the Power Station’s ability to re-
synchronise all BM Units, if all were running immediately prior to the Total Shutdown
or Partial Shutdown. Additionally this should highlight any specific issues (i.e. those
that would impact on the BM Unit’s time to be Synchronised) that may arise, as time
progresses without external supplies being restored.
(b) Block Loading Capability. This should be provided in either graphical or tabular
format showing the estimated block loading capability from 0MW to Registered
Capacity. Any particular ‘hold’ points should also be identified. The data of each BM
Unit should be provided for the condition of a ‘hot’ unit that was Synchronised just
prior to the Total Shutdown or Partial Shutdown and also for the condition of a ‘cold’
unit. The block loading assessment should be done against a frequency variation of
49.5Hz – 50.5Hz.

PC.A.6 USERS' SYSTEM DATA

PC.A.6.1 Introduction

Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019

59 of 79
PC.A.6.1.1 Each User, whether connected directly via an existing Connection Point to the National
Electricity Transmission System or seeking such a direct connection, or providing terms
for connection of an Offshore Transmission System to its User System to The Company
or undertaking OTSDUW, shall provide The Company with data on its User System or
OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus which relates to the Connection Site containing the
Connection Point (or Interface Points or Connection Points in the case of OTSUA) both
current and forecast, as specified in PC.A.6.2 to PC.A.6.6.
PC.A.6.1.2 Each User must reflect the system effect at the Connection Site(s) of any third party
Embedded within its User System whether existing or proposed.
PC.A.6.1.3 PC.A.6.2, and PC.A.6.4 to PC.A.6.7 consist of data which is only to be supplied to The
Company at The Company’s reasonable request. In the event that The Company identifies
a reason for requiring this data, The Company shall write to the relevant User(s), requesting
the data, and explaining the reasons for the request. If the User(s) wishes, The Company
shall also arrange a meeting at which the request for data can be discussed, with the
objective of identifying the best way in which The Company’s requirements can be met. In
respect of EU Code User(s) only, The Company may request the need for electromagnetic
transient simulations at The Company’s reasonable request. User(s) with EU Grid Supply
Points may be required to provide electromagnetic transient simulations in relation to those
EU Grid Supply Points at The Company’s reasonable request.
Where The Company makes a request to a User or EU Code User for dynamic models
under PC.A.6.7, each relevant User shall ensure that the models supplied in respect of their
Plant and Apparatus reflect the true and accurate behaviour of the Plant and Apparatus as
built and verified through the European Compliance Processes (ECP).

PC.A.6.2 Transient Overvoltage Assessment Data

PC.A.6.2.1 It is occasionally necessary for The Company to undertake transient overvoltage
assessments (e.g. capacitor switching transients, switchgear transient recovery voltages,
etc). At The Company’s reasonable request, each User is required to provide the following
data with respect to the Connection Site (and in the case of OTSUA, Interface Points and
Connection Points), current and forecast, together with a Single Line Diagram where not
already supplied under PC.A.2.2.1, as follows:
(a) busbar layout plan(s), including dimensions and geometry showing positioning of any
current and voltage transformers, through bushings, support insulators, disconnectors,
circuit breakers, surge arresters, etc. Electrical parameters of any associated current
and voltage transformers, stray capacitances of wall bushings and support insulators,
and grading capacitances of circuit breakers;
(b) Electrical parameters and physical construction details of lines and cables connected at
that busbar. Electrical parameters of all plant e.g., transformers (including neutral
earthing impedance or zig-zag transformers, if any), series reactors and shunt
compensation equipment connected at that busbar (or to the tertiary of a transformer) or
by lines or cables to that busbar;
(c) Basic insulation levels (BIL) of all Apparatus connected directly, by lines or by cables to
the busbar;
(d) characteristics of overvoltage Protection devices at the busbar and at the termination
points of all lines, and all cables connected to the busbar;
(e) fault levels at the lower voltage terminals of each transformer connected directly or
indirectly to the National Electricity Transmission System (including OTSUA at each
Interface Point and Connection Point) without intermediate transformation;
(f) the following data is required on all transformers operating at Supergrid Voltage
throughout Great Britain and, in Scotland and Offshore, also at 132kV (including
OTSUA): three or five limb cores or single phase units to be specified, and operating
peak flux density at nominal voltage;

Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019

60 of 79
 (g) an indication of which items of equipment may be out of service simultaneously during
Planned Outage conditions.
PC.A.6.3 User's Protection Data
PC.A.6.3.1 Protection
The following information is required which relates only to Protection equipment which can
trip or inter-trip or close any Connection Point circuit-breaker or any Transmission circuit-
breaker (or in the case of OTSUA, any Interface Point or Connection Point circuit
breaker). This information need only be supplied once, in accordance with the timing
requirements set out in PC.A.1.4(b), and need not be supplied on a routine annual basis
thereafter, although The Company should be notified if any of the information changes
(a) a full description, including estimated settings, for all relays and Protection systems
installed or to be installed on the User's System;
(b) a full description of any auto-reclose facilities installed or to be installed on the User's
System, including type and time delays;
(c) a full description, including estimated settings, for all relays and Protection systems or
to be installed on the generator, generator transformer, Station Transformer and their
associated connections;
(d) for Generating Units (including Synchronous Generating Units forming part of a
Synchronous Power Generating Module but excluding Power Park Units) or Power
Park Modules (including DC Connected Power Park Modules) or HVDC Systems or
DC Converters at a DC Converter Station or OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus having
(or intended to have) a circuit breaker at the generator terminal voltage, clearance times
for electrical faults within the Generating Unit (including Synchronous Generating
Units forming part of a Synchronous Power Generating Module but excluding a
Power Park Unit) or Power Park Module (including DC Connected Power Park
Modules) zone, or within the OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus;
(e) the most probable fault clearance time for electrical faults on any part of the User's
System directly connected to the National Electricity Transmission System including
OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus; and
(f) in the case of OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus, synchronisation facilities and delayed
auto reclose sequence schedules (where applicable).
PC.A.6.4 Harmonic Studies
PC.A.6.4.1 It is occasionally necessary for The Company to evaluate the production/magnification of
harmonic distortion on the National Electricity Transmission System and User’s Systems
(and OTSUA), especially when The Company is connecting equipment such as capacitor
banks. At The Company’s reasonable request, each User is required to submit data with
respect to the Connection Site (and in the case of OTSUA, each Interface Point and
Connection Point), current and forecast, and where not already supplied under PC.A.2.2.4
and PC.A.2.2.5, as follows:
PC.A.6.4.2 Overhead lines and underground cable circuits of the User's Subtransmission System
must be differentiated and the following data provided separately for each type:
Positive phase sequence resistance;
Positive phase sequence reactance;
Positive phase sequence susceptance;
and for all transformers connecting the User's Subtransmission System and OTSDUW
Plant and Apparatus to a lower voltage:
Rated MVA;
Voltage Ratio;
Positive phase sequence resistance;

Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019

61 of 79
 Positive phase sequence reactance;
and at the lower voltage points of those connecting transformers:
Equivalent positive phase sequence susceptance;
Connection voltage and MVAr rating of any capacitor bank and component design
parameters if configured as a filter;
Equivalent positive phase sequence interconnection impedance with other lower voltage
points;
The minimum and maximum Demand (both MW and MVAr) that could occur;
Harmonic current injection sources in Amps at the Connection voltage points. Where
the harmonic injection current comes from a diverse group of sources, the equivalent
contribution may be established from appropriate measurements;
Details of traction loads, eg connection phase pairs, continuous variation with time, etc;
An indication of which items of equipment may be out of service simultaneously during
Planned Outage conditions.
PC.A.6.5 Voltage Assessment Studies
It is occasionally necessary for The Company to undertake detailed voltage assessment
studies (e.g., to examine potential voltage instability, voltage control co-ordination or to
calculate voltage step changes). At The Company’s reasonable request, each User is
required to submit the following data where not already supplied under PC.A.2.2.4 and
PC.A.2.2.5:
For all circuits of the User’s Subtransmission System (and any OTSUA):-
Positive Phase Sequence Reactance;
Positive Phase Sequence Resistance;
Positive Phase Sequence Susceptance;
MVAr rating of any reactive compensation equipment;
and for all transformers connecting the User's Subtransmission System to a lower voltage
(and any OTSUA):
Rated MVA;
Voltage Ratio;
Positive phase sequence resistance;
Positive Phase sequence reactance;
Tap-changer range;
Number of tap steps;
Tap-changer type: on-load or off-circuit;
AVC/tap-changer time delay to first tap movement;
AVC/tap-changer inter-tap time delay;
and at the lower voltage points of those connecting transformers (and any OTSUA):-
Equivalent positive phase sequence susceptance;
MVAr rating of any reactive compensation equipment;
Equivalent positive phase sequence interconnection impedance with other lower voltage
points;
The maximum Demand (both MW and MVAr) that could occur;
Estimate of voltage insensitive (constant power) load content in % of total load at both
winter peak and 75% off-peak load conditions.
Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019
62 of 79
PC.A.6.6 Short Circuit Analysis
PC.A.6.6.1 Where prospective short-circuit currents on Transmission equipment are greater than 90%
of the equipment rating, and in The Company’s reasonable opinion more accurate
calculations of short-circuit currents are required, then at The Company’s request each
User is required to submit data with respect to the Connection Site (and in the case of
OTSUA, each Interface Point and Connection Point), current and forecast, and where not
already supplied under PC.A.2.2.4 and PC.A.2.2.5, as follows:
PC.A.6.6.2 For all circuits of the User’s Subtransmission System (and any OTSUA):
Positive phase sequence resistance;
Positive phase sequence reactance;
Positive phase sequence susceptance;
Zero phase sequence resistance (both self and mutuals);
Zero phase sequence reactance (both self and mutuals);
Zero phase sequence susceptance (both self and mutuals);
and for all transformers connecting the User's Subtransmission System to a lower voltage
(and any OTSUA):
Rated MVA;
Voltage Ratio;
Positive phase sequence resistance (at max, min and nominal tap);
Positive Phase sequence reactance (at max, min and nominal tap);
Zero phase sequence reactance (at nominal tap);
Tap changer range;
Earthing method: direct, resistance or reactance;
Impedance if not directly earthed;
and at the lower voltage points of those connecting transformers (and any OTSUA):
The maximum Demand (in MW and MVAr) that could occur;
Short-circuit infeed data in accordance with PC.A.2.5.6 unless the User’s lower voltage
network runs in parallel with the User’s Subtransmission System, when to prevent
double counting in each node infeed data, a  equivalent comprising the data items of
PC.A.2.5.6 for each node together with the positive phase sequence interconnection
impedance between the nodes shall be submitted.

PC.A.6.7 Dynamic Models

PC.A.6.7.1 It is occasionally necessary for The Company to evaluate the dynamic performance of
User’s Plant and Apparatus at each EU Grid Supply Point or in the case of EU Code
Users, their System. At The Company’s reasonable request and as agreed between The
Company and the relevant Network Operator or Non-Embedded Customer, each User is
required to provide the following data. Where such data is required, The Company will work
with the Network Operator or Non-Embedded Customer to establish the scope of the
dynamic modelling work and share the required information where it is available:-
(a) Dynamic model structure and block diagrams including parameters,
transfer functions and individual elements (as applicable);
(b) Power control functions and block diagrams including parameters,
transfer functions and individual elements (as applicable);
(c) Voltage control functions and block diagrams including parameters,
transfer functions and individual elements (as applicable);
Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019
63 of 79
 (d) Converter control models and block diagrams including parameters,
transfer functions and individual elements (as applicable).

PC.A.7 ADDITIONAL DATA FOR NEW TYPES OF POWER STATIONS, DC CONVERTER

STATIONS, OTSUA AND CONFIGURATIONS
Notwithstanding the Standard Planning Data and Detailed Planning Data set out in this
Appendix, as new types of configurations and operating arrangements of Power Stations,
HVDC Systems, DC Converter Stations and OTSUA emerge in future, The Company
may reasonably require additional data to represent correctly the performance of such Plant
and Apparatus on the System, where the present data submissions would prove insufficient
for the purpose of producing meaningful System studies for the relevant parties.

Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019

64 of 79
 PART 3 - DETAILED PLANNING DATA

PC.A.8 To allow a User to model the National Electricity Transmission System, The Company
will provide, upon request, the following Network Data to Users, calculated in accordance
with Good Industry Practice:
To allow a User to assess undertaking OTSDUW and except where provided for in Appendix
F, The Company will provide upon request the following Network Data to Users, calculated
in accordance with Good Industry Practice:
PC.A.8.1 Single Point of Connection
For a Single Point of Connection to a User's System (and OTSUA), as an equivalent
400kV or 275kV source and also in Scotland and Offshore as an equivalent 132kV source,
the data (as at the HV side of the Point of Connection (and in the case of OTSUA, each
Interface Point and Connection Point) reflecting data given to The Company by Users)
will be given to a User as follows:
The data items listed under the following parts of PC.A.8.3:
(a) (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v) and (vi)
and the data items shall be provided in accordance with the detailed provisions of PC.A.8.3
(b) - (e).
PC.A.8.2 Multiple Point of Connection
For a Multiple Point of Connection to a User's System equivalents suitable for use in
loadflow and fault level analysis shall be provided. These equivalents will normally be in the
form of a π model or extension with a source (or demand for a loadflow equivalent) at each
node and a linking impedance. The boundary nodes for the equivalent shall be either at the
Connection Point (and in the case of OTSDUW, each Interface Point and Connection
Point) or (where The Company agrees) at suitable nodes (the nodes to be agreed with the
User) within the National Electricity Transmission System. The data at the Connection
Point (and in the case of OTSDUW, each Interface Point and Connection Point) will be
given to a User as follows:
The data items listed under the following parts of PC.A.8.3:-
(a) (i), (ii), (iv), (v), (vi), (vii), (viii), (ix), (x) and (xi)
and the data items shall be provided in accordance with the detailed provisions of PC.A.8.3
(b) - (e).
When an equivalent of this form is not required The Company will not provide the data items
listed under the following parts of PC.A.8.3:-
(a) (vii), (viii), (ix), (x) and (xi)
PC.A.8.3 Data Items
(a) The following is a list of data utilised in this part of the PC. It also contains rules on the
data which generally apply.
(i) symmetrical three-phase short circuit current infeed at the instant of fault from the
National Electricity Transmission System, (I1");
(ii) symmetrical three-phase short circuit current from the National Electricity
Transmission System after the subtransient fault current contribution has
substantially decayed, (I1');
(iii) the zero sequence source resistance and reactance values at the Point of
Connection (and in case of OTSUA, each Interface Point and Connection
Point), consistent with the maximum infeed below;
(iv) the pre-fault voltage magnitude at which the maximum fault currents were
calculated;
(v) the positive sequence X/R ratio at the instant of fault;

Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019

65 of 79
 (vi) the negative sequence resistance and reactance values of the National Electricity
Transmission System seen from the (Point of Connection and in case of
OTSUA, each Interface Point and Connection Point), if substantially different
from the values of positive sequence resistance and reactance which would be
derived from the data provided above;
(vii) the initial positive sequence resistance and reactance values of the two (or more)
sources and the linking impedance(s) derived from a fault study constituting the (π)
equivalent and evaluated without the User network and load and where
appropriate without elements of the National Electricity Transmission System
between the User network and agreed boundary nodes (and in case of OTSUA,
each Interface Point and Connection Point);
(viii) the positive sequence resistance and reactance values of the two (or more)
sources and the linking impendence(s) derived from a fault study, considering the
short circuit current contributions after the subtransient fault current contribution
has substantially decayed, constituting the (π) equivalent and evaluated without
the User network and load, and where appropriate without elements of the
National Electricity Transmission System between the User network and
agreed boundary nodes (and in case of OTSUA, each Interface Point and
Connection Point);
(ix) the corresponding zero sequence impedance values of the (π) equivalent
produced for use in fault level analysis;
(x) the Demand and voltage at the boundary nodes and the positive sequence
resistance and reactance values of the linking impedance(s) derived from a
loadflow study considering National Electricity Transmission System peak
Demand constituting the (π) loadflow equivalent; and,
(xi) where the agreed boundary nodes are not at a Connection Point (and in case of
OTSUA, Interface Point or Connection Point), the positive sequence and zero
sequence impedances of all elements of the National Electricity Transmission
System between the User network and agreed boundary nodes that are not
included in the equivalent (and in case of OTSUA, each Interface Point and
Connection Point).
(b) To enable the model to be constructed, The Company will provide data based on the
following conditions.
(c) The initial symmetrical three phase short circuit current and the transient period three
phase short circuit current will normally be derived from the fixed impedance studies.
The latter value should be taken as applying at times of 120ms and longer. Shorter
values may be interpolated using a value for the subtransient time constant of 40ms.
These fault currents will be obtained from a full System study based on load flow
analysis that takes into account any existing flow across the point of connection being
considered.
(d) Since the equivalent will be produced for the 400kV or 275kV and also in Scotland and
Offshore132kV parts of the National Electricity Transmission System The
Company will provide the appropriate supergrid transformer data.
(e) The positive sequence X/R ratio and the zero sequence impedance value will
correspond to The Company’s source network only, that is with the section of network
if any with which the equivalent is to be used excluded. These impedance values will
be derived from the condition when all Generating Units (including Synchronous
Generating Units forming part of a Synchronous Power Generating Module) are
Synchronised to the National Electricity Transmission System or a User's System
and will take account of active sources only including any contribution from the load to
the fault current. The passive component of the load itself or other system shunt
impedances should not be included.

Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019

66 of 79
 (f) A User may at any time, in writing, specifically request for an equivalent to be prepared
for an alternative System condition, for example where the User's System peak does
not correspond to the National Electricity Transmission System peak, and The
Company will, insofar as such request is reasonable, provide the information as soon
as reasonably practicable following the request.

Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019

67 of 79
 APPENDIX B - SINGLE LINE DIAGRAMS

PC.B.1 The diagrams below show three examples of single line diagrams, showing the detail that
should be incorporated in the diagram. The first example is for an Network Operator
connection, the second for a Generator connection, the third for a Power Park Module
electrically equivalent system.

Network Operator Single Line Diagram

Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019

68 of 79
 Generator Single Line Diagram

Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019

69 of 79
 Power Park Module Single Line Diagram

Notes:
(1) The electrically equivalent Power Park Unit consists of a number of actual Power Park
Units of the same type ie. any equipment external to the Power Park Unit terminals is
considered as part of the Equivalent Network. Power Park Units of different types shall
be included in separate electrically equivalent Power Park Units. The total number of
equivalent Power Park Units shall represent all of the actual Power Park Units in the
Power Park Module (which could be a DC Connected Power Park Module).
(2) Separate electrically equivalent networks are required for each different type of
electrically equivalent Power Park Unit. The electrically equivalent network shall
include all equipment between the Power Park Unit terminals and the Common
Collection Busbar.
(3) All Plant and Apparatus including the circuit breakers, transformers, lines, cables and
reactive compensation plant between the Common Collection Busbar and Substation
A shall be shown.

Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019

70 of 79
 APPENDIX C - TECHNICAL AND DESIGN CRITERIA

PC.C.1 Planning and design of the SPT and SHETL Transmission Systems is based generally, but
not totally, on criteria which evolved from joint consultation among various Transmission
Licensees responsible for design of the National Electricity Transmission System.
PC.C.2 The above criteria are set down within the standards, memoranda, recommendations and
reports and are provided as a guide to system planning. It should be noted that each
scheme for reinforcement or modification of the Transmission System is individually
designed in the light of economic and technical factors associated with the particular system
limitations under consideration.
PC.C.3 The tables below identify the literature referred to above, together with the main topics
considered within each document.
PART 1 – SHETL's TECHNICAL AND DESIGN CRITERIA

ITEM No. DOCUMENT REFERENCE No.

1 National Electricity Transmission System Security and Version [ ]
Quality of Supply Standard
2 System Phasing TPS 13/4
3 Not used
4 Voltage fluctuations and the connection of disturbing EREC P28 Issue 2
equipment to transmission systems and distribution networks
in the United Kingdom
5 EHV or HV Supplies to Induction Furnaces ER P16
(Supported by
Voltage unbalance limits. ACE Report
Harmonic current limits. No.48)
6 Planning Levels for Harmonic Voltage Distortion and the ER G5/4
Connection of Non-Linear Loads to Transmission Systems (Supported by
and Public Electricity Supply Systems in the United Kingdom ACE Report
No.73)
Harmonic distortion (waveform).
Harmonic voltage distortion.
Harmonic current distortion.
Stage 1 limits.
Stage 2 limits.
Stage 3 Limits
Addition of Harmonics
Short Duration Harmonics
Site Measurements
7 AC Traction Supplies to British Rail ER P24

Type of supply point to railway system.

Estimation of traction loads.
Nature of traction current.
System disturbance estimation.
Earthing arrangements.

Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019

71 of 79
 ITEM No. DOCUMENT REFERENCE No.
8 Operational Memoranda (SOM)

Main System operating procedure. SOM 1

Operational standards of security. SOM 3

Voltage and reactive control on main system. SOM 4

System warnings and procedures for instructed load SOM 7

reduction.

Continuous tape recording of system control telephone SOM 10

messages and instructions.

Emergency action in the event of an exceptionally SOM 15

serious breakdown of the main system.
9 Planning Limits for Voltage Unbalance in the United ER P29
Kingdom.

Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019

72 of 79
 PART 2 - SPT's TECHNICAL AND DESIGN CRITERIA

ITEM No. DOCUMENT REFERENCE

No.
1 National Electricity Transmission System Security and Version [ ]
Quality of Supply Standard
2 System Phasing TDM 13/10,002
Issue 4
3 Not used
4 Voltage fluctuations and the connection of disturbing EREC P28 Issue
equipment to transmission systems and distribution 2
networks in the United Kingdom
5 EHV or HV Supplies to Induction Furnaces ER P16
(Supported by
Voltage Unbalance limits. ACE Report
Harmonic current limits. No.48)
6 Planning Levels for Harmonic Voltage Distortion and the ER G5/4
Connection of Non-Linear Loads to Transmission Systems (Supported by
and Public Electricity Supply Systems in the United ACE Report
Kingdom No.73)

Harmonic distortion (waveform).

Harmonic voltage distortion.
Harmonic current distortion.
Stage 1 limits.
Stage 2 limits.
Stage 3 Limits
Addition of Harmonics
Short Duration Harmonics
Site Measurements
7 AC Traction Supplies to British Rail ER P24

Type of supply point to railway system.

Estimation of traction loads.
Nature of traction current.
System disturbance estimation.
Earthing arrangements.

Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019

73 of 79
 APPENDIX D - DATA NOT DISCLOSED TO A RELEVANT TRANSMISSION LICENSEE

PC.D.1 Pursuant to PC.3.4, The Company will not disclose to a Relevant Transmission Licensee
data items specified in the below extract:

PC DATA
DATA DESCRIPTION UNITS
REFERENCE CATEGORY

PC.A.3.2.2 (f) (i) (i) For GB Code Users SPD

The Generator Performance Chart at the

Generating Unit stator terminals

(ii) For EU Code Users:-

The Power Generating Module

Performance Chart, and Synchronous
Generating Unit Performance Chart;

PC.A.3.2.2 (b) Output Usable (on a monthly basis) MW SPD

PC.A.5.3.2 (d) GOVERNOR AND ASSOCIATED PRIME MOVER

Option 1 (iii) PARAMETERS

Option 1

BOILER & STEAM TURBINE DATA

Boiler time constant (Stored Active Energy) S DPD II

HP turbine response ratio: (Proportion of Primary % DPD II

Response arising from HP turbine)

HP turbine response ratio: (Proportion of High % DPD II

Frequency Response arising from HP turbine)

Part of Option 2
PC.A.5.3.2 (d)
Option 2 (i) All Generating Units (including Synchronous
Generating Units forming part of a Synchronous
Power Generating Module)

Governor Deadband and Governor Insensitivity*

- Maximum Setting Hz DPD II

- Normal Setting Hz DPD II

- Minimum Setting Hz DPD II

(Note Generators who are not required to satisfy the

requirements of the European Connection Conditions
do not need to supply Governor Insensitivity data).

Part of Steam Units

PC.A.5.3.2 (d)
Option 2 (ii)

Reheater Time Constant sec DPD II

Boiler Time Constant sec DPD II

HP Power Fraction % DPD II

Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019

74 of 79
 PC DATA
DATA DESCRIPTION UNITS
REFERENCE CATEGORY

IP Power Fraction % DPD II

Part of Gas Turbine Units

PC.A.5.3.2 (d)
Option 2 (iii) Waste Heat Recovery Boiler Time Constant

Part of UNIT CONTROL OPTIONS

PC.A.5.3.2 (e)

Maximum droop % DPD II

Minimum droop % DPD II

Maximum frequency Governor Deadband and ±Hz DPD II

Governor Insensitivity*

Normal frequency Governor Deadband and Governor ±Hz DPD II

Insensitivity*

Minimum frequency Governor Deadband and Governor ±Hz DPD II

Insensitivity*

Maximum Output Governor Deadband and Governor ±MW DPD II

Insensitivity*

Normal Output Governor Deadband and Governor ±MW DPD II

Insensitivity*

Minimum Output Governor Deadband and Governor ±MW DPD II

Insensitivity*

(Note Generators who are not required to satisfy the

requirements of the European Connection Conditions
do not need to supply Governor Insensitivity data).

Frequency settings between which Unit Load Controller

droop applies:

Maximum Hz DPD II

Normal Hz DPD II

Minimum Hz DPD II

Sustained response normally selected Yes/No DPD II

PC.A.3.2.2 (f) Performance Chart of a Power Park Modules (including SPD

(ii) DC Connected Power Park Modules) at the connection
point

PC.A.3.2.2 (b) Output Usable (on a monthly basis) MW SPD

PC.A.3.2.2 (e) DC CONVERTER STATION AND HVDC SYSTEM

and (j) DATA

ACTIVE POWER TRANSFER CAPABILITY (PC.A.3.2.2)

Import MW available in excess of Registered Import MW SPD

Capacity.

Time duration for which MW in excess of Registered Min SPD

Import Capacity is available

Export MW available in excess of Registered Capacity. MW SPD

Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019

75 of 79
 PC DATA
DATA DESCRIPTION UNITS
REFERENCE CATEGORY

Time duration for which MW in excess of Registered Min SPD

Capacity is available

Part of LOADING PARAMETERS

PC.A.5.4.3.3

MW Export

Nominal loading rate MW/s DPD I

Maximum (emergency) loading rate MW/s DPD I

MW Import

Nominal loading rate MW/s DPD I

Maximum (emergency) loading rate MW/s DPD I

APPENDIX E - OFFSHORE TRANSMISSION SYSTEM AND OTSDUW PLANT AND APPARATUS

TECHNICAL AND DESIGN CRITERIA

PC.E.1 In the absence of any relevant Electrical Standards, Offshore Transmission Licensees
and Generators undertaking OTSDUW are required to ensure that all equipment used in the
construction of their network is:
(i) Fully compliant and suitably designed to any relevant Technical Specification;
(ii) Suitable for use and operation in an Offshore environment, where such parts of the
Offshore Transmission System and OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus are located in
Offshore Waters and are not installed in an area that is protected from that Offshore
environment, and
(iii) Compatible with any relevant Electrical Standards or Technical Specifications at the
Offshore Grid Entry Point and Interface Point.
PC.E.2 The table below identifies the technical and design criteria that will be used in the design and
development of an Offshore Transmission System and OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus.

ITEM No. DOCUMENT REFERENCE No.

1 National Electricity Transmission System Security and Quality of Version [ ]
Supply Standard
2* Voltage fluctuations and the connection of disturbing equipment to EREC P28 Issue
transmission systems and distribution networks in the United 2
Kingdom
3* Planning Levels for Harmonic Voltage Distortion and the Connection ER G5/4
of Non-Linear Loads to Transmission Systems and Public Electricity
Supply Systems in the United Kingdom
4* Planning Limits for Voltage Unbalance in the United Kingdom ER P29

* Note:- Items 2, 3 and 4 above shall only apply at the Interface Point.

Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019

76 of 79
 APPENDIX F - OTSDUW DATA AND INFORMATION AND OTSDUW NETWORK DATA AND
INFORMATION

PC.F.1 Introduction
PC.F.1.1 Appendix F specifies data requirements to be submitted to The Company by Users and
Users by The Company in respect of OTSDUW.
PC.F.1.2 Such User submissions shall be in accordance with the OTSDUW Development and Data
Timetable in a Construction Agreement.
PC.F.1.3 Such The Company submissions shall be issued with the offer of a CUSC Contract in the
case of the data in Part 1 and otherwise in accordance with the OTSDUW Development
and Data Timetable in a Construction Agreement.
PC.F.2. OTSDUW Network Data and Information
PC.F.2.1 With the offer of a CUSC Contract under the OTSDUW Arrangements The Company shall
provide:
(a) the site specific technical design and operational criteria for the Connection Site;
(b) the site specific technical design and operational criteria for the Interface Point, and
(c) details of The Company’s preliminary identification and consideration of the options
available for the Interface Point in the context of the User’s application for connection
or modification, the preliminary costs used by The Company in assessing such options
and the Offshore Works Assumptions including the assumed Interface Point
identified during these preliminary considerations.
PC.F.2.2 In accordance with the OTSDUW Development and Data Timetable in a Construction
Agreement The Company shall provide the following information and data to a User:
(a) equivalent of the fault infeed or fault level ratings at the Interface Point (as identified in
the Offshore Works Assumptions)
(b) notification of numbering and nomenclature of the HV Apparatus comprised in the
OTSDUW;
(i) past or present physical properties, including both actual and designed physical
properties, of Plant and Apparatus forming part of the National Electricity
Transmission System at the Interface Point at which the OTSUA will be
connected to the extent it is required for the design and construction of the
OTSDUW, including but not limited to:
(ii) the voltage of any part of such Plant and Apparatus;
(iii) the electrical current flowing in or over such Plant and Apparatus;
(iv) the configuration of any part of such Plant and Apparatus
(v) the temperature of any part of such Plant and Apparatus;
(vi) the pressure of any fluid forming part of such Plant and Apparatus
(vii) the electromagnetic properties of such Plant and Apparatus; and
(viii) the technical specifications, settings or operation of any Protection Systems
forming part of such Plant and Apparatus.
(c) information necessary to enable the User to harmonise the OTSDUW with construction
works elsewhere on the National Electricity Transmission System that could affect
the OTSDUW
(d) information related to the current or future configuration of any circuits of the Onshore
Transmission System with which the OTSUA are to connect;

(e) any changes which are planned on the National Electricity Transmission System in
the current or following six Financial Years and which will materially affect the planning
or development of the OTSDUW.
Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019
77 of 79
PC.F.2.3 At the User's reasonable request additional information and data in respect of the National
Electricity Transmission System shall be provided.
PC.F.2.4 OTSDUW Data And Information
PC.F.2.4.1 In accordance with the OTSDUW Development and Data Timetable in a Construction
Agreement the User shall provide to The Company the following information and data
relating to the OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus in accordance with Appendix A of the
Planning Code.

< END OF PLANNING CODE >

Issue 5 Revision 34 PC 23 May 2019

78 of 79
 CONNECTION CONDITIONS
(CC)

CONTENTS

(This contents page does not form part of the Grid Code)

Paragraph No/Title Page Number

CC.1 INTRODUCTION .......................................................................................................................................2
CC.2 OBJECTIVE ..............................................................................................................................................2
CC.3 SCOPE ......................................................................................................................................................2
CC.4 PROCEDURE ...........................................................................................................................................4
CC.5 CONNECTION ..........................................................................................................................................4
CC.6 TECHNICAL, DESIGN AND OPERATIONAL CRITERIA .........................................................................6
CC.7 SITE RELATED CONDITIONS ...............................................................................................................47
CC.8 ANCILLARY SERVICES .........................................................................................................................52
APPENDIX 1 - SITE RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULES .....................................................................................54
PROFORMA FOR SITE RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE ..........................................................................58
APPENDIX 2 - OPERATION DIAGRAMS..........................................................................................................62
PART 1A - PROCEDURES RELATING TO OPERATION DIAGRAMS ....................................................62
PART 1B - PROCEDURES RELATING TO GAS ZONE DIAGRAMS .......................................................65
PART 2 - NON-EXHAUSTIVE LIST OF APPARATUS TO BE INCLUDED ON OPERATION
DIAGRAMS .................................................................................................................................................66
APPENDIX 3 - MINIMUM FREQUENCY RESPONSE REQUIREMENT PROFILE AND OPERATING
RANGE FOR NEW POWER STATIONS AND DC CONVERTER STATIONS .................................................68
APPENDIX 4 - FAULT RIDE THROUGH REQUIREMENTS .............................................................................73
APPENDIX 4A ............................................................................................................................................73
APPENDIX 4B ............................................................................................................................................79
APPENDIX 5 - TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS LOW FREQUENCY RELAYS FOR THE AUTOMATIC
DISCONNECTION OF SUPPLIES AT LOW FREQUENCY ..............................................................................85
APPENDIX 6 - PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR CONTINUOUSLY ACTING AUTOMATIC
EXCITATION CONTROL SYSTEMS FOR ONSHORE SYNCHRONOUS GENERATING UNITS ...................87
APPENDIX 7 - PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR CONTINUOUSLY ACTING AUTOMATIC
VOLTAGE CONTROL SYSTEMS FOR ONSHORE NON-SYNCHRONOUS GENERATING UNITS,
ONSHORE DC CONVERTERS, ONSHORE POWER PARK MODULES AND OTSDUW PLANT AND
APPARATUS AT THE INTERFACE POINT ......................................................................................................91

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

CC.1 INTRODUCTION
CC.1.1 The Connection Conditions ("CC") specify both:
(a) the minimum technical, design and operational criteria which must be complied with by:
(i) any GB Code User connected to or seeking connection with the National
Electricity Transmission System, or
(ii) GB Code Users in respect of GB Generators (other than in respect of Small
Power Stations) or GB Code User’s in respect of DC Converter Station owners
connected to or seeking connection to a User's System which is located in Great
Britain or Offshore, and
(b) the minimum technical, design and operational criteria with which The Company will
comply in relation to the part of the National Electricity Transmission System at the
Connection Site with GB Code Users. In the case of any OTSDUW Plant and
Apparatus, the CC also specify the minimum technical, design and operational criteria
which must be complied with by those GB Code Users when undertaking OTSDUW.
(c) For the avoidance of doubt, the requirements of these CC’s do not apply to EU Code
User’s for whom the requirements of the ECC’s shall apply.

CC.2 OBJECTIVE
CC.2.1 The objective of the CC is to ensure that by specifying minimum technical, design and
operational criteria the basic rules for connection to the National Electricity Transmission
System and (for certain GB Code Users) to a User's System are similar for all GB Code
Users of an equivalent category and will enable The Company to comply with its statutory
and Transmission Licence obligations.
CC.2.2 In the case of any OTSDUW the objective of the CC is to ensure that by specifying the
minimum technical, design and operational criteria the basic rules relating to an Offshore
Transmission System designed and constructed by an Offshore Transmission Licensee
and designed and/or constructed by an GB Code User under the OTSDUW Arrangements
are equivalent.
CC.2.3 Provisions of the CC which apply in relation to OTSDUW and OTSUA, and/or a
Transmission Interface Site, shall (in any particular case) apply up to the OTSUA Transfer
Time, whereupon such provisions shall (without prejudice to any prior non-compliance)
cease to apply, without prejudice to the continuing application of provisions of the CC
applying in relation to the relevant Offshore Transmission System and/or Connection
Site. It is the case therefore that in cases where the OTSUA become operational prior to the
OTSUA Transfer Time that a GB Generator is required to comply with this CC both as it
applies to its Plant and Apparatus at a Connection Site\Connection Point and the
OTSUA at the Transmission Interface Site/Transmission Interface Point until the
OTSUA Transfer Time and this CC shall be construed accordingly.
CC.2.4 In relation to OTSDUW, provisions otherwise to be contained in a Bilateral Agreement may
be contained in the Construction Agreement, and accordingly a reference in the CC to a
relevant Bilateral Agreement includes the relevant Construction Agreement.

CC.3 SCOPE
CC.3.1 The CC applies to The Company and to GB Code Users, which in the CC means:
(a) GB Generators (other than those which only have Embedded Small Power Stations),
including those undertaking OTSDUW;
(b) Network Operators;
(c) Non-Embedded Customers;

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

2 of 97
 (d) DC Converter Station owners; and
(e) BM Participants and Externally Interconnected System Operators in respect of
CC.6.5 only.
CC.3.2 The above categories of GB Code User will become bound by the CC prior to them
generating, distributing, supplying or consuming, as the case may be, and references to the
various categories should, therefore, be taken as referring to them in that prospective role as
well as to GB Code Users actually connected.

CC.3.3 Embedded Medium Power Stations not subject to a Bilateral Agreement and Embedded
DC Converter Stations not subject to a Bilateral Agreement Provisions.
The following provisions apply in respect of Embedded Medium Power Stations not
subject to a Bilateral Agreement and Embedded DC Converter Stations not subject to a
Bilateral Agreement.
CC.3.3.1 The obligations within the CC that are expressed to be applicable to GB Generators in
respect of Embedded Medium Power Stations not subject to a Bilateral Agreement and
DC Converter Station Owners in respect of Embedded DC Converter Stations not subject
to a Bilateral Agreement (where the obligations are in each case listed in CC.3.3.2) shall be
read and construed as obligations that the Network Operator within whose System any
such Medium Power Station or DC Converter Station is Embedded must ensure are
performed and discharged by the GB Generator or the DC Converter Station owner.
Embedded Medium Power Stations not subject to a Bilateral Agreement and Embedded
DC Converter Stations not subject to a Bilateral Agreement which are located Offshore
and which are connected to an Onshore GB Code Users System will be required to meet
the applicable requirements of the Grid Code as though they are an Onshore GB Generator
or Onshore DC Converter Station Owner connected to an Onshore User System Entry
Point.
CC.3.3.2 The Network Operator within whose System a Medium Power Station not subject to a
Bilateral Agreement is Embedded or a DC Converter Station not subject to a Bilateral
Agreement is Embedded must ensure that the following obligations in the CC are
performed and discharged by the GB Generator in respect of each such Embedded
Medium Power Station or the DC Converter Station owner in the case of an Embedded
DC Converter Station:
CC.5.1
CC.5.2.2
CC.5.3
CC.6.1.3
CC.6.1.5 (b)
CC.6.3.2, CC.6.3.3, CC.6.3.4, CC.6.3.6, CC.6.3.7, CC.6.3.8, CC.6.3.9, CC.6.3.10,
CC.6.3.12, CC.6.3.13, CC.6.3.15, CC.6.3.16
CC.6.4.4
CC.6.5.6 (where required by CC.6.4.4)

In respect of CC.6.2.2.2, CC.6.2.2.3, CC.6.2.2.5, CC.6.1.5(a), CC.6.1.5(b) and

CC.6.3.11 equivalent provisions as co-ordinated and agreed with the Network
Operator and GB Generator or DC Converter Station owner may be required. Details
of any such requirements will be notified to the Network Operator in accordance with
CC.3.5.
CC.3.3.3 In the case of Embedded Medium Power Stations not subject to a Bilateral Agreement
and Embedded DC Converter Stations not subject to a Bilateral Agreement the
requirements in:

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

3 of 97
 CC.6.1.6
CC.6.3.8
CC.6.3.12
CC.6.3.15
CC.6.3.16

that would otherwise have been specified in a Bilateral Agreement will be notified to the
relevant Network Operator in writing in accordance with the provisions of the CUSC and the
Network Operator must ensure such requirements are performed and discharged by the
GB Generator or the DC Converter Station owner.
CC.3.4 In the case of Offshore Embedded Power Stations connected to an Offshore GB Code
User’s System which directly connects to an Offshore Transmission System, any
additional requirements in respect of such Offshore Embedded Power Stations may be
specified in the relevant Bilateral Agreement with the Network Operator or in any Bilateral
Agreement between The Company and such Offshore Embedded Power Station.
CC.3.5 In the case of a GB Generator undertaking OTSDUW connecting to an Onshore Network
Operator’s System, any additional requirements in respect of such OTSDUW Plant and
Apparatus will be specified in the relevant Bilateral Agreement with the GB Generator.
For the avoidance of doubt, requirements applicable to GB Generators undertaking
OTSDUW and connecting to a Network Operator’s User System, shall be consistent with
those applicable requirements of GB Generators undertaking OTSDUW and connecting to a
Transmission Interface Point.

CC.4 PROCEDURE
CC.4.1 The CUSC contains certain provisions relating to the procedure for connection to the
National Electricity Transmission System or, in the case of Embedded Power Stations
or Embedded DC Converter Stations, becoming operational and includes provisions
relating to certain conditions to be complied with by GB Code Users prior to and during the
course of The Company notifying the GB Code User that it has the right to become
operational. The procedure for a GB Code User to become connected is set out in the
Compliance Processes.

CC.5 CONNECTION
CC.5.1 The provisions relating to connecting to the National Electricity Transmission System (or
to a User's System in the case of a connection of an Embedded Large Power Station or
Embedded Medium Power Station or Embedded DC Converter Station) are contained in:
(a) the CUSC and/or CUSC Contract (or in the relevant application form or offer for a
CUSC Contract);
(b) or, in the case of an Embedded Development, the relevant Distribution Code and/or
the Embedded Development Agreement for the connection (or in the relevant
application form or offer for an Embedded Development Agreement),
and include provisions relating to both the submission of information and reports relating to
compliance with the relevant Connection Conditions for that GB Code User, Safety
Rules, commissioning programmes, Operation Diagrams and approval to connect (and
their equivalents in the case of Embedded Medium Power Stations not subject to a
Bilateral Agreement or Embedded DC Converter Stations not subject to a Bilateral
Agreement). References in the CC to the "Bilateral Agreement” and/or “Construction
Agreement" and/or “Embedded Development Agreement” shall be deemed to include
references to the application form or offer therefor.
CC.5.2 Items For Submission

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

4 of 97
CC.5.2.1 Prior to the Completion Date (or, where the GB Generator is undertaking OTSDUW, any
later date specified) under the Bilateral Agreement and/or Construction Agreement, the
following is submitted pursuant to the terms of the Bilateral Agreement and/or
Construction Agreement:
(a) updated Planning Code data (both Standard Planning Data and Detailed Planning
Data), with any estimated values assumed for planning purposes confirmed or, where
practical, replaced by validated actual values and by updated estimates for the future
and by updated forecasts for Forecast Data items such as Demand, pursuant to the
requirements of the Planning Code;

(b) details of the Protection arrangements and settings referred to in CC.6;

(c) copies of all Safety Rules and Local Safety Instructions applicable at Users' Sites
which will be used at the Transmission/User interface (which, for the purpose of OC8,
must be to The Company’s satisfaction regarding the procedures for Isolation and
Earthing. The Company will consult the Relevant Transmission Licensee when
determining whether the procedures for Isolation and Earthing are satisfactory);
(d) information to enable the preparation of the Site Responsibility Schedules on the
basis of the provisions set out in Appendix 1;
(e) an Operation Diagram for all HV Apparatus on the User side of the Connection
Point as described in CC.7;
(f) the proposed name of the User Site (which shall not be the same as, or confusingly
similar to, the name of any Transmission Site or of any other User Site);
(g) written confirmation that Safety Co-ordinators acting on behalf of the User are
authorised and competent pursuant to the requirements of OC8;
(h) Such RISSP prefixes pursuant to the requirements of OC8. Prefixes shall be circulated
utilising a proforma in accordance with OC8;
(i) a list of the telephone numbers for Joint System Incidents at which senior
management representatives nominated for the purpose can be contacted and
confirmation that they are fully authorised to make binding decisions on behalf of the
User, pursuant to OC9;
(j) a list of managers who have been duly authorised to sign Site Responsibility
Schedules on behalf of the User;
(k) information to enable the preparation of the Site Common Drawings as described in
CC.7;
(l) a list of the telephone numbers for the Users facsimile machines referred to in
CC.6.5.9; and
(m) for Sites in Scotland and Offshore a list of persons appointed by the User to undertake
operational duties on the User’s System (including any OTSDUW prior to the OTSUA
Transfer Time) and to issue and receive operational messages and instructions in
relation to the User’s System (including any OTSDUW prior to the OTSUA Transfer
Time); and an appointed person or persons responsible for the maintenance and testing
of User’s Plant and Apparatus.
CC.5.2.2 Prior to the Completion Date the following must be submitted to The Company by the
Network Operator in respect of an Embedded Development:
(a) updated Planning Code data (both Standard Planning Data and Detailed Planning
Data), with any estimated values assumed for planning purposes confirmed or, where
practical, replaced by validated actual values and by updated estimates for the future
and by updated forecasts for Forecast Data items such as Demand, pursuant to the
requirements of the Planning Code;
Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019
5 of 97
 (b) details of the Protection arrangements and settings referred to in CC.6;
(c) the proposed name of the Embedded Medium Power Station or Embedded DC
Converter Station Site (which shall be agreed with The Company unless it is the
same as, or confusingly similar to, the name of other Transmission Site or User Site);
CC.5.2.3 Prior to the Completion Date contained within an Offshore Transmission Distribution
Connection Agreement the following must be submitted to The Company by the Network
Operator in respect of a proposed new Interface Point within its User System:
(a) updated Planning Code data (both Standard Planning Data and Detailed Planning
Data), with any estimated values assumed for planning purposes confirmed or, where
practical, replaced by validated actual values and by updated estimates for the future
and by updated forecasts for Forecast Data items such as Demand, pursuant to the
requirements of the Planning Code;
(b) details of the Protection arrangements and settings referred to in CC.6;
(c) the proposed name of the Interface Point (which shall not be the same as, or
confusingly similar to, the name of any Transmission Site or of any other User Site);
CC.5.2.4 In the case of OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus (in addition to items under CC.5.2.1 in
respect of the Connection Site), prior to the Completion Date (or any later date specified)
under the Construction Agreement the following must be submitted to The Company by
the GB Code User in respect of the proposed new Connection Point and Interface Point:
(a) updated Planning Code data (Standard Planning Data, Detailed Planning Data and
OTSDUW Data and Information), with any estimated values assumed for planning
purposes confirmed or, where practical, replaced by validated actual values and by
updated estimates for the future and by updated forecasts for Forecast Data items
such as Demand, pursuant to the requirements of the Planning Code;
(b) details of the Protection arrangements and settings referred to in CC.6;
(c) information to enable preparation of the Site Responsibility Schedules at the
Transmission Interface Site on the basis of the provisions set out in Appendix 1.
(d) the proposed name of the Interface Point (which shall not be the same as, or
confusingly similar to, the name of any Transmission Site or of any other User Site);
CC.5.3 (a) Of the items CC.5.2.1 (c), (e), (g), (h), (k) and (m) need not be supplied in respect of
Embedded Power Stations or Embedded DC Converter Stations,
(b) item CC.5.2.1(i) need not be supplied in respect of Embedded Small Power Stations
and Embedded Medium Power Stations or Embedded DC Converter Stations with
a Registered Capacity of less than 100MW, and
(c) items CC.5.2.1(d) and (j) are only needed in the case where the Embedded Power
Station or the Embedded DC Converter Station is within a Connection Site with
another User.

CC.6 TECHNICAL, DESIGN AND OPERATIONAL CRITERIA

CC.6.1 National Electricity Transmission System Performance Characteristics
CC.6.1.1 The Company shall ensure that, subject as provided in the Grid Code, the National
Electricity Transmission System complies with the following technical, design and
operational criteria in relation to the part of the National Electricity Transmission System
at the Connection Site with a GB Code User and in the case of OTSDUW Plant and
Apparatus, a Transmission Interface Point (unless otherwise specified in CC.6) although
in relation to operational criteria The Company may be unable (and will not be required) to
comply with this obligation to the extent that there are insufficient Power Stations or User
Systems are not available or Users do not comply with The Company's instructions or
otherwise do not comply with the Grid Code and each GB Code User shall ensure that its
Plant and Apparatus complies with the criteria set out in CC.6.1.5.
Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019
6 of 97
 Grid Frequency Variations
CC.6.1.2 The Frequency of the National Electricity Transmission System shall be nominally 50Hz
and shall be controlled within the limits of 49.5 - 50.5Hz unless exceptional circumstances
prevail.
CC.6.1.3 The System Frequency could rise to 52Hz or fall to 47Hz in exceptional circumstances.
Design of GB Code User's Plant and Apparatus and OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus must
enable operation of that Plant and Apparatus within that range in accordance with the
following:
Frequency Range Requirement
51.5Hz - 52Hz Operation for a period of at least 15 minutes is required
each time the Frequency is above 51.5Hz.
51Hz - 51.5Hz Operation for a period of at least 90 minutes is required
each time the Frequency is above 51Hz.
49.0Hz - 51Hz Continuous operation is required
47.5Hz - 49.0Hz Operation for a period of at least 90 minutes is required
each time the Frequency is below 49.0Hz.
47Hz - 47.5Hz Operation for a period of at least 20 seconds is required
each time the Frequency is below 47.5Hz.

For the avoidance of doubt, disconnection, by frequency or speed based relays is not
permitted within the frequency range 47.5Hz to 51.5Hz, unless agreed with The Company in
accordance with CC.6.3.12.
Grid Voltage Variations
CC.6.1.4 Subject as provided below, the voltage on the 400kV part of the National Electricity
Transmission System at each Connection Site with a GB Code User (and in the case of
OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus, a Transmission Interface Point) will normally remain
within 5% of the nominal value unless abnormal conditions prevail. The minimum voltage is
-10% and the maximum voltage is +10% unless abnormal conditions prevail, but voltages
between +5% and +10% will not last longer than 15 minutes unless abnormal conditions
prevail. Voltages on the 275kV and 132kV parts of the National Electricity Transmission
System at each Connection Site with a User (and in the case of OTSDUW Plant and
Apparatus, a Transmission Interface Point) will normally remain within the limits 10% of
the nominal value unless abnormal conditions prevail. At nominal System voltages below
132kV the voltage of the National Electricity Transmission System at each Connection
Site with a User (and in the case of OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus, a Transmission
Interface Point) will normally remain within the limits 6% of the nominal value unless
abnormal conditions prevail. Under fault conditions, voltage may collapse transiently to zero
at the point of fault until the fault is cleared. The normal operating ranges of the National
Electricity Transmission System are summarised below:

National Electricity Transmission System Normal Operating Range

Nominal Voltage
400kV 400kV 5%
275kV 275kV 10%
132kV 132kV 10%

The Company and a GB Code User may agree greater or lesser variations in voltage to
those set out above in relation to a particular Connection Site, and insofar as a greater or
lesser variation is agreed, the relevant figure set out above shall, in relation to that GB Code
User at the particular Connection Site, be replaced by the figure agreed.

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

7 of 97
 Voltage Waveform Quality
CC.6.1.5 All Plant and Apparatus connected to the National Electricity Transmission System, and
that part of the National Electricity Transmission System at each Connection Site or, in
the case of OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus, at each Interface Point, should be capable of
withstanding the following distortions of the voltage waveform in respect of harmonic content
and phase unbalance:
(a) Harmonic Content
The Electromagnetic Compatibility Levels for harmonic distortion on the Onshore
Transmission System from all sources under both Planned Outage and fault outage
conditions, (unless abnormal conditions prevail) shall comply with the levels shown in
the tables of Appendix A of Engineering Recommendation G5/4. The
Electromagnetic Compatibility Levels for harmonic distortion on an Offshore
Transmission System will be defined in relevant Bilateral Agreements.
Engineering Recommendation G5/4 contains planning criteria which The Company
will apply to the connection of non-linear Load to the National Electricity
Transmission System, which may result in harmonic emission limits being specified for
these Loads in the relevant Bilateral Agreement. The application of the planning
criteria will take into account the position of GB Code and EU Code Users’ Plant and
Apparatus (and OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus) in relation to harmonic emissions.
GB Code Users must ensure that connection of distorting loads to their User Systems
do not cause any harmonic emission limits specified in the Bilateral Agreement, or
where no such limits are specified, the relevant planning levels specified in
Engineering Recommendation G5/4 to be exceeded.
(b) Phase Unbalance
Under Planned Outage conditions, the weekly 95 percentile of Phase (Voltage)
Unbalance, calculated in accordance with IEC 61000-4-30 and IEC 61000-3-13, on the
National Electricity Transmission System for voltages above 150kV should remain,
in England and Wales, below 1.5%, and in Scotland, below 2%, and for voltages of
150kV and below, across GB below 2%, unless abnormal conditions prevail and
Offshore (or in the case of OTSDUW, OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus) will be defined
in relevant Bilateral Agreements.
The Phase Unbalance is calculated from the ratio of root mean square (rms) of negative
phase sequence voltage to rms of positive phase sequence voltage, based on 10-
minute average values, in accordance with IEC 61000-4-30.
CC.6.1.6 Across GB, under the Planned Outage conditions stated in CC.6.1.5(b) infrequent short
duration peaks with a maximum value of 2% are permitted for Phase (Voltage) Unbalance,
for voltages above 150kV, subject to the prior agreement of The Company under the
Bilateral Agreement and in relation to OTSDUW, the Construction Agreement. The
Company will only agree following a specific assessment of the impact of these levels on
Transmission Apparatus and other Users Apparatus with which it is satisfied.
Voltage Fluctuations
CC.6.1.7
CC.6.17 Voltage changes at a Point of Common Coupling on the Onshore Transmission System
shall not exceed:
(a) The limits specified in Table CC.6.1.7(a) with the stated frequency of occurrence, where:
(i)

Vsteadystate
%Vsteadystate = │100 x │
Vn

and

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

8 of 97
 Vmax
%Vmax =100 x ;
Vn
(ii) Vn is the nominal system voltage;

(iii) Vsteadystate is the voltage at the end of a period of 1 s during which the rate of
change of system voltage over time is ≤ 0.5%;
(iv) Vsteadystate is the difference in voltage between the initial steady state voltage
prior to the RVC (V0) and the final steady state voltage after the RVC (V 0’);
(v) Vmax is the absolute change in the system voltage relative to the initial steady
state system voltage (V0);
(vi) All voltages are the r.m.s. of the voltage measured over one cycle refreshed
every half a cycle as per BS EN 61000-4-30; and
(vii) The applications in the ‘Example Applicability’ column are examples only and are
not definitive.

Cat- Maximum number Limits

Title Example Applicability
egory of occurrence %Vmax & %Vsteadystate

Any single or repetitive RVC

Frequent
1 (see NOTE 1) As per Figure CC.6.1.7 (1) that falls inside Figure
events
CC.6.1.7 (1)

As per Figure CC.6.1.7 (2)

│%Vsteadystate │≤ 3%
For decrease in voltage: Infrequent motor starting,
4 events in 1 transformer energisation,
Infrequent │%Vmax │≤ 10%
2 calendar month
events (see NOTE 3) re-energisation
(see NOTE 2)
For increase in voltage: (see NOTE 7)
│%Vmax │≤ 6%
(see NOTE 4)

As per Figure CC.6.1.7 (3) Commissioning, maintenance

& post fault switching
│%Vsteadystate │≤ 3%
(see NOTE 7)
For decrease in voltage:
Very 1 event in 3
3 infrequent calendar months │%Vmax │≤ 12%
events (see NOTE 2) (see NOTE 5)
For increase in voltage:
│%Vmax │≤ 6%
(see NOTE 6)

NOTE 1: 6% is permissible for 100 ms reduced to 3% thereafter as per Figure CC.6.1.7 (1) .
If the profile of repetitive voltage change(s) falls within the envelope given in Figure CC.6.1.7 (1) , the
assessment of such voltage change(s) shall be undertaken according to the recommendations for
assessment of flicker and shall conform to the planning levels provided for flicker.
If any part of the voltage change(s) falls outside the envelope given in Figure CC.6.1.7(1), the assessment
of such voltage changes, repetitive or not, shall be done according to the guidance and limits for RVCs.
NOTE 2: No more than 1 event is permitted per day, consisting of up to 4 RVCs, each separated by at least 10

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

9 of 97
 minutes with all switching completed within a two-hour window.
NOTE 3: −10% is permissible for 100 ms reduced to -6% until 2 s then reduced to -3% thereafter as per Figure
CC.6.1.7 (2).
NOTE 4: +6% is permissible for 0.8 s from the instant the event begins then reduced to +3% thereafter as per Figure
CC.6.1.7 (2).
NOTE 5: −12% is permissible for 100 ms reduced to −10% until 2 s then reduced to -3% thereafter as per Figure
CC.6.1.7 (3).
NOTE 6: +6% is permissible for 0.8 s from the instant the event begins then reduced to +3% thereafter as per Figure
CC.6.1.7 (3).
NOTE 7: These are examples only. Customers may opt to conform to the limits of another category providing the
frequency of occurrence is not expected to exceed the ‘Maximum number of occurrence’ for the chosen
category.

Table CC.6.1.7 (a) – Planning levels for RVC

(b) The voltage change limit is the absolute maximum allowed of either the phase-to-earth
voltage change or the phase-to-phase voltage change, whichever is the highest. The
limits do not apply to single phasor equivalent voltages, e.g. positive phase sequence
(PPS) voltages. For high impedance earthed systems, the maximum phase-to-phase,
i.e. line voltage, should be used for assessment.
(c) The RVCs in Category 2 and 3 should not exceed the limits depicted in the time
dependent characteristic shown in Figure CC.6.1.7 (2) and Figure CC.6.1.7 (3)
respectively. These limits do not apply to: 1) fault clearance operations; or 2) immediate
operations in response to fault conditions; or 3) operations relating to post fault system
restoration (for the avoidance of doubt this third exception pertains to a fault that is
external to the Users plant and apparatus).
(d) Any RVCs permitted in Category 2 and Category 3 should be at least 10 minutes apart.
(e) The value of Vsteadystate should be established immediately prior to the start of a RVC.
Following a RVC, the voltage should remain within the relevant envelope, as shown in
Figures CC.6.1.7 (1), CC.6.1.7 (2), CC.6.1.7 (3), until a Vsteadystate condition has been
satisfied.

Figure CC.6.1.7 (1) — Voltage characteristic for frequent events

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

10 of 97
 V0+6%

V0+3%

V0

V0−3%

V0−6%

V0−10%

t=0 100 ms 0.8 s 2s t

Figure CC.6.1.7 (2) — Voltage characteristic for infrequent events

V0+6%

V0+3%

V0

V0−3%

V0−10%
V0−12%

t=0 100 ms 0.8 s 2s t

Figure CC.6.1.7 (3) — Voltage characteristic for very infrequent events

(f) The voltage change between two steady state voltage conditions should not exceed 3%. (The limit
is based on 3% of the nominal voltage of the system (Vn) as measured at the Point of Common
Coupling. The step voltage change as measured at the customer’s supply terminals or equipment
terminals could be greater. For example: The step voltage change limit stated in BS EN 61000-3-3
and BS EN 61000-3-11 is 3.3% when measured at the equipment terminals.)
(g) The limits apply to voltage changes measured at the Point of Common Coupling.
(h) Category 3 events that are planned should be notified to The Company in advance.

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

11 of 97
 (i) For connections with a Completion Date after 1st September 2015 and where voltage changes
would constitute a risk to the National Electricity Transmission System or, in The Company’s
view, the System of any GB Code User, Bilateral Agreements may include provision for The
Company to reasonably limit the number of voltage changes in Category 2 or 3 to a lower number
than specified in Table CC.6.1.7(a) to ensure that the total number of voltage changes at the Point
of Common Coupling across multiple Users remains within the limits of Table CC.6.1.7(a).
(j) The planning levels applicable to Flicker Severity Short Term (Pst) and Flicker Severity Long
Term (Plt) are set out in Table CC.6.1.7(b).

Supply system Planning level

Nominal voltage
Flicker Severity Short Flicker Severity Long Term
Term (Pst) (Plt)
3.3 kV, 6.6 kV, 11 kV, 20 kV, 33 kV 0.9 0.7
66 kV, 110 kV, 132 kV, 150 kV, 200 kV, 0.8 0.6
220 kV, 275 kV, 400 kV

NOTE 1: The magnitude of Pst is linear with respect to the magnitude of the voltage changes giving rise to it.
NOTE 2: Extreme caution is advised in allowing any excursions of P st and Plt above the planning level.

Table CC.6.7.1(b) — Planning levels for flicker

The values and figures referred to in this paragraph CC.6.1.7 are derived from Engineering
Recommendation P28 Issue 2.

CC.6.1.8 Voltage fluctuations at a Point of Common Coupling with a fluctuating Load directly
connected to an Offshore Transmission System (or in the case of OTSDUW, OTSDUW
Plant and Apparatus) shall not exceed the limits set out in the Bilateral Agreement.
Sub-Synchronous Resonance and Sub-Synchronous Torsional Interaction
CC.6.1.9 The Company shall ensure that GB Code Users' Plant and Apparatus will not be subject
to unacceptable Sub-Synchronous Oscillation conditions as specified in the relevant Licence
Standards.
CC.6.1.10 The Company shall ensure where necessary, and in consultation with Relevant
Transmission Licensees where required, that any relevant site specific conditions
applicable at a GB Code User's Connection Site, including a description of the Sub-
Synchronous Oscillation conditions considered in the application of the relevant License
Standards, are set out in the GB Code User's Bilateral Agreement.

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

12 of 97
CC.6.2 Plant and Apparatus relating to Connection Site and Interface Point
The following requirements apply to Plant and Apparatus relating to the Connection Point,
and OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus relating to the Interface Point (until the OTSUA
Transfer Time) and Connection Point which (except as otherwise provided in the relevant
paragraph) each GB Code User must ensure are complied with in relation to its Plant and
Apparatus and which in the case of CC.6.2.2.2.2, CC.6.2.3.1.1 and CC.6.2.1.1(b) only, The
Company must ensure are complied with in relation to Transmission Plant and
Apparatus, as provided in those paragraphs.
CC.6.2.1 General Requirements
CC.6.2.1.1 (a) The design of connections between the National Electricity Transmission System
and:
(i) any Generating Unit (other than a CCGT Unit or Power Park Unit) DC
Converter, Power Park Module or CCGT Module, or
(ii) any Network Operator’s System, or
(iii) Non-Embedded Customers equipment;
will be consistent with the Licence Standards.
In the case of OTSDUW, the design of the OTSUA’s connections at the Interface Point
and Connection Point will be consistent with Licence Standards.
(b) The National Electricity Transmission System (and any OTSDUW Plant and
Apparatus) at nominal System voltages of 132kV and above is/shall be designed to be
earthed with an Earth Fault Factor of, in England and Wales or Offshore, below 1.4
and in Scotland, below 1.5. Under fault conditions the rated Frequency component of
voltage could fall transiently to zero on one or more phases or, in England and Wales,
rise to 140% phase-to-earth voltage, or in Scotland, rise to 150% phase-to-earth
voltage. The voltage rise would last only for the time that the fault conditions exist. The
fault conditions referred to here are those existing when the type of fault is single or two
phase-to-earth.
(c) For connections to the National Electricity Transmission System at nominal System
voltages of below 132kV the earthing requirements and voltage rise conditions will be
advised by The Company as soon as practicable prior to connection and in the case of
OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus shall be advised to The Company by the GB Code
User.

CC.6.2.1.2 Substation Plant and Apparatus

(a) The following provisions shall apply to all Plant and Apparatus which is connected at
the voltage of the Connection Point (and OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus at the
Interface Point) and which is contained in equipment bays that are within the
Transmission busbar Protection zone at the Connection Point. This includes circuit
breakers, switch disconnectors, disconnectors, Earthing Devices, power transformers,
voltage transformers, reactors, current transformers, surge arresters, bushings, neutral
equipment, capacitors, line traps, coupling devices, external insulation and insulation
co-ordination devices. Where necessary, this is as more precisely defined in the
Bilateral Agreement.
(i) Plant and/or Apparatus prior to 1st January 1999
Each item of such Plant and/or Apparatus which at 1st January 1999 is either :
installed; or
owned (but is either in storage, maintenance or awaiting installation); or
ordered;
and is the subject of a Bilateral Agreement with regard to the purpose for which it

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

13 of 97
 is in use or intended to be in use, shall comply with the relevant
standards/specifications applicable at the time that the Plant and/or Apparatus
was designed (rather than commissioned) and any further requirements as
specified in the Bilateral Agreement.
(ii) Plant and/or Apparatus post 1st January 1999 for a new Connection Point
(including OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus at the Interface Point)
Each item of such Plant and/or Apparatus installed in relation to a new
Connection Point (or OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus at the Interface Point)
after 1st January 1999 shall comply with the relevant Technical Specifications
and any further requirements identified by The Company, acting reasonably, to
reflect the options to be followed within the Technical Specifications and/or to
complement if necessary the Technical Specifications so as to enable The
Company to comply with its obligations in relation to the National Electricity
Transmission System or the Relevant Transmission Licensee to comply with
its obligations in relation to its Transmission System. This information, including
the application dates of the relevant Technical Specifications, will be as specified
in the Bilateral Agreement.
(iii) New Plant and/or Apparatus post 1st January 1999 for an existing Connection
Point (including OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus at the Interface Point)
Each new additional and/or replacement item of such Plant and/or Apparatus
installed in relation to a change to an existing Connection Point (or OTSDUW
Plant and Apparatus at the Interface Point and Connection Point) after 1st
January 1999 shall comply with the standards/specifications applicable when the
change was designed, or such other standards/specifications as necessary to
ensure that the item of Plant and/or Apparatus is reasonably fit for its intended
purpose having due regard to the obligations of The Company, the relevant GB
Code User and the Relevant Transmission Licensee under their respective
Licences. Where appropriate this information, including the application dates of
the relevant standards/specifications, will be as specified in the varied Bilateral
Agreement.
(iv) Used Plant and/or Apparatus being moved, re-used or modified
If, after its installation, any such item of Plant and/or Apparatus is subsequently:
moved to a new location; or
used for a different purpose; or
otherwise modified;
then the standards/specifications as described in (i), (ii), or (iii) above or in
ECC.6.2.1.2 (as applicable) will apply as appropriate to such Plant and/or
Apparatus, which must be reasonably fit for its intended purpose having due
regard to the obligations of The Company, the relevant GB Code User or EU
Code User (as applicable) and the Relevant Transmission Licensee under their
respective Licences.
(b) The Company shall at all times maintain a list of those Technical Specifications and
additional requirements which might be applicable under this CC.6.2.1.2 and which may
be referenced by The Company in the Bilateral Agreement. The Company shall
provide a copy of the list upon request to any User.
(c) Where the GB Code User provides The Company with information and/or test reports
in respect of Plant and/or Apparatus which the GB Code User reasonably believes
demonstrate the compliance of such items with the provisions of a Technical
Specification then The Company shall promptly and without unreasonable delay give
due and proper consideration to such information.

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

14 of 97
 (d) Plant and Apparatus shall be designed, manufactured and tested in premises with an
accredited certificate in accordance with the quality assurance requirements of the
relevant standard in the BS EN ISO 9000 series (or equivalent as reasonably approved
by The Company) or in respect of test premises which do not include a manufacturing
facility premises with an accredited certificate in accordance with BS EN 45001.
(e) Each connection between an GB Code User and the National Electricity
Transmission System must be controlled by a circuit-breaker (or circuit breakers)
capable of interrupting the maximum short circuit current at the point of connection. The
Seven Year Statement gives values of short circuit current and the rating of
Transmission circuit breakers at existing and committed Connection Points for future
years.
(f) Each connection between a GB Generator undertaking OTSDUW or an Onshore
Transmission Licensee, must be controlled by a circuit breaker (or circuit breakers)
capable of interrupting the maximum short circuit current at the Transmission Interface
Point. The Seven Year Statement gives values of short circuit current and the rating
of Transmission circuit breakers at existing and committed Transmission Interface
Points for future years.
CC.6.2.2 Requirements at Connection Points or, in the case of OTSDUW at Interface Points that
relate to GB Generators or OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus or DC Converter Station owners
CC.6.2.2.1 Not Used.
CC.6.2.2.2 Generating Unit, OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus and Power Station Protection
Arrangements
CC.6.2.2.2.1 Minimum Requirements
Protection of Generating Units (other than Power Park Units), DC Converters, OTSDUW
Plant and Apparatus or Power Park Modules and their connections to the National
Electricity Transmission System shall meet the requirements given below. These are
necessary to reduce the impact on the National Electricity Transmission System of faults
on OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus circuits or circuits owned by GB Generators or DC
Converter Station owners.
CC.6.2.2.2.2 Fault Clearance Times
(a) The required fault clearance time for faults on the GB Generator's or DC Converter
Station owner’s equipment directly connected to the National Electricity
Transmission System or OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus and for faults on the
National Electricity Transmission System directly connected to the GB Generator or
DC Converter Station owner's equipment or OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus, from
fault inception to the circuit breaker arc extinction, shall be set out in the Bilateral
Agreement. The fault clearance time specified in the Bilateral Agreement shall not be
shorter than the durations specified below:
(i) 80ms at 400kV
(ii) 100ms at 275kV
(iii) 120ms at 132kV and below
but this shall not prevent the GB Code User or the Relevant Transmission Licensee
or the GB Generator (including in respect of OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus) from
selecting a shorter fault clearance time on their own Plant and Apparatus provided
Discrimination is achieved.

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

15 of 97
 A longer fault clearance time may be specified in the Bilateral Agreement for faults on
the National Electricity Transmission System. A longer fault clearance time for faults
on the GB Generator or DC Converter Station owner's equipment or OTSDUW Plant
and Apparatus may be agreed with The Company in accordance with the terms of the
Bilateral Agreement but only if System requirements, in The Company's view, permit.
The probability that the fault clearance time stated in the Bilateral Agreement will be
exceeded by any given fault, must be less than 2%.
(b) In the event that the required fault clearance time is not met as a result of failure to
operate on the Main Protection System(s) provided, the GB Generators or DC
Converter Station owners or GB Generators in the case of OTSDUW Plant and
Apparatus shall, except as specified below provide Independent Back-Up Protection.
The Relevant Transmission Licensee will also provide Back-Up Protection; and the
Relevant Transmission Licensee’s and the GB Code User’s Back-Up Protections
will be co-ordinated so as to provide Discrimination.
On a Generating Unit (other than a Power Park Unit), DC Converter or Power Park
Module or OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus in respect of which the Completion Date is
after 20 January 2016 and connected to the National Electricity Transmission
System at 400kV or 275kV and where two Independent Main Protections are
provided to clear faults on the HV Connections within the required fault clearance time,
the Back-Up Protection provided by GB Generators (including in respect of OTSDUW
Plant and Apparatus) and DC Converter Station owner shall operate to give a fault
clearance time of no longer than 300ms at the minimum infeed for normal operation for
faults on the HV Connections. Where two Independent Main Protections are
installed the Back-Up Protection may be integrated into one (or both) of the
Independent Main Protection relays.
On a Generating Unit (other than a Power Park Unit), DC Converter or Power Park
Module or OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus in respect of which the Completion Date is
after 20 January 2016 and connected to the National Electricity Transmission
System at 132 kV and where only one Main Protection is provided to clear faults on
the HV Connections within the required fault clearance time, the Independent Back-
Up Protection provided by the GB Generator (including in respect of OTSDUW Plant
and Apparatus) and the DC Converter Station owner shall operate to give a fault
clearance time of no longer than 300ms at the minimum infeed for normal operation for
faults on the HV Connections.
On a Generating Unit (other than a Power Park Unit), DC Converter or Power Park
Module or OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus connected to the National Electricity
Transmission System and on Generating Units (other than a Power Park Unit), DC
Converters or Power Park Modules or OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus connected to
the National Electricity Transmission System at 400 kV or 275 kV or 132 kV, in
respect of which the Completion Date is before the 20 January 2016, the Back-Up
Protection or Independent Back-Up Protection shall operate to give a fault clearance
time of no longer than 800ms in England and Wales or 300ms in Scotland at the
minimum infeed for normal operation for faults on the HV Connections.
A Generating Unit (other than a Power Park Unit), DC Converter or Power Park
Module or OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus) with Back-Up Protection or Independent
Back-Up Protection will also be required to withstand, without tripping, the loading
incurred during the clearance of a fault on the National Electricity Transmission
System by breaker fail Protection at 400kV or 275kV or of a fault cleared by Back-Up
Protection where the GB Generator (including in the case of OTSDUW Plant and
Apparatus) or DC Converter is connected at 132kV and below. This will permit
Discrimination between GB Generator in respect of OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus
or DC Converter Station owners’ Back-Up Protection or Independent Back-Up
Protection and the Back-Up Protection provided on the National Electricity
Transmission System and other Users' Systems.

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

16 of 97
 (c) When the Generating Unit (other than Power Park Units), or the DC Converter or
Power Park Module or OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus is connected to the National
Electricity Transmission System at 400kV or 275kV, and in Scotland and Offshore
also at 132kV, and a circuit breaker is provided by the GB Generator (including in
respect of OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus) or the DC Converter Station owner, or the
Relevant Transmission Licensee, as the case may be, to interrupt fault current
interchange with the National Electricity Transmission System, or GB Generator's
System, or DC Converter Station owner’s System, as the case may be, circuit
breaker fail Protection shall be provided by the GB Generator (including in respect of
OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus) or DC Converter Station owner, or the Relevant
Transmission Licensee as the case may be, on this circuit breaker. In the event,
following operation of a Protection system, of a failure to interrupt fault current by these
circuit-breakers within the Fault Current Interruption Time, the circuit breaker fail
Protection is required to initiate tripping of all the necessary electrically adjacent circuit-
breakers so as to interrupt the fault current within the next 200ms.
(d) The target performance for the System Fault Dependability Index shall be not less
than 99%. This is a measure of the ability of Protection to initiate successful tripping of
circuit breakers which are associated with the faulty item of Apparatus.
CC.6.2.2.3 Equipment to be provided
CC.6.2.2.3.1 Protection of Interconnecting Connections
The requirements for the provision of Protection equipment for interconnecting connections
will be specified in the Bilateral Agreement. In this CC the term "interconnecting
connections" means the primary conductors from the current transformer accommodation on
the circuit side of the circuit breaker to the Connection Point or the primary conductors from
the current transformer accommodation on the circuit side of the OTSDUW Plant and
Apparatus of the circuit breaker to the Transmission Interface Point.
CC.6.2.2.3.2 Circuit-breaker fail Protection
The GB Generator or DC Converter Station owner will install circuit breaker fail Protection
equipment in accordance with the requirements of the Bilateral Agreement. The GB
Generator or DC Converter Station owner will also provide a back-trip signal in the event of
loss of air from its pressurised head circuit breakers, during the Generating Unit (other than
a CCGT Unit or Power Park Unit) or CCGT Module or DC Converter or Power Park
Module run-up sequence, where these circuit breakers are installed.
CC.6.2.2.3.3 Loss of Excitation
The GB Generator must provide Protection to detect loss of excitation on a Generating
Unit and initiate a Generating Unit trip.
CC.6.2.2.3.4 Pole-Slipping Protection
Where, in The Company's reasonable opinion, System requirements dictate, The
Company will specify in the Bilateral Agreement a requirement for GB Generators to fit
pole-slipping Protection on their Generating Units.
CC.6.2.2.3.5 Signals for Tariff Metering
GB Generators and DC Converter Station owners will install current and voltage
transformers supplying all tariff meters at a voltage to be specified in, and in accordance
with, the Bilateral Agreement.
CC.6.2.2.4 Work on Protection Equipment

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

17 of 97
 No busbar Protection, mesh corner Protection, circuit-breaker fail Protection relays, AC or
DC wiring (other than power supplies or DC tripping associated with the Generating Unit,
DC Converter or Power Park Module itself) may be worked upon or altered by the GB
Generator or DC Converter Station owner personnel in the absence of a representative of
the Relevant Transmission Licensee, or written authority from the Relevant
Transmission Licensee to perform such work or alterations in the absence of a
representative of the Relevant Transmission Licensee.

CC.6.2.2.5 Relay Settings

Protection and relay settings will be co-ordinated (both on connection and subsequently)
across the Connection Point in accordance with the Bilateral Agreement and in relation to
OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus, across the Interface Point in accordance with the
Bilateral Agreement to ensure effective disconnection of faulty Apparatus.
CC.6.2.3 Requirements at Connection Points relating to Network Operators and Non-Embedded
Customers
CC.6.2.3.1 Protection Arrangements for Network Operators and Non-Embedded Customers
CC.6.2.3.1.1 Protection of Network Operator and Non-Embedded Customers Systems directly
connected to the National Electricity Transmission System, shall meet the requirements
given below:
Fault Clearance Times
(a) The required fault clearance time for faults on Network Operator and Non-Embedded
Customer equipment directly connected to the National Electricity Transmission
System, and for faults on the National Electricity Transmission System directly
connected to the Network Operator’s or Non-Embedded Customer's equipment,
from fault inception to the circuit breaker arc extinction, shall be set out in each Bilateral
Agreement. The fault clearance time specified in the Bilateral Agreement shall not be
shorter than the durations specified below:
(i) 80ms at 400kV
(ii) 100ms at 275kV
(iii) 120ms at 132kV and below
but this shall not prevent the GB Code User or the Relevant Transmission Licensee
from selecting a shorter fault clearance time on its own Plant and Apparatus provided
Discrimination is achieved.
For the purpose of establishing the Protection requirements in accordance with
CC.6.2.3.1.1 only, the point of connection of the Network Operator or Non-
Embedded Customer equipment to the National Electricity Transmission System
shall be deemed to be the low voltage busbars at a GB Grid Supply Point, irrespective
of the ownership of the equipment at the GB Grid Supply Point.
A longer fault clearance time may be specified in the Bilateral Agreement for faults on
the National Electricity Transmission System. A longer fault clearance time for faults
on the Network Operator and Non-Embedded Customers equipment may be agreed
with The Company in accordance with the terms of the Bilateral Agreement but only if
System requirements in The Company's view permit. The probability that the fault
clearance time stated in the Bilateral Agreement will be exceeded by any given fault
must be less than 2%.
(b) (i) For the event of failure of the Protection systems provided to meet the above fault
clearance time requirements, Back-Up Protection shall be provided by the
Network Operator or Non-Embedded Customer as the case may be.
(ii) The Relevant Transmission Licensee will also provide Back-Up Protection,
which will result in a fault clearance time longer than that specified for the Network

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

18 of 97
 Operator or Non-Embedded Customer Back-Up Protection so as to provide
Discrimination.
(iii) For connections with the National Electricity Transmission System at 132kV
and below, it is normally required that the Back-Up Protection on the National
Electricity Transmission System shall discriminate with the Network Operator
or Non-Embedded Customer's Back-Up Protection.
(iv) For connections with the National Electricity Transmission System at 400kV or
275kV, the Back-Up Protection will be provided by the Network Operator or
Non-Embedded Customer, as the case may be, with a fault clearance time not
longer than 300ms for faults on the Network Operator’s or Non-Embedded
Customer's Apparatus.
(v) Such Protection will also be required to withstand, without tripping, the loading
incurred during the clearance of a fault on the National Electricity Transmission
System by breaker fail Protection at 400kV or 275kV. This will permit
Discrimination between Network Operator’s Back-Up Protection or Non-
Embedded Customer’s Back-Up Protection, as the case may be, and Back-Up
Protection provided on the National Electricity Transmission System and other
User Systems. The requirement for and level of Discrimination required will be
specified in the Bilateral Agreement.
(c) (i) Where the Network Operator or Non-Embedded Customer is connected to the
National Electricity Transmission System at 400kV or 275kV, and in Scotland
also at 132kV, and a circuit breaker is provided by the Network Operator or Non-
Embedded Customer, or the Relevant Transmission Licensee, as the case may
be, to interrupt the interchange of fault current with the National Electricity
Transmission System or the System of the Network Operator or Non-
Embedded Customer, as the case may be, circuit breaker fail Protection will be
provided by the Network Operator or Non-Embedded Customer, or the
Relevant Transmission Licensee, as the case may be, on this circuit breaker.
(ii) In the event, following operation of a Protection system, of a failure to interrupt
fault current by these circuit-breakers within the Fault Current Interruption Time,
the circuit breaker fail Protection is required to initiate tripping of all the necessary
electrically adjacent circuit-breakers so as to interrupt the fault current within the
next 200ms.
(d) The target performance for the System Fault Dependability Index shall be not less
than 99%. This is a measure of the ability of Protection to initiate successful tripping of
circuit breakers which are associated with the faulty items of Apparatus.

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

19 of 97
CC.6.2.3.2 Fault Disconnection Facilities
(a) Where no Transmission circuit breaker is provided at the GB Code User's connection
voltage, the GB Code User must provide The Company with the means of tripping all
the GB Code User's circuit breakers necessary to isolate faults or System
abnormalities on the National Electricity Transmission System. In these
circumstances, for faults on the GB Code User's System, the GB Code User's
Protection should also trip higher voltage Transmission circuit breakers. These
tripping facilities shall be in accordance with the requirements specified in the Bilateral
Agreement.
(b) The Company may require the installation of a System to Generator Operational
Intertripping Scheme in order to enable the timely restoration of circuits following
power System fault(s). These requirements shall be set out in the relevant Bilateral
Agreement.
CC.6.2.3.3 Automatic Switching Equipment
Where automatic reclosure of Transmission circuit breakers is required following faults on
the GB Code User's System, automatic switching equipment shall be provided in
accordance with the requirements specified in the Bilateral Agreement.
CC.6.2.3.4 Relay Settings
Protection and relay settings will be co-ordinated (both on connection and subsequently)
across the Connection Point in accordance with the Bilateral Agreement to ensure
effective disconnection of faulty Apparatus.
CC.6.2.3.5 Work on Protection equipment
Where a Transmission Licensee owns the busbar at the Connection Point, no busbar
Protection, mesh corner Protection relays, AC or DC wiring (other than power supplies or
DC tripping associated with the Network Operator or Non-Embedded Customer’s
Apparatus itself) may be worked upon or altered by the Network Operator or Non-
Embedded Customer personnel in the absence of a representative of the Relevant
Transmission Licensee or written authority from the Relevant Transmission Licensee to
perform such work or alterations in the absence of a representative of the Relevant
Transmission Licensee.
CC.6.2.3.6 Equipment to be provided
CC.6.2.3.6.1 Protection of Interconnecting Connections
The requirements for the provision of Protection equipment for interconnecting connections
will be specified in the Bilateral Agreement.

CC.6.3 GENERAL GENERATING UNIT (AND OTSDUW) REQUIREMENTS

CC.6.3.1 This section sets out the technical and design criteria and performance requirements for
Generating Units, DC Converters and Power Park Modules (whether directly connected
to the National Electricity Transmission System or Embedded) and (where provided in
this section) OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus which each GB Generator or DC Converter
Station owner must ensure are complied with in relation to its Generating Units, DC
Converters and Power Park Modules and OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus but does not
apply to Small Power Stations or individually to Power Park Units. References to
Generating Units, DC Converters and Power Park Modules in this CC.6.3 should be read
accordingly. The performance requirements that OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus must be
capable of providing at the Interface Point under this section may be provided using a
combination of GB Generator Plant and Apparatus and/or OTSDUW Plant and
Apparatus.
Plant Performance Requirements

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

20 of 97
CC.6.3.2 (a) When supplying Rated MW all Onshore Synchronous Generating Units must be
capable of continuous operation at any point between the limits 0.85 Power Factor
lagging and 0.95 Power Factor leading at the Onshore Synchronous Generating
Unit terminals. At Active Power output levels other than Rated MW, all Onshore
Synchronous Generating Units must be capable of continuous operation at any point
between the Reactive Power capability limits identified on the Generator
Performance Chart.
In addition to the above paragraph, where Onshore Synchronous Generating Unit(s):
(i) have a Connection Entry Capacity which has been increased above Rated MW
(or the Connection Entry Capacity of the CCGT module has increased above
the sum of the Rated MW of the Generating Units compromising the CCGT
module), and such increase takes effect after 1st May 2009, the minimum lagging
Reactive Power capability at the terminals of the Onshore Synchronous
Generating Unit(s) must be 0.9 Power Factor at all Active Power output levels in
excess of Rated MW. Further, the User shall comply with the provisions of and
any instructions given pursuant to BC1.8 and the relevant Bilateral Agreement; or
(ii) have a Connection Entry Capacity in excess of Rated MW (or the Connection
Entry Capacity of the CCGT module exceeds the sum of Rated MW of the
Generating Units comprising the CCGT module) and a Completion Date before
1st May 2009, alternative provisions relating to Reactive Power capability may be
specified in the Bilateral Agreement and where this is the case such provisions
must be complied with.
The short circuit ratio of Onshore Synchronous Generating Units with an Apparent
Power rating of less than 1600MVA shall be not less than 0.5. The short circuit ratio of
Onshore Synchronous Generating Units with a rated Apparent Power of 1600MVA
or above shall be not less than 0.4.
(b) Subject to paragraph (c) below, all Onshore Non-Synchronous Generating Units,
Onshore DC Converters and Onshore Power Park Modules must be capable of
maintaining zero transfer of Reactive Power at the Onshore Grid Entry Point (or User
System Entry Point if Embedded) at all Active Power output levels under steady
state voltage conditions. For Onshore Non-Synchronous Generating Units and
Onshore Power Park Modules the steady state tolerance on Reactive Power transfer
to and from the National Electricity Transmission System expressed in MVAr shall
be no greater than 5% of the Rated MW. For Onshore DC Converters the steady
state tolerance on Reactive Power transfer to and from the National Electricity
Transmission System shall be specified in the Bilateral Agreement.

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

21 of 97
 (c) Subject to the provisions of CC.6.3.2(d) below, all Onshore Non-Synchronous
Generating Units, Onshore DC Converters (excluding current source technology) and
Onshore Power Park Modules (excluding those connected to the Total System by a
current source Onshore DC Converter) and OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus at the
Interface Point with a Completion Date on or after 1 January 2006 must be capable of
supplying Rated MW output or Interface Point Capacity in the case of OTSDUW Plant
and Apparatus at any point between the limits 0.95 Power Factor lagging and 0.95
Power Factor leading at the Onshore Grid Entry Point in England and Wales or
Interface Point in the case of OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus or at the HV side of the
33/132kV or 33/275kV or 33/400kV transformer for GB Generators directly connected
to the Onshore Transmission System in Scotland (or User System Entry Point if
Embedded). With all Plant in service, the Reactive Power limits defined at Rated MW
or Interface Point Capacity in the case of OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus at Lagging
Power Factor will apply at all Active Power output levels above 20% of the Rated MW
or Interface Point Capacity in the case of OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus output as
defined in Figure 1. With all Plant in service, the Reactive Power limits defined at
Rated MW at Leading Power Factor will apply at all Active Power output levels above
50% of the Rated MW output or Interface Point Capacity in the case of OTSDUW
Plant and Apparatus as defined in Figure 1. With all Plant in service, the Reactive
Power limits will reduce linearly below 50% Active Power output as shown in Figure 1
unless the requirement to maintain the Reactive Power limits defined at Rated MW or
Interface Point Capacity in the case of OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus at Leading
Power Factor down to 20% Active Power output is specified in the Bilateral
Agreement. These Reactive Power limits will be reduced pro rata to the amount of
Plant in service.

Figure 1

Point A is equivalent 0.95 leading Power Factor at Rated MW output or Interface Point
(in MVAr) to Capacity in the case of OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus

Point B is equivalent 0.95 lagging Power Factor at Rated MW output or Interface Point
(in MVAr) to: Capacity in the case of OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus

Point C is equivalent -5% of Rated MW output or Interface Point Capacity in the case
(in MVAr) to: of OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

22 of 97
 Point D is equivalent +5% of Rated MW output or Interface Point Capacity in the case
(in MVAr) to: of OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus

Point E is equivalent -12% of Rated MW output or Interface Point Capacity in the case
(in MVAr) to: of OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus

(d) All Onshore Non-Synchronous Generating Units and Onshore Power Park
Modules in Scotland with a Completion Date after 1 April 2005 and before 1 January
2006 must be capable of supplying Rated MW at the range of power factors either:
(i) from 0.95 lead to 0.95 lag as illustrated in Figure 1 at the User System Entry
Point for Embedded GB Generators or at the HV side of the 33/132kV or
33/275kV or 33/400kV transformer for GB Generators directly connected to the
Onshore Transmission System. With all Plant in service, the Reactive Power
limits defined at Rated MW will apply at all Active Power output levels above 20%
of the Rated MW output as defined in Figure 1. These Reactive Power limits will
be reduced pro rata to the amount of Plant in service, or
(ii) from 0.95 lead to 0.90 lag at the Onshore Non-Synchronous Generating Unit
(including Power Park Unit) terminals. For the avoidance of doubt GB Generators
complying with this option (ii) are not required to comply with CC.6.3.2(b).
(e) The short circuit ratio of Offshore Synchronous Generating Units at a Large Power
Station shall be not less than 0.5. At a Large Power Station all Offshore
Synchronous Generating Units, Offshore Non-Synchronous Generating Units,
Offshore DC Converters and Offshore Power Park Modules must be capable of
maintaining:
(i) zero transfer of Reactive Power at the Offshore Grid Entry Point for all GB
Generators with an Offshore Grid Entry Point at the LV Side of the Offshore
Platform at all Active Power output levels under steady state voltage conditions.
The steady state tolerance on Reactive Power transfer to and from an Offshore
Transmission System expressed in MVAr shall be no greater than 5% of the
Rated MW, or
(ii) a transfer of Reactive Power at the Offshore Grid Entry Point at a value
specified in the Bilateral Agreement that will be equivalent to zero at the LV Side
of the Offshore Platform. In addition, the steady state tolerance on Reactive
Power transfer to and from an Offshore Transmission System expressed in
MVAr at the LV Side of the Offshore Platform shall be no greater than 5% of the
Rated MW, or
(iii) the Reactive Power capability (within associated steady state tolerance) specified
in the Bilateral Agreement if any alternative has been agreed with the GB
Generator, Offshore Transmission Licensee and The Company.
(f) In addition, a Genset shall meet the operational requirements as specified in BC2.A.2.6.
CC.6.3.3 Each Generating Unit, DC Converter (including an OTSDUW DC Converter), Power Park
Module and/or CCGT Module must be capable of:
(a) continuously maintaining constant Active Power output for System Frequency
changes within the range 50.5 to 49.5 Hz; and

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

23 of 97
 (b) (subject to the provisions of CC.6.1.3) maintaining its Active Power output at a level not
lower than the figure determined by the linear relationship shown in Figure 2 for System
Frequency changes within the range 49.5 to 47 Hz, such that if the System Frequency
drops to 47 Hz the Active Power output does not decrease by more than 5%. In the
case of a CCGT Module, the above requirement shall be retained down to the Low
Frequency Relay trip setting of 48.8 Hz, which reflects the first stage of the Automatic
Low Frequency Demand Disconnection scheme notified to Network Operators
under OC6.6.2. For System Frequency below that setting, the existing requirement
shall be retained for a minimum period of 5 minutes while System Frequency remains
below that setting, and special measure(s) that may be required to meet this
requirement shall be kept in service during this period. After that 5 minutes period, if
System Frequency remains below that setting, the special measure(s) must be
discontinued if there is a materially increased risk of the Gas Turbine tripping. The
need for special measure(s) is linked to the inherent Gas Turbine Active Power output
reduction caused by reduced shaft speed due to falling System Frequency.

Figure 2

(c) For the avoidance of doubt in the case of a Generating Unit or Power Park Module (or
OTSDUW DC Converters at the Interface Point) using an Intermittent Power Source
where the mechanical power input will not be constant over time, the requirement is that
the Active Power output shall be independent of System Frequency under (a) above
and should not drop with System Frequency by greater than the amount specified in
(b) above.
(d) A DC Converter Station must be capable of maintaining its Active Power input (i.e.
when operating in a mode analogous to Demand) from the National Electricity
Transmission System (or User System in the case of an Embedded DC Converter
Station) at a level not greater than the figure determined by the linear relationship
shown in Figure 3 for System Frequency changes within the range 49.5 to 47 Hz, such
that if the System Frequency drops to 47.8 Hz the Active Power input decreases by
more than 60%.

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

24 of 97
 47 47.8 Frequency (Hz) 49.5 52.0

100% of Active
Power Input

40% of Active
Power Input
Figure 3

(e) At a Large Power Station, in the case of an Offshore Generating Unit, Offshore
Power Park Module, Offshore DC Converter and OTSDUW DC Converter, the GB
Generator shall comply with the requirements of CC.6.3.3. GB Generators should be
aware that Section K of the STC places requirements on Offshore Transmission
Licensees which utilise a Transmission DC Converter as part of their Offshore
Transmission System to make appropriate provisions to enable GB Generators to
fulfil their obligations.
(f) In the case of an OTSDUW DC Converter the OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus shall
provide a continuous signal indicating the real time frequency measured at the
Interface Point to the Offshore Grid Entry Point.
CC.6.3.4 At the Grid Entry Point, the Active Power output under steady state conditions of any
Generating Unit, DC Converter or Power Park Module directly connected to the National
Electricity Transmission System or in the case of OTSDUW, the Active Power transfer at
the Interface Point, under steady state conditions of any OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus
should not be affected by voltage changes in the normal operating range specified in
paragraph CC.6.1.4 by more than the change in Active Power losses at reduced or
increased voltage. In addition:
(a) For any Onshore Generating Unit, Onshore DC Converter and Onshore Power
Park Module or OTSDUW the Reactive Power output under steady state conditions
should be fully available within the voltage range 5% at 400kV, 275kV and 132kV and
lower voltages, except for an Onshore Power Park Module or Onshore Non-
Synchronous Generating Unit if Embedded at 33kV and below (or directly connected
to the Onshore Transmission System at 33kV and below) where the requirement
shown in Figure 4 applies.
(b) At a Large Power Station, in the case of an Offshore Generating Unit, Offshore DC
Converter and Offshore Power Park Module where an alternative reactive capability
has been agreed with the GB Generator, as specified in CC.6.3.2(e) (iii), the voltage /
Reactive Power requirement shall be specified in the Bilateral Agreement. The
Reactive Power output under steady state conditions shall be fully available within the
voltage range 5% at 400kV, 275kV and 132kV and lower voltages.

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

25 of 97
 Voltage at an Onshore Grid Entry Point or User System Entry Point if Embedded
(% of Nominal) at 33 kV and below

105%

100%

95%

Power Factor 0.95 Lead at Rated 1.0 Power Factor 0.95 lag at Rated MW
MW output or Onshore Grid output or Onshore Grid Entry Point
Entry Point equivalent Power equivalent Power Factor if connected
Factor if connected to the to the Onshore Transmission
Onshore Transmission System System in Scotland or optionally in
in Scotland Scotland for Plant with a Completion
Date before 1 January 2006 Power
Factor 0.9 lag at an Onshore Non-
synchronous Generating Unit or
Onshore Power Park Unit Terminals

Figure 4

CC.6.3.5 It is an essential requirement that the National Electricity Transmission System must
incorporate a Black Start Capability. This will be achieved by agreeing a Black Start
Capability at a number of strategically located Power Stations. For each Power Station
The Company will state in the Bilateral Agreement whether or not a Black Start
Capability is required.
Control Arrangements
CC.6.3.6 (a) Each:
(i) Offshore Generating Unit in a Large Power Station or Onshore Generating
Unit; or,
(ii) Onshore DC Converter with a Completion Date on or after 1 April 2005 or
Offshore DC Converter at a Large Power Station; or,
(iii) Onshore Power Park Module in England and Wales with a Completion Date on
or after 1 January 2006; or,
(iv) Onshore Power Park Module in operation in Scotland on or after 1 January 2006
(with a Completion Date after 1 July 2004 and in a Power Station with a
Registered Capacity of 50MW or more); or,
(v) Offshore Power Park Module in a Large Power Station with a Registered
Capacity of 50MW or more;
must be capable of contributing to Frequency control by continuous modulation of
Active Power supplied to the National Electricity Transmission System or the User
System in which it is Embedded. For the avoidance of doubt each OTSDUW DC
Converter shall provide each GB Code User in respect of its Offshore Power
Stations connected to and/or using an Offshore Transmission System a continuous
signal indicating the real time Frequency measured at the Transmission Interface
Point.
(b) Each:
(i) Onshore Generating Unit; or,
(ii) Onshore DC Converter (with a Completion Date on or after 1 April 2005
excluding current source technologies); or
Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019
26 of 97
 (iii) Onshore Power Park Module in England and Wales with a Completion Date on
or after 1 January 2006; or,
(iv) Onshore Power Park Module in Scotland irrespective of Completion Date; or,
(v) Offshore Generating Unit at a Large Power Station, Offshore DC Converter at
a Large Power Station or Offshore Power Park Module at a Large Power
Station which provides a reactive range beyond the minimum requirements
specified in CC.6.3.2(e) (iii); or,
(vi) OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus at a Transmission Interface Point
must be capable of contributing to voltage control by continuous changes to the
Reactive Power supplied to the National Electricity Transmission System or the
User System in which it is Embedded.

CC.6.3.7 (a) Each Generating Unit, DC Converter or Power Park Module (excluding Onshore
Power Park Modules in Scotland with a Completion Date before 1 July 2004 or
Onshore Power Park Modules in a Power Station in Scotland with a Registered
Capacity less than 50MW or Offshore Power Park Modules in a Large Power
Station located Offshore with a Registered Capacity less than 50MW) must be fitted
with a fast acting proportional Frequency control device (or turbine speed governor)
and unit load controller or equivalent control device to provide Frequency response
under normal operational conditions in accordance with Balancing Code 3 (BC3). In
the case of a Power Park Module the Frequency or speed control device(s) may be on
the Power Park Module or on each individual Power Park Unit or be a combination of
both. The Frequency control device(s) (or speed governor(s)) must be designed and
operated to the appropriate:
(i) European Specification; or
(ii) in the absence of a relevant European Specification, such other standard which
is in common use within the European Community (which may include a
manufacturer specification);
as at the time when the installation of which it forms part was designed or (in the case of
modification or alteration to the Frequency control device (or turbine speed governor))
when the modification or alteration was designed.
The European Specification or other standard utilised in accordance with sub-
paragraph CC.6.3.7 (a) (ii) will be notified to The Company by the GB Generator or DC
Converter Station owner or, in the case of an Embedded Medium Power Station not
subject to a Bilateral Agreement or Embedded DC Converter Station not subject to a
Bilateral Agreement, the relevant Network Operator:
(i) as part of the application for a Bilateral Agreement; or
(ii) as part of the application for a varied Bilateral Agreement; or
(iii) in the case of an Embedded Development, within 28 days of entry into the
Embedded Development Agreement (or such later time as agreed with The
Company); or
(iv) as soon as possible prior to any modification or alteration to the Frequency control
device (or governor); and
(b) The Frequency control device (or speed governor) in co-ordination with other control
devices must control the Generating Unit, DC Converter or Power Park Module
Active Power Output with stability over the entire operating range of the Generating
Unit, DC Converter or Power Park Module; and
(c) The Frequency control device (or speed governor) must meet the following minimum
requirements:
(i) Where a Generating Unit, DC Converter or Power Park Module becomes

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

27 of 97
 isolated from the rest of the Total System but is still supplying Customers, the
Frequency control device (or speed governor) must also be able to control
System Frequency below 52Hz unless this causes the Generating Unit, DC
Converter or Power Park Module to operate below its Designed Minimum
Operating Level when it is possible that it may, as detailed in BC 3.7.3, trip after a
time. For the avoidance of doubt the Generating Unit, DC Converter or Power
Park Module is only required to operate within the System Frequency range 47 -
52 Hz as defined in CC.6.1.3;
(ii) the Frequency control device (or speed governor) must be capable of being set so
that it operates with an overall speed Droop of between 3% and 5%. For the
avoidance of doubt, in the case of a Power Park Module the speed Droop should
be equivalent of a fixed setting between 3% and 5% applied to each Power Park
Unit in service;
(iii) in the case of all Generating Units, DC Converter or Power Park Module other
than the Steam Unit within a CCGT Module the Frequency control device (or
speed governor) deadband should be no greater than 0.03Hz (for the avoidance of
doubt, ±0.015Hz). In the case of the Steam Unit within a CCGT Module, the
speed Governor Deadband should be set to an appropriate value consistent with
the requirements of CC.6.3.7(c)(i) and the requirements of BC3.7.2 for the
provision of Limited High Frequency Response;
For the avoidance of doubt, the minimum requirements in (ii) and (iii) for the provision of
System Ancillary Services do not restrict the negotiation of Commercial Ancillary
Services between The Company and the GB Code User using other parameters; and
(d) A facility to modify, so as to fulfil the requirements of the Balancing Codes, the Target
Frequency setting either continuously or in a maximum of 0.05 Hz steps over at least
the range 50 0.1 Hz should be provided in the unit load controller or equivalent device.
(e) (i) Each Onshore Generating Unit and/or CCGT Module which has a Completion
Date after 1 January 2001 in England and Wales, and after 1 April 2005 in
Scotland, must be capable of meeting the minimum Frequency response
requirement profile subject to and in accordance with the provisions of Appendix 3.
(ii) Each DC Converter at a DC Converter Station which has a Completion Date on
or after 1 April 2005 and each Offshore DC Converter at a Large Power Station
must be capable of meeting the minimum Frequency response requirement profile
subject to and in accordance with the provisions of Appendix 3.
(iii) Each Onshore Power Park Module in operation in England and Wales with a
Completion Date on or after 1 January 2006 must be capable of meeting the
minimum Frequency response requirement profile subject to and in accordance
with the provisions of Appendix 3.
(iv) Each Onshore Power Park Module in operation on or after 1 January 2006 in
Scotland (with a Completion Date on or after 1 April 2005 and a Registered
Capacity of 50MW or more) must be capable of meeting the minimum Frequency
response requirement profile subject to and in accordance with the provisions of
Appendix 3.
(v) Each Offshore Generating Unit in a Large Power Station must be capable of
meeting the minimum Frequency response requirement profile subject to and in
accordance with the provisions of Appendix 3.
(vi) Each Offshore Power Park Module in a Large Power Station with a Registered
Capacity of 50 MW or greater, must be capable of meeting the minimum
Frequency response requirement profile subject to and in accordance with the
provisions of Appendix 3.
(vii) Subject to the requirements of CC.6.3.7(e), Offshore Generating Units at a Large
Power Station, Offshore Power Park Modules at a Large Power Station and
Offshore DC Converters in a Large Power Station shall comply with the
Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019
28 of 97
 requirements of CC.6.3.7. GB Generators should be aware that Section K of the
STC places requirements on Offshore Transmission Licensees which utilise a
Transmission DC Converter as part of their Offshore Transmission System to
make appropriate provisions to enable GB Generators to fulfil their obligations.
(viii) Each OTSDUW DC Converter must be capable of providing a continuous signal
indicating the real time frequency measured at the Interface Point to the Offshore
Grid Entry Point.
(f) For the avoidance of doubt, the requirements of Appendix 3 do not apply to:
(i) Generating Units and/or CCGT Modules which have a Completion Date before
1 January 2001 in England and Wales, and before 1 April 2005 in Scotland, for
whom the remaining requirements of this clause CC.6.3.7 shall continue to apply
unchanged: or
(ii) DC Converters at a DC Converter Station which have a Completion Date before
1 April 2005; or
(iii) Onshore Power Park Modules in England and Wales with a Completion Date
before 1 January 2006 for whom only the requirements of Limited Frequency
Sensitive Mode (BC3.5.2) operation shall apply; or
(iv) Onshore Power Park Modules in operation in Scotland before 1 January 2006 for
whom only the requirements of Limited Frequency Sensitive Mode (BC3.5.2)
operation shall apply; or
(v) Onshore Power Park Modules in operation after 1 January 2006 in Scotland
which have a Completion Date before 1 April 2005 for whom the remaining
requirements of this clause CC.6.3.7 shall continue to apply unchanged; or
(vi) Offshore Power Park Modules which are in a Large Power Station with a
Registered Capacity less than 50MW for whom only the requirements of Limited
Frequency Sensitive Mode (BC3.5.2) operation shall apply; or
Excitation and Voltage Control Performance Requirements
CC.6.3.8 (a) Excitation and voltage control performance requirements applicable to Onshore
Generating Units, Onshore Power Park Modules, Onshore DC Converters and
OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus.
(i) A continuously-acting automatic excitation control system is required to provide
constant terminal voltage control of the Onshore Synchronous Generating Unit
without instability over the entire operating range of the Onshore Generating Unit.
(ii) In respect of Onshore Synchronous Generating Units with a Completion Date
before 1 January 2009, the requirements for excitation control facilities, including
Power System Stabilisers, where in The Company's view these are necessary
for system reasons, will be specified in the Bilateral Agreement. If any
Modification to the excitation control facilities of such Onshore Synchronous
Generating Units is made on or after 1 January 2009 the requirements that shall
apply may be specified in the Bilateral Agreement as varied. To the extent that
the Bilateral Agreement does not specify, the requirements given or referred to in
CC.A.6 shall apply. The performance requirements for a continuously acting
automatic excitation control system that shall be complied with by the GB Code
User in respect of such Onshore Synchronous Generating Units with a
Completion Date on or after 1 January 2009 are given or referred to in CC.A.6.
Reference is made to on-load commissioning witnessed by The Company in
BC2.11.2.
(iii) In the case of an Onshore Non-Synchronous Generating Unit, Onshore DC
Converter, Onshore Power Park Module or OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus at
the Interface Point a continuously-acting automatic control system is required to
provide control of the voltage (or zero transfer of Reactive Power as applicable to
CC.6.3.2) at the Onshore Grid Entry Point or User System Entry Point or in the
Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019
29 of 97
 case of OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus at the Interface Point without instability
over the entire operating range of the Onshore Non-Synchronous Generating
Unit, Onshore DC Converter, Onshore Power Park Module or OTSDUW Plant
and Apparatus. Any Plant or Apparatus used in the provisions of such voltage
control within an Onshore Power Park Module may be located at the Power Park
Unit terminals, an appropriate intermediate busbar or the Connection Point.
OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus used in the provision of such voltage control may
be located at the Offshore Grid Entry Point, an appropriate intermediate busbar
or at the Interface Point. In the case of an Onshore Power Park Module in
Scotland with a Completion Date before 1 January 2009, voltage control may be
at the Power Park Unit terminals, an appropriate intermediate busbar or the
Connection Point as specified in the Bilateral Agreement. When operating below
20% Rated MW the automatic control system may continue to provide voltage
control utilising any available reactive capability. If voltage control is not being
provided the automatic control system shall be designed to ensure a smooth
transition between the shaded area bound by CD and the non shaded area bound
by AB in Figure 1 of CC.6.3.2 (c).
(iv) The performance requirements for a continuously acting automatic voltage control
system in respect of Onshore Power Park Modules, Onshore Non-
Synchronous Generating Units and Onshore DC Converters with a
Completion Date before 1 January 2009 will be specified in the Bilateral
Agreement. If any Modification to the continuously acting automatic voltage
control system of such Onshore Power Park Modules, Onshore Non-
Synchronous Generating Units and Onshore DC Converters is made on or
after 1 January 2009 the requirements that shall apply may be specified in the
Bilateral Agreement as varied. To the extent that the Bilateral Agreement does
not specify, the requirements given or referred to in CC.A.7 shall apply. The
performance requirements for a continuously acting automatic voltage control
system that shall be complied with by the GB Code User in respect of Onshore
Power Park Modules, Onshore Non-Synchronous Generating Units and
Onshore DC Converters or OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus at the Interface
Point with a Completion Date on or after 1 January 2009 are given or referred to
in CC.A.7.
(v) Unless otherwise required for testing in accordance with OC5.A.2, the automatic
excitation control system of an Onshore Synchronous Generating Unit shall
always be operated such that it controls the Onshore Synchronous Generating
Unit terminal voltage to a value that is
- equal to its rated value; or
- only where provisions have been made in the Bilateral Agreement, greater than
its rated value.

(vi) In particular, other control facilities, including constant Reactive Power output
control modes and constant Power Factor control modes (but excluding VAR
limiters) are not required. However, if present in the excitation or voltage control
system they will be disabled unless the Bilateral Agreement records otherwise.
Operation of such control facilities will be in accordance with the provisions
contained in BC2.
(b) Excitation and voltage control performance requirements applicable to Offshore
Generating Units at a Large Power Station, Offshore Power Park Modules at a
Large Power Station and Offshore DC Converters at a Large Power Station.
A continuously acting automatic control system is required to provide either:
(i) control of Reactive Power (as specified in CC.6.3.2(e) (i) (ii)) at the Offshore Grid
Entry Point without instability over the entire operating range of the Offshore
Generating Unit, Offshore DC Converter or Offshore Power Park Module. The
performance requirements for this automatic control system will be specified in the

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

30 of 97
 Bilateral Agreement or;
(ii) where an alternative reactive capability has been specified in the Bilateral
Agreement, in accordance with CC.6.3.2 (e) (iii), the Offshore Generating Unit,
Offshore Power Park Module or Offshore DC Converter will be required to
control voltage and / or Reactive Power without instability over the entire operating
range of the Offshore Generating Unit, Offshore Power Park Module or
Offshore DC Converter. The performance requirements of the control system will
be specified in the Bilateral Agreement.
In addition to CC.6.3.8(b) (i) and (ii) the requirements for excitation control facilities,
including Power System Stabilisers, where in The Company’s view these are
necessary for system reasons, will be specified in the Bilateral Agreement. Reference
is made to on-load commissioning witnessed by The Company in BC2.11.2.
Steady state Load Inaccuracies
CC.6.3.9 The standard deviation of Load error at steady state Load over a 30 minute period must not
exceed 2.5 per cent of a Genset’s Registered Capacity. Where a Genset is instructed to
Frequency sensitive operation, allowance will be made in determining whether there has
been an error according to the governor droop characteristic registered under the PC.
For the avoidance of doubt in the case of a Power Park Module allowance will be made for
the full variation of mechanical power output.
Negative Phase Sequence Loadings
CC.6.3.10 In addition to meeting the conditions specified in CC.6.1.5(b), each Synchronous
Generating Unit will be required to withstand, without tripping, the negative phase sequence
loading incurred by clearance of a close-up phase-to-phase fault, by System Back-Up
Protection on the National Electricity Transmission System or User System located
Onshore in which it is Embedded.
Neutral Earthing
CC.6.3.11 At nominal System voltages of 132kV and above the higher voltage windings of a
transformer of a Generating Unit, DC Converter, Power Park Module or transformer
resulting from OTSDUW must be star connected with the star point suitable for connection to
earth. The earthing and lower voltage winding arrangement shall be such as to ensure that
the Earth Fault Factor requirement of paragraph CC.6.2.1.1 (b) will be met on the National
Electricity Transmission System at nominal System voltages of 132kV and above.
Frequency Sensitive Relays
CC.6.3.12 As stated in CC.6.1.3, the System Frequency could rise to 52Hz or fall to 47Hz. Each
Generating Unit, DC Converter, OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus, Power Park Module or
any constituent element must continue to operate within this Frequency range for at least
the periods of time given in CC.6.1.3 unless The Company has agreed to any Frequency-
level relays and/or rate-of-change-of-Frequency relays which will trip such Generating Unit,
DC Converter, OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus, Power Park Module and any constituent
element within this Frequency range, under the Bilateral Agreement.
CC.6.3.13 GB Generators (including in respect of OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus) and DC
Converter Station owners will be responsible for protecting all their Generating Units (and
OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus), DC Converters or Power Park Modules against damage
should Frequency excursions outside the range 52Hz to 47Hz ever occur. Should such
excursions occur, it is up to the GB Generator or DC Converter Station owner to decide
whether to disconnect his Apparatus for reasons of safety of Apparatus, Plant and/or
personnel.
CC.6.3.14 It may be agreed in the Bilateral Agreement that a Genset shall have a Fast-Start
Capability. Such Gensets may be used for Operating Reserve and their Start-Up may be
initiated by Frequency-level relays with settings in the range 49Hz to 50Hz as specified
pursuant to OC2.

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

31 of 97
CC.6.3.15 Fault Ride Through
This section sets out the fault ride through requirements on Generating Units, Power Park
Modules, DC Converters and OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus. Onshore Generating
Units, Onshore Power Park Modules, Onshore DC Converters (including Embedded
Medium Power Stations and Embedded DC Converter Stations not subject to a Bilateral
Agreement and with an Onshore User System Entry Point (irrespective of whether they
are located Onshore or Offshore)) and OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus are required to
operate through System faults and disturbances as defined in CC.6.3.15.1 (a), CC.6.3.15.1
(b) and CC.6.3.15.3. Offshore GB Generators in respect of Offshore Generating Units at
a Large Power Station, Offshore Power Park Modules at a Large Power Station and
DC Converter Station owners in respect of Offshore DC Converters at a Large Power
Station shall have the option of meeting either:
(i) CC.6.3.15.1 (a), CC.6.3.15.1 (b) and CC.6.3.15.3, or:
(ii) CC.6.3.15.2 (a), CC.6.3.15.2 (b) and CC.6.3.15.3
Offshore GB Generators and Offshore DC Converter owners, should notify The
Company which option they wish to select within 28 days (or such longer period as The
Company may agree, in any event this being no later than 3 months before the Completion
Date of the offer for a final CUSC Contract which would be made following the appointment
of the Offshore Transmission Licensee).
CC.6.3.15.1 Fault Ride through applicable to Generating Units, Power Park Modules and DC
Converters and OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus
(a) Short circuit faults on the Onshore Transmission System (which may include an
Interface Point) at Supergrid Voltage up to 140ms in duration.
(i) Each Generating Unit, DC Converter, or Power Park Module and any
constituent Power Park Unit thereof and OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus shall
remain transiently stable and connected to the System without tripping of any
Generating Unit, DC Converter or Power Park Module and / or any constituent
Power Park Unit, OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus, and for Plant and Apparatus
installed on or after 1 December 2017, reactive compensation equipment, for a
close-up solid three-phase short circuit fault or any unbalanced short circuit fault on
the Onshore Transmission System (including in respect of OTSDUW Plant and
Apparatus, the Interface Point) operating at Supergrid Voltages for a total fault
clearance time of up to 140 ms. A solid three-phase or unbalanced earthed fault
results in zero voltage on the faulted phase(s) at the point of fault. The duration of
zero voltage is dependent on local Protection and circuit breaker operating times.
This duration and the fault clearance times will be specified in the Bilateral
Agreement. Following fault clearance, recovery of the Supergrid Voltage on the
Onshore Transmission System to 90% may take longer than 140ms as
illustrated in Appendix 4A Figures CC.A.4A.1 (a) and (b). It should be noted that in
the case of an Offshore Generating Unit, Offshore DC Converter or Offshore
Power Park Module (including any Offshore Power Park Unit thereof) which is
connected to an Offshore Transmission System which includes a Transmission
DC Converter as part of that Offshore Transmission System, the Offshore Grid
Entry Point voltage may not indicate the presence of a fault on the Onshore
Transmission System. The fault will affect the level of Active Power that can be
transferred to the Onshore Transmission System and therefore subject the
Offshore Generating Unit, Offshore DC Converter or Offshore Power Park
Module (including any Offshore Power Park Unit thereof) to a load rejection.
(ii) Each Generating Unit, Power Park Module and OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus,
shall be designed such that upon both clearance of the fault on the Onshore
Transmission System as detailed in CC.6.3.15.1 (a) (i) and within 0.5 seconds of
the restoration of the voltage at the Onshore Grid Entry Point (for Onshore
Generating Units or Onshore Power Park Modules) or Interface Point (for
Offshore Generating Units, Offshore Power Park Modules or OTSDUW Plant
Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019
32 of 97
 and Apparatus) to the minimum levels specified in CC.6.1.4 (or within 0.5
seconds of restoration of the voltage at the User System Entry Point to 90% of
nominal or greater if Embedded), Active Power output or in the case of OTSDUW
Plant and Apparatus, Active Power transfer capability, shall be restored to at
least 90% of the level available immediately before the fault. Once the Active
Power output, or in the case of OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus, Active Power
transfer capability, has been restored to the required level, Active Power
oscillations shall be acceptable provided that:
- the total Active Energy delivered during the period of the oscillations is at
least that which would have been delivered if the Active Power was constant
- the oscillations are adequately damped
During the period of the fault as detailed in CC.6.3.15.1 (a) (i) for which the voltage
at the Grid Entry Point (or Interface Point in the case of OTSDUW Plant and
Apparatus) is outside the limits specified in CC.6.1.4, each Generating Unit or
Power Park Module or OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus shall generate maximum
reactive current without exceeding the transient rating limit of the Generating Unit,
OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus or Power Park Module and / or any constituent
Power Park Unit or reactive compensation equipment. For Plant and Apparatus
installed on or after 1 December 2017, switched reactive compensation equipment
(such as mechanically switched capacitors and reactors) shall be controlled such
that it is not switched in or out of service during the fault but may act to assist in
post fault voltage recovery.
(iii) Each DC Converter shall be designed to meet the Active Power recovery
characteristics (and OTSDUW DC Converter shall be designed to meet the Active
Power transfer capability at the Interface Point) as specified in the Bilateral
Agreement upon clearance of the fault on the Onshore Transmission System as
detailed in CC.6.3.15.1 (a) (i).
(b) Supergrid Voltage dips on the Onshore Transmission System greater than 140ms in
duration
(1b) Requirements applicable to Synchronous Generating Units subject to Supergrid
Voltage dips on the Onshore Transmission System greater than 140ms in duration.

In addition to the requirements of CC.6.3.15.1 (a) each Synchronous Generating Unit,

each with a Completion Date on or after 1 April 2005 shall:
(i) remain transiently stable and connected to the System without tripping of any
Synchronous Generating Unit for balanced Supergrid Voltage dips and
associated durations on the Onshore Transmission System (which could be at
the Interface Point) anywhere on or above the heavy black line shown in Figure
5a. Appendix 4A and Figures CC.A.4A.3.2 (a), (b) and (c) provide an explanation
and illustrations of Figure 5a; and,

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

33 of 97
 Figure 5a
(ii) provide Active Power output at the Grid Entry Point, during Supergrid Voltage
dips on the Onshore Transmission System as described in Figure 5a, at least in
proportion to the retained balanced voltage at the Onshore Grid Entry Point (for
Onshore Synchronous Generating Units) or Interface Point (for Offshore
Synchronous Generating Units) (or the retained balanced voltage at the User
System Entry Point if Embedded) and shall generate maximum reactive current
(where the voltage at the Grid Entry Point is outside the limits specified in
CC.6.1.4) without exceeding the transient rating limits of the Synchronous
Generating Unit and,
(iii) restore Active Power output following Supergrid Voltage dips on the Onshore
Transmission System as described in Figure 5a, within 1 second of restoration of
the voltage to 1.0p.u of the nominal voltage at the:
Onshore Grid Entry Point for directly connected Onshore Synchronous
Generating Units or,
Interface Point for Offshore Synchronous Generating Units or,
User System Entry Point for Embedded Onshore Synchronous
Generating Units or,
User System Entry Point for Embedded Medium Power Stations not
subject to a Bilateral Agreement which comprise Synchronous Generating
Units and with an Onshore User System Entry Point (irrespective of
whether they are located Onshore or Offshore)
to at least 90% of the level available immediately before the occurrence of the dip.
Once the Active Power output has been restored to the required level, Active
Power oscillations shall be acceptable provided that:
- the total Active Energy delivered during the period of the oscillations is at
least that which would have been delivered if the Active Power was constant
- the oscillations are adequately damped.
For the avoidance of doubt a balanced Onshore Transmission System Supergrid
Voltage meets the requirements of CC.6.1.5 (b) and CC.6.1.6.
(2b) Requirements applicable to OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus and Power Park Modules
subject to Supergrid Voltage dips on the Onshore Transmission System greater
than 140ms in duration

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

34 of 97
 In addition to the requirements of CC.6.3.15.1 (a) each OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus
or each Power Park Module and / or any constituent Power Park Unit, each with a
Completion Date on or after the 1 April 2005 shall:
(i) remain transiently stable and connected to the System without tripping of any
OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus, or Power Park Module and / or any constituent
Power Park Unit, for balanced Supergrid Voltage dips and associated durations
on the Onshore Transmission System (which could be at the Interface Point)
anywhere on or above the heavy black line shown in Figure 5b. Appendix 4A and
Figures CC.A.4A.3.4 (a), (b) and (c) provide an explanation and illustrations of
Figure 5b; and,
Supergrid Voltage Level
(% of Nominal)
90
85
80

15

0.14s 1.2s 2.5s 3 minutes

Supergrid Voltage Duration

Figure 5b

(ii) provide Active Power output at the Grid Entry Point or in the case of an
OTSDUW, Active Power transfer capability at the Transmission Interface Point,
during Supergrid Voltage dips on the Onshore Transmission System as
described in Figure 5b, at least in proportion to the retained balanced voltage at the
Onshore Grid Entry Point (for Onshore Power Park Modules) or Interface
Point (for OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus and Offshore Power Park Modules)
(or the retained balanced voltage at the User System Entry Point if Embedded)
except in the case of a Non-Synchronous Generating Unit or OTSDUW Plant
and Apparatus or Power Park Module where there has been a reduction in the
Intermittent Power Source or in the case of OTSDUW Active Power transfer
capability in the time range in Figure 5b that restricts the Active Power output or in
the case of an OTSDUW Active Power transfer capability below this level and
shall generate maximum reactive current (where the voltage at the Grid Entry
Point, or in the case of an OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus, the Interface Point
voltage, is outside the limits specified in CC.6.1.4) without exceeding the transient
rating limits of the OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus or Power Park Module and
any constituent Power Park Unit; and,

(iii) restore Active Power output (or, in the case of OTSDUW, Active Power transfer
capability), following Supergrid Voltage dips on the Onshore Transmission
System as described in Figure 5b, within 1 second of restoration of the voltage at
the:
Onshore Grid Entry Point for directly connected Onshore Power Park
Modules or,

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

35 of 97
 Interface Point for OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus and Offshore Power
Park Modules or,
User System Entry Point for Embedded Onshore Power Park Modules or,
User System Entry Point for Embedded Medium Power Stations which
comprise Power Park Modules not subject to a Bilateral Agreement and
with an Onshore User System Entry Point (irrespective of whether they are
located Onshore or Offshore)
to the minimum levels specified in CC.6.1.4 to at least 90% of the level available
immediately before the occurrence of the dip except in the case of a Non-
Synchronous Generating Unit, OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus or Power Park
Module where there has been a reduction in the Intermittent Power Source in
the time range in Figure 5b that restricts the Active Power output or, in the case of
OTSDUW, Active Power transfer capability below this level. Once the Active
Power output or, in the case of OTSDUW, Active Power transfer capability has
been restored to the required level, Active Power oscillations shall be acceptable
provided that:
- the total Active Energy delivered during the period of the oscillations is at
least that which would have been delivered if the Active Power was constant
- the oscillations are adequately damped.
For the avoidance of doubt a balanced Onshore Transmission System Supergrid
Voltage meets the requirements of CC.6.1.5 (b) and CC.6.1.6.
CC.6.3.15.2 Fault Ride Through applicable to Offshore Generating Units at a Large Power Station,
Offshore Power Park Modules at a Large Power Station and Offshore DC Converters at
a Large Power Station who choose to meet the fault ride through requirements at the LV
side of the Offshore Platform
(a) Requirements on Offshore Generating Units, Offshore Power Park Modules and
Offshore DC Converters to withstand voltage dips on the LV Side of the Offshore
Platform for up to 140ms in duration as a result of faults and / or voltage dips on the
Onshore Transmission System operating at Supergrid Voltage
(i) Each Offshore Generating Unit, Offshore DC Converter, or Offshore Power
Park Module and any constituent Power Park Unit thereof shall remain transiently
stable and connected to the System without tripping of any Offshore Generating
Unit, or Offshore DC Converter or Offshore Power Park Module and / or any
constituent Power Park Unit or, in the case of Plant and Apparatus installed on
or after 1 December 2017, reactive compensation equipment, for any balanced or
unbalanced voltage dips on the LV Side of the Offshore Platform whose profile is
anywhere on or above the heavy black line shown in Figure 6. For the avoidance of
doubt, the profile beyond 140ms in Figure 6 shows the minimum recovery in
voltage that will be seen by the generator following clearance of the fault at 140ms.
Appendix 4B and Figures CC.A.4B.2 (a) and (b) provide further illustration of the
voltage recovery profile that may be seen. It should be noted that in the case of an
Offshore Generating Unit, Offshore DC Converter or Offshore Power Park
Module (including any Offshore Power Park Unit thereof) which is connected to
an Offshore Transmission System which includes a Transmission DC
Converter as part of that Offshore Transmission System, the Offshore Grid
Entry Point voltage may not indicate the presence of a fault on the Onshore
Transmission System. The voltage dip will affect the level of Active Power that
can be transferred to the Onshore Transmission System and therefore subject
the Offshore Generating Unit, Offshore DC Converter or Offshore Power Park
Module (including any Offshore Power Park Unit thereof) to a load rejection.

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

36 of 97
 V/VN(%)

100%

94%

60%

15%

0 140ms 500ms Time

Figure 6

V/VN is the ratio of the actual voltage on one or more phases at the LV Side of the
Offshore Platform to the nominal voltage of the LV Side of the Offshore
Platform.
(ii) Each Offshore Generating Unit, or Offshore Power Park Module and any
constituent Power Park Unit thereof shall provide Active Power output, during
voltage dips on the LV Side of the Offshore Platform as described in Figure 6, at
least in proportion to the retained voltage at the LV Side of the Offshore Platform
except in the case of an Offshore Non-Synchronous Generating Unit or
Offshore Power Park Module where there has been a reduction in the
Intermittent Power Source in the time range in Figure 6 that restricts the Active
Power output below this level and shall generate maximum reactive current
without exceeding the transient rating limits of the Offshore Generating Unit or
Offshore Power Park Module and any constituent Power Park Unit or, in the
case of Plant and Apparatus installed on or after 1 December 2017, reactive
compensation equipment. Once the Active Power output has been restored to the
required level, Active Power oscillations shall be acceptable provided that:
- the total Active Energy delivered during the period of the oscillations is at
least that which would have been delivered if the Active Power was constant
- the oscillations are adequately damped
and;
(iii) Each Offshore DC Converter shall be designed to meet the Active Power
recovery characteristics as specified in the Bilateral Agreement upon restoration
of the voltage at the LV Side of the Offshore Platform.

(b) Requirements of Offshore Generating Units, Offshore Power Park Modules, to

withstand voltage dips on the LV Side of the Offshore Platform greater than 140ms in
duration.
(1b) Requirements applicable to Offshore Synchronous Generating Units to withstand
voltage dips on the LV Side of the Offshore Platform greater than 140ms in duration.
In addition to the requirements of CC.6.3.15.2. (a) each Offshore Synchronous
Generating Unit shall:

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

37 of 97
 (i) remain transiently stable and connected to the System without tripping of any
Offshore Synchronous Generating Unit for any balanced voltage dips on the LV
side of the Offshore Platform and associated durations anywhere on or above
the heavy black line shown in Figure 7a. Appendix 4B and Figures CC.A.4B.3.2
(a), (b) and (c) provide an explanation and illustrations of Figure 7a. It should be
noted that in the case of an Offshore Synchronous Generating Unit which is
connected to an Offshore Transmission System which includes a Transmission
DC Converter as part of that Offshore Transmission System, the Offshore Grid
Entry Point voltage may not indicate the presence of a voltage dip on the
Onshore Transmission System. The voltage dip will affect the level of Active
Power that can be transferred to the Onshore Transmission System and
therefore subject the Offshore Generating Unit, to a load rejection.

(ii) provide Active Power output, during voltage dips on the LV Side of the Offshore
Platform as described in Figure 7a, at least in proportion to the retained balanced
or unbalanced voltage at the LV Side of the Offshore Platform and shall
generate maximum reactive current (where the voltage at the Offshore Grid Entry
Point is outside the limits specified in CC.6.1.4) without exceeding the transient
rating limits of the Offshore Synchronous Generating Unit and,
(iii) within 1 second of restoration of the voltage to 1.0p.u of the nominal voltage at the
LV Side of the Offshore Platform, restore Active Power to at least 90% of the
Offshore Synchronous Generating Unit's immediate pre-disturbed value, unless
there has been a reduction in the Intermittent Power Source in the time range in
Figure 7a that restricts the Active Power output below this level. Once the Active
Power output has been restored to the required level, Active Power oscillations
shall be acceptable provided that:
- the total Active Energy delivered during the period of the oscillations is at
least that which would have been delivered if the Active Power was constant
- the oscillations are adequately damped

(2b) Requirements applicable to Offshore Power Park Modules to withstand voltage dips
on the LV Side of the Offshore Platform greater than 140ms in duration.

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

38 of 97
 In addition to the requirements of CC.6.3.15.2. (a) each Offshore Power Park Module
and / or any constituent Power Park Unit, shall:
(i) remain transiently stable and connected to the System without tripping of any
Offshore Power Park Module and / or any constituent Power Park Unit, for any
balanced voltage dips on the LV side of the Offshore Platform and associated
durations anywhere on or above the heavy black line shown in Figure 7b. Appendix
4B and Figures CC.A.4B.5. (a), (b) and (c) provide an explanation and illustrations
of Figure 7b. It should be noted that in the case of an Offshore Power Park
Module (including any Offshore Power Park Unit thereof) which is connected to
an Offshore Transmission System which includes a Transmission DC
Converter as part of that Offshore Transmission System, the Offshore Grid
Entry Point voltage may not indicate the presence of a voltage dip on the
Onshore Transmission System. The voltage dip will affect the level of Active
Power that can be transferred to the Onshore Transmission System and
therefore subject the Offshore Power Park Module (including any Offshore
Power Park Unit thereof) to a load rejection.
Voltage at LV Side of Offshore Platform
(% of Nominal)
90
85
80

15

0.14s 1.2s 2.5s 3 minutes

Offshore Platform LV Voltage Duration

Figure 7b

(ii) provide Active Power output, during voltage dips on the LV Side of the Offshore
Platform as described in Figure 7b, at least in proportion to the retained balanced
or unbalanced voltage at the LV Side of the Offshore Platform except in the case
of an Offshore Non-Synchronous Generating Unit or Offshore Power Park
Module where there has been a reduction in the Intermittent Power Source in
the time range in Figure 7b that restricts the Active Power output below this level
and shall generate maximum reactive current (where the voltage at the Offshore
Grid Entry Point is outside the limits specified in CC.6.1.4) without exceeding the
transient rating limits of the Offshore Power Park Module and any constituent
Power Park Unit or reactive compensation equipment. For Plant and Apparatus
installed on or after 1 December 2017, switched reactive compensation equipment
(such as mechanically switched capacitors and reactors) shall be controlled such
that it is not switched in or out of service during the fault but may act to assist in
post fault voltage recovery; and,
(iii) within 1 second of the restoration of the voltage at the LV Side of the Offshore
Platform (to the minimum levels specified in CC.6.1.4) restore Active Power to at
least 90% of the Offshore Power Park Module's immediate pre-disturbed value,
unless there has been a reduction in the Intermittent Power Source in the time
range in Figure 7b that restricts the Active Power output below this level. Once the
Active Power output has been restored to the required level, Active Power
oscillations shall be acceptable provided that:
Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019
39 of 97
 - the total Active Energy delivered during the period of the oscillations is at
least that which would have been delivered if the Active Power was constant
- the oscillations are adequately damped
CC.6.3.15.3 Other Requirements
(i) In the case of a Power Park Module (comprising of wind-turbine generator units), the
requirements in CC.6.3.15.1 and CC.6.3.15.2 do not apply when the Power Park
Module is operating at less than 5% of its Rated MW or during very high wind speed
conditions when more than 50% of the wind turbine generator units in a Power Park
Module have been shut down or disconnected under an emergency shutdown
sequence to protect GB Code User’s Plant and Apparatus.
(ii) In addition to meeting the conditions specified in CC.6.1.5(b) and CC.6.1.6, each Non-
Synchronous Generating Unit, OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus or Power Park
Module with a Completion Date after 1 April 2005 and any constituent Power Park
Unit thereof will be required to withstand, without tripping, the negative phase sequence
loading incurred by clearance of a close-up phase-to-phase fault, by System Back-Up
Protection on the Onshore Transmission System operating at Supergrid Voltage.
(iii) In the case of an Onshore Power Park Module in Scotland with a Completion Date
before 1 January 2004 and a Registered Capacity less than 30MW the requirements in
CC.6.3.15.1 (a) do not apply. In the case of an Onshore Power Park Module in
Scotland with a Completion Date on or after 1 January 2004 and before 1 July 2005
and a Registered Capacity less than 30MW the requirements in CC.6.3.15.1 (a) are
relaxed from the minimum Onshore Transmission System Supergrid Voltage of zero
to a minimum Onshore Transmission System Supergrid Voltage of 15% of nominal.
In the case of an Onshore Power Park Module in Scotland with a Completion Date
before 1 January 2004 and a Registered Capacity of 30MW and above the
requirements in CC.6.3.15.1 (a) are relaxed from the minimum Onshore Transmission
System Supergrid Voltage of zero to a minimum Onshore Transmission System
Supergrid Voltage of 15% of nominal.
(iv) To avoid unwanted island operation, Non-Synchronous Generating Units in Scotland
(and those directly connected to a Scottish Offshore Transmission System), Power
Park Modules in Scotland (and those directly connected to a Scottish Offshore
Transmission System) , or OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus with an Interface Point in
Scotland shall be tripped for the following conditions:
(1) Frequency above 52Hz for more than 2 seconds
(2) Frequency below 47Hz for more than 2 seconds
(3) Voltage as measured at the Onshore Connection Point or Onshore User
System Entry Point or Offshore Grid Entry Point or Interface Point in the case
of OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus is below 80% for more than 2.5 seconds
(4) Voltage as measured at the Onshore Connection Point or Onshore User
System Entry Point or Offshore Grid Entry Point or Interface Point in the case
of OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus is above 120% (115% for 275kV) for more than
1 second.
The times in sections (1) and (2) are maximum trip times. Shorter times may be used to
protect the Non-Synchronous Generating Units, or OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus
or Power Park Modules.

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

40 of 97
 Additional Damping Control Facilities for DC Converters
CC.6.3.16 (a) DC Converter owners, or GB Generators in respect of OTSDUW DC Converters or
Network Operators in the case of an Embedded DC Converter Station not subject to
a Bilateral Agreement must ensure that any of their Onshore DC Converters or
OTSDUW DC Converters will not cause a sub-synchronous resonance problem on the
Total System. Each DC Converter or OTSDUW DC Converter is required to be
provided with sub-synchronous resonance damping control facilities.
(b) Where specified in the Bilateral Agreement, each DC Converter or OTSDUW DC
Converter is required to be provided with power oscillation damping or any other
identified additional control facilities.
System to Generator Operational Intertripping Scheme
CC.6.3.17 The Company may require that a System to Generator Operational Intertripping
Scheme be installed as part of a condition of the connection of the GB Generator. Scheme
specific details shall be included in the relevant Bilateral Agreement and shall, in respect of
Bilateral Agreements entered into on or after 16th March 2009 include the following
information:
(1) the relevant category(ies) of the scheme (referred to as Category 1 Intertripping
Scheme, Category 2 Intertripping Scheme, Category 3 Intertripping Scheme and
Category 4 Intertripping Scheme);
(2) the Generating Unit(s) or CCGT Module(s) or Power Park Module(s) to be either
permanently armed or that can be instructed to be armed in accordance with BC2.8;
(3) the time within which the Generating Unit(s) or CCGT Module(s) or Power Park
Module(s) circuit breaker(s) are to be automatically tripped;
(4) the location to which the trip signal will be provided by The Company. Such location will
be provided by The Company prior to the commissioning of the Generating Unit(s) or
CCGT Module(s) or Power Park Module(s).
Where applicable, the Bilateral Agreement shall include the conditions on the National
Electricity Transmission System during which The Company may instruct the System to
Generator Operational Intertripping Scheme to be armed and the conditions that would
initiate a trip signal.
CC.6.3.18 The time within which the Generating Unit(s) or CCGT Module or Power Park Module
circuit breaker(s) need to be automatically tripped is determined by the specific conditions
local to the GB Generator. This ‘time to trip’ (defined as time from provision of the trip signal
by The Company to the specified location, to circuit breaker main contact opening) can
typically range from 100ms to 10sec. A longer time to trip may allow the initiation of an
automatic reduction in the Generating Unit(s) or CCGT Module(s) or Power Park
Module(s) output prior to the automatic tripping of the Generating Unit(s) or CCGT
Module(s) or Power Park Module(s) circuit breaker. Where applicable The Company may
provide separate trip signals to allow for either a longer or shorter ‘time to trip’ to be initiated.
CC.6.4 General Network Operator And Non-Embedded Customer Requirements
CC.6.4.1 This part of the Grid Code describes the technical and design criteria and performance
requirements for Network Operators and Non-Embedded Customers.

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

41 of 97
 Neutral Earthing
CC.6.4.2 At nominal System voltages of 132kV and above the higher voltage windings of three phase
transformers and transformer banks connected to the National Electricity Transmission
System must be star connected with the star point suitable for connection to earth. The
earthing and lower voltage winding arrangement shall be such as to ensure that the Earth
Fault Factor requirement of paragraph CC.6.2.1.1 (b) will be met on the National
Electricity Transmission System at nominal System voltages of 132kV and above.
Frequency Sensitive Relays
CC.6.4.3 As explained under OC6, each Network Operator, will make arrangements that will facilitate
automatic low Frequency Disconnection of Demand (based on Annual ACS Conditions).
CC.A.5.5. of Appendix 5 includes specifications of the local percentage Demand that shall
be disconnected at specific frequencies. The manner in which Demand subject to low
Frequency disconnection will be split into discrete MW blocks is specified in OC6.6.
Technical requirements relating to Low Frequency Relays are also listed in Appendix 5.
Operational Metering
CC.6.4.4 Where The Company can reasonably demonstrate that an Embedded Medium Power
Station or Embedded DC Converter Station has a significant effect on the National
Electricity Transmission System, it may require the Network Operator within whose
System the Embedded Medium Power Station or Embedded DC Converter Station is
situated to ensure that the operational metering equipment described in CC.6.5.6 is installed
such that The Company can receive the data referred to in CC.6.5.6. In the case of an
Embedded Medium Power Station subject to, or proposed to be subject to a Bilateral
Agreement The Company shall notify such Network Operator of the details of such
installation in writing within 3 months of being notified of the application to connect under
CUSC and in the case of an Embedded Medium Power Station not subject to, or not
proposed to be subject to a Bilateral Agreement in writing as a Site Specific Requirement
in accordance with the timescales in CUSC 6.5.5. In either case the Network Operator
shall ensure that the data referred to in CC.6.5.6 is provided to The Company.
CC.6.5 Communications Plant
CC.6.5.1 In order to ensure control of the National Electricity Transmission System,
telecommunications between GB Code Users and The Company must (including in respect
of any OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus at the OTSUA Transfer Time), if required by The
Company, be established in accordance with the requirements set down below.
CC.6.5.2 Control Telephony and System Telephony
CC.6.5.2.1 Control Telephony is the principle method by which a User's Responsible
Engineer/Operator and The Company’s Control Engineers speak to one another for the
purposes of control of the Total System in both normal and emergency operating conditions.
Control Telephony provides secure point to point telephony for routine Control Calls,
priority Control Calls and emergency Control Calls.
CC.6.5.2.2 System Telephony is an alternate method by which a User's Responsible
Engineer/Operator and The Company’s Control Engineers speak to one another for the
purposes of control of the Total System in both normal operating conditions and where
practicable, emergency operating conditions. System Telephony uses the Public Switched
Telephony Network to provide telephony for Control Calls, inclusive of emergency Control
Calls.
CC.6.5.2.3 Calls made and received over Control Telephony and System Telephony may be
recorded and subsequently replayed for commercial and operational reasons.
CC.6.5.3 Supervisory Tones
CC.6.5.3.1 Control Telephony supervisory tones indicate to the calling and receiving parties dial,
engaged, ringing, secondary engaged (signifying that priority may be exercised) and priority
disconnect tones.

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

42 of 97
CC.6.5.3.2 System Telephony supervisory tones indicate to the calling and receiving parties dial,
engaged and ringing tones.
CC.6.5.4 Obligations in respect of Control Telephony and System Telephony
CC.6.5.4.1 Where The Company requires Control Telephony, Users are required to use the Control
Telephony with The Company in respect of all Connection Points with the National
Electricity Transmission System and in respect of all Embedded Large Power Stations
and Embedded DC Converter Stations. The Company will have Control Telephony
installed at the GB Code User’s Control Point where the GB Code User’s telephony
equipment is not capable of providing the required facilities or is otherwise incompatible with
the Transmission Control Telephony. Details of and relating to the Control Telephony
required are contained in the Bilateral Agreement.
CC.6.5.4.2 Where in The Company’s sole opinion the installation of Control Telephony is not
practicable at a GB Code User’s Control Point(s), The Company shall specify in the
Bilateral Agreement whether System Telephony is required. Where System Telephony
is required by The Company, the GB Code User shall ensure that System Telephony is
installed.
CC.6.5.4.3 Where System Telephony is installed, GB Code Users are required to use the System
Telephony with The Company in respect of those Control Point(s) for which it has been
installed. Details of and relating to the System Telephony required are contained in the
Bilateral Agreement.
CC.6.5.4.4 Where Control Telephony or System Telephony is installed, routine testing of such
facilities may be required by The Company (not normally more than once in any calendar
month). The GB Code User and The Company shall use reasonable endeavours to agree
a test programme and where The Company requests the assistance of the GB Code User
in performing the agreed test programme the User shall provide such assistance.
CC.6.5.4.5 Control Telephony and System Telephony shall only be used for the purposes of
operational voice communication between The Company and the relevant User.
CC.6.5.4.6 Control Telephony contains emergency calling functionality to be used for urgent
operational communication only. Such functionality enables The Company and Users to
utilise a priority call in the event of an emergency. The Company and GB Code Users shall
only use such priority call functionality for urgent operational communications.
CC.6.5.5 Technical Requirements for Control Telephony and System Telephony
CC.6.5.5.1 Detailed information on the technical interfaces and support requirements for Control
Telephony is provided in the Control Telephony Electrical Standard identified in the
Annex to the General Conditions. Where additional information, or information in relation to
Control Telephony applicable in Scotland, is requested by GB Code Users, this will be
provided, where possible, by The Company.
CC.6.5.5.2 System Telephony shall consist of a dedicated Public Switched Telephone Network
telephone line that shall be installed and configured by the relevant GB Code User. The
Company shall provide a dedicated free phone number (UK only), for the purposes of
receiving incoming calls to The Company, which GB Code Users shall utilise for System
Telephony. System Telephony shall only be utilised by The Company Control Engineer
and the GB Code User’s Responsible Engineer/Operator for the purposes of operational
communications.
Operational Metering

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

43 of 97
CC.6.5.6 (a) The Company or The Relevant Transmission Licensee, as applicable, shall provide
system control and data acquisition (SCADA) outstation interface equipment. The GB
Code User shall provide such voltage, current, Frequency, Active Power and
Reactive Power measurement outputs and plant status indications and alarms to the
Transmission SCADA outstation interface equipment as required by The Company in
accordance with the terms of the Bilateral Agreement. In the case of OTSDUW, the
GB Code User shall provide such SCADA outstation interface equipment and voltage,
current, Frequency, Active Power and Reactive Power measurement outputs and
plant status indications and alarms to the SCADA outstation interface equipment as
required by The Company in accordance with the terms of the Bilateral Agreement.
(b) For the avoidance of doubt, for Active Power and Reactive Power measurements,
circuit breaker and disconnector status indications from:
(i) CCGT Modules at Large Power Stations, the outputs and status indications must
each be provided to The Company on an individual CCGT Unit basis. In addition,
where identified in the Bilateral Agreement, Active Power and Reactive Power
measurements from Unit Transformers and/or Station Transformers must be
provided.
(ii) DC Converters at DC Converter Stations and OTSDUW DC Converters, the
outputs and status indications must each be provided to The Company on an
individual DC Converter basis. In addition, where identified in the Bilateral
Agreement, Active Power and Reactive Power measurements from converter
and/or station transformers must be provided.
(iii) Power Park Modules at Embedded Large Power Stations and at directly
connected Power Stations, the outputs and status indications must each be
provided to The Company on an individual Power Park Module basis. In addition,
where identified in the Bilateral Agreement, Active Power and Reactive Power
measurements from station transformers must be provided.
(iv) In respect of OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus, the outputs and status indications
must be provided to The Company for each piece of electrical equipment. In
addition, where identified in the Bilateral Agreement, Active Power and Reactive
Power measurements at the Interface Point must be provided.
(c) For the avoidance of doubt, the requirements of CC.6.5.6(a) in the case of a Cascade
Hydro Scheme will be provided for each Generating Unit forming part of that Cascade
Hydro Scheme. In the case of Embedded Generating Units forming part of a
Cascade Hydro Scheme the data may be provided by means other than the SCADA
outstation located at the Power Station, such as, with the agreement of the Network
Operator in whose system such Embedded Generating Unit is located, from the
Network Operator’s SCADA system to The Company. Details of such arrangements
will be contained in the relevant Bilateral Agreements between The Company and the
GB Generator and the Network Operator.
(d) In the case of a Power Park Module, additional energy input signals (e.g. wind speed,
and wind direction) may be specified in the Bilateral Agreement. For Power Park
Modules with a Completion Date on or after 1st April 2016 a Power Available signal
will also be specified in the Bilateral Agreement. The signals would be used to
establish the potential level of energy input from the Intermittent Power Source for
monitoring pursuant to CC.6.6.1 and Ancillary Services and will, in the case of a wind
farm, be used to provide The Company with advanced warning of excess wind speed
shutdown and to determine the level of Headroom available from Power Park Modules
for the purposes of calculating response and reserve. For the avoidance of doubt, the
Power Available signal would be automatically provided to The Company and
represent the sum of the potential output of all available and operational Power Park
Units within the Power Park Module. The refresh rate of the Power Available signal
shall be specified in the Bilateral Agreement.
Instructor Facilities
Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019
44 of 97
CC.6.5.7 The User shall accommodate Instructor Facilities provided by The Company for the
receipt of operational messages relating to System conditions.
Electronic Data Communication Facilities
CC.6.5.8 (a) All BM Participants must ensure that appropriate electronic data communication
facilities are in place to permit the submission of data, as required by the Grid Code, to
The Company.
(b) In addition,
(1) any GB Code User that wishes to participate in the Balancing Mechanism;
or
(2) any BM Participant in respect of its BM Units at a Power Station where the
Construction Agreement and/or a Bilateral Agreement has a Completion Date
on or after 1 January 2013 and the BM Participant is required to provide all Part 1
System Ancillary Services in accordance with CC.8.1 (unless The Company has
otherwise agreed)
must ensure that appropriate automatic logging devices are installed at the Control
Points of its BM Units to submit data to and to receive instructions from The
Company, as required by the Grid Code. For the avoidance of doubt, in the case of an
Interconnector User the Control Point will be at the Control Centre of the
appropriate Externally Interconnected System Operator.

(c) Detailed specifications of these required electronic facilities will be provided by The
Company on request and they are listed as Electrical Standards in the Annex to the
General Conditions.
Facsimile Machines
CC.6.5.9 Each GB Code User and The Company shall provide a facsimile machine or machines:
(a) in the case of GB Generators, at the Control Point of each Power Station and at its
Trading Point;
(b) in the case of The Company and Network Operators, at the Control Centre(s); and
(c) in the case of Non-Embedded Customers and DC Converter Station owners at the
Control Point.
Each GB Code User shall notify, prior to connection to the System of the GB Code User's
Plant and Apparatus, The Company of its or their telephone number or numbers, and will
notify The Company of any changes. Prior to connection to the System of the GB Code
User's Plant and Apparatus The Company shall notify each GB Code User of the
telephone number or numbers of its facsimile machine or machines and will notify any
changes.
CC.6.5.10 Busbar Voltage
The Relevant Transmission Licensee shall, subject as provided below, provide each GB
Generator or DC Converter Station owner at each Grid Entry Point where one of its
Power Stations or DC Converter Stations is connected with appropriate voltage signals to
enable the GB Generator or DC Converter Station owner to obtain the necessary
information to permit its Gensets or DC Converters to be Synchronised to the National
Electricity Transmission System. The term "voltage signal" shall mean in this context, a
point of connection on (or wire or wires from) a relevant part of Transmission Plant and/or
Apparatus at the Grid Entry Point, to which the GB Generator or DC Converter Station
owner, with The Company's agreement (not to be unreasonably withheld) in relation to the
Plant and/or Apparatus to be attached, will be able to attach its Plant and/or Apparatus
(normally a wire or wires) in order to obtain measurement outputs in relation to the busbar.
CC.6.5.11 Bilingual Message Facilities

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

45 of 97
 (a) A Bilingual Message Facility is the method by which the User’s Responsible
Engineer/Operator, the Externally Interconnected System Operator and The
Company’s Control Engineers communicate clear and unambiguous information in
two languages for the purposes of control of the Total System in both normal and
emergency operating conditions.
(b) A Bilingual Message Facility, where required, will provide up to two hundred pre-defined
messages with up to five hundred and sixty characters each. A maximum of one minute
is allowed for the transmission to, and display of, the selected message at any
destination. The standard messages must be capable of being displayed at any
combination of locations and can originate from any of these locations. Messages
displayed in the UK will be displayed in the English language.
(c) Detailed information on a Bilingual Message Facility and suitable equipment required for
individual GB Code User applications will be provided by The Company upon request.
CC.6.6 System Monitoring
CC.6.6.1 Monitoring equipment is provided on the National Electricity Transmission System to
enable The Company to monitor its power system dynamic performance conditions. Where
this monitoring equipment requires voltage and current signals on the Generating Unit
(other than Power Park Unit), DC Converter or Power Park Module circuit from the GB
Code User or from OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus, The Company will inform the GB
Code User and they will be provided by the GB Code User with both the timing of the
installation of the equipment for receiving such signals and its exact position being agreed
(the GB Code User's agreement not to be unreasonably withheld) and the costs being dealt
with, pursuant to the terms of the Bilateral Agreement.
CC.6.6.2 For all on site monitoring by The Company of witnessed tests pursuant to the CP or OC5
the GB Code User shall provide suitable test signals as outlined in OC5.A.1.
CC.6.6.2.1 The signals which shall be provided by the GB Code User to The Company for onsite
monitoring shall be of the following resolution, unless otherwise agreed by The Company:
(i) 1 Hz for reactive range tests
(ii) 10 Hz for frequency control tests
(iii) 100 Hz for voltage control tests
CC.6.6.2.2 The GB Code User will provide all relevant signals for this purpose in the form of d.c.
voltages within the range -10V to +10V. In exceptional circumstances some signals may be
accepted as d.c. voltages within the range -60V to +60V with prior agreement between the
GB Code User and The Company. All signals shall:
(i) in the case of an Onshore Power Park Module, DC Convertor Station or
Synchronous Generating Unit, be suitably terminated in a single accessible location
at the GB Generator or DC Converter Station owner’s site.
(ii) in the case of an Offshore Power Park Module and OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus,
be transmitted onshore without attenuation, delay or filtering which would result in the
inability to fully demonstrate the objectives of the test, or identify any potential safety or
plant instability issues, and be suitably terminated in a single robust location normally
located at or near the onshore Interface Point of the Offshore Transmission System
to which it is connected.
CC.6.6.2.3 All signals shall be suitably scaled across the range. The following scaling would (unless The
Company notify the GB Code User otherwise) be acceptable to The Company:
(a) 0MW to Registered Capacity or Interface Point Capacity 0-8V dc
(b) Maximum leading Reactive Power to maximum lagging Reactive Power -8 to 8V dc
(c) 48 – 52Hz as -8 to 8V dc
(d) Nominal terminal or connection point voltage -10% to +10% as -8 to 8V dc

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

46 of 97
CC.6.6.2.4 The GB Code User shall provide to The Company a 230V power supply adjacent to the
signal terminal location.

CC.7 SITE RELATED CONDITIONS

CC.7.1 Not used.
CC.7.2 Responsibilities For Safety
CC.7.2.1 Any User entering and working on its Plant and/or Apparatus (including, until the OTSUA
Transfer Time, any OTSUA) on a Transmission Site will work to the Safety Rules of the
Relevant Transmission Licensee, as advised by The Company.
CC.7.2.2 For User Sites, The Company shall procure that the Relevant Transmission Licensee
entering and working on Transmission Plant and/or Apparatus on a User Site will work to
the User’s Safety Rules.
CC.7.2.3 A User may, with a minimum of six weeks notice, apply to The Company for permission to
work according to that Users own Safety Rules when working on its Plant and/or
Apparatus on a Transmission Site rather than those set out in CC.7.2.1. If The Company
is of the opinion that the User's Safety Rules provide for a level of safety commensurate
with those set out in CC.7.2.1, The Company will notify the User, in writing, that, with effect
from the date requested by the User, the User may use its own Safety Rules when working
on its Plant and/or Apparatus on the Transmission Site. In forming its opinion, The
Company will seek the opinion of the Relevant Transmission Licensee. Until receipt of
such written approval from The Company, the GB Code User will continue to use the
Safety Rules as set out in CC.7.2.1.
CC.7.2.4 In the case of a User Site, The Company may, with a minimum of six weeks notice, apply
to a User for permission for the Relevant Transmission Licensee to work according to the
Relevant Transmission Licensee’s Safety Rules when working on Transmission Plant
and/or Apparatus on that User Site, rather than the User’s Safety Rules. If the User is of
the opinion that the Relevant Transmission Licensee’s Safety Rules, provide for a level of
safety commensurate with that of that User’s Safety Rules, it will notify The Company, in
writing, that, with effect from the date requested by The Company, that the Relevant
Transmission Licensee may use its own Safety Rules when working on its Transmission
Plant and/or Apparatus on that User’s Site. Until receipt of such written approval from the
User, The Company shall procure that the Relevant Transmission Licensee shall
continue to use the User’s Safety Rules.
CC.7.2.5 For a Transmission Site, if The Company gives its approval for the User’s Safety Rules
to apply to the User when working on its Plant and/or Apparatus, that does not imply that
the User’s Safety Rules will apply to entering the Transmission Site and access to the
User’s Plant and/or Apparatus on that Transmission Site. Bearing in mind the Relevant
Transmission Licensee’s responsibility for the whole Transmission Site, entry and access
will always be in accordance with the Relevant Transmission Licensee’s site access
procedures. For a User Site, if the User gives its approval for Relevant Transmission
Licensee Safety Rules to apply to the Relevant Transmission Licensee when working on
its Plant and Apparatus, that does not imply that the Relevant Transmission Licensee’s
Safety Rules will apply to entering the User Site, and access to the Transmission Plant
and Apparatus on that User Site. Bearing in mind the User’s responsibility for the whole
User Site, entry and access will always be in accordance with the User’s site access
procedures.
CC.7.2.6 For User Sites, Users shall notify The Company of any Safety Rules that apply to the
Relevant Transmission Licensee’s staff working on User Sites. The Company shall
procure that the Relevant Transmission Licensee shall notify Users of any Safety Rules
that apply to the User’s staff working on the Transmission Site.
CC.7.2.7 Each Site Responsibility Schedule must have recorded on it the Safety Rules which apply
to each item of Plant and/or Apparatus.

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

47 of 97
CC.7.2.8 In the case of OTSUA a User Site or Transmission Site shall, for the purposes of this
CC.7.2, include a site at which there is an Interface Point until the OTSUA Transfer Time
when it becomes part of the National Electricity Transmission System.
CC.7.3 Site Responsibility Schedules
CC.7.3.1 In order to inform site operational staff and The Company’s Control Engineers of agreed
responsibilities for Plant and/or Apparatus at the operational interface, a Site
Responsibility Schedule shall be produced for Connection Sites (and in the case of
OTSUA, until the OTSUA Transfer Time, Interface Sites) for The Company, the Relevant
Transmission Licensee and Users with whom they interface.
CC.7.3.2 The format, principles and basic procedure to be used in the preparation of Site
Responsibility Schedules are set down in Appendix 1.
CC.7.4 Operation And Gas Zone Diagrams
Operation Diagrams
CC.7.4.1 An Operation Diagram shall be prepared for each Connection Site at which a Connection
Point exists (and in the case of OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus, by User’s for each
Interface Point) using, where appropriate, the graphical symbols shown in Part 1A of
Appendix 2. Users should also note that the provisions of OC11 apply in certain
circumstances.
CC.7.4.2 The Operation Diagram shall include all HV Apparatus and the connections to all external
circuits and incorporate numbering, nomenclature and labelling, as set out in OC11. At those
Connection Sites (or in the case of OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus, Interface Points)
where gas-insulated metal enclosed switchgear and/or other gas-insulated HV Apparatus is
installed, those items must be depicted within an area delineated by a chain dotted line
which intersects gas-zone boundaries. The nomenclature used shall conform with that used
on the relevant Connection Site and circuit (and in the case of OTSDUW Plant and
Apparatus, Interface Point and circuit). The Operation Diagram (and the list of technical
details) is intended to provide an accurate record of the layout and circuit interconnections,
ratings and numbering and nomenclature of HV Apparatus and related Plant.
CC.7.4.3 A non-exhaustive guide to the types of HV Apparatus to be shown in the Operation
Diagram is shown in Part 2 of Appendix 2, together with certain basic principles to be
followed unless equivalent principles are approved by The Company.
Gas Zone Diagrams
CC.7.4.4 A Gas Zone Diagram shall be prepared for each Connection Site at which a Connection
Point (and in the case of OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus, by User’s for an Interface Point)
exists where gas-insulated switchgear and/or other gas-insulated HV Apparatus is utilised.
They shall use, where appropriate, the graphical symbols shown in Part 1B of Appendix 2.
CC.7.4.5 The nomenclature used shall conform with that used in the relevant Connection Site and
circuit (and in the case of OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus, relevant Interface Point and
circuit).
CC.7.4.6 The basic principles set out in Part 2 of Appendix 2 shall be followed in the preparation of
Gas Zone Diagrams unless equivalent principles are approved by The Company.
Preparation of Operation and Gas Zone Diagrams for Users' Sites and Transmission
Interface Sites

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

48 of 97
CC.7.4.7 In the case of a User Site, the User shall prepare and submit to The Company, an
Operation Diagram for all HV Apparatus on the User side of the Connection Point (and in
the case of OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus, on what will be the Offshore Transmission
side of the Connection Point and the Interface Point) and The Company shall provide the
User with an Operation Diagram for all HV Apparatus on the Transmission side of the
Connection Point (and in the case of OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus on what will be the
Onshore Transmission side of the Interface Point, in accordance with the timing
requirements of the Bilateral Agreement and/or Construction Agreement prior to the
Completion Date under the Bilateral Agreement and/or Construction Agreement.
CC.7.4.8 The User will then prepare, produce and distribute, using the information submitted on the
User's Operation Diagram and The Company Operation Diagram, a composite
Operation Diagram for the complete Connection Site (and in the case of OTSDUW Plant
and Apparatus, Interface Point), also in accordance with the timing requirements of the
Bilateral Agreement and/or Construction Agreement .
CC.7.4.9 The provisions of CC.7.4.7 and CC.7.4.8 shall apply in relation to Gas Zone Diagrams
where gas-insulated switchgear and/or other gas-insulated HV Apparatus is utilised.
Preparation of Operation and Gas Zone Diagrams for Transmission Sites
CC.7.4.10 In the case of an Transmission Site, the User shall prepare and submit to The Company
an Operation Diagram for all HV Apparatus on the User side of the Connection Point, in
accordance with the timing requirements of the Bilateral Agreement and/or Construction
Agreement.
CC.7.4.11 The Company will then prepare, produce and distribute, using the information submitted on
the User's Operation Diagram, a composite Operation Diagram for the complete
Connection Site, also in accordance with the timing requirements of the Bilateral
Agreement and/or Construction Agreement .
CC.7.4.12 The provisions of CC.7.4.10 and CC.7.4.11 shall apply in relation to Gas Zone Diagrams
where gas-insulated switchgear and/or other gas-insulated HV Apparatus is utilised.
CC.7.4.13 Changes to Operation and Gas Zone Diagrams
CC.7.4.13.1 When the Relevant Transmission Licensee has decided that it wishes to install new HV
Apparatus or it wishes to change the existing numbering or nomenclature of Transmission
HV Apparatus at a Transmission Site, The Company, in coordination with the Relevant
Transmission Licensee will (unless it gives rise to a Modification under the CUSC, in
which case the provisions of the CUSC as to the timing apply) one month prior to the
installation or change, send to each such User a revised Operation Diagram of that
Transmission Site, incorporating the new Transmission HV Apparatus to be installed and
its numbering and nomenclature or the changes, as the case may be. OC11 is also relevant
to certain Apparatus.
CC.7.4.13.2 When a User has decided that it wishes to install new HV Apparatus, or it wishes to change
the existing numbering or nomenclature of its HV Apparatus at its User Site, the User will
(unless it gives rise to a Modification under the CUSC, in which case the provisions of the
CUSC as to the timing apply) one month prior to the installation or change, send to The
Company a revised Operation Diagram of that User Site incorporating the new User HV
Apparatus to be installed and its numbering and nomenclature or the changes as the case
may be. OC11 is also relevant to certain Apparatus.
CC.7.4.13.3 The provisions of CC.7.4.13.1 and CC.7.4.13.2 shall apply in relation to Gas Zone
Diagrams where gas-insulated switchgear and/or other gas-insulated HV Apparatus is
installed.
Validity

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

49 of 97
CC.7.4.14 (a) The composite Operation Diagram prepared by The Company or the User, as the
case may be, will be the definitive Operation Diagram for all operational and planning
activities associated with the Connection Site. If a dispute arises as to the accuracy of
the composite Operation Diagram, a meeting shall be held at the Connection Site, as
soon as reasonably practicable, between The Company and the User, to endeavour to
resolve the matters in dispute.
(b) The composite Operation Diagram prepared by The Company or the User, as the
case may be, will be the definitive Operation Diagram for all operational and planning
activities associated with the Interface Point until the OTSUA Transfer Time. If a
dispute arises as to the accuracy of the composite Operation Diagram prior to the
OTSUA Transfer Time, a meeting shall be held at the Interface Point, as soon as
reasonably practicable, between The Company and the User, to endeavour to resolve
the matters in dispute.
(c) An equivalent rule shall apply for Gas Zone Diagrams where they exist for a
Connection Site.
CC.7.4.15 In the case of OTSUA, a User Site and Transmission Site shall, for the purposes of this
CC.7.4, include a site at which there is an Interface Point until the OTSUA Transfer Time
when it becomes part of the National Electricity Transmission System and references to
HV Apparatus in this CC.7.4 shall include references to HV OTSUA.
CC.7.5 Site Common Drawings
CC.7.5.1 Site Common Drawings will be prepared for each Connection Site (and in the case of
OTSDUW, each Interface Point) and will include Connection Site (and in the case of
OTSDUW, Interface Point) layout drawings, electrical layout drawings, common
Protection/control drawings and common services drawings.
Preparation of Site Common Drawings for a User Site and Transmission Interface Site
CC.7.5.2 In the case of a User Site, The Company shall prepare and submit to the User, Site
Common Drawings for the Transmission side of the Connection Point (and in the case of
OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus, on what will be the Onshore Transmission side of the
Interface Point,) and the User shall prepare and submit to The Company, Site Common
Drawings for the User side of the Connection Point (and in the case of OTSDUW, on what
will be the Offshore Transmission side of the Interface Point) in accordance with the
timing requirements of the Bilateral Agreement and/or Construction Agreement.
CC.7.5.3 The User will then prepare, produce and distribute, using the information submitted on the
Transmission Site Common Drawings, Site Common Drawings for the complete
Connection Site (and in the case of OTSDUW, Interface Point) in accordance with the
timing requirements of the Bilateral Agreement and/or Construction Agreement .
Preparation of Site Common Drawings for a Transmission Site
CC.7.5.4 In the case of a Transmission Site, the User will prepare and submit to The Company Site
Common Drawings for the User side of the Connection Point in accordance with the
timing requirements of the Bilateral Agreement and/or Construction Agreement.
CC.7.5.5 The Company will then prepare, produce and distribute, using the information submitted in
the User's Site Common Drawings, Site Common Drawings for the complete
Connection Site in accordance with the timing requirements of the Bilateral Agreement
and/or Construction Agreement.
CC.7.5.6 When a User becomes aware that it is necessary to change any aspect of the Site
Common Drawings at a Connection Site (and in the case of OTSDUW, Interface Point) it
will:
(a) if it is a User Site, as soon as reasonably practicable, prepare, produce and distribute
revised Site Common Drawings for the complete Connection Site (and in the case of
OTSDUW, Interface Point); and

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

50 of 97
 (b) if it is a Transmission Site, as soon as reasonably practicable, prepare and submit to
The Company revised Site Common Drawings for the User side of the Connection
Point (and in the case of OTSDUW, Interface Point) and The Company will then, as
soon as reasonably practicable, prepare, produce and distribute, using the information
submitted in the User's Site Common Drawings, revised Site Common Drawings for
the complete Connection Site (and in the case of OTSDUW, Interface Point).
In either case, if in the User's reasonable opinion the change can be dealt with by it notifying
The Company in writing of the change and for each party to amend its copy of the Site
Common Drawings (or where there is only one set, for the party holding that set to amend
it), then it shall so notify and each party shall so amend. If the change gives rise to a
Modification under the CUSC, the provisions of the CUSC as to timing will apply.
CC.7.5.7 When The Company becomes aware that it is necessary to change any aspect of the Site
Common Drawings at a Connection Site(and in the case of OTSDUW, Interface Point) it
will:
(a) if it is a Transmission Site, as soon as reasonably practicable, prepare, produce and
distribute revised Site Common Drawings for the complete Connection Site (and in
the case of OTSDUW, Interface Point); and
(b) if it is a User Site, as soon as reasonably practicable, prepare and submit to the User
revised Site Common Drawings for the Transmission side of the Connection Point
(in the case of OTSDUW, Interface Point) and the User will then, as soon as
reasonably practicable, prepare, produce and distribute, using the information submitted
in the Transmission Site Common Drawings, revised Site Common Drawings for
the complete Connection Site (and in the case of OTSDUW, Interface Point).
In either case, if in The Company's reasonable opinion the change can be dealt with by it
notifying the User in writing of the change and for each party to amend its copy of the Site
Common Drawings (or where there is only one set, for the party holding that set to amend
it), then it shall so notify and each party shall so amend. If the change gives rise to a
Modification under the CUSC, the provisions of the CUSC as to timing will apply.
Validity
CC.7.5.8 (a) The Site Common Drawings for the complete Connection Site prepared by the User
or The Company, as the case may be, will be the definitive Site Common Drawings
for all operational and planning activities associated with the Connection Site. If a
dispute arises as to the accuracy of the Site Common Drawings, a meeting shall be
held at the Site, as soon as reasonably practicable, between The Company and the
User, to endeavour to resolve the matters in dispute.
(b) The Site Common Drawing prepared by The Company or the User, as the case may
be, will be the definitive Site Common Drawing for all operational and planning
activities associated with the Interface Point until the OTSUA Transfer Time. If a
dispute arises as to the accuracy of the composite Operation Diagram prior to the
OTSUA Transfer Time, a meeting shall be held at the Interface Point, as soon as
reasonably practicable, between The Company and the User, to endeavour to resolve
the matters in dispute.
CC.7.5.9 In the case of OTSUA, a User Site and Transmission Site shall, for the purposes of this
CC.7.5, include a site at which there is an Interface Point until the OTSUA Transfer Time
when it becomes part of the National Electricity Transmission System.
CC.7.6 Access
CC.7.6.1 The provisions relating to access to Transmission Sites by Users, and to Users' Sites by
Relevant Transmission Licensees, are set out in each Interface Agreement (or in the
case of Interfaces Sites prior to the OTSUA Transfer Time agreements in similar form)
with, the Relevant Transmission Licensee and each User.

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

51 of 97
CC.7.6.2 In addition to those provisions, where a Transmission Site contains exposed HV
conductors, unaccompanied access will only be granted to individuals holding an Authority
for Access issued by the Relevant Transmission Licensee.
CC.7.6.3 The procedure for applying for an Authority for Access is contained in the Interface
Agreement.
CC.7.7 Maintenance Standards
CC.7.7.1 It is the User's responsibility to ensure that all its Plant and Apparatus (including, until the
OTSUA Transfer Time, any OTSUA) on a Transmission Site is tested and maintained
adequately for the purpose for which it is intended, and to ensure that it does not pose a
threat to the safety of any Transmission Plant, Apparatus or personnel on the
Transmission Site. The Company will have the right to inspect the test results and
maintenance records relating to such Plant and Apparatus at any time
CC.7.7.2 For User Sites, The Company shall procure that the Relevant Transmission Licensee
has a responsibility to ensure that all Transmission Plant and Apparatus on a User Site is
tested and maintained adequately for the purposes for which it is intended and to ensure that
it does not pose a threat to the safety of any User’s Plant, Apparatus or personnel on the
User Site.
The User will have the right to inspect the test results and maintenance records relating to
such Plant and Apparatus on its User Site at any time.
CC.7.8 Site Operational Procedures
CC.7.8.1 Where there is an interface with National Electricity Transmission System, The
Company and Users, must make available staff to take necessary Safety Precautions and
carry out operational duties as may be required to enable work/testing to be carried out and
for the operation of Plant and Apparatus (including, prior to the OTSUA Transfer Time, any
OTSUA) connected to the Total System.
CC.7.9 GB Generators and DC Converter Station owners shall provide a Control Point in respect
of each Power Station directly connected to the National Electricity Transmission
System and Embedded Large Power Station or DC Converter Station to receive an act
upon instructions pursuant to OC7 and BC2 at all times that Generating Units or Power
Park Modules at the Power Station are generating or available to generate or DC
Converters at the DC Converter Station are importing or exporting or available to do so.
The Control Point shall be continuously manned except where the Bilateral Agreement in
respect of such Embedded Power Station specifies that compliance with BC2 is not
required, where the Control Point shall be manned between the hours of 0800 and 1800
each day.

CC.8 ANCILLARY SERVICES

CC.8.1 System Ancillary Services
The CC contain requirements for the capability for certain Ancillary Services, which are
needed for System reasons ("System Ancillary Services"). There follows a list of these
System Ancillary Services, together with the paragraph number of the CC (or other part of
the Grid Code) in which the minimum capability is required or referred to. The list is divided
into two categories: Part 1 lists the System Ancillary Services which
(a) GB Generators in respect of Large Power Stations are obliged to provide (except GB
Generators in respect of Large Power Stations which have a Registered Capacity of
less than 50MW and comprise Power Park Modules); and,
(b) GB Generators in respect of Large Power Stations with a Registered Capacity of
less than 50MW and comprise Power Park Modules are obliged to provide in respect
of Reactive Power only; and,
(c) DC Converter Station owners are obliged to have the capability to supply; and

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

52 of 97
 (d) GB Generators in respect of Medium Power Stations (except Embedded Medium
Power Stations) are obliged to provide in respect of Reactive Power only:
and Part 2 lists the System Ancillary Services which GB Generators will provide only if
agreement to provide them is reached with The Company:
Part 1
(a) Reactive Power supplied (in accordance with CC.6.3.2) otherwise than by means of
synchronous or static compensators (except in the case of a Power Park Module
where synchronous or static compensators within the Power Park Module may be
used to provide Reactive Power)
(b) Frequency Control by means of Frequency sensitive generation - CC.6.3.7 and
BC3.5.1
Part 2
(c) Frequency Control by means of Fast Start - CC.6.3.14
(d) Black Start Capability - CC.6.3.5
(e) System to Generator Operational Intertripping

CC.8.2 Commercial Ancillary Services

Other Ancillary Services are also utilised by The Company in operating the Total System
if these have been agreed to be provided by a GB Code User (or other person) under an
Ancillary Services Agreement or under a Bilateral Agreement, with payment being dealt
with under an Ancillary Services Agreement or in the case of Externally Interconnected
System Operators or Interconnector Users, under any other agreement (and in the case
of Externally Interconnected System Operators and Interconnector Users includes
ancillary services equivalent to or similar to System Ancillary Services) ("Commercial
Ancillary Services"). The capability for these Commercial Ancillary Services is set out in
the relevant Ancillary Services Agreement or Bilateral Agreement (as the case may be).

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

53 of 97
 APPENDIX 1 - SITE RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULES
FORMAT, PRINCIPLES AND BASIC PROCEDURE TO BE USED IN THE PREPARATION
OF SITE RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULES

CC.A.1.1 Principles
Types of Schedules
CC.A.1.1.1 At all Complexes (which in the context of this CC shall include, Interface Sites until the
OTSUA Transfer Time) the following Site Responsibility Schedules shall be drawn up
using the relevant proforma attached or with such variations as may be agreed between The
Company and Users, but in the absence of agreement the relevant proforma attached will
be used. In addition, in the case of OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus, and in readiness for the
OTSUA Transfer Time, the User shall provide The Company with the necessary
information such that Site Responsibility Schedules in this form can be prepared by the
Relevant Transmission Licensees for the Transmission Interface Site:
(a) Schedule of HV Apparatus
(b) Schedule of Plant, LV/MV Apparatus, services and supplies;
(c) Schedule of telecommunications and measurements Apparatus.
Other than at Generating Unit, DC Converter, Power Park Module and Power Station
locations, the schedules referred to in (b) and (c) may be combined.
New Connection Sites
CC.A.1.1.2 In the case of a new Connection Site each Site Responsibility Schedule for a
Connection Site shall be prepared by The Company in consultation with relevant GB Code
Users at least 2 weeks prior to the Completion Date (or, where the OTSUA is to become
Operational prior to the OTSUA Transfer Time, an alternative date) under the Bilateral
Agreement and/or Construction Agreement for that Connection Site (which may form
part of a Complex). In the case of a new Interface Site where the OTSUA is to become
Operational prior to the OTSUA Transfer Time each Site Responsibility Schedule for an
Interface Site shall be prepared by The Company in consultation with relevant GB Code
Users at least 2 weeks prior to the Completion Date under the Bilateral Agreement and/or
Construction Agreement for that Interface Site (which may form part of a Complex) (and
references to and requirements placed on “Connection Site” in this CC shall also be read
as “Interface Site” where the context requires and until the OTSUA Transfer Time). Each
GB Code User shall, in accordance with the timing requirements of the Bilateral
Agreement and/or Construction Agreement , provide information to The Company to
enable it to prepare the Site Responsibility Schedule.
Sub-division
CC.A.1.1.3 Each Site Responsibility Schedule will be subdivided to take account of any separate
Connection Sites on that Complex.
Scope
CC.A.1.1.4 Each Site Responsibility Schedule shall detail for each item of Plant and Apparatus:
(a) Plant/Apparatus ownership;
(b) Site Manager (Controller) (except in the case of Plant/Apparatus located in SPT’s
Transmission Area);
(c) Safety issues comprising applicable Safety Rules and Control Person or other
responsible person (Safety Co-ordinator), or such other person who is responsible for
safety;
(d) Operations issues comprising applicable Operational Procedures and control
engineer;

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

54 of 97
 (e) Responsibility to undertake statutory inspections, fault investigation and maintenance.
Each Connection Point shall be precisely shown.
Detail
CC.A.1.1.5 (a) In the case of Site Responsibility Schedules referred to in CC.A.1.1.1(b) and (c), with
the exception of Protection Apparatus and Intertrip Apparatus operation, it will be
sufficient to indicate the responsible User or Transmission Licensee, as the case may
be.
(b) In the case of the Site Responsibility Schedule referred to in CC.A.1.1.1(a) and for
Protection Apparatus and Intertrip Apparatus, the responsible management unit
must be shown in addition to the User or Transmission Licensee, as the case may be.
CC.A.1.1.6 The HV Apparatus Site Responsibility Schedule for each Connection Site must include
lines and cables emanating from or traversing 1 the Connection Site.
Issue Details
CC.A.1.1.7 Every page of each Site Responsibility Schedule shall bear the date of issue and the issue
number.
Accuracy Confirmation
CC.A.1.1.8 When a Site Responsibility Schedule is prepared it shall be sent by The Company to the
Users involved for confirmation of its accuracy.
CC.A.1.1.9 The Site Responsibility Schedule shall then be signed on behalf of The Company by its
Responsible Manager (see CC.A.1.1.16) and on behalf of each User involved by its
Responsible Manager (see CC.A.1.1.16), by way of written confirmation of its accuracy.
The Site Responsibility Schedule will also be signed on behalf of the Relevant
Transmission Licensee by its Responsible Manager.
Distribution and Availability
CC.A.1.1.10 Once signed, two copies will be distributed by The Company, not less than two weeks prior
to its implementation date, to each User which is a party on the Site Responsibility
Schedule, accompanied by a note indicating the issue number and the date of
implementation.
CC.A.1.1.11 The Company and Users must make the Site Responsibility Schedules readily available
to operational staff at the Complex and at the other relevant control points.
Alterations to Existing Site Responsibility Schedules
CC.A 1.1.12 Without prejudice to the provisions of CC.A.1.1.15 which deals with urgent changes, when a
User identified on a Site Responsibility Schedule becomes aware that an alteration is
necessary, it must inform The Company immediately and in any event 8 weeks prior to any
change taking effect (or as soon as possible after becoming aware of it, if less than 8 weeks
remain when the User becomes aware of the change). This will cover the commissioning of
new Plant and/or Apparatus at the Connection Site, whether requiring a revised Bilateral
Agreement or not, de-commissioning of Plant and/or Apparatus, and other changes which
affect the accuracy of the Site Responsibility Schedule.
CC.A 1.1.13 Where The Company has been informed of a change by an GB Code User, or itself
proposes a change, it will prepare a revised Site Responsibility Schedule by not less than
six weeks prior to the change taking effect (subject to it having been informed or knowing of
the change eight weeks prior to that time) and the procedure set out in CC.A.1.1.8 shall be
followed with regard to the revised Site Responsibility Schedule.

1 Details of circuits traversing the Connection Site are only needed from the date which is the earlier of the date when the Site
Responsibility Schedule is first updated and 15th October 2004. In Scotland or Offshore, from a date to be agreed between The
Company and the Relevant Transmission Licensee.

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

55 of 97
CC.A 1.1.14 The revised Site Responsibility Schedule shall then be signed in accordance with the
procedure set out in CC.A.1.1.9 and distributed in accordance with the procedure set out in
CC.A.1.1.10, accompanied by a note indicating where the alteration(s) has/have been made,
the new issue number and the date of implementation.

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

56 of 97
 Urgent Changes
CC.A.1.1.15 When an GB Code User identified on a Site Responsibility Schedule, or The Company,
as the case may be, becomes aware that an alteration to the Site Responsibility Schedule
is necessary urgently to reflect, for example, an emergency situation which has arisen
outside its control, the GB Code User shall notify The Company, or The Company shall
notify the GB Code User, as the case may be, immediately and will discuss:
(a) what change is necessary to the Site Responsibility Schedule;
(b) whether the Site Responsibility Schedule is to be modified temporarily or
permanently;
(c) the distribution of the revised Site Responsibility Schedule.
The Company will prepare a revised Site Responsibility Schedule as soon as possible,
and in any event within seven days of it being informed of or knowing the necessary
alteration. The Site Responsibility Schedule will be confirmed by GB Code Users and
signed on behalf of The Company and GB Code Users and the Relevant Transmission
Licensee (by the persons referred to in CC.A.1.1.9) as soon as possible after it has been
prepared and sent to GB Code Users for confirmation.
Responsible Managers
CC.A.1.1.16 Each GB Code User shall, prior to the Completion Date under each Bilateral Agreement
and/or Construction Agreement, supply to The Company a list of Managers who have
been duly authorised to sign Site Responsibility Schedules on behalf of the GB Code
User and The Company shall, prior to the Completion Date under each Bilateral
Agreement and/or Construction Agreement, supply to that GB Code User the name of
the Relevant Transmission Licensee’s Responsible Manager and each shall supply to
the other any changes to such list six weeks before the change takes effect where the
change is anticipated, and as soon as possible after the change, where the change was not
anticipated.
De-commissioning of Connection Sites
CC.A.1.1.17 Where a Connection Site is to be de-commissioned, whichever of The Company or the GB
Code User who is initiating the de-commissioning must contact the other to arrange for the
Site Responsibility Schedule to be amended at the relevant time.

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

57 of 97
 PROFORMA FOR SITE RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE

AREA

COMPLEX: SCHEDULE:

CONNECTION SITE:

SAFETY OPERATIONS PARTY

RESPONSIBLE
FOR
UNDERTAKING
CONTROL OR STATUTORY
OTHER CONTROL OR INSPECTIONS,
RESPONSIBLE OTHER FAULT
ITEM OF PLANT PERSON RESPONSIBLE INVESTIGATION
PLANT/ APPARATUS SITE SAFETY (SAFETY CO- OPERATIONAL ENGINEER & REMARKS
APPARATUS OWNER MANAGER RULES ORDINATOR PROCEDURES MAINTENANCE

PAGE: ISSUE NO: DATE:

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

58 of 97
 PROFORMA FOR SITE RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE

AREA

COMPLEX: SCHEDULE:

CONNECTION SITE:

SAFETY OPERATIONS PARTY

RESPONSIBLE
FOR
UNDERTAKING
CONTROL OR STATUTORY
OTHER CONTROL OR INSPECTIONS,
RESPONSIBLE OTHER FAULT
ITEM OF PLANT PERSON RESPONSIBLE INVESTIGATION
PLANT/ APPARATUS SITE SAFETY (SAFETY CO- OPERATIONAL ENGINEER & REMARKS
APPARATUS OWNER MANAGER RULES ORDINATOR PROCEDURES MAINTENANCE

NOTES:

SIGNED: NAME: COMPANY: DATE:

SIGNED: NAME: COMPANY: DATE:

SIGNED: NAME: COMPANY: DATE:

SIGNED: NAME: COMPANY: DATE:

PAGE: ISSUE NO: DATE:

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

59 of 97
Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019
60 of 97
Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019
61 of 97
 APPENDIX 2 - OPERATION DIAGRAMS

PART 1A - PROCEDURES RELATING TO OPERATION DIAGRAMS

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

62 of 97
Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019
63 of 97
Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019
64 of 97
 PART 1B - PROCEDURES RELATING TO GAS ZONE DIAGRAMS

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

65 of 97
 PART 2 - NON-EXHAUSTIVE LIST OF APPARATUS
TO BE INCLUDED ON OPERATION DIAGRAMS

Basic Principles
(1) Where practicable, all the HV Apparatus on any Connection Site shall be shown on one
Operation Diagram. Provided the clarity of the diagram is not impaired, the layout shall
represent as closely as possible the geographical arrangement on the Connection Site.
(2) Where more than one Operation Diagram is unavoidable, duplication of identical
information on more than one Operation Diagram must be avoided.
(3) The Operation Diagram must show accurately the current status of the Apparatus e.g.
whether commissioned or decommissioned. Where decommissioned, the associated
switchbay will be labelled "spare bay".
(4) Provision will be made on the Operation Diagram for signifying approvals, together with
provision for details of revisions and dates.
(5) Operation Diagrams will be prepared in A4 format or such other format as may be agreed
with The Company.
(6) The Operation Diagram should normally be drawn single line. However, where appropriate,
detail which applies to individual phases shall be shown. For example, some HV Apparatus
is numbered individually per phase.

Apparatus To Be Shown On Operation Diagram

(1) Busbars
(2) Circuit Breakers
(3) Disconnector (Isolator) and Switch Disconnecters (Switching Isolators)
(4) Disconnectors (Isolators) - Automatic Facilities
(5) Bypass Facilities
(6) Earthing Switches
(7) Maintenance Earths
(8) Overhead Line Entries
(9) Overhead Line Traps
(10) Cable and Cable Sealing Ends
(11) Generating Unit
(12) Generator Transformers
(13) Generating Unit Transformers, Station Transformers, including the lower voltage circuit-
breakers.
(14) Synchronous Compensators
(15) Static Variable Compensators
(16) Capacitors (including Harmonic Filters)
(17) Series or Shunt Reactors (Referred to as "Inductors" at nuclear power station sites)
(18) Supergrid and Grid Transformers
(19) Tertiary Windings
(20) Earthing and Auxiliary Transformers
(21) Three Phase VT's

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

66 of 97
(22) Single Phase VT & Phase Identity
(23) High Accuracy VT and Phase Identity
(24) Surge Arrestors/Diverters
(25) Neutral Earthing Arrangements on HV Plant
(26) Fault Throwing Devices
(27) Quadrature Boosters
(28) Arc Suppression Coils
(29) Single Phase Transformers (BR) Neutral and Phase Connections
(30) Current Transformers (where separate plant items)
(31) Wall Bushings
(32) Combined VT/CT Units
(33) Shorting and Discharge Switches
(34) Thyristor
(35) Resistor with Inherent Non-Linear Variability, Voltage Dependent
(36) Gas Zone

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

67 of 97
 APPENDIX 3 - MINIMUM FREQUENCY RESPONSE REQUIREMENT
PROFILE AND OPERATING RANGE FOR NEW POWER STATIONS AND
DC CONVERTER STATIONS
CC.A.3.1 Scope
The frequency response capability is defined in terms of Primary Response, Secondary
Response and High Frequency Response. This appendix defines the minimum frequency
response requirement profile for:
(a) each Onshore Generating Unit and/or CCGT Module which has a Completion Date
after 1 January 2001 in England and Wales and 1 April 2005 in Scotland and Offshore
Generating Unit in a Large Power Station,
(b) each DC Converter at a DC Converter Station which has a Completion Date on or
after 1 April 2005 or each Offshore DC Converter which is part of a Large Power
Station.
(c) each Onshore Power Park Module in England and Wales with a Completion Date on
or after 1 January 2006.
(d) each Onshore Power Park Module in operation in Scotland after 1 January 2006 with
a Completion Date after 1 April 2005 and in Power Stations with a Registered
Capacity of 50MW or more.
(e) each Offshore Power Park Module in a Large Power Station with a Registered
Capacity of 50MW or more.
For the avoidance of doubt, this appendix does not apply to:
(i) Generating Units and/or CCGT Modules which have a Completion Date before 1
January 2001 in England and Wales and before 1 April 2005 in Scotland,
(ii) DC Converters at a DC Converter Station which have a Completion Date before 1
April 2005.
(iii) Power Park Modules in England and Wales with a Completion Date before 1 January
2006.
(iv) Power Park Modules in operation in Scotland before 1 January 2006.
(v) Power Park Modules in Scotland with a Completion Date before 1 April 2005.
(vi) Power Park Modules in Power Stations with a Registered Capacity less than 50MW.
(vii) Small Power Stations or individually to Power Park Units; or.
(viii) an OTSDUW DC Converter where the Interface Point Capacity is less than 50MW.
OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus should facilitate the delivery of frequency response
services provided by Offshore Generating Units and Offshore Power Park Modules at
the Interface Point.
The functional definition provides appropriate performance criteria relating to the provision of
Frequency control by means of Frequency sensitive generation in addition to the other
requirements identified in CC.6.3.7.
In this Appendix 3 to the CC, for a CCGT Module or a Power Park Module with more than
one Generating Unit, the phrase Minimum Generation applies to the entire CCGT Module
or Power Park Module operating with all Generating Units Synchronised to the System.
The minimum Frequency response requirement profile is shown diagrammatically in Figure
CC.A.3.1. The capability profile specifies the minimum required levels of Primary
Response, Secondary Response and High Frequency Response throughout the normal
plant operating range. The definitions of these Frequency response capabilities are
illustrated diagrammatically in Figures CC.A.3.2 & CC.A.3.3.

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

68 of 97
CC.A.3.2 Plant Operating Range
The upper limit of the operating range is the Registered Capacity of the Generating Unit or
CCGT Module or DC Converter or Power Park Module.
The Minimum Generation level may be less than, but must not be more than, 65% of the
Registered Capacity. Each Generating Unit and/or CCGT Module and/or Power Park
Module and/or DC Converter must be capable of operating satisfactorily down to the
Designed Minimum Operating Level as dictated by System operating conditions, although
it will not be instructed to below its Minimum Generation level. If a Generating Unit or
CCGT Module or Power Park Module or DC Converter is operating below Minimum
Generation because of high System Frequency, it should recover adequately to its
Minimum Generation level as the System Frequency returns to Target Frequency so that
it can provide Primary and Secondary Response from Minimum Generation if the
System Frequency continues to fall. For the avoidance of doubt, under normal operating
conditions steady state operation below Minimum Generation is not expected. The
Designed Minimum Operating Level must not be more than 55% of Registered Capacity.
In the event of a Generating Unit or CCGT Module or Power Park Module or DC
Converter load rejecting down to no less than its Designed Minimum Operating Level it
should not trip as a result of automatic action as detailed in BC3.7. If the load rejection is to
a level less than the Designed Minimum Operating Level then it is accepted that the
condition might be so severe as to cause it to be disconnected from the System.
CC.A.3.3 Minimum Frequency Response Requirement Profile
Figure CC.A.3.1 shows the minimum Frequency response requirement profile
diagrammatically for a 0.5 Hz change in Frequency. The percentage response capabilities
and loading levels are defined on the basis of the Registered Capacity of the Generating
Unit or CCGT Module or Power Park Module or DC Converter. Each Generating Unit
and/or CCGT Module and/or Power Park Module and/or DC Converter must be capable of
operating in a manner to provide Frequency response at least to the solid boundaries
shown in the figure. If the Frequency response capability falls within the solid boundaries,
the Generating Unit or CCGT Module or Power Park Module or DC Converter is
providing response below the minimum requirement which is not acceptable. Nothing in this
appendix is intended to prevent a Generating Unit or CCGT Module or Power Park
Module or DC Converter from being designed to deliver a Frequency response in excess
of the identified minimum requirement.
The Frequency response delivered for Frequency deviations of less than 0.5 Hz should be
no less than a figure which is directly proportional to the minimum Frequency response
requirement for a Frequency deviation of 0.5 Hz. For example, if the Frequency deviation
is 0.2 Hz, the corresponding minimum Frequency response requirement is 40% of the level
shown in Figure CC.A.3.1. The Frequency response delivered for Frequency deviations of
more than 0.5 Hz should be no less than the response delivered for a Frequency deviation
of 0.5 Hz.
Each Generating Unit and/or CCGT Module and/or Power Park Module and/or DC
Converter must be capable of providing some response, in keeping with its specific
operational characteristics, when operating between 95% to 100% of Registered Capacity
as illustrated by the dotted lines in Figure CC.A.3.1.
At the Minimum Generation level, each Generating Unit and/or CCGT Module and/or
Power Park Module and/or DC Converter is required to provide high and low frequency
response depending on the System Frequency conditions. Where the Frequency is high,
the Active Power output is therefore expected to fall below the Minimum Generation level.
The Designed Minimum Operating Level is the output at which a Generating Unit and/or
CCGT Module and/or Power Park Module and/or DC Converter has no High Frequency
Response capability. It may be less than, but must not be more than, 55% of the
Registered Capacity. This implies that a Generating Unit or CCGT Module or Power
Park Module or DC Converter is not obliged to reduce its output to below this level unless
the Frequency is at or above 50.5 Hz (cf BC3.7).
Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019
69 of 97
CC.A.3.4 Testing Of Frequency Response Capability
The response capabilities shown diagrammatically in Figure CC.A.3.1 are measured by
taking the responses as obtained from some of the dynamic response tests specified by The
Company and carried out by GB Generators and DC Converter Station owners for
compliance purposes and to validate the content of Ancillary Services Agreements using
an injection of a Frequency change to the plant control system (i.e. governor and load
controller). The injected signal is a linear ramp from zero to 0.5 Hz Frequency change over
a ten second period, and is sustained at 0.5 Hz Frequency change thereafter, as illustrated
diagrammatically in figures CC.A.3.2 and CC.A.3.3. In the case of an Embedded Medium
Power Station not subject to a Bilateral Agreement or Embedded DC Converter Station
not subject to a Bilateral Agreement, The Company may require the Network Operator
within whose System the Embedded Medium Power Station or Embedded DC Converter
Station is situated, to ensure that the Embedded Person performs the dynamic response
tests reasonably required by The Company in order to demonstrate compliance within the
relevant requirements in the CC.
The Primary Response capability (P) of a Generating Unit or a CCGT Module or Power
Park Module or DC Converter is the minimum increase in Active Power output between 10
and 30 seconds after the start of the ramp injection as illustrated diagrammatically in Figure
CC.A.3.2. This increase in Active Power output should be released increasingly with time
over the period 0 to 10 seconds from the time of the start of the Frequency fall as illustrated
by the response from Figure CC.A.3.2.
The Secondary Response capability (S) of a Generating Unit or a CCGT Module or
Power Park Module or DC Converter is the minimum increase in Active Power output
between 30 seconds and 30 minutes after the start of the ramp injection as illustrated
diagrammatically in Figure CC.A.3.2.
The High Frequency Response capability (H) of a Generating Unit or a CCGT Module or
Power Park Module or DC Converter is the decrease in Active Power output provided 10
seconds after the start of the ramp injection and sustained thereafter as illustrated
diagrammatically in Figure CC.A.3.3. This reduction in Active Power output should be
released increasingly with time over the period 0 to 10 seconds from the time of the start of
the Frequency rise as illustrated by the response in Figure CC.A.3.2.
CC.A.3.5 Repeatability Of Response
When a Generating Unit or CCGT Module or Power Park Module or DC Converter has
responded to a significant Frequency disturbance, its response capability must be fully
restored as soon as technically possible. Full response capability should be restored no
later than 20 minutes after the initial change of System Frequency arising from the
Frequency disturbance.

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

70 of 97
Figure CC.A.3.1 - Minimum Frequency Response Requirement Profile for a 0.5 Hz frequency change from
Target Frequency

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

71 of 97
 Figure CC.A.3.2 - Interpretation of Primary and Secondary Response Values

Figure CC.A.3.3 - Interpretation of High Frequency Response Values

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

72 of 97
 APPENDIX 4 - FAULT RIDE THROUGH REQUIREMENTS

APPENDIX 4A - FAULT RIDE THROUGH REQUIREMENTS FOR ONSHORE

SYNCHRONOUS GENERATING UNITS, ONSHORE POWER PARK MODULES,
ONSHORE DC CONVERTERS OTSDUW PLANT AND APPARATUS AT THE
INTERFACE POINT, OFFSHORE SYNCHRONOUS GENERATING UNITS IN A LARGE
POWER STATION, OFFSHORE POWER PARK MODULES IN A LARGE POWER
STATION AND OFFSHORE DC CONVERTERS IN A LARGE POWER STATION WHICH
SELECT TO MEET THE FAULT RIDE THROUGH REQUIREMENTS AT THE
INTERFACE POINT

CC.A.4A.1 Scope
The fault ride through requirement is defined in CC.6.3.15.1 (a), (b) and CC.6.3.15.3. This
Appendix provides illustrations by way of examples only of CC.6.3.15.1 (a) (i) and further
background and illustrations to CC.6.3.15.1 (1b) (i) and CC.6.3.15.1 (2b) (i) and is not
intended to show all possible permutations.

CC.A.4A.2 Short Circuit Faults At Supergrid Voltage On The Onshore Transmission System Up To
140ms In Duration
For short circuit faults at Supergrid Voltage on the Onshore Transmission System (which
could be at an Interface Point) up to 140ms in duration, the fault ride through requirement is
defined in CC.6.3.15.1 (a) (i). Figures CC.A.4A.1 (a) and (b) illustrate two typical examples of
voltage recovery for short-circuit faults cleared within 140ms by two circuit breakers (a) and
three circuit breakers (b) respectively.

Figure CC.A.4A.1 (a)

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

73 of 97
 Figure CC.A.4A.1 (b)

CC.A.4A.3 Supergrid Voltage Dips On The Onshore Transmission System Greater Than 140ms In
Duration
CC.A.4A3.1 Requirements applicable to Synchronous Generating Units subject to Supergrid Voltage
dips on the Onshore Transmission System greater than 140ms in duration.
For balanced Supergrid Voltage dips on the Onshore Transmission System having
durations greater than 140ms and up to 3 minutes, the fault ride through requirement is
defined in CC.6.3.15.1 (1b) and Figure 5a which is reproduced in this Appendix as Figure
CC.A.4A3.1 and termed the voltage–duration profile.
This profile is not a voltage-time response curve that would be obtained by plotting the
transient voltage response at a point on the Onshore Transmission System (or User
System if located Onshore) to a disturbance. Rather, each point on the profile (i.e. the
heavy black line) represents a voltage level and an associated time duration which
connected Synchronous Generating Units must withstand or ride through.
Figures CC.A.4A3.2 (a), (b) and (c) illustrate the meaning of the voltage-duration profile for
voltage dips having durations greater than 140ms.

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

74 of 97
 Figure CC.A.4A3.1

Figure CC.A.4A3.2 (a)

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

75 of 97
 Figure CC.A.4A3.2 (b)

Figure CC.A.4A3.2 (c)

CC.A.4A3.2 Requirements applicable to Power Park Modules or OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus
subject to Supergrid Voltage dips on the Onshore Transmission System greater than
140ms in duration
For balanced Supergrid Voltage dips on the Onshore Transmission System (which could
be at an Interface Point) having durations greater than 140ms and up to 3 minutes the fault
ride through requirement is defined in CC.6.3.15.1 (2b) and Figure 5b which is reproduced in
this Appendix as Figure CC.A.4A3.3 and termed the voltage–duration profile.

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

76 of 97
 This profile is not a voltage-time response curve that would be obtained by plotting the
transient voltage response at a point on the Onshore Transmission System (or User
System if located Onshore) to a disturbance. Rather, each point on the profile (i.e. the
heavy black line) represents a voltage level and an associated time duration which
connected Power Park Modules or OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus must withstand or ride
through.
Figures CC.A.4A.4 (a), (b) and (c) illustrate the meaning of the voltage-duration profile for
voltage dips having durations greater than 140ms.

Figure CC.A.4A3.3

Figure CC.A.4A3.4 (a)

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

77 of 97
 Figure CC.A.4A3.4 (b)

Figure CC.A.4A3.4 (c)

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

78 of 97
 APPENDIX 4B - FAULT RIDE THROUGH REQUIREMENTS FOR OFFSHORE
GENERATING UNITS IN A LARGE POWER STATION, OFFSHORE POWER PARK
MODULES IN A LARGE POWER STATION AND OFFSHORE DC CONVERTERS IN A
LARGE POWER STATION WHICH SELECT TO MEET THE FAULT RIDE THROUGH
REQUIREMENTS AT THE LV SIDE OF THE OFFSHORE PLATFORM AS SPECIFIED
IN CC.6.3.15.2

CC.A.4B.1 Scope
The fault ride through requirement is defined in CC.6.3.15.2 (a), (b) and CC.6.3.15.3. This
Appendix provides illustrations by way of examples only of CC.6.3.15.2 (a) (i) and further
background and illustrations to CC.6.3.15.2 (1b) and CC.6.3.15.2 (2b) and is not intended to
show all possible permutations.
CC.A.4B.2 Voltage Dips On The LV Side Of The Offshore Platform Up To 140ms In Duration
For voltage dips on the LV Side of the Offshore Platform which last up to 140ms in
duration, the fault ride through requirement is defined in CC.6.3.15.2 (a) (i). This includes
Figure 6 which is reproduced here in Figure CC.A.4B.1. The purpose of this requirement is
to translate the conditions caused by a balanced or unbalanced fault which occurs on the
Onshore Transmission System (which may include the Interface Point) at the LV Side of
the Offshore Platform.

V/VN is the ratio of the voltage at the LV side of the Offshore Platform to the nominal
voltage of the LV side of the Offshore Platform.
Figure CC.A.4B.1

Figures CC.A.4B.2 (a) and CC.A.4B.2 (b) illustrate two typical examples of the voltage
recovery seen at the LV Side of the Offshore Platform for a short circuit fault cleared within
140ms by (a) two circuit breakers and (b) three circuit breakers on the Onshore
Transmission System.

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

79 of 97
 Figure CC.A.4B.2 (a)

Figure CC.A.4B.2 (b)

CCA.4B.3 Voltage Dips Which Occur On The LV Side Of The Offshore Platform Greater Than 140ms
In Duration
CC.A.4B.3.1 Requirements applicable to Offshore Synchronous Generating Units subject to voltage
dips which occur on the LV Side of the Offshore Platform greater than 140ms in duration.
In addition to CC.A.4B.2 the fault ride through requirements applicable to Offshore
Synchronous Generating Units during balanced voltage dips which occur at the LV Side
of the Offshore Platform and having durations greater than 140ms and up to 3 minutes are
defined in CC.6.3.15.2 (1b) and Figure 7a which is reproduced in this Appendix as Figure
CC.A.4B3.1 and termed the voltage–duration profile.
This profile is not a voltage-time response curve that would be obtained by plotting the
transient voltage response at the LV Side of the Offshore Platform to a disturbance.
Rather, each point on the profile (i.e. the heavy black line) represents a voltage level and an
associated time duration which connected Offshore Synchronous Generating Units must
withstand or ride through.

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

80 of 97
 Figures CC.A.4B3.2 (a), (b) and (c) illustrate the meaning of the voltage-duration profile for
voltage dips having durations greater than 140ms.

Figure CC.A.4B3.1

Figure CC.A.4B3.2 (a)

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

81 of 97
 Figure CC.A.4B3.2 (b)

Figure CC.A.4B3.2 (c)

CC.A.4B.3.2 Requirements applicable to Offshore Power Park Modules subject to Voltage Dips Which
Occur On The LV Side Of The Offshore Platform Greater Than 140ms in Duration.
In addition to CCA.4B.2 the fault ride through requirements applicable for Offshore Power
Park Modules during balanced voltage dips which occur at the LV Side of the Offshore
Platform and have durations greater than 140ms and up to 3 minutes are defined in
CC.6.3.15.2 (2b) (i) and Figure 7b which is reproduced in this Appendix as Figure CC.A.4B.4
and termed the voltage–duration profile.

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

82 of 97
 This profile is not a voltage-time response curve that would be obtained by plotting the
transient voltage response at the LV Side of the Offshore Platform to a disturbance.
Rather, each point on the profile (i.e. the heavy black line) represents a voltage level and an
associated time duration which connected Offshore Power Park Modules must withstand
or ride through.
Figures CC.A.4B.5 (a), (b) and (c) illustrate the meaning of the voltage-duration profile for
voltage dips having durations greater than 140ms.

Figure CC.A.4B.4

Figure CC.A.4B.5 (a)

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

83 of 97
 Figure CC.A.4B.5(b)

Figure CC.A.4B.5(c)

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

84 of 97
 APPENDIX 5 - TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS
LOW FREQUENCY RELAYS FOR THE AUTOMATIC
DISCONNECTION OF SUPPLIES AT LOW FREQUENCY
CC.A.5.1 Low Frequency Relays
CC.A.5.1.1 The Low Frequency Relays to be used shall have a setting range of 47.0 to 50Hz and be
suitable for operation from a nominal AC input of 63.5, 110 or 240V. The following general
parameters specify the requirements of approved Low Frequency Relays for automatic
installations installed and commissioned after 1st April 2007 and provide an indication,
without prejudice to the provisions that may be included in a Bilateral Agreement, for those
installed and commissioned before 1st April 2007:

(a) Frequency settings: 47-50Hz in steps of 0.05Hz or better, preferably 0.01Hz;

(b) Operating time: Relay operating time shall not be more than 150 ms;

(c) Voltage lock-out: Selectable within a range of 55 to 90% of nominal voltage;

(d) Facility stages: One or two stages of Frequency operation;

(e) Output contacts: Two output contacts per stage to be capable of repetitively
making and breaking for 1000 operations:

(f) Accuracy: 0.01 Hz maximum error under reference environmental and

system voltage conditions.
0.05 Hz maximum error at 8% of total harmonic distortion
Electromagnetic Compatibility Level.

CC.A.5.2 Low Frequency Relay Voltage Supplies

CC.A.5.2.1 It is essential that the voltage supply to the Low Frequency Relays shall be derived from
the primary System at the supply point concerned so that the Frequency of the Low
Frequency Relays input voltage is the same as that of the primary System. This requires
either:
(a) the use of a secure supply obtained from voltage transformers directly associated with
the grid transformer(s) concerned, the supply being obtained where necessary via a
suitable automatic voltage selection scheme; or
(b) the use of the substation 240V phase-to-neutral selected auxiliary supply, provided that
this supply is always derived at the supply point concerned and is never derived from a
standby supply Generating Unit or from another part of the User System.
CC.A.5.3 Scheme Requirements
CC.A.5.3.1 The tripping facility should be engineered in accordance with the following reliability
considerations:
(a) Dependability
Failure to trip at any one particular Demand shedding point would not harm the overall
operation of the scheme. However, many failures would have the effect of reducing the
amount of Demand under low Frequency control. An overall reasonable minimum
requirement for the dependability of the Demand shedding scheme is 96%, i.e. the
average probability of failure of each Demand shedding point should be less than 4%.
Thus the Demand under low Frequency control will not be reduced by more than 4%
due to relay failure.
(b) Outages
Low Frequency Demand shedding schemes will be engineered such that the amount
of Demand under control is as specified in Table CC.A.5.5.1a and is not reduced
unacceptably during equipment outage or maintenance conditions.
Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019
85 of 97
CC.A.5.3.2 The total operating time of the scheme, including circuit breakers operating time, shall where
reasonably practicable, be less than 200 ms. For the avoidance of doubt, the replacement of
plant installed prior to October 2009 will not be required in order to achieve lower total
scheme operating times.
CC.A.5.4 Low Frequency Relay Testing
CC.A.5.4.1 Low Frequency Relays installed and commissioned after 1st January 2007 shall be type
tested in accordance with and comply with the functional test requirements for Frequency
Protection contained in Energy Networks Association Technical Specification 48-6-5 Issue 1
dated 2005 “ENA Protection Assessment Functional Test Requirements – Voltage and
Frequency Protection”.
For the avoidance of doubt, Low Frequency Relays installed and commissioned before 1st
January 2007 shall comply with the version of CC.A.5.1.1 applicable at the time such Low
Frequency Relays were commissioned.
CC.A.5.5 Scheme Settings
CC.A.5.5.1 Table CC.A.5.5.1a shows, for each Transmission Area, the percentage of Demand (based
on Annual ACS Conditions) at the time of forecast National Electricity Transmission
System peak Demand that each Network Operator whose System is connected to the
Onshore Transmission System within such Transmission Area shall disconnect by Low
Frequency Relays at a range of frequencies. Where a Network Operator’s System is
connected to the National Electricity Transmission System in more than one
Transmission Area, the settings for the Transmission Area in which the majority of the
Demand is connected shall apply.

Frequency Hz % Demand disconnection for each Network Operator in

Transmission Area

NGET SPT SHETL

48.8 5

48.75 5

48.7 10

48.6 7.5 10

48.5 7.5 10

48.4 7.5 10 10

48.2 7.5 10 10

48.0 5 10 10

47.8 5

Total % Demand 60 40 40
Table CC.A.5.5.1a

Note – the percentages in table CC.A.5.5.1a are cumulative such that, for example, should
the frequency fall to 48.6 Hz in the NGET Transmission Area, 27.5% of the total Demand
connected to the National Electricity Transmission System in the NGET Transmission
Area shall be disconnected by the action of Low Frequency Relays.
The percentage Demand at each stage shall be allocated as far as reasonably practicable.
The cumulative total percentage Demand is a minimum.

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

86 of 97
 APPENDIX 6 - PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR CONTINUOUSLY
ACTING AUTOMATIC EXCITATION CONTROL SYSTEMS FOR
ONSHORE SYNCHRONOUS GENERATING UNITS
CC.A.6.1 Scope
CC.A.6.1.1 This Appendix sets out the performance requirements of continuously acting automatic
excitation control systems for Onshore Synchronous Generating Units that must be
complied with by the GB Code User. This Appendix does not limit any site specific
requirements that may be included in a Bilateral Agreement where in The Company's
reasonable opinion these facilities are necessary for system reasons.
CC.A.6.1.2 Where the requirements may vary the likely range of variation is given in this Appendix. It
may be necessary to specify values outside this range where The Company identifies a
system need, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary The Company may specify in the
Bilateral Agreement values outside of the ranges provided in this Appendix 6. The most
common variations are in the on-load excitation ceiling voltage requirements and the
response time required of the Exciter. Actual values will be included in the Bilateral
Agreement.
CC.A.6.1.3 Should a GB Generator anticipate making a change to the excitation control system it shall
notify The Company under the Planning Code (PC.A.1.2(b) and (c)) as soon as the GB
Generator anticipates making the change. The change may require a revision to the
Bilateral Agreement.
CC.A.6.2 Requirements
CC.A.6.2.1 The Excitation System of an Onshore Synchronous Generating Unit shall include an
excitation source (Exciter), a Power System Stabiliser and a continuously acting
Automatic Voltage Regulator (AVR) and shall meet the following functional specification.
CC.A.6.2.2 In respect of Onshore Synchronous Generating Units with a Completion Date on or after
1 January 2009, and Onshore Synchronous Generating Units with a Completion Date
before 1 January 2009 subject to a Modification to the excitation control facilities where the
Bilateral Agreement does not specify otherwise, the continuously acting automatic
excitation control system shall include a Power System Stabiliser (PSS) as a means of
supplementary control. The functional specification of the Power System Stabiliser is
included in CC.A.6.2.5.
CC.A.6.2.3 Steady State Voltage Control
CC.A.6.2.3.1 An accurate steady state control of the Onshore Generating Unit pre-set terminal voltage is
required. As a measure of the accuracy of the steady-state voltage control, the Automatic
Voltage Regulator shall have static zero frequency gain, sufficient to limit the change in
terminal voltage to a drop not exceeding 0.5% of rated terminal voltage, when the Onshore
Generating Unit output is gradually changed from zero to rated MVA output at rated
voltage, Active Power and Frequency.
CC.A.6.2.4 Transient Voltage Control
CC.A.6.2.4.1 For a step change from 90% to 100% of the nominal Onshore Generating Unit terminal
voltage, with the Onshore Generating Unit on open circuit, the Excitation System
response shall have a damped oscillatory characteristic. For this characteristic, the time for
the Onshore Generating Unit terminal voltage to first reach 100% shall be less than 0.6
seconds. Also, the time to settle within 5% of the voltage change shall be less than 3
seconds.

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

87 of 97
CC.A.6.2.4.2 To ensure that adequate synchronising power is maintained, when the Onshore Generating
Unit is subjected to a large voltage disturbance, the Exciter whose output is varied by the
Automatic Voltage Regulator shall be capable of providing its achievable upper and lower
limit ceiling voltages to the Onshore Generating Unit field in a time not exceeding that
specified in the Bilateral Agreement. This will normally be not less than 50 ms and not
greater than 300 ms. The achievable upper and lower limit ceiling voltages may be
dependent on the voltage disturbance.
CC.A.6.2.4.3 The Exciter shall be capable of attaining an Excitation System On Load Positive Ceiling
Voltage of not less than a value specified in the Bilateral Agreement that will be:
not less than 2 per unit (pu)
normally not greater than 3 pu
exceptionally up to 4 pu
of Rated Field Voltage when responding to a sudden drop in voltage of 10 percent or more
at the Onshore Generating Unit terminals. The Company may specify a value outside the
above limits where The Company identifies a system need.
CC.A.6.2.4.4 If a static type Exciter is employed:
(i) the field voltage should be capable of attaining a negative ceiling level specified in the
Bilateral Agreement after the removal of the step disturbance of CC.A.6.2.4.3. The
specified value will be 80% of the value specified in CC.A.6.2.4.3. The Company may
specify a value outside the above limits where The Company identifies a system need.
(ii) the Exciter must be capable of maintaining free firing when the Onshore Generating
Unit terminal voltage is depressed to a level which may be between 20% to 30% of
rated terminal voltage
(iii) the Exciter shall be capable of attaining a positive ceiling voltage not less than 80% of
the Excitation System On Load Positive Ceiling Voltage upon recovery of the
Onshore Generating Unit terminal voltage to 80% of rated terminal voltage following
fault clearance. The Company may specify a value outside the above limits where The
Company identifies a system need.
(iv) The requirement to provide a separate power source for the Exciter will be specified in
the Bilateral Agreement if The Company, in coordination with the Relevant
Transmission Licensee, identifies a Transmission System need.
CC.A.6.2.5 Power Oscillations Damping Control
CC.A.6.2.5.1 To allow the Onshore Generating Unit to maintain second and subsequent swing stability
and also to ensure an adequate level of low frequency electrical damping power, the
Automatic Voltage Regulator shall include a Power System Stabiliser as a means of
supplementary control.
CC.A.6.2.5.2 Whatever supplementary control signal is employed, it shall be of the type which operates
into the Automatic Voltage Regulator to cause the field voltage to act in a manner which
results in the damping power being improved while maintaining adequate synchronising
power.
CC.A.6.2.5.3 The arrangements for the supplementary control signal shall ensure that the Power System
Stabiliser output signal relates only to changes in the supplementary control signal and not
the steady state level of the signal. For example, if generator electrical power output is
chosen as a supplementary control signal then the Power System Stabiliser output
should relate only to changes in generator electrical power output and not the steady state
level of power output. Additionally the Power System Stabiliser should not react to
mechanical power changes in isolation for example during rapid changes in steady state
load or when providing frequency response.

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

88 of 97
CC.A.6.2.5.4 The output signal from the Power System Stabiliser shall be limited to not more than ±10%
of the Onshore Generating Unit terminal voltage signal at the Automatic Voltage
Regulator input. The gain of the Power System Stabiliser shall be such that an increase in
the gain by a factor of 3 shall not cause instability.

CC.A.6.2.5.5 The Power System Stabiliser shall include elements that limit the bandwidth of the output
signal. The bandwidth limiting must ensure that the highest frequency of response cannot
excite torsional oscillations on other plant connected to the network. A bandwidth of 0-5Hz
would be judged to be acceptable for this application.
CC.A.6.2.5.6 The GB Generator will agree Power System Stabiliser settings with The Company, in
coordination with the Relevant Transmission Licensee prior to the on-load commissioning
detailed in BC2.11.2(d). To allow assessment of the performance before on-load
commissioning the GB Generator will provide to The Company a report covering the areas
specified in CP.A.3.2.1.
CC.A.6.2.5.7 The Power System Stabiliser must be active within the Excitation System at all times
when Synchronised including when the Under Excitation Limiter or Over Excitation
Limiter are active. When operating at low load when Synchronising or De-Synchronising
an Onshore Generating Unit, the Power System Stabiliser may be out of service.
CC.A.6.2.5.8 Where a Power System Stabiliser is fitted to a Pumped Storage Unit it must function
when the Pumped Storage Unit is in both generating and pumping modes.
CC.A.6.2.6 Overall Excitation System Control Characteristics
CC.A.6.2.6.1 The overall Excitation System shall include elements that limit the bandwidth of the output
signal. The bandwidth limiting must be consistent with the speed of response requirements
and ensure that the highest frequency of response cannot excite torsional oscillations on
other plant connected to the network. A bandwidth of 0-5 Hz will be judged to be acceptable
for this application.
CC.A.6.2.6.2 The response of the Automatic Voltage Regulator combined with the Power System
Stabiliser shall be demonstrated by injecting similar step signal disturbances into the
Automatic Voltage Regulator reference as detailed in OC5A.2.2 and OC5.A.2.4. The
Automatic Voltage Regulator shall include a facility to allow step injections into the
Automatic Voltage Regulator voltage reference, with the Onshore Generating Unit
operating at points specified by The Company (up to rated MVA output). The
damping shall be judged to be adequate if the corresponding Active Power response to the
disturbances decays within two cycles of oscillation.
CC.A.6.2.6.3 A facility to inject a band limited random noise signal into the Automatic Voltage Regulator
voltage reference shall be provided for demonstrating the frequency domain response of the
Power System Stabiliser. The tuning of the Power System Stabiliser shall be judged to be
adequate if the corresponding Active Power response shows improved damping with the
Power System Stabiliser in combination with the Automatic Voltage Regulator compared
with the Automatic Voltage Regulator alone over the frequency range 0.3Hz – 2Hz.
CC.A.6.2.7 Under-Excitation Limiters
CC.A.6.2.7.1 The security of the power system shall also be safeguarded by means of MVAr Under
Excitation Limiters fitted to the generator Excitation System. The Under Excitation
Limiter shall prevent the Automatic Voltage Regulator reducing the generator excitation to
a level which would endanger synchronous stability. The Under Excitation Limiter shall
operate when the excitation system is providing automatic control. The Under Excitation
Limiter shall respond to changes in the Active Power (MW) and the Reactive Power
(MVAr), and to the square of the generator voltage in such a direction that an increase in
voltage will permit an increase in leading MVAr. The characteristic of the Under Excitation
Limiter shall be substantially linear from no-load to the maximum Active Power output of
the Onshore Generating Unit at any setting and shall be readily adjustable.

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

89 of 97
CC.A.6.2.7.2 The performance of the Under Excitation Limiter shall be independent of the rate of
change of the Onshore Generating Unit load and shall be demonstrated by testing as
detailed in OC5.A.2.5. The resulting maximum overshoot in response to a step injection
which operates the Under Excitation Limiter shall not exceed 4% of the Onshore
Generating Unit rated MVA. The operating point of the Onshore Generating Unit shall be
returned to a steady state value at the limit line and the final settling time shall not be greater
than 5 seconds. When the step change in Automatic Voltage Regulator reference voltage
is reversed, the field voltage should begin to respond without any delay and should not be
held down by the Under Excitation Limiter. Operation into or out of the preset limit levels
shall ensure that any resultant oscillations are damped so that the disturbance is within 0.5%
of the Onshore Generating Unit MVA rating within a period of 5 seconds.
CC.A.6.2.7.3 The GB Generator shall also make provision to prevent the reduction of the Onshore
Generating Unit excitation to a level which would endanger synchronous stability when the
Excitation System is under manual control.
CC.A.6.2.8 Over-Excitation Limiters
CC.A.6.2.8.1 The settings of the Over-Excitation Limiter, where it exists, shall ensure that the generator
excitation is not limited to less than the maximum value that can be achieved whilst ensuring
the Onshore Generating Unit is operating within its design limits. If the generator excitation
is reduced following a period of operation at a high level, the rate of reduction shall not
exceed that required to remain within any time dependent operating characteristics of the
Onshore Generating Unit.
CC.A.6.2.8.2 The performance of the Over-Excitation Limiter, where it exists, shall be demonstrated by
testing as described in OC5.A.2.6. Any operation beyond the Over-Excitation Limit shall be
controlled by the Over-Excitation Limiter without the operation of any Protection that could
trip the Onshore Generating Unit.

CC.A.6.2.8.3 The GB Generator shall also make provision to prevent any over-excitation restriction of the
generator when the Excitation System is under manual control, other than that necessary
to ensure the Onshore Generating Unit is operating within its design limits.

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

90 of 97
 APPENDIX 7 - PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR CONTINUOUSLY
ACTING AUTOMATIC VOLTAGE CONTROL SYSTEMS FOR ONSHORE
NON-SYNCHRONOUS GENERATING UNITS, ONSHORE DC
CONVERTERS, ONSHORE POWER PARK MODULES AND OTSDUW
PLANT AND APPARATUS AT THE INTERFACE POINT

CC.A.7.1 Scope
CC.A.7.1.1 This Appendix sets out the performance requirements of continuously acting automatic
voltage control systems for Onshore Non-Synchronous Generating Units, Onshore DC
Converters, Onshore Power Park Modules and OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus at the
Interface Point that must be complied with by the GB Code User. This Appendix does not
limit any site specific requirements that may be included in a Bilateral Agreement where in
The Company's reasonable opinion these facilities are necessary for system reasons.
CC.A.7.1.2 Proposals by GB Generators to make a change to the voltage control systems are required
to be notified to The Company under the Planning Code (PC.A.1.2(b) and (c)) as soon as
the GB Generator anticipates making the change. The change may require a revision to the
Bilateral Agreement.
CC.A.7.2 Requirements
CC.A.7.2.1 The Company requires that the continuously acting automatic voltage control system for the
Onshore Non-Synchronous Generating Unit, Onshore DC Converter or Onshore Power
Park Module or OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus shall meet the following functional
performance specification. If a Network Operator has confirmed to The Company that its
network to which an Embedded Onshore Non-Synchronous Generating Unit, Onshore
DC Converter, Onshore Power Park Module or OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus is
connected is restricted such that the full reactive range under the steady state voltage
control requirements (CC.A.7.2.2) cannot be utilised, The Company may specify in the
Bilateral Agreement alternative limits to the steady state voltage control range that reflect
these restrictions. Where the Network Operator subsequently notifies The Company that
such restriction has been removed, The Company may propose a Modification to the
Bilateral Agreement (in accordance with the CUSC contract) to remove the alternative
limits such that the continuously acting automatic voltage control system meets the following
functional performance specification. All other requirements of the voltage control system will
remain as in this Appendix.
CC.A.7.2.2 Steady State Voltage Control
CC.A.7.2.2.1 The Onshore Non-Synchronous Generating Unit, Onshore DC Converter, Onshore
Power Park Module or OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus shall provide continuous steady
state control of the voltage at the Onshore Grid Entry Point (or Onshore User System
Entry Point if Embedded) (or the Interface Point in the case of OTSDUW Plant and
Apparatus) with a Setpoint Voltage and Slope characteristic as illustrated in Figure
CC.A.7.2.2a. It should be noted that where the Reactive Power capability requirement of a
directly connected Onshore Non-Synchronous Generating Unit, Onshore DC Converter,
Onshore Power Park Module in Scotland, or OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus in Scotland
as specified in CC.6.3.2 (c), is not at the Onshore Grid Entry Point or Interface Point, the
values of Qmin and Qmax shown in this figure will be as modified by the 33/132kV or
33/275kV or 33/400kV transformer.

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

91 of 97
 Figure CC.A.7.2.2a

CC.A.7.2.2.2 The continuously acting automatic control system shall be capable of operating to a
Setpoint Voltage between 95% and 105% with a resolution of 0.25% of the nominal voltage.
For the avoidance of doubt values of 95%, 95.25%, 95.5% … may be specified, but not
intermediate values. The initial Setpoint Voltage will be 100%. The tolerance within which
this Setpoint Voltage shall be achieved is specified in BC2.A.2.6. For the avoidance of
doubt, with a tolerance of 0.25% and a Setpoint Voltage of 100%, the achieved value shall
be between 99.75% and 100.25%. The Company may request the GB Generator to
implement an alternative Setpoint Voltage within the range of 95% to 105%. For
Embedded GB Generators the Setpoint Voltage will be discussed between The Company
and the relevant Network Operator and will be specified to ensure consistency with
CC.6.3.4.
CC.A.7.2.2.3 The Slope characteristic of the continuously acting automatic control system shall be
adjustable over the range 2% to 7% (with a resolution of 0.5%). For the avoidance of doubt
values of 2%, 2.5%, 3% may be specified, but not intermediate values. The initial Slope
setting will be 4%. The tolerance within which this Slope shall be achieved is specified in
BC2.A.2.6. For the avoidance of doubt, with a tolerance of 0.5% and a Slope setting of 4%,
the achieved value shall be between 3.5% and 4.5%. The Company may request the GB
Generator to implement an alternative slope setting within the range of 2% to 7%. For
Embedded GB Generators the Slope setting will be discussed between The Company and
the relevant Network Operator and will be specified to ensure consistency with CC.6.3.4.

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

92 of 97
 Figure CC.A.7.2.2b

Figure CC.A.7.2.2c

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

93 of 97
CC.A.7.2.2.4 Figure CC.A.7.2.2b shows the required envelope of operation for Onshore Non-
Synchronous Generating Units, Onshore DC Converters, OTSDUW Plant and
Apparatus and Onshore Power Park Modules except for those Embedded at 33kV and
below or directly connected to the National Electricity Transmission System at 33kV and
below. Figure CC.A.7.2.2c shows the required envelope of operation for Onshore Non-
Synchronous Generating Units, Onshore DC Converters and Onshore Power Park
Modules Embedded at 33kV and below or directly connected to the National Electricity
Transmission System at 33kV and below. Where the Reactive Power capability
requirement of a directly connected Onshore Non-Synchronous Generating Unit,
Onshore DC Converter, OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus or Onshore Power Park Module
in Scotland, as specified in CC.6.3.2 (c), is not at the Onshore Grid Entry Point or
Interface Point in the case of OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus, the values of Qmin and
Qmax shown in this figure will be as modified by the 33/132kV or 33/275kV or 33/400kV
transformer. The enclosed area within points ABCDEFGH is the required capability range
within which the Slope and Setpoint Voltage can be changed.
CC.A.7.2.2.5 Should the operating point of the Onshore Non-Synchronous Generating Unit, Onshore
DC Converter, OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus or Onshore Power Park Module deviate
so that it is no longer a point on the operating characteristic (figure CC.A.7.2.2a) defined by
the target Setpoint Voltage and Slope, the continuously acting automatic voltage control
system shall act progressively to return the value to a point on the required characteristic
within 5 seconds.
CC.A.7.2.2.6 Should the Reactive Power output of the Onshore Non-Synchronous Generating Unit,
Onshore DC Converter, OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus or Onshore Power Park Module
reach its maximum lagging limit at a Onshore Grid Entry Point voltage (or Onshore User
System Entry Point voltage if Embedded or Interface Point in the case of OTSDUW Plant
and Apparatus) above 95%, the Onshore Non-Synchronous Generating Unit, Onshore
DC Converter, OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus or Onshore Power Park Module shall
maintain maximum lagging Reactive Power output for voltage reductions down to 95%. This
requirement is indicated by the line EF in figures CC.A.7.2.2b and CC.A.7.2.2c. Should the
Reactive Power output of the Onshore Non-Synchronous Generating Unit, Onshore DC
Converter, OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus or Onshore Power Park Module reach its
maximum leading limit at a Onshore Grid Entry Point voltage (or Onshore User System
Entry Point voltage if Embedded or Interface Point in the case of OTSDUW Plant and
Apparatus) below 105%, the Onshore Non-Synchronous Generating Unit, Onshore DC
Converter, OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus or Onshore Power Park Module shall
maintain maximum leading Reactive Power output for voltage increases up to 105%. This
requirement is indicated by the line AB in figures CC.A.7.2.2b and CC.A.7.2.2c.

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

94 of 97
CC.A.7.2.2.7 For Onshore Grid Entry Point voltages (or Onshore User System Entry Point voltages if
Embedded or Interface Point voltages) below 95%, the lagging Reactive Power capability
of the Onshore Non-Synchronous Generating Unit, Onshore DC Converter, OTSDUW
Plant and Apparatus or Onshore Power Park Module should be that which results from
the supply of maximum lagging reactive current whilst ensuring the current remains within
design operating limits. An example of the capability is shown by the line DE in figures
CC.A.7.2.2b and CC.A.7.2.2c. For Onshore Grid Entry Point voltages (or User System
Entry Point voltages if Embedded or Interface Point voltages) above 105%, the leading
Reactive Power capability of the Onshore Non-Synchronous Generating Unit, Onshore
DC Converter, OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus or Onshore Power Park Module should
be that which results from the supply of maximum leading reactive current whilst ensuring
the current remains within design operating limits. An example of the capability is shown by
the line AH in figures CC.A.7.2.2b and CC.A.7.2.2c. Should the Reactive Power output of
the Onshore Non-Synchronous Generating Unit, Onshore DC Converter, OTSDUW
Plant and Apparatus or Onshore Power Park Module reach its maximum lagging limit at
an Onshore Grid Entry Point voltage (or Onshore User System Entry Point voltage if
Embedded or Interface Point in the case of OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus) below 95%,
the Onshore Non-Synchronous Generating Unit, Onshore DC Converter or Onshore
Power Park Module shall maintain maximum lagging reactive current output for further
voltage decreases. Should the Reactive Power output of the Onshore Non-Synchronous
Generating Unit, Onshore DC Converter, OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus or Onshore
Power Park Module reach its maximum leading limit at a Onshore Grid Entry Point
voltage (or User System Entry Point voltage if Embedded or Interface Point voltage in
the case of an OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus) above 105%, the Onshore Non-
Synchronous Generating Unit, Onshore DC Converter, OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus
or Onshore Power Park Module shall maintain maximum leading reactive current output for
further voltage increases.
CC.A.7.2.2.8 All OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus must be capable of enabling GB Code Users
undertaking OTSDUW to comply with an instruction received from The Company relating to
a variation of the Setpoint Voltage at the Interface Point within 2 minutes of such
instruction being received.
CC.A.7.2.2.9 For OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus connected to a Network Operator’s System where
the Network Operator has confirmed to The Company that its System is restricted in
accordance with CC.A.7.2.1, clause CC.A.7.2.2.8 will not apply unless The Company can
reasonably demonstrate that the magnitude of the available change in Reactive Power has
a significant effect on voltage levels on the Onshore National Electricity Transmission
System.
CC.A.7.2.3 Transient Voltage Control
CC.A.7.2.3.1 For an on-load step change in Onshore Grid Entry Point or Onshore User System Entry
Point voltage, or in the case of OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus an on-load step change in
Transmission Interface Point voltage, the continuously acting automatic control system
shall respond according to the following minimum criteria:
(i) the Reactive Power output response of the Onshore Non-Synchronous Generating
Unit, Onshore DC Converter, OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus or Onshore Power
Park Module shall commence within 0.2 seconds of the application of the step. It shall
progress linearly although variations from a linear characteristic shall be acceptable
provided that the MVAr seconds delivered at any time up to 1 second are at least those
that would result from the response shown in figure CC.A.7.2.3.1a.
(ii) the response shall be such that 90% of the change in the Reactive Power output of the
Onshore Non-Synchronous Generating Unit, Onshore DC Converter, OTSDUW
Plant and Apparatus or Onshore Power Park Module, will be achieved within
− 1 second, where the step is sufficiently large to require a change in the steady
state Reactive Power output from zero to its maximum leading value or
maximum lagging value, as required by CC.6.3.2 (or, if appropriate,
CC.A.7.2.2.6 or CC.A.7.2.2.7); and
Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019
95 of 97
 − 2 seconds, for Plant and Apparatus installed on or after 1 December 2017,
where the step is sufficiently large to require a change in the steady state
Reactive Power output from its maximum leading value to its maximum lagging
value or vice versa.

(iii) the magnitude of the Reactive Power output response produced within 1 second shall
vary linearly in proportion to the magnitude of the step change.
(iv) within 2 seconds from achieving 90% of the response as defined in CC.A.7.2.3.1 (ii), the
peak to peak magnitude of any oscillations shall be less than 5% of the change in
steady state Reactive Power.
(v) following the transient response, the conditions of CC.A.7.2.2 apply.

MVArs

Required response at 1
second

0.2 1 Seconds
Figure CC.A.7.2.3.1a

CC.A.7.2.3.2 An Onshore Non-Synchronous Generating Unit, Onshore DC Converter, OTSDUW

Plant and Apparatus or Onshore Power Park Module installed on or after 1 December
2017 shall be capable of

(a) changing its Reactive Power output from its maximum lagging value to its maximum
leading value, or vice versa, then reverting back to the initial level of Reactive Power
output once every 15 seconds for at least 5 times within any 5 minute period; and

(b) changing its Reactive Power output from zero to its maximum leading value then
reverting back to zero Reactive Power output at least 25 times within any 24 hour
period and from zero to its maximum lagging value then reverting back to zero
Reactive Power output at least 25 times within any 24 hour period. Any subsequent
restriction on reactive capability shall be notified to The Company in accordance with
BC2.5.3.2, and BC2.6.1.

In all cases, the response shall be in accordance to CC.A.7.2.3.1 where the change in
Reactive Power output is in response to an on-load step change in Onshore Grid Entry
Point or Onshore User System Entry Point voltage, or in the case of OTSDUW Plant and
Apparatus an on-load step change in Transmission Interface Point voltage.

CC.A.7.2.4 Power Oscillation Damping

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

96 of 97
CC.A.7.2.4.1 The requirement for the continuously acting voltage control system to be fitted with a Power
System Stabiliser (PSS) shall be specified in the Bilateral Agreement if, in The
Company’s view, this is required for system reasons. However if a Power System
Stabiliser is included in the voltage control system its settings and performance shall be
agreed with The Company and commissioned in accordance with BC2.11.2. To allow
assessment of the performance before on-load commissioning the GB Generator will
provide to The Company a report covering the areas specified in CP.A.3.2.2.
CC.A.7.2.5 Overall Voltage Control System Characteristics
CC.A.7.2.5.1 The continuously acting automatic voltage control system is required to respond to minor
variations, steps, gradual changes or major variations in Onshore Grid Entry Point voltage
(or Onshore User System Entry Point voltage if Embedded or Interface Point voltage in
the case of OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus).
CC.A.7.2.5.2 The overall voltage control system shall include elements that limit the bandwidth of the
output signal. The bandwidth limiting must be consistent with the speed of response
requirements and ensure that the highest frequency of response cannot excite torsional
oscillations on other plant connected to the network. A bandwidth of 0-5Hz would be judged
to be acceptable for this application. All other control systems employed within the Onshore
Non-Synchronous Generating Unit, Onshore DC Converter, OTSDUW Plant and
Apparatus or Onshore Power Park Module should also meet this requirement
CC.A.7.2.5.3 The response of the voltage control system (including the Power System Stabiliser if
employed) shall be demonstrated by testing in accordance with OC5A.A.3.

< END OF CONNECTION CONDITIONS >

Issue 5 Revision 38 CC 04 September 2019

97 of 97
 EUROPEAN CONNECTION CONDITIONS
(ECC)

CONTENTS

(This contents page does not form part of the Grid Code)

Paragraph No/Title Page Number

ECC.1 INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................................2

ECC.2 OBJECTIVE ................................................................................................................................2
ECC.3 SCOPE .......................................................................................................................................3
ECC.4 PROCEDURE .............................................................................................................................4
ECC.5 CONNECTION ............................................................................................................................4
ECC.6 TECHNICAL, DESIGN AND OPERATIONAL CRITERIA ..........................................................7
ECC.7 SITE RELATED CONDITIONS ................................................................................................ 74
ECC.8 ANCILLARY SERVICES .......................................................................................................... 80
APPENDIX E1 - SITE RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULES ...................................................................... 82
PROFORMA FOR SITE RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE ............................................................. 85
APPENDIX E2 - OPERATION DIAGRAMS .......................................................................................... 91
PART 1A - PROCEDURES RELATING TO OPERATION DIAGRAMS ....................................... 91
PART E1B - PROCEDURES RELATING TO GAS ZONE DIAGRAMS ........................................ 94
PART E2 - NON-EXHAUSTIVE LIST OF APPARATUS TO BE INCLUDED ON OPERATION
DIAGRAMS .................................................................................................................................... 95
APPENDIX E3 - MINIMUM FREQUENCY RESPONSE CAPABILITY REQUIREMENT PROFILE AND
OPERATING RANGE FOR POWER GENERATING MODULES AND HVDC EQUIPMENT ............. 97
APPENDIX 4 - FAULT RIDE THROUGH REQUIREMENTS .............................................................. 104
APPENDIX 4EC – FAST FAULT CURRENT INJECTION REQUIREMENTS ............................ 110
APPENDIX E5 - TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS LOW FREQUENCY RELAYS FOR THE AUTOMATIC
DISCONNECTION OF SUPPLIES AT LOW FREQUENCY ............................................................... 115
APPENDIX E6 - PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR CONTINUOUSLY ACTING AUTOMATIC
EXCITATION CONTROL SYSTEMS FOR ONSHORE SYNCHRONOUS GENERATING UNITS .... 118
APPENDIX E7 - PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR CONTINUOUSLY ACTING AUTOMATIC
VOLTAGE CONTROL SYSTEMS FOR ONSHORE NON-SYNCHRONOUS GENERATING UNITS,
ONSHORE DC CONVERTERS, ONSHORE POWER PARK MODULES AND OTSDUW PLANT AND
APPARATUS AT THE INTERFACE POINT ....................................................................................... 122
APPENDIX E8 - PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR CONTINUOUSLY ACTING AUTOMATIC
VOLTAGE CONTROL SYSTEMS FOR CONFIGURATION 2 AC CONNECTED OFFSHORE POWER
PARK MODULES AND CONFIGURATION 2 DC CONNECTED POWER PARK MODULES .......... 129

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

i
ECC.1 INTRODUCTION
ECC.1.1 The European Connection Conditions ("ECC") specify both:
(a) the minimum technical, design and operational criteria which must be complied with by:
(i) any EU Code User connected to or seeking connection with the National
Electricity Transmission System, or
(ii) EU Generators or HVDC System Owners connected to or seeking connection to
a User's System which is located in Great Britain or Offshore, or
(iii) Network Operators who are EU Code Users
(iv) Network Operators who are GB Code Users but only in respect of:-
(a) Their obligations in respect of Embedded Medium Power Stations not subject
to a Bilateral Agreement for whom the requirements of ECC.3.1(b)(iii) apply
alone; and/or
(b) The requirements of this ECC only in relation to each EU Grid Supply
Point. Network Operators in respect of all other Grid Supply Points should
continue to satisfy the requirements as specified in the CCs.
(v) Non-Embedded Customers who are EU Code Users

(b) the minimum technical, design and operational criteria with which The Company will
comply in relation to the part of the National Electricity Transmission System at the
Connection Site with Users. In the case of any OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus, the
ECC also specify the minimum technical, design and operational criteria which must be
complied with by the User when undertaking OTSDUW.
(c ) The requirements of European Regulation (EU) 2016/631 shall not apply to
(i) Power Generating Modules that are installed to provide backup power and
operate in parallel with the Total System for less than 5 minutes per calendar
month while the System is in normal state. Parallel operation during
maintenance or commissioning of tests of that Power Generating Module shall
not count towards that five minute limit.
(ii) Power Generating Modules connected to the Transmission System or
Network Operators System which are not operated in synchronism with a
Synchronous Area.
(iii) Power Generating Modules that do not have a permanent Connection Point
or User System Entry Point and used by The Company to temporarily provide
power when normal System capacity is partly or completely unavailable.

ECC.2 OBJECTIVE
ECC.2.1 The objective of the ECC is to ensure that by specifying minimum technical, design and
operational criteria the basic rules for connection to the National Electricity Transmission
System and (for certain Users) to a User's System are similar for all Users of an equivalent
category and will enable The Company to comply with its statutory and Transmission
Licence obligations and European Regulations.
ECC.2.2 In the case of any OTSDUW the objective of the ECC is to ensure that by specifying the
minimum technical, design and operational criteria the basic rules relating to an Offshore
Transmission System designed and constructed by an Offshore Transmission Licensee
and designed and/or constructed by a User under the OTSDUW Arrangements are
equivalent.

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

2 of 137
ECC.2.3 Provisions of the ECC which apply in relation to OTSDUW and OTSUA, and/or a
Transmission Interface Site, shall (in any particular case) apply up to the OTSUA Transfer
Time, whereupon such provisions shall (without prejudice to any prior non-compliance) cease
to apply, without prejudice to the continuing application of provisions of the ECC applying in
relation to the relevant Offshore Transmission System and/or Connection Site. It is the
case therefore that in cases where the OTSUA becomes operational prior to the OTSUA
Transfer Time that a EU Generator is required to comply with this ECC both as it applies to
its Plant and Apparatus at a Connection Site\Connection Point and the OTSUA at the
Transmission Interface Site/Transmission Interface Point until the OTSUA Transfer Time
and this ECC shall be construed accordingly.
ECC.2.4 In relation to OTSDUW, provisions otherwise to be contained in a Bilateral Agreement may
be contained in the Construction Agreement, and accordingly a reference in the ECC to a
relevant Bilateral Agreement includes the relevant Construction Agreement.

ECC.3 SCOPE
ECC.3.1 The ECC applies to The Company and to Users, which in the ECC means:
(a) EU Generators (other than those which only have Embedded Small Power Stations),
including those undertaking OTSDUW including Power Generating Modules, and DC
Connected Power Park Modules.
(b) Network Operators but only in respect of:-
(i) Network Operators who are EU Code Users
(ii) Network Operators who only have EU Grid Supply Points
(iii) Embedded Medium Power Stations not subject to a Bilateral Agreement as
provided for in ECC.3.2, ECC.3.3, EC3.4, EC3.5, ECC5.1, ECC.6.4.4 and
ECA.3.4;
(iv) Notwithstanding the requirements of ECC3.1(b)(i)(ii) and (iii) , Network
Operators who own and/or operate EU Grid Supply Points, are only required
to satisfy the requirements of this ECC in relation to each EU Grid Supply Point.
Network Operators in respect of all other Grid Supply Points should continue
to satisfy the requirements as specified in the CCs.
(c) Non-Embedded Customers who are also EU Code Users ;
(d) HVDC System Owners who are also EU Code Users; and
(e) BM Participants and Externally Interconnected System Operators who are also EU
Code Users in respect of ECC.6.5 only.

ECC.3.2 The above categories of User will become bound by the applicable sections of the ECC prior
to them generating, distributing, supplying or consuming, as the case may be, and references
to the various categories should, therefore, be taken as referring to them in that prospective
role.
ECC.3.3 Embedded Medium Power Stations not subject to a Bilateral Agreement and Embedded
HVDC Systems not subject to a Bilateral Agreement Provisions.
The following provisions apply in respect of Embedded Medium Power Stations not subject
to a Bilateral Agreement and Embedded HVDC Systems not subject to a Bilateral
Agreement.

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

3 of 137
ECC.3.3.1 The obligations within the ECC that are expressed to be applicable to EU Generators in
respect of Embedded Medium Power Stations not subject to a Bilateral Agreement and
HVDC System Owners in respect of Embedded HVDC Systems not subject to a Bilateral
Agreement (where the obligations are in each case listed in ECC.3.3.2) shall be read and
construed as obligations that the Network Operator within whose System any such Medium
Power Station or HVDC System is Embedded must ensure are performed and discharged
by the EU Generator or the HVDC Owner. Embedded Medium Power Stations not subject
to a Bilateral Agreement and Embedded HVDC Systems not subject to a Bilateral
Agreement which are located Offshore and which are connected to an Onshore User
System will be required to meet the applicable requirements of the Grid Code as though they
are an Onshore Generator or Onshore HVDC System Owner connected to an Onshore
User System Entry Point.
ECC.3.3.2 The Network Operator within whose System a Medium Power Station not subject to a
Bilateral Agreement is Embedded or a HVDC System not subject to a Bilateral Agreement
is Embedded must ensure that the following obligations in the ECC are performed and
discharged by the EU Generator in respect of each such Embedded Medium Power Station
or the HVDC System Owner in the case of an Embedded HVDC System:
ECC.5.1
ECC.5.2.2
ECC.5.3
ECC.6.1.3
ECC.6.1.5 (b)
ECC.6.3.2, ECC.6.3.3, ECC.6.3.4, ECC.6.3.6, ECC.6.3.7, ECC.6.3.8, ECC.6.3.9,
ECC.6.3.10, ECC.6.3.12, ECC.6.3.13, ECC.6.3.15, ECC.6.3.16
ECC.6.4.4
ECC.6.5.6 (where required by ECC.6.4.4)

In respect of ECC.6.2.2.2, ECC.6.2.2.3, ECC.6.2.2.5, ECC.6.1.5(a), ECC.6.1.5(b) and

ECC.6.3.11 equivalent provisions as co-ordinated and agreed with the Network
Operator and EU Generator or HVDC System Owner may be required. Details of any
such requirements will be notified to the Network Operator in accordance with ECC.3.5.
ECC.3.3.3 In the case of Embedded Medium Power Stations not subject to a Bilateral Agreement and
Embedded HVDC Systems not subject to a Bilateral Agreement the requirements in:
ECC.6.1.6
ECC.6.3.8
ECC.6.3.12
ECC.6.3.15
ECC.6.3.16
ECC.6.3.17

that would otherwise have been specified in a Bilateral Agreement will be notified to the
relevant Network Operator in writing in accordance with the provisions of the CUSC and the
Network Operator must ensure such requirements are performed and discharged by the
Generator or the HVDC System owner.

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

4 of 137
ECC.3.4 In the case of Offshore Embedded Power Generating Modules connected to an Offshore
User’s System which directly connects to an Offshore Transmission System, any
additional requirements in respect of such Offshore Embedded Power Generating Modules
may be specified in the relevant Bilateral Agreement with the Network Operator or in any
Bilateral Agreement between The Company and such Offshore Generator.
ECC.3.5 In the case of a Generator undertaking OTSDUW connecting to an Onshore Network
Operator’s System, any additional requirements in respect of such OTSDUW Plant and
Apparatus will be specified in the relevant Bilateral Agreement with the EU Generator. For
the avoidance of doubt, requirements applicable to EU Generators undertaking OTSDUW
and connecting to a Network Operator’s User System, shall be consistent with those
applicable requirements of Generators undertaking OTSDUW and connecting to a
Transmission Interface Point.
ECC.3.6 The requirements of this ECC shall apply to EU Code Users in respect of Power
Generating Modules (including DC Connected Power Park Modules)and HVDC Systems

ECC.4 PROCEDURE
ECC.4.1 The CUSC contains certain provisions relating to the procedure for connection to the National
Electricity Transmission System or, in the case of Embedded Power Stations or
Embedded HVDC Systems, becoming operational and includes provisions relating to certain
conditions to be complied with by EU Code Users prior to and during the course of The
Company notifying the User that it has the right to become operational. The procedure for an
EU Code User to become connected is set out in the Compliance Processes.

ECC.5 CONNECTION
ECC.5.1 The provisions relating to connecting to the National Electricity Transmission System (or
to a User's System in the case of a connection of an Embedded Large Power Station or
Embedded Medium Power Stations or Embedded HVDC System) are contained in:
(a) the CUSC and/or CUSC Contract (or in the relevant application form or offer for a CUSC
Contract);
(b) or, in the case of an Embedded Development, the relevant Distribution Code and/or
the Embedded Development Agreement for the connection (or in the relevant
application form or offer for an Embedded Development Agreement),
and include provisions relating to both the submission of information and reports relating to
compliance with the relevant European Connection Conditions for that EU Code User,
Safety Rules, commissioning programmes, Operation Diagrams and approval to connect
(and their equivalents in the case of Embedded Medium Power Stations not subject to a
Bilateral Agreement or Embedded HVDC Systems not subject to a Bilateral Agreement).
References in the ECC to the "Bilateral Agreement” and/or “Construction Agreement"
and/or “Embedded Development Agreement” shall be deemed to include references to the
application form or offer therefor.
ECC.5.2 Items For Submission
ECC.5.2.1 Prior to the Completion Date (or, where the EU Generator is undertaking OTSDUW, any
later date specified) under the Bilateral Agreement and/or Construction Agreement, the
following is submitted pursuant to the terms of the Bilateral Agreement and/or Construction
Agreement:
(a) updated Planning Code data (both Standard Planning Data and Detailed Planning
Data), with any estimated values assumed for planning purposes confirmed or, where
practical, replaced by validated actual values and by updated estimates for the future and
by updated forecasts for Forecast Data items such as Demand, pursuant to the
requirements of the Planning Code;

(b) details of the Protection arrangements and settings referred to in ECC.6;

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019
5 of 137
 (c) copies of all Safety Rules and Local Safety Instructions applicable at Users' Sites
which will be used at the Transmission/User interface (which, for the purpose of OC8,
must be to The Company’s satisfaction regarding the procedures for Isolation and
Earthing. The Company will consult the Relevant Transmission Licensee when
determining whether the procedures for Isolation and Earthing are satisfactory);
(d) information to enable the preparation of the Site Responsibility Schedules on the basis
of the provisions set out in Appendix 1;
(e) an Operation Diagram for all HV Apparatus on the User side of the Connection Point
as described in ECC.7;
(f) the proposed name of the User Site (which shall not be the same as, or confusingly
similar to, the name of any Transmission Site or of any other User Site);
(g) written confirmation that Safety Co-ordinators acting on behalf of the User are
authorised and competent pursuant to the requirements of OC8;
(h) Such RISSP prefixes pursuant to the requirements of OC8. Such RISSP prefixes shall
be circulated utilising a proforma in accordance with OC8;
(i) a list of the telephone numbers for Joint System Incidents at which senior management
representatives nominated for the purpose can be contacted and confirmation that they
are fully authorised to make binding decisions on behalf of the User, pursuant to OC9;
(j) a list of managers who have been duly authorised to sign Site Responsibility Schedules
on behalf of the User;
(k) information to enable the preparation of the Site Common Drawings as described in
ECC.7;
(l) a list of the telephone numbers for the Users facsimile machines referred to in ECC.6.5.9;
and
(m) for Sites in Scotland and Offshore a list of persons appointed by the User to undertake
operational duties on the User’s System (including any OTSDUW prior to the OTSUA
Transfer Time) and to issue and receive operational messages and instructions in
relation to the User’s System (including any OTSDUW prior to the OTSUA Transfer
Time); and an appointed person or persons responsible for the maintenance and testing
of User’s Plant and Apparatus.
ECC.5.2.2 Prior to the Completion Date the following must be submitted to The Company by the
Network Operator in respect of an Embedded Development:
(a) updated Planning Code data (both Standard Planning Data and Detailed Planning
Data), with any estimated values assumed for planning purposes confirmed or, where
practical, replaced by validated actual values and by updated estimates for the future and
by updated forecasts for Forecast Data items such as Demand, pursuant to the
requirements of the Planning Code;
(b) details of the Protection arrangements and settings referred to in ECC.6;
(c) the proposed name of the Embedded Medium Power Station or Embedded HVDC
System (which shall be agreed with The Company unless it is the same as, or
confusingly similar to, the name of other Transmission Site or User Site);
ECC.5.2.3 Prior to the Completion Date contained within an Offshore Transmission Distribution
Connection Agreement the following must be submitted to The Company by the Network
Operator in respect of a proposed new Interface Point within its User System:
(a) updated Planning Code data (both Standard Planning Data and Detailed Planning
Data), with any estimated values assumed for planning purposes confirmed or, where
practical, replaced by validated actual values and by updated estimates for the future and
by updated forecasts for Forecast Data items such as Demand, pursuant to the
requirements of the Planning Code;

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

6 of 137
 (b) details of the Protection arrangements and settings referred to in ECC.6;
(c) the proposed name of the Interface Point (which shall not be the same as, or confusingly
similar to, the name of any Transmission Site or of any other User Site);
ECC.5.2.4 In the case of OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus (in addition to items under ECC.5.2.1 in respect
of the Connection Site), prior to the Completion Date (or any later date specified) under the
Construction Agreement the following must be submitted to The Company by the User in
respect of the proposed new Connection Point and Interface Point:
(a) updated Planning Code data (Standard Planning Data, Detailed Planning Data and
OTSDUW Data and Information), with any estimated values assumed for planning
purposes confirmed or, where practical, replaced by validated actual values and by
updated estimates for the future and by updated forecasts for Forecast Data items such
as Demand, pursuant to the requirements of the Planning Code;
(b) details of the Protection arrangements and settings referred to in ECC.6;
(c) information to enable preparation of the Site Responsibility Schedules at the
Transmission Interface Site on the basis of the provisions set out in Appendix E1.
(d) the proposed name of the Interface Point (which shall not be the same as, or confusingly
similar to, the name of any Transmission Site or of any other User Site);
ECC.5.3 (a) Of the items ECC.5.2.1 (c), (e), (g), (h), (k) and (m) need not be supplied in respect of
Embedded Power Stations or Embedded HVDC Systems,
(b) item ECC.5.2.1(i) need not be supplied in respect of Embedded Small Power Stations
and Embedded Medium Power Stations or Embedded HVDC Systems with a
Registered Capacity of less than 100MW, and
(c) items ECC.5.2.1(d) and (j) are only needed in the case where the Embedded Power
Station or the Embedded HVDC System is within a Connection Site with another User.

ECC.6 TECHNICAL, DESIGN AND OPERATIONAL CRITERIA

ECC.6.1 National Electricity Transmission System Performance Characteristics
ECC.6.1.1 The Company shall ensure that, subject as provided in the Grid Code, the National
Electricity Transmission System complies with the following technical, design and
operational criteria in relation to the part of the National Electricity Transmission System at
the Connection Site with a User and in the case of OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus, a
Transmission Interface Point (unless otherwise specified in ECC.6) although in relation to
operational criteria The Company may be unable (and will not be required) to comply with this
obligation to the extent that there are insufficient Power Stations or User Systems are not
available or Users do not comply with The Company's instructions or otherwise do not comply
with the Grid Code and each User shall ensure that its Plant and Apparatus complies with
the criteria set out in ECC.6.1.5.
ECC.6.1.2 Grid Frequency Variations
ECC.6.1.2.1 Grid Frequency Variations
ECC.6.1.2.1.1 The Frequency of the National Electricity Transmission System shall be nominally 50Hz
and shall be controlled within the limits of 49.5 - 50.5Hz unless exceptional circumstances
prevail.
ECC.6.1.2.1.2 The System Frequency could rise to 52Hz or fall to 47Hz in exceptional circumstances.
Design of User's Plant and Apparatus and OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus must enable
operation of that Plant and Apparatus within that range in accordance with the following:
Frequency Range Requirement
51.5Hz - 52Hz Operation for a period of at least 15 minutes is required each
time the Frequency is above 51.5Hz.
51Hz - 51.5Hz Operation for a period of at least 90 minutes is required each
Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019
7 of 137
 time the Frequency is above 51Hz.
49.0Hz - 51Hz Continuous operation is required
47.5Hz - 49.0Hz Operation for a period of at least 90 minutes is required each
time the Frequency is below 49.0Hz.
47Hz - 47.5Hz Operation for a period of at least 20 seconds is required
each time the Frequency is below 47.5Hz.

ECC.6.1.2.1.3 For the avoidance of doubt, disconnection, by frequency or speed based relays is not
permitted within the frequency range 47.5Hz to 51.5Hz. EU Generators should however be
aware of the combined voltage and frequency operating ranges as defined in ECC.6.3.12 and
ECC.6.3.13.
ECC.6.1.2.1.4 The Company in co-ordination with the Relevant Transmission Licensee and/or Network
Operator and a User may agree on wider variations in frequency or longer minimum operating
times to those set out in ECC.6.1.2.1.2 or specific requirements for combined frequency and
voltage deviations. Any such requirements in relation to Power Generating Modules shall
be in accordance with ECC.6.3.12 and ECC.6.3.13. A User shall not unreasonably withhold
consent to apply wider frequency ranges or longer minimum times for operation taking account
of their economic and technical feasibility.
ECC.6.1.2.2 Grid Frequency variations for HVDC Systems and Remote End HVDC Converter Stations
ECC.6.1.2.2.1 HVDC Systems and Remote End HVDC Converter Stations shall be capable of staying
connected to the System and remaining operable within the frequency ranges and time
periods specified in Table ECC.6.1.2.2 below. This requirement shall continue to apply during
the Fault Ride Through conditions defined in ECC.6.3.15

Frequency Range (Hz) Time Period for Operation (s)

47.0 – 47.5Hz 60 seconds
47.5 – 49.0Hz 90 minutes and 30 seconds
49.0 – 51.0Hz Unlimited
51.0 – 51.5Hz 90 minutes and 30 seconds
51.5Hz – 52 Hz 20 minutes

Table ECC.6.1.2.2 – Minimum time periods HVDC Systems and Remote End HVDC Converter Stations
shall be able to operate for different frequencies deviating from a nominal value without
disconnecting from the National Electricity Transmission System
ECC.6.1.2.2.2 The Company in coordination with the Relevant Transmission Licensee and a HVDC
System Owner may agree wider frequency ranges or longer minimum operating times if
required to preserve or restore system security. If wider frequency ranges or longer minimum
times for operation are economically and technically feasible, the HVDC System Owner shall
not unreasonably withhold consent.
ECC.6.1.2.2.3 Not withstanding the requirements of ECC.6.1.2.2.1, an HVDC System or Remote End HVDC
Converter Station shall be capable of automatic disconnection at frequencies specified by
The Company and/or Relevant Network Operator.
ECC.6.1.2.2.4 In the case of Remote End HVDC Converter Stations where the Remote End HVDC
Converter Station is operating at either nominal frequency other than 50Hz or a variable
frequency, the requirements defined in ECC6.1.2.2.1 to ECC.6.1.2.2.3 shall apply to the
Remote End HVDC Converter Station other than in respect of the frequency ranges and
time periods.
ECC.6.1.2.3 Grid Frequency Variations for DC Connected Power Park Modules

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

8 of 137
ECC.6.1.2.3.1 DC Connected Power Park Modules shall be capable of staying connected to the Remote
End DC Converter network at the HVDC Interface Point and operating within the Frequency
ranges and time periods specified in Table ECC.6.1.2.3 below. Where a nominal frequency
other than 50Hz, or a Frequency variable by design is used as agreed with The Company
and the Relevant Transmission Licensee the applicable Frequency ranges and time
periods shall be specified in the Bilateral Agreement which shall (where applicable) reflect
the requirements in Table ECC.6.1.2.3 .

Frequency Range (Hz) Time Period for Operation (s)

47.0 – 47.5Hz 20 seconds
47.5 – 49.0Hz 90 minutes
49.0 – 51.0Hz Unlimited
51.0 – 51.5Hz 90 minutes
51.5Hz – 52 Hz 15 minutes

Table ECC.6.1.2.3 – Minimum time periods a DC Connected Power Park Module shall be able to operate
for different frequencies deviating from a nominal value without disconnecting from the
System
ECC.6.1.2.3.2 The Company in coordination with the Relevant Transmission Licensee and a Generator
may agree wider frequency ranges or longer minimum operating times if required to preserve
or restore system security and to ensure the optimum capability of the DC Connected Power
Park Module. If wider frequency ranges or longer minimum times for operation are
economically and technically feasible, the EU Generator shall not unreasonably withhold
consent.
ECC.6.1.3 Not used
ECC.6.1.4 Grid Voltage Variations
ECC.6.1.4.1 Grid Voltage Variations for Users excluding DC Connected Power Park Modules and
Remote End HVDC Converters
Subject as provided below, the voltage on the 400kV part of the National Electricity
Transmission System at each Connection Site with a User (and in the case of OTSDUW
Plant and Apparatus, a Transmission Interface Point, excluding DC Connected Power
Park Modules and Remote End HVDC Converters) will normally remain within 5% of the
nominal value unless abnormal conditions prevail. The minimum voltage is -10% and the
maximum voltage is +10% unless abnormal conditions prevail, but voltages between +5% and
+10% will not last longer than 15 minutes unless abnormal conditions prevail. Voltages on the
275kV and 132kV parts of the National Electricity Transmission System at each
Connection Point (and in the case of OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus, a Transmission
Interface Point) will normally remain within the limits 10% of the nominal value unless
abnormal conditions prevail. At nominal System voltages below 110kV the voltage of the
National Electricity Transmission System at each Connection Site with a User (and in the
case of OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus, a Transmission Interface Point), excluding
Connection Sites for DC Connected Power Park Modules and Remote End HVDC
Converters) will normally remain within the limits 6% of the nominal value unless abnormal
conditions prevail. Under fault conditions, the voltage may collapse transiently to zero at the
point of fault until the fault is cleared. The normal operating ranges of the National Electricity
Transmission System are summarised below:
National Electricity Normal Operating Range Time period for Operation
Transmission System
Nominal Voltage

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

9 of 137
 400kV 400kV -10% to +5% Unlimited
400kV +5% to +10% 15 minutes
275kV 275kV 10% Unlimited

132kV 132kV 10% Unlimited

110kV 110kV ±10% Unlimited
Below 110kV Below 110kV ±6% Unlimited

The Company and a User may agree greater variations or longer minimum time periods of
operation in voltage to those set out above in relation to a particular Connection Site, and
insofar as a greater variation is agreed, the relevant figure set out above shall, in relation to
that User at the particular Connection Site, be replaced by the figure agreed.
ECC.6.1.4.2 Grid Voltage Variations for all DC Connected Power Park Modules
ECC.6.1.4.2.1 All DC Connected Power Park Modules shall be capable of staying connected to the Remote
End HVDC Converter Station at the HVDC Interface Point and operating within the voltage
ranges and time periods specified in Tables ECC.6.1.4.2(a) and ECC.6.1.4.2(b) below. The
applicable voltage range and time periods specified are selected based on the reference 1pu
voltage.

Voltage Range (pu) Time Period for Operation (s)

0.85pu – 0.9pu 60 minutes
0.9pu – 1.1pu Unlimited
1.1pu – 1.15pu 15 minutes

Table ECC.6.1.4.2(a) – Minimum time periods for which DC Connected Power Park Modules shall be
capable of operating for different voltages deviating from reference 1pu without
disconnecting from the network where the nominal voltage base is 110kV or above and less
than 300kV.
Voltage Range (pu) Time Period for Operation (s)
0.85pu – 0.9pu 60 minutes
0.9pu – 1.05pu Unlimited
1.05pu – 1.15pu 15 minutes

Table ECC.6.1.4.2(b) – Minimum time periods for which DC Connected Power Park Modules shall be
capable of operating for different voltages deviating from reference 1pu without
disconnecting from the network where the nominal voltage base is from 300kV up to and
including 400kV.
ECC.6.1.4.2.2 The Company and a EU Generator in respect of a DC Connected Power Park Module may
agree greater voltage ranges or longer minimum operating times. If greater voltage ranges
or longer minimum times for operation are economically and technically feasible, the EU
Generator shall not unreasonably withhold any agreement .
ECC.6.1.4.2.3 For DC Connected Power Park Modules which have an HVDC Interface Point to the
Remote End HVDC Converter Station, The Company in coordination with the Relevant
Transmission Licensee may specify voltage limits at the HVDC Interface Point at which the
DC Connected Power Park Module is capable of automatic disconnection.

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

10 of 137
ECC.6.1.4.2.4 For HVDC Interface Points which fall outside the scope of ECC.6.1.4.2.1, ECC.6.1.4.2.2 and
ECC.6.1.4.2.3, The Company in coordination with the Relevant Transmission Licensee
shall specify any applicable requirements at the Grid Entry Point or User System Entry
Point.
ECC.6.1.4.2.5 Where the nominal frequency of the AC collector System which is connected to an HVDC
Interface Point is at a value other than 50Hz, the voltage ranges and time periods specified
by The Company in coordination with the Relevant Transmission Licensee shall be
proportional to the values specified in Table ECC.6.1.4.2(a) and Table ECC.6.1.4.2(b)
ECC.6.1.4.3 Grid Voltage Variations for all Remote End HVDC Converters
ECC.6.1.4.3.1 All Remote End HVDC Converter Stations shall be capable of staying connected to the
HVDC Interface Point and operating within the voltage ranges and time periods specified in
Tables ECC.6.1.4.3(a) and ECC.6.1.4.3(b) below. The applicable voltage range and time
periods specified are selected based on the reference 1pu voltage.

Voltage Range (pu) Time Period for Operation (s)

0.85pu – 0.9pu 60 minutes
0.9pu – 1.1pu Unlimited
1.1pu – 1.15pu 15 minutes

Table ECC.6.1.4.3(a) – Minimum time periods for which a Remote End HVDC Converter shall be capable
of operating for different voltages deviating from reference 1pu without disconnecting from
the network where the nominal voltage base is 110kV or above and less than 300kV.
Voltage Range (pu) Time Period for Operation (s)
0.85pu – 0.9pu 60 minutes
0.9pu – 1.05pu Unlimited
1.05pu – 1.15pu 15 minutes

Table ECC.6.1.4.3(b) – Minimum time periods for which a Remote End HVDC Converter shall be capable
of operating for different voltages deviating from reference 1pu without disconnecting from
the network where the nominal voltage base is from 300kV up to and including 400kV.
ECC.6.1.4.3.2 The Company and a HVDC System Owner may agree greater voltage ranges or longer
minimum operating times which shall be in accordance with the requirements of ECC.6.1.4.2.
ECC.6.1.4.3.4 For HVDC Interface Points which fall outside the scope of ECC.6.1.4.3.1 The Company in
coordination with the Relevant Transmission Licensee shall specify any applicable
requirements at the Grid Entry Point or User System Entry Point.
ECC.6.1.4.3.5 Where the nominal frequency of the AC collector System which is connected to an HVDC
Interface Point is at a value other than 50Hz, the voltage ranges and time periods specified
by The Company in coordination with the Relevant Transmission Licensee shall be
proportional to the values specified in Table ECC.6.1.4.3(a) and Table ECC.6.1.4.3(b)
Voltage Waveform Quality
ECC.6.1.5 All Plant and Apparatus connected to the National Electricity Transmission System, and
that part of the National Electricity Transmission System at each Connection Site or, in
the case of OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus, at each Interface Point, should be capable of
withstanding the following distortions of the voltage waveform in respect of harmonic content
and phase unbalance:
(a) Harmonic Content

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

11 of 137
 The Electromagnetic Compatibility Levels for harmonic distortion on the Onshore
Transmission System from all sources under both Planned Outage and fault outage
conditions, (unless abnormal conditions prevail) shall comply with the levels shown in the
tables of Appendix A of Engineering Recommendation G5/4. The Electromagnetic
Compatibility Levels for harmonic distortion on an Offshore Transmission System will
be defined in relevant Bilateral Agreements.
Engineering Recommendation G5/4 contains planning criteria which The Company
will apply to the connection of non-linear Load to the National Electricity Transmission
System, which may result in harmonic emission limits being specified for these Loads in
the relevant Bilateral Agreement. The application of the planning criteria will take into
account the position of existing User’s and EU Code Users’ Plant and Apparatus (and
OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus) in relation to harmonic emissions. Users must ensure
that connection of distorting loads to their User Systems do not cause any harmonic
emission limits specified in the Bilateral Agreement, or where no such limits are
specified, the relevant planning levels specified in Engineering Recommendation G5/4
to be exceeded.
(b) Phase Unbalance
Under Planned Outage conditions, the weekly 95 percentile of Phase (Voltage)
Unbalance, calculated in accordance with IEC 61000-4-30 and IEC 61000-3-13, on the
National Electricity Transmission System for voltages above 150kV should remain, in
England and Wales, below 1.5%, and in Scotland, below 2%, and for voltages of 150kV
and below, across GB below 2%, unless abnormal conditions prevail and Offshore (or in
the case of OTSDUW, OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus) will be defined in relevant
Bilateral Agreements.
The Phase Unbalance is calculated from the ratio of root mean square (rms) of negative
phase sequence voltage to rms of positive phase sequence voltage, based on 10-minute
average values, in accordance with IEC 61000-4-30.
ECC.6.1.6 Across GB, under the Planned Outage conditions stated in ECC.6.1.5(b) infrequent short
duration peaks with a maximum value of 2% are permitted for Phase (Voltage) Unbalance,
for voltages above 150kV, subject to the prior agreement of The Company under the Bilateral
Agreement and in relation to OTSDUW, the Construction Agreement. The Company will
only agree following a specific assessment of the impact of these levels on Transmission
Apparatus and other Users Apparatus with which it is satisfied.

Voltage Fluctuations
ECC.6.1.7 Voltage changes at a Point of Common Coupling on the Onshore Transmission System
shall not exceed:
(a) The limits specified in Table ECC.6.1.7(a) with the stated frequency of occurrence, where:
(i)

Vsteadystate
%Vsteadystate = │100 x │ and
Vn
Vmax
%Vmax =100 x ;
Vn
(ii) Vn is the nominal system voltage;

(iii) Vsteadystate is the voltage at the end of a period of 1 s during which the rate of change
of system voltage over time is ≤ 0.5%;
(iv) Vsteadystate is the difference in voltage between the initial steady state voltage prior
to the RVC (V0) and the final steady state voltage after the RVC (V0’);

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

12 of 137
 (v) Vmax is the absolute change in the system voltage relative to the initial steady state
system voltage (V0);
(vi) All voltages are the r.m.s. of the voltage measured over one cycle refreshed every
half a cycle as per BS EN 61000-4-30; and
(vii) The applications in the ‘Example Applicability’ column are examples only and are
not definitive.

Cat- Maximum number Limits

Title Example Applicability
egory of occurrence %Vmax & %Vsteadystate

Any single or repetitive RVC

Frequent As per Figure ECC.6.1.7
1 (see NOTE 1) that falls inside Figure
events (1)
ECC.6.1.7 (1)

As per Figure ECC.6.1.7

(2)
│%Vsteadystate │≤ 3%
Infrequent motor starting,
4 events in 1 For decrease in voltage: transformer energisation,
Infrequent
2
events
calendar month │%Vmax │≤ 10% re-energisation
(see NOTE 2) (see NOTE 3)
(see NOTE 7)
For increase in voltage:
│%Vmax │≤ 6%
(see NOTE 4)

As per Figure ECC.6.1.7 Commissioning, maintenance

(3) & post fault switching
│%Vsteadystate │≤ 3% (see NOTE 7)
Very 1 event in 3 For decrease in voltage:
3 infrequent calendar months │%Vmax │≤ 12%
events (see NOTE 2) (see NOTE 5)
For increase in voltage:
│%Vmax │≤ 6%
(see NOTE 6)

NOTE 1: 6% is permissible for 100 ms reduced to 3% thereafter as per Figure ECC.6.1.7 (1) .
If the profile of repetitive voltage change(s) falls within the envelope given in Figure ECC.6.1.7 (1) , the
assessment of such voltage change(s) shall be undertaken according to the recommendations for
assessment of flicker and shall conform to the planning levels provided for flicker.
If any part of the voltage change(s) falls outside the envelope given in Figure ECC.6.1.7(1), the
assessment of such voltage changes, repetitive or not, shall be done according to the guidance and limits
for RVCs.
NOTE 2: No more than 1 event is permitted per day, consisting of up to 4 RVCs, each separated by at least 10
minutes with all switching completed within a two-hour window.
NOTE 3: −10% is permissible for 100 ms reduced to -6% until 2 s then reduced to -3% thereafter as per Figure
ECC.6.1.7 (2).
NOTE 4: +6% is permissible for 0.8 s from the instant the event begins then reduced to +3% thereafter as per Figure
ECC.6.1.7 (2).
NOTE 5: −12% is permissible for 100 ms reduced to −10% until 2 s then reduced to -3% thereafter as per Figure
ECC.6.1.7 (3).

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

13 of 137
 NOTE 6: +6% is permissible for 0.8 s from the instant the event begins then reduced to +3% thereafter as per Figure
ECC.6.1.7 (3).
NOTE 7: These are examples only. Customers may opt to conform to the limits of another category providing the
frequency of occurrence is not expected to exceed the ‘Maximum number of occurrence’ for the chosen
category.

TaTable ECC.6.1.7 (a) – Planning levels for RVC

(b) The voltage change limit is the absolute maximum allowed of either the phase-to-earth
voltage change or the phase-to-phase voltage change, whichever is the highest. The limits
do not apply to single phasor equivalent voltages, e.g. positive phase sequence (PPS)
voltages. For high impedance earthed systems, the maximum phase-to-phase, i.e. line
voltage, should be used for assessment.
(c) The RVCs in Category 2 and 3 should not exceed the limits depicted in the time dependent
characteristic shown in Figure ECC.6.1.7 (2) and Figure ECC.6.1.7 (3) respectively.
These limits do not apply to: 1) fault clearance operations; or 2) immediate operations in
response to fault conditions; or 3) operations relating to post fault system restoration (for
the avoidance of doubt this third exception pertains to a fault that is external to the Users
plant and apparatus).
(d) Any RVCs permitted in Category 2 and Category 3 should be at least 10 minutes apart.
(e) The value of Vsteadystate should be established immediately prior to the start of a RVC.
Following a RVC, the voltage should remain within the relevant envelope, as shown in
Figures ECC.6.1.7 (1), ECC.6.1.7 (2), ECC.6.1.7 (3), until a Vsteadystate condition has been
satisfied.

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

14 of 137
 Figure ECC.6.1.7 (1) — Voltage characteristic for frequent events

V0+6%

V0+3%

V0

V0−3%

V0−6%

V0−10%

t=0 100 ms 0.8 s 2s t

Figure ECC.6.1.7 (2) — Voltage characteristic for infrequent events

V0+6%

V0+3%

V0

V0−3%

V0−10%
V0−12%

t=0 100 ms 0.8 s 2s t

Figure ECC.6.1.7 (3) — Voltage characteristic for very infrequent events

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

15 of 137
 (f) The voltage change between two steady state voltage conditions should not exceed 3%.
(The limit is based on 3% of the nominal voltage of the system (V n) as measured at the
PCC. The step voltage change as measured at the customer’s supply terminals or
equipment terminals could be greater. For example: The step voltage change limit stated
in BS EN 61000-3-3 and BS EN 61000-3-11 is 3.3% when measured at the equipment
terminals.)
(g) The limits apply to voltage changes measured at the Point of Common Coupling.
(h) Category 3 events that are planned should be notified to the Company in advance.
(i) For connections where voltage changes would constitute a risk to the National Electricity
Transmission System or, in The Company’s view, the System of any GB Code User,
Bilateral Agreements may include provision for The Company to reasonably limit the
number of voltage changes in Category 2 or 3 to a lower number than specified in Table
ECC.6.1.7(a) to ensure that the total number of voltage changes at the Point of Common
Coupling across multiple Users remains within the limits of Table ECC.6.1.7(a).
(j) The planning levels applicable to Flicker Severity Short Term (Pst) and Flicker Severity
Long Term (Plt) are set out in Table ECC.6.1.7(b).

Supply system Planning level

Nominal voltage
Flicker Severity Short Flicker Severity Long Term
Term (Pst) (Plt)
3.3 kV, 6.6 kV, 11 kV, 20 kV, 33 kV 0.9 0.7
66 kV, 110 kV, 132 kV, 150 kV, 200 0.8 0.6
kV, 220 kV, 275 kV, 400 kV

NOTE 1: The magnitude of Pst is linear with respect to the magnitude of the voltage changes giving rise to it.
NOTE 2: Extreme caution is advised in allowing any excursions of P st and Plt above the planning level.

Table ECC.6.7.1(b) — Planning levels for flicker

The values and figures referred to in this paragraph ECC.6.1.7 are derived from Engineering
Recommendation P28 Issue 2.

ECC.6.1.8 Voltage fluctuations at a Point of Common Coupling with a fluctuating Load directly
connected to an Offshore Transmission System (or in the case of OTSDUW, OTSDUW
Plant and Apparatus) shall not exceed the limits set out in the Bilateral Agreement.

Sub-Synchronous Resonance and Sub-Synchronous Torsional Interaction (SSTI)

ECC.6.1.9 The Company shall ensure that Users' Plant and Apparatus will not be subject to
unacceptable Sub-Synchronous Oscillation conditions as specified in the relevant License
Standards.
ECC.6.1.10 The Company shall ensure where necessary, and in consultation with Relevant
Transmission Licensees where required, that any relevant site specific conditions applicable
at a User's Connection Site, including a description of the Sub-Synchronous Oscillation
conditions considered in the application of the relevant License Standards, are set out in the
User's Bilateral Agreement.
.

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

16 of 137
ECC.6.2 Plant and Apparatus relating to Connection Sites and Interface Points and HVDC Interface
Points
The following requirements apply to Plant and Apparatus relating to the Connection Point
and OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus relating to the Interface Point (until the OTSUA
Transfer Time), HVDC Interface Points relating to Remote End HVDC Converters and
Connection Points which (except as otherwise provided in the relevant paragraph) each EU
Code User must ensure are complied with in relation to its Plant and Apparatus and which
in the case of ECC.6.2.2.2.2, ECC.6.2.3.1.1 and ECC.6.2.1.1(b) only, The Company must
ensure are complied with in relation to Transmission Plant and Apparatus, as provided in
those paragraphs.
ECC.6.2.1 General Requirements
ECC.6.2.1.1 (a) The design of connections between the National Electricity Transmission System and:
(i) any Power Generating Module Generating Unit (other than a CCGT Unit or
Power Park Unit) HVDC Equipment, Power Park Module or CCGT Module, or
(ii) any Network Operator’s User System, or
(iii) Non-Embedded Customers equipment;
will be consistent with the Licence Standards.
In the case of OTSDUW, the design of the OTSUA’s connections at the Interface Point
and Connection Point will be consistent with Licence Standards.
(b) The National Electricity Transmission System (and any OTSDUW Plant and
Apparatus) at nominal System voltages of 132kV and above is/shall be designed to be
earthed with an Earth Fault Factor of, in England and Wales or Offshore, below 1.4 and
in Scotland, below 1.5. Under fault conditions the rated Frequency component of voltage
could fall transiently to zero on one or more phases or, in England and Wales, rise to
140% phase-to-earth voltage, or in Scotland, rise to 150% phase-to-earth voltage. The
voltage rise would last only for the time that the fault conditions exist. The fault conditions
referred to here are those existing when the type of fault is single or two phase-to-earth.
(c) For connections to the National Electricity Transmission System at nominal System
voltages of below 132kV the earthing requirements and voltage rise conditions will be
advised by The Company as soon as practicable prior to connection and in the case of
OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus shall be advised to The Company by the EU Code
User.

ECC.6.2.1.2 Substation Plant and Apparatus

(a) The following provisions shall apply to all Plant and Apparatus which is connected at the
voltage of the Connection Point (and OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus at the Interface
Point ) and which is contained in equipment bays that are within the Transmission
busbar Protection zone at the Connection Point. This includes circuit breakers, switch
disconnectors, disconnectors, Earthing Devices, power transformers, voltage
transformers, reactors, current transformers, surge arresters, bushings, neutral
equipment, capacitors, line traps, coupling devices, external insulation and insulation co-
ordination devices. Where necessary, this is as more precisely defined in the Bilateral
Agreement.
(i) Plant and/or Apparatus in respect of EU Code Users connecting to a new Connection
Point (including OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus at the Interface Point )
Each item of such Plant and/or Apparatus installed in relation to a new Connection
Point (or OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus at the Interface Point or Remote End
HVDC Converter Station at the HVDC Interface Point) shall comply with the
relevant Technical Specifications and any further requirements identified by The
Company, acting reasonably, to reflect the options to be followed within the
Technical Specifications and/or to complement if necessary the Technical
Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019
17 of 137
 Specifications so as to enable The Company to comply with its obligations in
relation to the National Electricity Transmission System or the Relevant
Transmission Licensee to comply with its obligations in relation to its
Transmission System. This information, including the application dates of the
relevant Technical Specifications, will be as specified in the Bilateral Agreement.
(ii) EU Code User’s Plant and/or Apparatus connecting to an existing Connection Point
(including OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus at the Interface Point )
Each new additional and/or replacement item of such Plant and/or Apparatus
installed in relation to a change to an existing Connection Point (or OTSDUW Plant
and Apparatus at the Interface Point and Connection Point or Remote End
HVDC Converter Stations at the HVDC Interface Point) shall comply with the
standards/specifications applicable when the change was designed, or such other
standards/specifications as necessary to ensure that the item of Plant and/or
Apparatus is reasonably fit for its intended purpose having due regard to the
obligations of The Company, the relevant User the Relevant Transmission
Licensee under their respective Licences. Where appropriate this information,
including the application dates of the relevant standards/specifications, will be as
specified in the varied Bilateral Agreement.
(iii) Used Plant and/or Apparatus being moved, re-used or modified
If, after its installation, any such item of Plant and/or Apparatus is subsequently:
moved to a new location; or
used for a different purpose; or
otherwise modified;
then the standards/specifications as described in (i) or (ii) above as applicable will
apply as appropriate to such Plant and/or Apparatus, which must be reasonably fit
for its intended purpose having due regard to the obligations of The Company, the
relevant User and the Relevant Transmission Licensee under their respective
Licences.
(b) The Company shall at all times maintain a list of those Technical Specifications and
additional requirements which might be applicable under this ECC.6.2.1.2 and which may
be referenced by The Company in the Bilateral Agreement. The Company shall
provide a copy of the list upon request to any EU Code User. The Company shall also
provide a copy of the list to any EU Code User upon receipt of an application form for a
Bilateral Agreement for a new Connection Point.
(c) Where the EU Code User provides The Company with information and/or test reports
in respect of Plant and/or Apparatus which the EU Code User reasonably believes
demonstrate the compliance of such items with the provisions of a Technical
Specification then The Company shall promptly and without unreasonable delay give
due and proper consideration to such information.
(d) Plant and Apparatus shall be designed, manufactured and tested in premises with an
accredited certificate in accordance with the quality assurance requirements of the
relevant standard in the BS EN ISO 9000 series (or equivalent as reasonably approved
by The Company) or in respect of test premises which do not include a manufacturing
facility premises with an accredited certificate in accordance with BS EN 45001.
(e) Each connection between a User and the National Electricity Transmission System
must be controlled by a circuit-breaker (or circuit breakers) capable of interrupting the
maximum short circuit current at the point of connection. The Seven Year Statement
gives values of short circuit current and the rating of Transmission circuit breakers at
existing and committed Connection Points for future years.

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

18 of 137
 (f) Each connection between a Generator undertaking OTSDUW or an Onshore
Transmission Licensee, must be controlled by a circuit breaker (or circuit breakers)
capable of interrupting the maximum short circuit current at the Transmission Interface
Point. The Seven Year Statement gives values of short circuit current and the rating of
Transmission circuit breakers at existing and committed Transmission Interface
Points for future years.
ECC.6.2.2 Requirements at Connection Points or, in the case of OTSDUW at Interface Points that
relate to Generators or OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus
ECC.6.2.2.1 Not Used.
ECC.6.2.2.2 Power Generating Module, OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus, HVDC Equipment and Power
Station Protection Arrangements
ECC.6.2.2.2.1 Minimum Requirements
Protection of Power Generating Modules (other than Power Park Units), HVDC
Equipment, OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus and their connections to the National
Electricity Transmission System shall meet the requirements given below. These are
necessary to reduce the impact on the National Electricity Transmission System of faults
on OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus circuits or circuits owned by Generators (including DC
Connected Power Park Modules) or HVDC System Owners.
ECC.6.2.2.2.2 Fault Clearance Times
(a) The required fault clearance time for faults on the Generator's (including DC Connected
Power Park Modules) or HVDC System Owner’s equipment directly connected to the
National Electricity Transmission System or OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus and for
faults on the National Electricity Transmission System directly connected to the EU
Generator (including DC Connected Power Park Modules) or HVDC System Owner's
equipment or OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus, from fault inception to the circuit breaker
arc extinction, shall be set out in the Bilateral Agreement. The fault clearance time
specified in the Bilateral Agreement shall not be shorter than the durations specified
below:
(i) 80ms at 400kV
(ii) 100ms at 275kV
(iii) 120ms at 132kV and below
but this shall not prevent the User or The Company or the Relevant Transmission
Licensee or the EU Generator (including in respect of OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus
and DC Connected Power Park Modules) from selecting a shorter fault clearance time
on their own Plant and Apparatus provided Discrimination is achieved.
A longer fault clearance time may be specified in the Bilateral Agreement for faults on
the National Electricity Transmission System. A longer fault clearance time for faults
on the EU Generator or HVDC System Owner's equipment or OTSDUW Plant and
Apparatus may be agreed with The Company in accordance with the terms of the
Bilateral Agreement but only if System requirements, in The Company's view, permit.
The probability that the fault clearance time stated in the Bilateral Agreement will be
exceeded by any given fault, must be less than 2%.
(b) In the event that the required fault clearance time is not met as a result of failure to operate
on the Main Protection System(s) provided, the Generators or HVDC System Owners
or Generators in the case of OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus shall, except as specified
below provide Independent Back-Up Protection. The Relevant Transmission
Licensee will also provide Back-Up Protection and the Relevant Transmission
Licensee’s and the User’s Back-Up Protections will be co-ordinated so as to provide
Discrimination.

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

19 of 137
 On a Power Generating Module (other than a Power Park Unit), HVDC Equipment or
OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus and connected to the National Electricity
Transmission System at 400kV or 275kV and where two Independent Main
Protections are provided to clear faults on the HV Connections within the required fault
clearance time, the Back-Up Protection provided by EU Generators (including in
respect of OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus and DC Connected Power Park Modules)
and HVDC System Owners shall operate to give a fault clearance time of no longer than
300ms at the minimum infeed for normal operation for faults on the HV Connections.
Where two Independent Main Protections are installed the Back-Up Protection may
be integrated into one (or both) of the Independent Main Protection relays.
On a Power Generating Module (other than a Power Park Unit), HVDC Equipment or
OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus and connected to the National Electricity
Transmission System at 132 kV and where only one Main Protection is provided to
clear faults on the HV Connections within the required fault clearance time, the
Independent Back-Up Protection provided by the Generator (including in respect of
OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus and DC Connected Power Park Modules) and the
HVDC System Owner shall operate to give a fault clearance time of no longer than
300ms at the minimum infeed for normal operation for faults on the HV Connections.

A Power Generating Module (other than a Power Park Unit), HVDC Equipment or
OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus) with Back-Up Protection or Independent Back-Up
Protection will also be required to withstand, without tripping, the loading incurred during
the clearance of a fault on the National Electricity Transmission System by breaker
fail Protection at 400kV or 275kV or of a fault cleared by Back-Up Protection where the
EU Generator (including in the case of OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus or DC
Connected Power Park Module) or HVDC System is connected at 132kV and below.
This will permit Discrimination between the Generator in respect of OTSDUW Plant
and Apparatus or DC Connected Power Park Modules or HVDC System Owners’
Back-Up Protection or Independent Back-Up Protection and the Back-Up Protection
provided on the National Electricity Transmission System and other Users' Systems.
(c) When the Power Generating Module (other than Power Park Units), or the HVDC
Equipment or OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus is connected to the National Electricity
Transmission System at 400kV or 275kV, and in Scotland and Offshore also at 132kV,
and a circuit breaker is provided by the Generator (including in respect of OTSDUW
Plant and Apparatus or DC Connected Power Park Modules) or the HVDC System
owner, or the Relevant Transmission Licensee, as the case may be, to interrupt fault
current interchange with the National Electricity Transmission System, or Generator's
System, or HVDC System Owner’s System, as the case may be, circuit breaker fail
Protection shall be provided by the Generator (including in respect of OTSDUW Plant
and Apparatus or DC Connected Power Park Modules) or HVDC System Owner, or
the Relevant Transmission Licensee, as the case may be, on this circuit breaker. In
the event, following operation of a Protection system, of a failure to interrupt fault current
by these circuit-breakers within the Fault Current Interruption Time, the circuit breaker
fail Protection is required to initiate tripping of all the necessary electrically adjacent
circuit-breakers so as to interrupt the fault current within the next 200ms.
(d) The target performance for the System Fault Dependability Index shall be not less than
99%. This is a measure of the ability of Protection to initiate successful tripping of circuit
breakers which are associated with the faulty item of Apparatus.
ECC.6.2.2.3 Equipment including Protection equipment to be provided
The Relevant Transmission Licensee shall specify the Protection schemes and settings
necessary to protect the National Electricity Transmission System, taking into account the
characteristics of the Power Generating Module or HVDC Equipment.

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

20 of 137
 The protection schemes needed for the Power Generating Module or HVDC Equipment and
the National Electricity Transmission System as well as the settings relevant to the Power
Generating Module and/or HVDC Equipment shall be coordinated and agreed between The
Company and the EU Generator or HVDC System Owner. The agreed Protection schemes
and settings will be specified in the Bilateral Agreement.
The protection schemes and settings for internal electrical faults must not prevent the Power
Generating Module or HVDC Equipment from satisfying the requirements of the Grid Code
although EU Generators should be aware of the requirements of ECC.6.3.13.1. ;
electrical Protection of the Power Generating Module or HVDC Equipment shall take
precedence over operational controls, taking into account the security of the National
Electricity Transmission System and the health and safety of personnel, as well as
mitigating any damage to the Power Generating Module or HVDC Equipment.
ECC.6.2.2.3.1 Protection of Interconnecting Connections
The requirements for the provision of Protection equipment for interconnecting connections
will be specified in the Bilateral Agreement. In this ECC the term "interconnecting
connections" means the primary conductors from the current transformer accommodation on
the circuit side of the circuit breaker to the Connection Point or the primary conductors from
the current transformer accommodation on the circuit side of the OTSDUW Plant and
Apparatus of the circuit breaker to the Transmission Interface Point.
ECC.6.2.2.3.2 Circuit-breaker fail Protection
The EU Generator or HVDC System Owner will install circuit breaker fail Protection
equipment in accordance with the requirements of the Bilateral Agreement. The EU
Generator or HVDC System Owner will also provide a back-trip signal in the event of loss of
air from its pressurised head circuit breakers, during the Power Generating Module (other
than a CCGT Unit or Power Park Unit) or HVDC Equipment run-up sequence, where these
circuit breakers are installed.
ECC.6.2.2.3.3 Loss of Excitation
The EU Generator must provide Protection to detect loss of excitation in respect of each of
its Generating Units within a Synchronous Power Generating Module to initiate a
Generating Unit trip.
ECC.6.2.2.3.4 Pole-Slipping Protection
Where, in The Company's reasonable opinion, System requirements dictate, The Company
will specify in the Bilateral Agreement a requirement for EU Generators to fit pole-slipping
Protection on their Generating Units within each Synchronous Power Generating Module.
ECC.6.2.2.3.5 Signals for Tariff Metering
EU Generators and HVDC System Owners will install current and voltage transformers
supplying all tariff meters at a voltage to be specified in, and in accordance with, the Bilateral
Agreement.
ECC.6.2.2.3.6 Commissioning of Protection Systems
No EU Generator or HVDC System Owner equipment shall be energised until the Protection
settings have been finalised. The EU Generator or HVDC System Owner shall agree with
The Company (in coordination with the Relevant Transmission Licensee) and carry out a
combined commissioning programme for the Protection systems, and generally, to a
minimum standard as specified in the Bilateral Agreement.
ECC.6.2.2.4 Work on Protection Equipment

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

21 of 137
 No busbar Protection, mesh corner Protection, circuit-breaker fail Protection relays, AC or
DC wiring (other than power supplies or DC tripping associated with the Power Generating
Module, HVDC Equipment itself) may be worked upon or altered by the EU Generator or
HVDC System Owner personnel in the absence of a representative of the Relevant
Transmission Licensee or written authority from the Relevant Transmission Licensee to
perform such work or alterations in the absence of a representative of the Relevant
Transmission Licensee.
ECC.6.2.2.5 Relay Settings
Protection and relay settings will be co-ordinated (both on connection and subsequently)
across the Connection Point in accordance with the Bilateral Agreement and in relation to
OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus, across the Interface Point in accordance with the Bilateral
Agreement to ensure effective disconnection of faulty Apparatus.
ECC.6.2.2.6 Changes to Protection Schemes and HVDC System Control Modes
ECC.6.2.2.6.1 Any subsequent alterations to the protection settings (whether by The Company, the
Relevant Transmission Licensee, the EU Generator or the HVDC System Owner) shall be
agreed between The Company (in co-ordination with the Relevant Transmission Licensee)
and the EU Generator or HVDC System Owner in accordance with the Grid Code
(ECC.6.2.2.5). No alterations are to be made to any protection schemes unless agreement
has been reached between The Company, the Relevant Transmission Licensee, the EU
Generator or HVDC System Owner.

ECC.6.2.2.6.2 The parameters of different control modes of the HVDC System shall be able to be changed
in the HVDC Converter Station, if required by The Company in coordination with the
Relevant Transmission Licensee and in accordance with ECC.6.2.2.6.4.
ECC.6.2.2.6.3 Any change to the schemes or settings of parameters of the different control modes and
protection of the HVDC System including the procedure shall be agreed with The Company
in coordination with the Relevant Transmission Licensee and the HVDC System Owner.
ECC.6.2.2.6.4 The control modes and associated set points shall be capable of being changed remotely, as
specified by The Company in coordination with the Relevant Transmission Licensee.
ECC.6.2.2.7 Control Schemes and Settings
ECC.6.2.2.7.1 The schemes and settings of the different control devices on the Power Generating Module
and HVDC Equipment that are necessary for Transmission System stability and for taking
emergency action shall be agreed with The Company in coordination with the Relevant
Transmission Licensee and the EU Generator or HVDC System Owner.
ECC.6.2.2.7.2 Subject to the requirements of ECC.6.2.2.7.1 any changes to the schemes and settings,
defined in ECC.6.2.2.7.1, of the different control devices of the Power Generating Module or
HVDC Equipment shall be coordinated and agreed between , the Relevant Transmission
Licensee, the EU Generator and HVDC System Owner.
ECC.6.2.2.8 Ranking of Protection and Control
ECC.6.2.2.8.1 The Company in coordination with Relevant Transmission Licensees, shall agree and
coordinate the protection and control devices of EU Generators Plant and Apparatus in
accordance with the following general priority ranking (from highest to lowest):
(i) The interface between the National Electricity Transmission System and
the Power Generating Module or HVDC Equipment Protection equipment;
(ii) frequency control (active power adjustment);
(iii) power restriction; and
(iv) power gradient constraint;

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

22 of 137
ECC.6.2.2.8.2 A control scheme, specified by the HVDC System Owner consisting of different control
modes, including the settings of the specific parameters, shall be coordinated and agreed
between The Company in coordination with the Relevant Transmission Licensee and the
HVDC System Owner. These details would be specified in the Bilateral Agreement.
ECC.6.2.2.8.3 The Company in coordination with Relevant Transmission Licensees, shall agree and
coordinate the protection and control devices of HVDC System Owners Plant and Apparatus
in accordance with the following general priority ranking (from highest to lowest)
(i) The interface between the National Electricity Transmission System and
HVDC System Protection equipment;
(ii) Active Power control for emergency assistance

(iii) automatic remedial actions as specified in ECC.6.3.6.1.2.5

(iv) Limited Frequency Sensitive Mode (LFSM) of operation;
(v) Frequency Sensitive Mode of operation and Frequency control; and
(vi) power gradient constraint.

ECC.6.2.2.9 Synchronising
ECC.6.2.2.9.1 For any Power Generating Module directly connected to the National Electricity
Transmission System or Type D Power Generating Module, synchronisation shall be
performed by the EU Generator only after instruction by The Company in accordance with
the requirements of BC.2.5.2.
ECC.6.2.2.9.2 Each Power Generating Module directly connected to the National Electricity
Transmission System or Type D Power Generating Module shall be equipped with the
necessary synchronisation facilities. Synchronisation shall be possible within the range of
frequencies specified in ECC.6.1.2.
ECC.6.2.2.9.3 The requirements for synchronising equipment shall be specified in accordance with the
requirements in the Electrical Standards listed in the annex to the General Conditions. The
synchronisation settings shall include the following elements below. Any variation to these
requirements shall be pursuant to the terms of the Bilateral Agreement.
(a) voltage
(b) Frequency
(c) phase angle range
(d) phase sequence
(e) deviation of voltage and Frequency
ECC.6.2.2.9.4 HVDC Equipment shall be required to satisfy the requirements of ECC.6.2.2.9.1 –
ECC.6.2.2.9.3. In addition, unless otherwise specified by The Company, during the
synchronisation of a DC Connected Power Park Module to the National Electricity
Transmission System, any HVDC Equipment shall have the capability to limit any steady
state voltage changes to the limits specified within ECC.6.1.7 or ECC.6.1.8 (as applicable)
which shall not exceed 5% of the pre-synchronisation voltage. The Company in coordination
with the Relevant Transmission Licensee shall specify any additional requirements for the
maximum magnitude, duration and measurement of the voltage transients over and above
those defined in ECC.6.1.7 and ECC.6.1.8 in the Bilateral Agreement.
ECC.6.2.2.9.5 EU Generators in respect of DC Connected Power Park Modules shall also provide output
synchronisation signals specified by The Company in co-ordination with the Relevant
Transmission Licensee.

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

23 of 137
ECC.6.2.2.9.6 In addition to the requirements of ECC.6.2.2.9.1 to ECC.6.2.2.9.5, EU Generators and HVDC
System Owners should also be aware of the requirements of ECC.6.5.10 relating to busbar
voltage
ECC.6.2.2.9.10 HVDC Parameters and Settings
ECC.6.2.2.9.10.1 The parameters and settings of the main control functions of an HVDC System shall
be agreed between the HVDC System owner and The Company , in coordination
with the Relevant Transmission Licensee. The parameters and settings shall be
implemented within such a control hierarchy that makes their modification possible if
necessary. Those main control functions are at least:

(b) Frequency Sensitive Modes (FSM, LFSM-O, LFSM-U);

(c) Frequency control, if applicable;
(d) Reactive Power control mode, if applicable;
(e) power oscillation damping capability;
(f) subsynchronous torsional interaction damping capability,.
ECC.6.2.2.11 Automatic Reconnection
ECC.6.2.2.11.1 EU Generators in respect of Type A, Type B, Type C and Type D Power Generating
Modules (including DC Connected Power Park Modules) which have signed a CUSC
Contract with The Company are not permitted to automatically reconnect to the Total
System without instruction from The Company. The Company will issue instructions for re-
connection or re-synchronisation in accordance with the requirements of BC2.5.2. Where
synchronising is permitted in accordance with BC2.5.2, the voltage and frequency at the Grid
Entry Point or User System Entry Point shall be within the limits defined in ECC.6.1.2 and
ECC.6.1.4 and the ramp rate limits pursuant to BC1.A.1.1. For the avoidance of doubt this
requirement does not apply to EU Generators who are not required to satisfy the requirements
of the Balancing Codes.
ECC.6.2.2.12 Automatic Disconnection
ECC.6.2.2.12.1 No Power Generating Module or HVDC Equipment shall disconnect within the frequency
range or voltage range defined in ECC.6.1.2 and ECC.6.1.4.
ECC.6.2.2.13 Special Provisions relating to Power Generating Modules embedded within Industrial Sites
which supply electricity as a bi-product of their industrial process
ECC.6.2.2.13.1 Generators in respect of Power Generating Modules which form part of an industrial
network, where the Power Generating Module is used to supply critical loads within the
industrial process shall be permitted to operate isolated from the Total System if agreed with
The Company in the Bilateral Agreement.
ECC.6.2.2.13.2 Except for the requirements of ECC.6.3.3 and ECC.6.3.7.1, Power Generating Modules
which are embedded within industrial sites are not required to satisfy the requirements of
ECC.6.3.6.2.1 and ECC.6.3.9. In this case this exception would only apply to Power
Generating Modules on industrial sites used for combined heat and power production which
are embedded in the network of an industrial site where all the following criteria are met.
(a) The primary purpose of these sites is to produce heat for production processes of the
industrial site concerned,
(b) Heat and power generation is inextricably interlinked, that is to say any change to heat
generation results inadvertently in a change of active power generating and visa versa.
(c) The Power Generating Modules are of Type A, Type B or Type C.
(d) Combined heat and power generating facilities shall be assessed on the basis of their
electrical Maximum Capacity.

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

24 of 137
ECC.6.2.3 Requirements at EU Grid Supply Points relating to Network Operators and Non-Embedded
Customers
ECC.6.2.3.1 Protection Arrangements for EU Code Users in respect of Network Operators and Non-
Embedded Customers
ECC.6.2.3.1.1 Protection arrangements for EU Code Users in respect of Network Operators and Non-
Embedded Customers User Systems directly connected to the National Electricity
Transmission System, shall meet the requirements given below:
Fault Clearance Times
(a) The required fault clearance time for faults on Network Operator and Non-Embedded
Customer equipment directly connected to the National Electricity Transmission
System, and for faults on the National Electricity Transmission System directly
connected to the Network Operator’s or Non-Embedded Customer's equipment, from
fault inception to the circuit breaker arc extinction, shall be set out in each Bilateral
Agreement. The fault clearance time specified in the Bilateral Agreement shall not be
shorter than the durations specified below:
(i) 80ms at 400kV
(ii) 100ms at 275kV
(iii) 120ms at 132kV and below
but this shall not prevent the User or The Company or Relevant Transmission
Licensee from selecting a shorter fault clearance time on its own Plant and Apparatus
provided Discrimination is achieved.
For the purpose of establishing the Protection requirements in accordance with
ECC.6.2.3.1.1 only, the point of connection of the Network Operator or Non-Embedded
Customer equipment to the National Electricity Transmission System shall be
deemed to be the low voltage busbars at an EU Grid Supply Point, irrespective of the
ownership of the equipment at the EU Grid Supply Point.
A longer fault clearance time may be specified in the Bilateral Agreement for faults on
the National Electricity Transmission System. A longer fault clearance time for faults
on the Network Operator and Non-Embedded Customers equipment may be agreed
with The Company in accordance with the terms of the Bilateral Agreement but only if
System requirements in The Company's view permit. The probability that the fault
clearance time stated in the Bilateral Agreement will be exceeded by any given fault
must be less than 2%.
(b) (i) For the event of failure of the Protection systems provided to meet the above fault
clearance time requirements, Back-Up Protection shall be provided by the Network
Operator or Non-Embedded Customer as the case may be.
(ii) The Relevant Transmission Licensee will also provide Back-Up Protection,
which will result in a fault clearance time longer than that specified for the Network
Operator or Non-Embedded Customer Back-Up Protection so as to provide
Discrimination.
(iii) For connections with the National Electricity Transmission System at 132kV and
below, it is normally required that the Back-Up Protection on the National
Electricity Transmission System shall discriminate with the Network Operator or
Non-Embedded Customer's Back-Up Protection.
(iv) For connections with the National Electricity Transmission System at 400kV or
275kV, the Back-Up Protection will be provided by the Network Operator or Non-
Embedded Customer, as the case may be, with a fault clearance time not longer
than 300ms for faults on the Network Operator’s or Non-Embedded Customer's
Apparatus.
(v) Such Protection will also be required to withstand, without tripping, the loading
Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019
25 of 137
 incurred during the clearance of a fault on the National Electricity Transmission
System by breaker fail Protection at 400kV or 275kV. This will permit
Discrimination between Network Operator’s Back-Up Protection or Non-
Embedded Customer’s Back-Up Protection, as the case may be, and Back-Up
Protection provided on the National Electricity Transmission System and other
User Systems. The requirement for and level of Discrimination required will be
specified in the Bilateral Agreement.
(c) (i) Where the Network Operator or Non-Embedded Customer is connected to the
National Electricity Transmission System at 400kV or 275kV, and in Scotland
also at 132kV, and a circuit breaker is provided by the Network Operator or Non-
Embedded Customer, or the Relevant Transmission Licensee, as the case may
be, to interrupt the interchange of fault current with the National Electricity
Transmission System or the System of the Network Operator or Non-Embedded
Customer, as the case may be, circuit breaker fail Protection will be provided by
the Network Operator or Non-Embedded Customer, or the Relevant
Transmission Licensee, as the case may be, on this circuit breaker.
(ii) In the event, following operation of a Protection system, of a failure to interrupt fault
current by these circuit-breakers within the Fault Current Interruption Time, the
circuit breaker fail Protection is required to initiate tripping of all the necessary
electrically adjacent circuit-breakers so as to interrupt the fault current within the next
200ms.
(d) The target performance for the System Fault Dependability Index shall be not less than
99%. This is a measure of the ability of Protection to initiate successful tripping of circuit
breakers which are associated with the faulty items of Apparatus.

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

26 of 137
ECC.6.2.3.2 Fault Disconnection Facilities
(a) Where no Transmission circuit breaker is provided at the User's connection voltage, the
User must provide The Company with the means of tripping all the User's circuit
breakers necessary to isolate faults or System abnormalities on the National Electricity
Transmission System. In these circumstances, for faults on the User's System, the
User's Protection should also trip higher voltage Transmission circuit breakers. These
tripping facilities shall be in accordance with the requirements specified in the Bilateral
Agreement.
(b) The Company may require the installation of a System to Generator Operational
Intertripping Scheme in order to enable the timely restoration of circuits following power
System fault(s). These requirements shall be set out in the relevant Bilateral
Agreement.
ECC.6.2.3.3 Automatic Switching Equipment
Where automatic reclosure of Transmission circuit breakers is required following faults on
the User's System, automatic switching equipment shall be provided in accordance with the
requirements specified in the Bilateral Agreement.
ECC.6.2.3.4 Relay Settings
Protection and relay settings will be co-ordinated (both on connection and subsequently)
across the Connection Point in accordance with the Bilateral Agreement to ensure effective
disconnection of faulty Apparatus.
ECC.6.2.3.5 Work on Protection equipment
Where a Transmission Licensee owns the busbar at the Connection Point, no busbar
Protection, mesh corner Protection relays, AC or DC wiring (other than power supplies or
DC tripping associated with the Network Operator or Non-Embedded Customer’s
Apparatus itself) may be worked upon or altered by the Network Operator or Non-
Embedded Customer personnel in the absence of a representative of the Relevant
Transmission Licensee or written authority from the Relevant Transmission Licensee to
perform such work or alterations in the absence of a representative of the Relevant
Transmission Licensee.
ECC.6.2.3.6 Equipment including Protection equipment to be provided
The Company in coordination with the Relevant Transmission Licensee shall specify and
agree the Protection schemes and settings at each EU Grid Supply Point required to protect
the National Electricity Transmission System in accordance with the characteristics of the
Network Operator’s or Non Embedded Customer’s System. The Company in coordination
with the Relevant Transmission Licensee and the Network Operator or Non Embedded
Customer shall agree on the protection schemes and settings in respect of the busbar
protection zone in respect of each EU Grid Supply Point.
Protection of the Network Operator’s or Non Embedded Customer’s System shall take
precedence over operational controls whilst respecting the security of the National Electricity
Transmission System and the health and safety of staff and the public.
ECC.6.2.3.6.1 Protection of Interconnecting Connections
The requirements for the provision of Protection equipment for interconnecting connections
will be specified in the Bilateral Agreement.
ECC.6.2.3.7 Changes to Protection Schemes at EU Grid Supply Points
Any subsequent alterations to the busbar protection settings at the EU Grid Supply Point
(whether by The Company, the Relevant Transmission Licensee, the Network Operator
or the Non Embedded Customer) shall be agreed between The Company (in co-ordination
with the Relevant Transmission Licensee) and the Network Operator or Non Embedded
Customer in accordance with the Grid Code (ECC.6.2.3.4). No alterations are to be made to
any busbar protection schemes unless agreement has been reached between The Company,
Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019
27 of 137
 the Relevant Transmission Licensee, the Network Operator or Non Embedded
Customer.

No Network Operator or Non Embedded Customer equipment shall be energised until the
Protection settings have been agreed prior to commissioning. The Network Operator or Non
Embedded Customer shall agree with The Company (in coordination with the Relevant
Transmission Licensee) and carry out a combined commissioning programme for the
Protection systems, and generally, to a minimum standard as specified in the Bilateral
Agreement.
ECC.6.2.3.8 Control Requirements
ECC.6.2.3.8.1 The Company in coordination with the Relevant Transmission Licensee and the Network
Operator or Non Embedded Customer shall agree on the control schemes and settings at
each EU Grid Supply Point of the different control devices of the Network Operator’s or Non
Embedded Customer’s System relevant for security of the National Electricity
Transmission System. Such requirements would be pursuant to the terms of the Bilateral
Agreement which shall also cover at least the following elements:
(a) Isolated (National Electricity Transmission System) operation;
(b) Damping of oscillations;
(c) Disturbances to the National Electricity Transmission System;
(d) Automatic switching to emergency supply and restoration to normal topology;
(e) Automatic circuit breaker re-closure (on 1-phase faults).

ECC.6.2.3.8.2 Subject to the requirements of ECC.6.2.3.8.1 any changes to the schemes and settings,
defined in ECC.6.2.3.8.1 of the different control devices of the Network Operator’s or Non-
Embedded Customer’s System at the EU Grid Supply Point shall be coordinated and
agreed between The Company, the Relevant Transmission Licensee, the Network
Operator or Non Embedded Customer.
ECC.6.2.3.9 Ranking of Protection and Control
ECC.6.2.3.9.1 The Network Operator or the Non Embedded Customer who owns or operates an EU Grid
Supply Point shall set the Protection and control devices of its System, in compliance with
the following priority ranking, organised in decreasing order of importance:
(a) National Electricity Transmission System Protection;
(b) Protection equipment at each EU Grid Supply Point;
(c) Frequency control (Active Power adjustment);
(d) Power restriction.
ECC.6.2.3.10 Synchronising
ECC.6.2.3.10.1 Each Network Operator or Non Embedded Customer at each EU Grid Supply Point shall
be capable of synchronisation within the range of frequencies specified in ECC.6.1.2 unless
otherwise agreed with The Company.
ECC.6.2.3.10.2 The Company and the Network Operator or Non Embedded Customer shall agree on the
settings of the synchronisation equipment at each EU Grid Supply Point prior to the
Completion Date. The Company and the relevant Network Operator or Non-Embedded
Customer shall agree the synchronisation settings which shall include the following elements.
(a) Voltage;
(b) Frequency;
(c) phase angle range;
(d) deviation of voltage and Frequency.
Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019
28 of 137
ECC.6.3 GENERAL POWER GENERATING MODULE, OTSDUW AND HVDC EQUIPMENT
REQUIREMENTS
ECC.6.3.1 This section sets out the technical and design criteria and performance requirements for
Power Generating Modules and HVDC Equipment (whether directly connected to the
National Electricity Transmission System or Embedded) and (where provided in this
section) OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus which each Generator or HVDC System Owner
must ensure are complied with in relation to its Power Generating Modules, HVDC
Equipment and OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus . References to Power Generating
Modules, HVDC Equipment in this ECC.6.3 should be read accordingly.
Plant Performance Requirements
ECC.6.3.2 REACTIVE CAPABILITY
ECC.6.3.2.1 Reactive Capability for Type B Synchronous Power Generating Modules
ECC.6.3.2.1.1 When operating at Maximum Capacity, all Type B Synchronous Power Generating
Modules must be capable of continuous operation at any points between the limits of 0.95
Power Factor lagging and 0.95 Power Factor leading at the Grid Entry Point or User
System Entry Point unless otherwise agreed with The Company or relevant Network
Operator. At Active Power output levels other than Maximum Capacity, all Generating
Units within a Type B Synchronous Power Generating Module must be capable of
continuous operation at any point between the Reactive Power capability limits identified
on the HV Generator Performance Chart unless otherwise agreed with The Company or
relevant Network Operator.
ECC.6.3.2.2 Reactive Capability for Type B Power Park Modules
ECC.6.3.2.2.1 When operating at Maximum Capacity all Type B Power Park Modules must be capable
of continuous operation at any points between the limits of 0.95 Power Factor lagging and
0.95 Power Factor leading at the Grid Entry Point or User System Entry Point unless
otherwise agreed with The Company or relevant Network Operator. At Active Power
output levels other than Maximum Capacity, each Power Park Module must be capable
of continuous operation at any point between the Reactive Power capability limits
identified on the HV Generator Performance Chart unless otherwise agreed with The
Company or Network Operator.
ECC.6.3.2.3 Reactive Capability for Type C and D Synchronous Power Generating Modules
ECC.6.3.2.3.1 In addition to meeting the requirements of ECC.6.3.2.3.2 – ECC.6.3.2.3.5, EU Generators
which connect a Type C or Type D Synchronous Power Generating Module(s) to a Non
Embedded Customers System or private network, may be required to meet additional
reactive compensation requirements at the point of connection between the System and
the Non Embedded Customer or private network where this is required for System
reasons.
ECC.6.3.2.3.2 All Type C and Type D Synchronous Power Generating Modules shall be capable of
satisfying the Reactive Power capability requirements at the Grid Entry Point or User
System Entry Point as defined in Figure ECC.6.3.2.3 when operating at Maximum
Capacity.
ECC.6.3.2.3.3 At Active Power output levels other than Maximum Capacity, all Generating Units within
a Synchronous Power Generating Module must be capable of continuous operation at
any point between the Reactive Power capability limit identified on the HV Generator
Performance Chart at least down to the Minimum Stable Operating Level. At reduced
Active Power output, Reactive Power supplied at the Grid Entry Point (or User System
Entry Point if Embedded) shall correspond to the HV Generator Performance Chart of
the Synchronous Power Generating Module, taking the auxiliary supplies and the Active
Power and Reactive Power losses of the Generating Unit transformer or Station
Transformer into account.

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

29 of 137
 Figure ECC.6.3.2.3
ECC.6.3.2.3.4 In addition, to the requirements of ECC.6.3.2.3.1 – ECC.6.3.2.3.3 the short circuit ratio of
all Onshore Synchronous Generating Units with an Apparent Power rating of less than
1600MVA shall not be less than 0.5. The short circuit ratio of Onshore Synchronous
Generating Units with a rated Apparent Power of 1600MVA or above shall be not less
than 0.4.
ECC.6.3.2.4 Reactive Capability for Type C and D Power Park Modules, HVDC Equipment and
OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus at the Interface Point
ECC.6.3.2.4.1 EU Generators or HVDC System Owners which connect an Onshore Type C or
Onshore Type D Power Park Module or HVDC Equipment to a Non Embedded
Customers System or private network, may be required to meet additional reactive
compensation requirements at the point of connection between the System and the Non
Embedded Customer or private network where this is required for System reasons.
ECC.6.3.2.4.2 All Onshore Type C Power Park Modules and Onshore Type D Power Park Modules
or HVDC Converters at an HVDC Converter Station with a Grid Entry Point or User
System Entry Point voltage above 33kV, or Remote End HVDC Converters with an
HVDC Interface Point voltage above 33kV, or OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus with an
Interface Point voltage above 33kV shall be capable of satisfying the Reactive Power
capability requirements at the Grid Entry Point or User System Entry Point (or Interface
Point in the case of OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus, or HVDC Interface Point in the case
of a Remote End HVDC Converter Station) as defined in Figure ECC.6.3.2.4(a) when
operating at Maximum Capacity (or Interface Point Capacity in the case of OTSUW
Plant and Apparatus). In the case of Remote End HVDC Converters and DC Connected
Power Park Modules, The Company in co-ordination with the Relevant Transmission
Licensee may agree to alternative reactive capability requirements to those specified in
Figure ECC.6.3.2.4(a), where it is demonstrated that it is uneconomic and inefficient to do
so, for example in the case of new technologies or advanced control strategies. For the
avoidance of doubt, the requirements for Offshore Power Park Modules and DC
Connected Power Park Modules are defined in ECC.6.3.2.5 and ECC.6.3.2.6.

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

30 of 137
 Figure ECC.6.3.2.4(a)
ECC.6.3.2.4.3 All Onshore Type C or Type D Power Park Modules or HVDC Converters at a HVDC
Converter Station with a Grid Entry Point or User System Entry Point voltage at or
below 33kV or Remote End HVDC Converter Station with an HVDC Interface Point
Voltage at or below 33kV shall be capable of satisfying the Reactive Power capability
requirements at the Grid Entry Point or User System Entry Point as defined in Figure
ECC.6.3.2.4(b) when operating at Maximum Capacity. In the case of Remote End HVDC
Converters The Company in co-ordination with the Relevant Transmission Licensee
may agree to alternative reactive capability requirements to those specified in Figure
ECC.6.3.2.4(b), where it is demonstrated that it is uneconomic and inefficient to do so, for
example in the case of new technologies or advanced control strategies. For the avoidance
of doubt, the requirements for Offshore Power Park Modules and DC Connected Power
Park Modules are defined in ECC.6.3.2.5 and ECC.6.3.2.6.

Figure ECC.6.3.2.4(a)

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

31 of 137
ECC.6.3.2.4.4 All Type C and Type D Power Park Modules, HVDC Converters at a HVDC Converter
Station including Remote End HVDC Converters or OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus,
shall be capable of satisfying the Reactive Power capability requirements at the Grid
Entry Point or User System Entry Point (or Interface Point Capacity in the case of
OTSUW Plant and Apparatus or HVDC Interface Point in the case of Remote End
HVDC Converter Stations) as defined in Figure ECC.6.3.2.4(c) when operating below
Maximum Capacity. With all Plant in service, the Reactive Power limits will reduce
linearly below 50% Active Power output as shown in Figure ECC.6.3.2.4(c) unless the
requirement to maintain the Reactive Power limits defined at Maximum Capacity (or
Interface Point Capacity in the case of OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus) under absorbing
Reactive Power conditions down to 20% Active Power output has been specified by The
Company. These Reactive Power limits will be reduced pro rata to the amount of Plant
in service. In the case of Remote End HVDC Converters, The Company in co-ordination
with the Relevant Transmission Licensee may agree to alternative reactive capability
requirements to those specified in Figure ECC.6.3.2.4(a), where it is demonstrated that it
is uneconomic and inefficient to do so, for example in the case of new technologies or
advanced control strategies. For the avoidance of doubt, the requirements for Offshore
Power Park Modules and DC Connected Power Park Modules are defined in
ECC.6.3.2.5 and ECC.6.3.2.6.

Figure ECC.6.3.2.4(c)
ECC.6.3.2.5 Reactive Capability for Offshore Synchronous Power Generating Modules,
Configuration 1 AC connected Offshore Power Park Modules and Configuration 1 DC
Connected Power Park Modules.
ECC.6.3.2.5.1 The short circuit ratio of any Offshore Synchronous Generating Units within a
Synchronous Power Generating Module shall not be less than 0.5. All Offshore
Synchronous Generating Units, Configuration 1 AC connected Offshore Power Park
Modules or Configuration 1 DC Connected Power Park Modules must be capable of
maintaining zero transfer of Reactive Power at the Offshore Grid Entry Point. The steady
state tolerance on Reactive Power transfer to and from an Offshore Transmission
System expressed in MVAr shall be no greater than 5% of the Maximum Capacity.
ECC.6.3.2.5.2 For the avoidance of doubt if an EU Generator (including those in respect of DC
Connected Power Park Modules) wishes to provide a Reactive Power capability in
excess of the minimum requirements defined in ECC.6.3.2.5.1 then such capability
(including steady state tolerance) shall be agreed between the Generator, Offshore
Transmission Licensee and The Company and/or the relevant Network Operator.

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

32 of 137
ECC.6.3.2.6 Reactive Capability for Configuration 2 AC Connected Offshore Power Park Modules
and Configuration 2 DC Connected Power Park Modules.
ECC.6.3.2.6.1 All Configuration 2 AC connected Offshore Power Park Modules and Configuration 2
DC Connected Power Park Modules shall be capable of satisfying the minimum Reactive
Power capability requirements at the Offshore Grid Entry Point as defined in Figure
ECC.6.3.2.6(a) when operating at Maximum Capacity. The Company in co-ordination
with the Relevant Transmission Licensee may agree to alternative reactive capability
requirements to those specified in Figure ECC.6.3.2.6(a), where it is demonstrated that it
is uneconomic and inefficient to do so, for example in the case of new technologies or
advanced control strategies.

Figure ECC.6.3.2.6(a)

ECC.6.3.2.6.2 All AC Connected Configuration 2 Offshore Power Park Modules and Configuration
2 DC Connected Power Park Modules shall be capable of satisfying the Reactive Power
capability requirements at the Offshore Grid Entry Point as defined in Figure
ECC.6.3.2.6(b) when operating below Maximum Capacity. With all Plant in service, the
Reactive Power limits will reduce linearly below 50% Active Power output as shown in
Figure ECC.6.3.2.6(b) unless the requirement to maintain the Reactive Power limits
defined at Maximum Capacity (or Interface Point Capacity in the case of OTSDUW Plant
and Apparatus) under absorbing Reactive Power conditions down to 20% Active Power
output has been specified with The Company. These Reactive Power limits will be
reduced pro rata to the amount of Plant in service. The Company in co-ordination with the
Relevant Transmission Licensee may agree to alternative reactive capability
requirements to those specified in Figure ECC.6.3.2.6(b), where it is demonstrated that it
is uneconomic and inefficient to do so, for example in the case of new technologies or
advanced control strategies.

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

33 of 137
 Figure ECC.6.3.2.6(b)

ECC.6.3.2.6.3 For the avoidance of doubt if an EU Generator (including Generators in respect of DC

Connected Power Park Modules referred to in ECC.6.3.2.6.2) wishes to provide a Reactive
Power capability in excess of the minimum requirements defined in ECC.6.3.2.6.1 then such
capability (including any steady state tolerance) shall be between the EU Generator, Offshore
Transmission Licensee and The Company and/or the relevant Network Operator.
ECC.6.3.3 OUTPUT POWER WITH FALLING FREQUENCY
ECC.6.3.3.1 Output power with falling frequency for Power Generating Modules and HVDC Equipment
CC.6.3.3.1.1 Each Power Generating Module and HVDC Equipment must be capable of:
(a) continuously maintaining constant Active Power output for System Frequency changes
within the range 50.5 to 49.5 Hz; and
(b) (subject to the provisions of ECC.6.1.2) maintaining its Active Power output at a level
not lower than the figure determined by the linear relationship shown in Figure
ECC.6.3.3(a) for System Frequency changes within the range 49.5 to 47 Hz for all
ambient temperatures up to and including 25⁰C, such that if the System Frequency
drops to 47 Hz the Active Power output does not decrease by more than 5%. In the case
of a CCGT Module, the above requirement shall be retained down to the Low Frequency
Relay trip setting of 48.8 Hz, which reflects the first stage of the Automatic Low
Frequency Demand Disconnection scheme notified to Network Operators under
OC6.6.2. For System Frequency below that setting, the existing requirement shall be
retained for a minimum period of 5 minutes while System Frequency remains below that
setting, and special measure(s) that may be required to meet this requirement shall be
kept in service during this period. After that 5 minutes period, if System Frequency
remains below that setting, the special measure(s) must be discontinued if there is a
materially increased risk of the Gas Turbine tripping. The need for special measure(s) is
linked to the inherent Gas Turbine Active Power output reduction caused by reduced
shaft speed due to falling System Frequency. Where the need for special measures is
identified in order to maintain output in line with the level identified in Figure ECC.6.3.3(a)
these measures should be still continued at ambient temperatures above 25⁰C
maintaining as much of the Active Power achievable within the capability of the plant.

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

34 of 137
 Figure ECC.6.3.3(a)

(c) For the avoidance of doubt, in the case of a Power Generating Module including a DC
Connected Power Park Module using an Intermittent Power Source where the
mechanical power input will not be constant over time, the requirement is that the Active
Power output shall be independent of System Frequency under (a) above and should
not drop with System Frequency by greater than the amount specified in (b) above.

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

35 of 137
 (d) An HVDC System must be capable of maintaining its Active Power input (i.e. when
operating in a mode analogous to Demand) from the National Electricity Transmission
System (or User System in the case of an Embedded HVDC System) at a level not
greater than the figure determined by the linear relationship shown in Figure ECC.6.3.3(b)
for System Frequency changes within the range 49.5 to 47 Hz, such that if the System
Frequency drops to 47.8 Hz the Active Power input decreases by more than 60%.

47 47.8 Frequency (Hz) 49.5 52.0

100% of Active
Power Input

40% of Active
Power Input
Figure ECC.6.3.3(b)
(e) In the case of an Offshore Generating Unit or Offshore Power Park Module or DC
Connected Power Park Module or Remote End HVDC Converter or Transmission
DC Converter, the EU Generator shall comply with the requirements of ECC.6.3.3. EU
Generators should be aware that Section K of the STC places requirements on Offshore
Transmission Licensees which utilise a Transmission DC Converter as part of their
Offshore Transmission System to make appropriate provisions to enable EU
Generators to fulfil their obligations.
(f) Transmission DC Converters and Remote End HVDC Converters shall provide a
continuous signal indicating the real time frequency measured at the Interface Point to
the Offshore Grid Entry Point or HVDC Interface Point for the purpose of Offshore
Generators or DC Connected Power Park Modules to respond to changes in System
Frequency on the Main Interconnected Transmission System. A DC Connected
Power Park Module or Offshore Power Generating Module shall be capable of
receiving and processing this signal within 100ms.
ECC.6.3.4 ACTIVE POWER OUTPUT UNDER SYSTEM VOLTAGE VARIATIONS
ECC.6.3.4.1 At the Grid Entry Point or User System Entry Point , the Active Power output under steady
state conditions of any Power Generating Module or HVDC Equipment directly connected
to the National Electricity Transmission System or in the case of OTSDUW, the Active
Power transfer at the Interface Point, under steady state conditions of any OTSDUW Plant
and Apparatus should not be affected by voltage changes in the normal operating range
specified in paragraph ECC.6.1.4 by more than the change in Active Power losses at reduced
or increased voltage.
ECC.6.3.5 BLACK START
ECC.6.3.5.1 Black Start is not a mandatory requirement, however EU Code Users may wish to notify The
Company of their ability to provide a Black Start facility and the cost of the service. The
Company will then consider whether it wishes to contract with the EU Code User for the
provision of a Black Start service which would be specified via a Black Start Contract. Where
an EU Code User does not offer to provide a cost for the provision of a Black Start Capability,
The Company may make such a request if it considers System security to be at risk due to a
lack of Black Start capability.
Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019
36 of 137
ECC.6.3.5.2 It is an essential requirement that the National Electricity Transmission System must
incorporate a Black Start Capability. This will be achieved by agreeing a Black Start
Capability at a number of strategically located Power Stations and HVDC Systems. For
each Power Station or HVDC System, The Company will state in the Bilateral Agreement
whether or not a Black Start Capability is required.
ECC.6.3.5.3 Where an EU Code User has entered into a Black Start Contract to provide a Black Start
Capability in respect of a Type C Power Generating Module or Type D Power Generating
Module (including DC Connected Power Park Modules) the following requirements shall
apply.
(i) The Power-Generating Module or DC Connected Power Park Module shall be
capable of starting from shutdown without any external electrical energy supply within
a time frame specified by The Company in the Black Start Contract.
(ii) Each Power Generating Module or DC Connected Power Park Module shall be
able to synchronise within the frequency limits defined in ECC.6.1. and, where
applicable, voltage limits specified in ECC.6.1.4;
(iii) The Power Generating Module or DC Connected Power Park Module shall be
capable of connecting on to an unenergised System.
(iv) The Power-Generating Module or DC Connected Power Park Module shall be
capable of automatically regulating dips in voltage caused by connection of demand;
(v) The Power Generating Module or DC Connected Power Park Module shall:
be capable of Block Load Capability,
be capable of operating in LFSM-O and LFSM-U, as specified in ECC.6.3.7.1 and
ECC.6.3.7.2
control Frequency in case of overfrequency and underfrequency within the whole
Active Power output range between the Minimum Regulating Level and
Maximum Capacity as well as at houseload operation levels
be capable of parallel operation of a few Power Generating Modules including
DC Connected Power Park Modules within an isolated part of the Total System
that is still supplying Customers, and control voltage automatically during the
system restoration phase;
ECC.6.3.5.4 Each HVDC System or Remote End HVDC Converter Station which has a Black Start
Capability shall be capable of energising the busbar of an AC substation to which another
HVDC Converter Station is connected. The timeframe after shutdown of the HVDC System
prior to energisation of the AC substation shall be pursuant to the terms of the Black Start
Contract. The HVDC System shall be able to synchronise within the Frequency limits defined
in ECC.6.1.2.1.2 and voltage limits defined in ECC.6.1.4.1 unless otherwise specified in the
Black Start Contract. Wider Frequency and voltage ranges can be specified in the Black
Start Contract in order to restore System security.
ECC.6.3.5.5 With regard to the capability to take part in operation of an isolated part of the Total System
that is still supplying Customers:
(i) Power Generating Modules including DC Connected Power Park Modules shall
be capable of taking part in island operation if specified in the Black Start Contract
required by The Company and:
the Frequency limits for island operation shall be those specified in ECC.6.1.2,
the voltage limits for island operation shall be those defined in ECC.6.1.4;

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

37 of 137
 (ii) Power Generating Modules including DC Connected Power Park Modules shall
be able to operate in Frequency Sensitive Mode during island operation, as specified
in ECC.6.3.7.3. In the event of a power surplus, Power Generating Modules
including DC Connected Power Park Modules shall be capable of reducing the
Active Power output from a previous operating point to any new operating point within
the Power Generating Module Performance Chart. Power Generating Modules
including DC Connected Power Park Modules shall be capable of reducing Active
Power output as much as inherently technically feasible, but to at least 55 % of
Maximum Capacity;
(iii) The method for detecting a change from interconnected system operation to island
operation shall be agreed between the EU Generator, The Company and the
Relevant Transmission Licensee. The agreed method of detection must not rely
solely on The Company, Relevant Transmission Licensee’s or Network
Operators switchgear position signals;
(iv) Power Generating Modules including DC Connected Power Park Modules shall
be able to operate in LFSM-O and LFSM-U during island operation, as specified in
ECC.6.3.7.1 and ECC.6.3.7.2;
ECC.6.3.5.6 With regard to quick re-synchronisation capability:
(i) In case of disconnection of the Power Generating Module including DC Connected
Power Park Modules from the System, the Power Generating Module shall be
capable of quick re-synchronisation in line with the Protection strategy agreed
between The Company and/or Network Operator in co-ordination with the Relevant
Transmission Licensee and the Generator;
(ii) A Power Generating Module including a DC Connected Power Park Module with
a minimum re-synchronisation time greater than 15 minutes after its disconnection
from any external power supply must be capable of Houseload Operation from any
operating point on its Power Generating Module Performance Chart. In this case,
the identification of Houseload Operation must not be based solely on the Total
System’s switchgear position signals;
(iii) Power Generating Modules including DC Connected Power Park Modules shall
be capable of Houseload Operation, irrespective of any auxiliary connection to the
Total System. The minimum operation time shall be specified by The Company,
taking into consideration the specific characteristics of prime mover technology.

ECC.6.3.6 CONTROL ARRANGEMENTS

ECC.6.3.6.1 ACTIVE POWER CONTROL
ECC.6.3.6.1.1 Active Power control in respect of Power Generating Modules including DC Connected
Power Park Modules
ECC.6.3.6.1.1.1 Type A Power Generating Modules shall be equipped with a logic interface (input port) in
order to cease Active Power output within five seconds following receipt of a signal from The
Company. The Company shall specify the requirements for such facilities, including the
need for remote operation, in the Bilateral Agreement where they are necessary for System
reasons .
ECC.6.3.6.1.1.2 Type B Power Generating Modules shall be equipped with an interface (input port) in order
to be able to reduce Active Power output following receipt of a signal from The Company.
The Company shall specify the requirements for such facilities, including the need for remote
operation, in the Bilateral Agreement where they are necessary for System reasons.
ECC.6.3.6.1.1.3 Type C and Type D Power Generating Modules and DC Connected Power Park Modules
shall be capable of adjusting the Active Power setpoint in accordance with instructions issued
by The Company.

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

38 of 137
ECC.6.3.6.1.2 Active Power control in respect of HVDC Systems and Remote End HVDC Converter
Stations
ECC.6.3.6.1.2.1 HVDC Systems shall be capable of adjusting the transmitted Active Power upon receipt of
an instruction from The Company which shall be in accordance with the requirements of
BC2.6.1.
ECC.6.3.6.1.2.2 The requirements for fast Active Power reversal (if required) shall be specified by The
Company. Where Active Power reversal is specified in the Bilateral Agreement, each
HVDC System and Remote End HVDC Converter Station shall be capable of operating
from maximum import to maximum export in a time which is as fast as technically feasible or
in a time that is no greater than 2 seconds except where a HVDC Converter Station Owner
has justified to The Company that a longer reversal time is required.
ECC.6.3.6.1.2.3 Where an HVDC System connects various Control Areas or Synchronous Areas, each
HVDC System or Remote End HVDC Converter Station shall be capable of responding to
instructions issued by The Company under the Balancing Code to modify the transmitted
Active Power for the purposes of cross-border balancing.
ECC.6.3.6.1.2.4 An HVDC System shall be capable of adjusting the ramping rate of Active Power variations
within its technical capabilities in accordance with instructions issued by The Company . In
case of modification of Active Power according to ECC.6.3.15 and ECC.6.3.6.1.2.2, there
shall be no adjustment of ramping rate.
ECC.6.3.6.1.2.5 If specified by The Company, in coordination with the Relevant Transmission Licensees,
the control functions of an HVDC System shall be capable of taking automatic remedial
actions including, but not limited to, stopping the ramping and blocking FSM, LFSM-O, LFSM-
U and Frequency control. The triggering and blocking criteria shall be specified by The
Company.

ECC.6.3.6.2 MODULATION OF ACTIVE POWER

ECC.6.3.6.2.1 Each Power Generating Module (including DC Connected Power Park Modules) and
Onshore HVDC Converters at an Onshore HVDC Converter Station must be capable of
contributing to Frequency control by continuous modulation of Active Power supplied to the
National Electricity Transmission System. For the avoidance of doubt each Onshore
HVDC Converter at an Onshore HVDC Converter Station and/or OTSDUW DC Converter
shall provide each EU Code User in respect of its Offshore Power Stations connected to
and/or using an Offshore Transmission System a continuous signal indicating the real time
Frequency measured at the Transmission Interface Point. A DC Connected Power Park
Module or Offshore Power Generating Module shall be capable of receiving and processing
this signal within 100ms.
ECC.6.3.6.3 MODULATION OF REACTIVE POWER
ECC.6.3.6.3.1 Notwithstanding the requirements of ECC.6.3.2, each Power Generating Module or HVDC
Equipment (and OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus at a Transmission Interface Point and
Remote End HVDC Converter at an HVDC Interface Point) (as applicable) must be capable
of contributing to voltage control by continuous changes to the Reactive Power supplied to
the National Electricity Transmission System or the User System in which it is Embedded.
ECC.6.3.7 FREQUENCY RESPONSE
ECC.6.3.7.1 Limited Frequency Sensitive Mode – Overfrequency (LFSM-O)

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

39 of 137
ECC.6.3.7.1.1 Each Power Generating Module (including DC Connected Power Park Modules) and
HVDC Systems shall be capable of reducing Active Power output in response to Frequency
on the Total System when this rises above 50.4Hz. For the avoidance of doubt, the provision
of this reduction in Active Power output is not an Ancillary Service. Such provision is known
as Limited High Frequency Response. The Power Generating Module (including DC
Connected Power Park Modules) or HVDC Systems shall be capable of operating stably
during LFSM-O operation. However for a Power Generating Module (including DC
Connected Power Park Modules) or HVDC Systems operating in Frequency Sensitive
Mode the requirements of LFSM-O shall apply when the frequency exceeds 50.5Hz.
ECC.6.3.7.1.2 (i) The rate of change of Active Power output must be at a minimum a rate of 2 percent
of output per 0.1 Hz deviation of System Frequency above 50.4Hz (ie a Droop of 10%)
as shown in Figure ECC.6.3.7.1 below. This would not preclude a EU Generator or
HVDC System Owner from designing their Power Generating Module with a Droop
of less than 10% but in all cases the Droop should be 2% or greater.
(ii) The reduction in Active Power output must be continuously and linearly proportional,
as far as is practicable, to the excess of Frequency above 50.4 Hz and must be
provided increasingly with time over the period specified in (iii) below.

(iii) As much as possible of the proportional reduction in Active Power output must result
from the frequency control device (or speed governor) action and must be achieved
within 10 seconds of the time of the Frequency increase above 50.4 Hz. The Power
Generating Module (including DC Connected Power Park Modules) or HVDC
Systems shall be capable of initiating a power Frequency response with an initial delay
that is as short as possible. If the delay exceeds 2 seconds the EU Generator or HVDC
System Owner shall justify the variation, providing technical evidence to The
Company.

(iv) The residue of the proportional reduction in Active Power output which results from
automatic action of the Power Generating Module (including DC Connected Power
Park Modules) or HVDC System output control devices other than the frequency
control devices (or speed governors) must be achieved within 3 minutes for the time of
the Frequency increase above 50.4Hz.

(v) For the avoidance of doubt, the LFSM-O response must be reduced when the
Frequency falls again and, when to a value less than 50.4Hz, as much as possible of
the increase in Active Power must be achieved within 10 seconds.
(vi) For Type A and Type B Power Generating Modules which are not required to
have Frequency Sensitive Mode (FSM) as described in ECC.6.3.7.3 for
deviations in Frequency up to 50.9Hz at least half of the proportional reduction
in Active Power output must be achieved in 10 seconds of the time of the
Frequency increase above 50.4Hz. For deviations in Frequency beyond 50.9Hz
the measured rate of change of Active Power reduction must exceed 0.5%/sec
of the initial output. The LFSM-O response must be reduced when the
Frequency subsequently falls again and when to a value less than 50.4Hz, at
least half the increase in Active Power must be achieved in 10 seconds. For a
Frequency excursion returning from beyond 50.9Hz the measured rate of
change of Active Power increase must exceed 0.5%/second.

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

40 of 137
 Figure ECC.6.3.7.1 – Pref is the reference Active Power to which ΔP is related and ΔP is the
change in Active Power output from the Power Generating Module (including DC
Connected Power Park Modules) or HVDC System. The Power Generating Module
(including DC Connected Power Park Modules or HVDC Systems) has to provide a negative
Active Power output change with a droop of 10% or less based on Pref.

ECC.6.3.7.1.3 Each Power Generating Module (including DC Connected Power Park Modules) or HVDC
Systems which is providing Limited High Frequency Response (LFSM-O) must continue to
provide it until the Frequency has returned to or below 50.4Hz or until otherwise instructed by
The Company. EU Generators in respect of Gensets and HVDC Converter Station
Owners in respect of an HVDC System should also be aware of the requirements in
BC.3.7.2.2.

ECC.6.3.7.1.4 Steady state operation below the Minimum Stable Operating Level in the case of Power
Generating Modules including DC Connected Power Park Modules or Minimum Active
Power Transmission Capacity in the case of HVDC Systems is not expected but if System
operating conditions cause operation below the Minimum Stable Operating Level or
Minimum Active Power Transmission Capacity which could give rise to operational
difficulties for the Power Generating Module including a DC Connected Power Park Module
or HVDC Systems then the EU Generator or HVDC System Owner shall be able to return
the output of the Power Generating Module including a DC Connected Power Park Module
to an output of not less than the Minimum Stable Operating Level or HVDC System to an
output of not less than the Minimum Active Power Transmission Capacity.

ECC.6.3.7.1.5 All reasonable efforts should in the event be made by the EU Generator or HVDC System
Owner to avoid such tripping provided that the System Frequency is below 52Hz in
accordance with the requirements of ECC.6.1.2. If the System Frequency is at or above
52Hz, the requirement to make all reasonable efforts to avoid tripping does not apply and the
EU Generator or HVDC System Owner is required to take action to protect its Power
Generating Modules including DC Connected Power Park Modules or HVDC Converter
Stations.

ECC.6.3.7.2 Limited Frequency Sensitive Mode – Underfrequency (LFSM-U)

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

41 of 137
ECC.6.3.7.2.1 Each Type C Power Generating Module and Type D Power Generating Module (including
DC Connected Power Park Modules) or HVDC Systems operating in Limited Frequency
Sensitive Mode shall be capable of increasing Active Power output in response to System
Frequency when this falls below 49.5Hz. For the avoidance of doubt, the provision of this
increase in Active Power output is not a mandatory Ancillary Service and it is not anticipated
Power Generating Modules (including DC Connected Power Park Modules) or HVDC
Systems are operated in an inefficient mode to facilitate delivery of LFSM-U response, but
any inherent capability (where available) should be made without undue delay. The Power
Generating Module (including DC Connected Power Park Modules) or HVDC Systems
shall be capable of stable operation during LFSM-U Mode. For example, a EU Generator
which is operating with no headroom (eg it is operating at maximum output or is de-loading as
part of a run down sequence and has no headroom) would not be required to provide LFSM-
U.
ECC.6.3.7.2.2 (i) The rate of change of Active Power output must be at a minimum a rate of 2 percent
of output per 0.1 Hz deviation of System Frequency below 49.5Hz (ie a Droop of 10%)
as shown in Figure ECC.6.3.7.2.2 below. This requirement only applies if the Power
Generating Module has headroom and the ability to increase Active Power output. In
the case of a Power Park Module or DC Connected Power Park Module the
requirements of Figure ECC.6.3.7.2.2 shall be reduced pro-rata to the amount of Power
Park Units in service and available to generate. For the avoidance of doubt, this would
not preclude an EU Generator or HVDC System Owner from designing their Power
Generating Module with a lower Droop setting, for example between 3 – 5%.
(ii) As much as possible of the proportional increase in Active Power output must result
from the Frequency control device (or speed governor) action and must be achieved
for Frequencies below 49.5 Hz. The Power Generating Module (including DC
Connected Power Park Modules) or HVDC Systems shall be capable of initiating a
power Frequency response with minimal delay. If the delay exceeds 2 seconds the EU
Generator or HVDC System Owner shall justify the delay, providing technical
evidence to The Company).

(iii) The actual delivery of Active Power Frequency Response in LFSM-U mode shall take
into account

The ambient conditions when the response is to be triggered

The operating conditions of the Power Generating Module (including DC Connected

Power Park Modules) or HVDC Systems in particular limitations on operation near
Maximum Capacity or Maximum HVDC Active Power Transmission Capacity at
low frequencies and the respective impact of ambient conditions as detailed in
ECC.6.3.3.

The availability of primary energy sources.

(iv) In LFSM_U Mode, the Power Generating Module (including DC Connected Power
Park Modules) and HVDC Systems, shall be capable of providing a power increase
up to its Maximum Capacity or Maximum HVDC Active Power Transmission
Capacity (as applicable).

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

42 of 137
 Figure ECC.6.3.7.2.2 – Pref is the reference Active Power to which ΔP is related and ΔP is
the change in Active Power output from the Power Generating Module (including DC
Connected Power Park Modules) or HVDC System. The Power Generating Module
(including DC Connected Power Park Modules or HVDC Systems) has to provide a positive
Active Power output change with a droop of 10% or less based on Pref.
ECC.6.3.7.3 Frequency Sensitive Mode – (FSM)
ECC.6.3.7.3.1 In addition to the requirements of ECC.6.3.7.1 and ECC.6.3.7.2 each Type C Power
Generating Module and Type D Power Generating Module (including DC Connected
Power Park Modules) or HVDC Systems must be fitted with a fast acting proportional
Frequency control device (or turbine speed governor) and unit load controller or equivalent
control device to provide Frequency response under normal operational conditions in
accordance with Balancing Code 3 (BC3). In the case of a Power Park Module including a
DC Connected Power Park Module, the Frequency or speed control device(s) may be on
the Power Park Module (including a DC Connected Power Park Module) or on each
individual Power Park Unit (including a Power Park Unit within a DC Connected Power
Park Module) or be a combination of both. The Frequency control device(s) (or speed
governor(s)) must be designed and operated to the appropriate:
(i) European Specification: or
(ii) in the absence of a relevant European Specification, such other standard which is
in common use within the European Community (which may include a manufacturer
specification);
as at the time when the installation of which it forms part was designed or (in the case of
modification or alteration to the Frequency control device (or turbine speed governor)) when
the modification or alteration was designed.
The European Specification or other standard utilised in accordance with sub paragraph
ECC.6.3.7.3.1 (a) (ii) will be notified to The Company by the EU Generator or HVDC System
Owner:
(i) as part of the application for a Bilateral Agreement; or
(ii) as part of the application for a varied Bilateral Agreement; or

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

43 of 137
 (iii) in the case of an Embedded Development, within 28 days of entry into the Embedded
Development Agreement (or such later time as agreed with The Company) or
(iv) as soon as possible prior to any modification or alteration to the Frequency control
device (or governor); and
ECC.6.3.7.3.2 The Frequency control device (or speed governor) in co-ordination with other control devices
must control each Type C Power Generating Module and Type D Power Generating
Module (including DC Connected Power Park Modules) or HVDC Systems Active Power
Output or Active Power transfer capability with stability over the entire operating range of the
Power Generating Module (including DC Connected Power Park Modules) or HVDC
Systems ; and
ECC.6.3.7.3.3 Type C and Type D Power Generating Modules and DC Connected Power Park Modules
shall also meet the following minimum requirements:
(i) capable of providing Active Power Frequency response in accordance with the
performance characteristic shown in Figure 6.3.7.3.3(a) and parameters in Table
6.3.7.3.3(a)

Figure 6.3.7.3.3(a) – Frequency Sensitive Mode capability of Power Generating

Modules and DC Connected Power Park Modules
Parameter Setting
Nominal System Frequency 50Hz
Active Power as a percentage of 10%
ǀ𝜟𝑷𝟏 ǀ
Maximum Capacity ( )
𝑷𝒎𝒂𝒙

Frequency Response Insensitivity in ±15mHz

mHz (ǀ𝛥𝑓𝑖 ǀ)
Frequency Response Insensitivity as ±0.03%
ǀ𝛥𝑓𝑖 ǀ
a percentage of nominal frequency ( )
𝑓𝑛

Frequency Response Deadband in 0 (mHz)

mHz
Droop (%) 3 – 5%

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

44 of 137
 Table 6.3.7.3.3(a) – Parameters for Active Power Frequency response in
Frequency Sensitive Mode including the mathematical expressions in Figure
6.3.7.3.3(a).
(ii) In satisfying the performance requirements specified in ECC.6.3.7.3(i) EU
Generators in respect of each Type C and Type D Power Generating Modules and
DC Connected Power Park Module should be aware:-
in the case of overfrequency, the Active Power Frequency response is
limited by the Minimum Regulating Level,
in the case of underfrequency, the Active Power Frequency response is
limited by the Maximum Capacity,
the actual delivery of Active Power frequency response depends on the
operating and ambient conditions of the Power Generating Module
(including DC Connected Power Park Modules) when this response is
triggered, in particular limitations on operation near Maximum Capacity at
low Frequencies as specified in ECC.6.3.3 and available primary energy
sources.
The frequency control device (or speed governor) must also be capable of
being set so that it operates with an overall speed Droop of between 3 – 5%.
The Frequency Response Deadband and Droop must be able to be
reselected repeatedly. For the avoidance of doubt, in the case of a Power
Park Module (including DC Connected Power Park Modules) the speed
Droop should be equivalent of a fixed setting between 3% and 5% applied to
each Power Park Unit in service.
(iii) In the event of a Frequency step change, each Type C and Type D Power
Generating Module and DC Connected Power Park Module shall be capable of
activating full and stable Active Power Frequency response (without undue power
oscillations), in accordance with the performance characteristic shown in Figure
6.3.7.3.3(b) and parameters in Table 6.3.7.3.3(b).

Figure 6.3.7.3.3(b) Active Power Frequency Response capability.

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

45 of 137
 Parameter Setting
Active Power as a percentage of 10%
Maximum Capacity (frequency
ǀ𝜟𝑷𝟏 ǀ
response range) ( )
𝑷𝒎𝒂𝒙

Maximum admissible initial delay t1 for 2 seconds

Power Generating Modules (including
DC Connected Power Park Modules)
with inertia unless justified as specified
in ECC.6.3.7.3.3 (iv)
Maximum admissible initial delay t1 for 1 second
Power Generating Modules (including
DC Connected Power Park Modules)
which do not contribute to System
inertia unless justified as specified in
ECC.6.3.7.3.3 (iv)
Activation time t2 10 seconds

Table 6.3.7.3.3(b) – Parameters for full activation of Active Power Frequency

response resulting from a Frequency step change. Table 6.3.7.3.3(b) also includes
the mathematical expressions used in Figure 6.3.7.3.3(b).
(iv) The initial activation of Active Power Primary Frequency response shall not be
unduly delayed. For Type C and Type D Power Generating Modules (including DC
Connected Power Park Modules) with inertia the delay in initial Active Power
Frequency response shall not be greater than 2 seconds. For Type C and Type D
Power Generating Modules (including DC Connected Power Park Modules)
without inertia, the delay in initial Active Power Frequency response shall not be
greater than 1 second. If the Generator cannot meet this requirement they shall
provide technical evidence to The Company demonstrating why a longer time is
needed for the initial activation of Active Power Frequency response.
(v) in the case of Type C and Type D Power Generating Modules (including DC
Connected Power Park Modules) other than the Steam Unit within a CCGT Module
the combined effect of the Frequency Response Insensitivity and Frequency
Response Deadband of the Frequency control device (or speed governor) should
be no greater than 0.03Hz (for the avoidance of doubt, ±0.015Hz). In the case of the
Steam Unit within a CCGT Module, the Frequency Response Deadband should
be set to an appropriate value consistent with the requirements of ECC.6.3.7.3.5(ii)
and the requirements of BC3.7.2.2 for the provision of LFSM-O taking account of any
Frequency Response Insensitivity of the Frequency control device (or speed
governor);

ECC.6.3.7.3.4 HVDC Systems shall also meet the following minimum requirements:
(i) HVDC Systems shall be capable of responding to Frequency deviations in each
connected AC System by adjusting their Active Power import or export as shown in
Figure 6.3.7.3.4(a) with the corresponding parameters in Table 6.3.7.3.4(a).

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

46 of 137
 Figure 6.3.7.3.4(a) – Active Power frequency response capability of a HVDC System
operating in Frequency Sensitive Mode (FSM). ΔΡ is the change in active power output
from the HVDC System..
Parameter Setting
Frequency Response Deadband 0
Droop S1 and S2 (upward and 3 – 5%
downward regulation) where S1=S2.
Frequency Response Insensitivity ±15mHz

Table 6.3.7.3.4(a) – Parameters for Active Power Frequency response in FSM

including the mathematical expressions in Figure 6.3.7.3.4.
(ii) Each HVDC System shall be capable of adjusting the Droop for both upward and
downward regulation and the Active Power range over which Frequency Sensitive
Mode of operation is available as defined in ECC.6.3.7.3.4.
(iii) In addition to the requirements in ECC.6.3.7.4(i) and ECC.6.3.7.4(ii) each HVDC
System shall be capable of:-
delivering the response as soon as technically feasible
delivering the response on or above the solid line in Figure 6.3.7.3.4(b) in
accordance with the parameters shown in Table 6.3.7.3.4(b)
initiating the delivery of Primary Response in no less than 0.5 seconds
unless otherwise agreed with The Company. Where the initial delay time (t1
– as shown in Figure 6.3.7.3.4(b)) is longer than 0.5 seconds the HVDC
Converter Station Owner shall reasonably justify it to The Company.

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

47 of 137
 Figure 6.3.7.3.4(b) Active Power Frequency Response capability of a HVDC System. ΔP
is the change in Active Power triggered by the step change in frequency

Parameter Setting
Active Power as a percentage of 10%
Maximum Capacity (frequency
ǀ𝜟𝑷𝟏 ǀ
response range) ( )
𝑷𝒎𝒂𝒙

Maximum admissible delay t1 0.5 seconds

Maximum admissible time for full 10 seconds
activation t2, unless longer activation
times are agreed with The Company

Table 6.3.7.3.4(b) – Parameters for full activation of Active Power Frequency

response resulting from a Frequency step change.
(iv) For HVDC Systems connecting various Synchronous Areas, each HVDC System
shall be capable of adjusting the full Active Power Frequency Response when
operating in Frequency Sensitive Mode at any time and for a continuous time period.
In addition, the Active Power controller of each HVDC System shall not have any
adverse impact on the delivery of frequency response.
ECC.6.3.7.3.5 For HVDC Systems and Type C and Type D Power Generating Modules (including
DC Connected Power Park Modules), other than the Steam Unit within a CCGT
Module the combined effect of the Frequency Response Insensitivity and
Frequency Response Deadband of the Frequency control device (or speed
governor) should be no greater than 0.03Hz (for the avoidance of doubt, ±0.015Hz).
In the case of the Steam Unit within a CCGT Module, the Frequency Response
Deadband should be set to an appropriate value consistent with the requirements of
ECC.6.3.7.3.5(ii) and the requirements of BC3.7.2.2 for the provision of LFSM-O
taking account of any Frequency Response Insensitivity of the Frequency control
device (or speed governor);

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

48 of 137
 (i) With regard to disconnection due to underfrequency, EU Generators responsible for
Type C and Type D Power Generating Modules (including DC Connected Power
Park Modules) capable of acting as a load, including but not limited to Pumped
Storage and tidal Power Generating Modules, HVDC Systems and Remote End
HVDC Converter Stations , shall be capable of disconnecting their load in case of
underfrequency which will be agreed with The Company. For the avoidance of doubt
this requirement does not apply to station auxiliary supplies; EU Generators in
respect of Type C and Type D Pumped Storage Power Generating Modules should
also be aware of the requirements in OC.6.6.6.
(ii) Where a Type C or Type D Power Generating Module, DC Connected Power Park
Module or HVDC System becomes isolated from the rest of the Total System but is
still supplying Customers, the Frequency control device (or speed governor) must
also be able to control System Frequency below 52Hz unless this causes the Type
C or Type D Power Generating Module or DC Connected Power Park Module to
operate below its Minimum Regulating Level or Minimum Active Power
Transmission Capacity when it is possible that it may, as detailed in BC 3.7.3, trip
after a time. For the avoidance of doubt Power Generating Modules (including DC
Connected Power Park Modules) and HVDC Systems are only required to operate
within the System Frequency range 47 - 52 Hz as defined in ECC.6.1.2 and for
converter based technologies, the remaining island contains sufficient fault level for
effective commutation;
(iii) Each Type C and Type D Power Generating Module and HVDC Systems shall have
the facility to modify the Target Frequency setting either continuously or in a
maximum of 0.05Hz steps over at least the range 50 ±0.1Hz should be provided in
the unit load controller or equivalent device.
ECC.6.3.7.3.6 In addition to the requirements of ECC.6.3.7.3 each Type C and Type D Power Generating
Module and HVDC System shall be capable of meeting the minimum Frequency response
requirement profile subject to and in accordance with the provisions of Appendix A3.
ECC.6.3.7.3.7 For the avoidance of doubt, the requirements of Appendix A3 do not apply to Type A and
Type B Power Generating Modules.

ECC.6.3.8 EXCITATION AND VOLTAGE CONTROL PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

ECC.6.3.8.1 Excitation Performance Requirements for Type B Synchronous Power Generating Modules
ECC.6.3.8.1.1 Each Synchronous Generating Unit within a Type B Synchronous Power Generating
Module shall be equipped with a permanent automatic excitation control system that shall
have the capability to provide constant terminal voltage at a selectable setpoint without
instability over the entire operating range of the Type B Synchronous Power Generating
Module.
ECC.6.3.8.1.2 In addition to the requirements of ECC.6.3.8.1.1, The Company or the relevant Network
Operator will specify if the control system of the Type B Synchronous Power Generating
Module shall contribute to voltage control or Reactive Power control or Power Factor
control at the Grid Entry Point or User System Entry Point (or other defined busbar).
The performance requirements of the control system including slope (where applicable)
shall be agreed between The Company and/or the relevant Network Operator and the
EU Generator.
ECC.6.3.8.2 Voltage Control Requirements for Type B Power Park Modules
ECC.6.3.8.2.1 The Company or the relevant Network Operator will specify if the control system of the
Type B Power Park Module shall contribute to voltage control or Reactive Power control
or Power Factor control at the Grid Entry Point or User System Entry Point (or other
defined busbar). The performance requirements of the control system including slope
(where applicable) shall be agreed between The Company and/or the relevant Network
Operator and the EU Generator.
Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019
49 of 137
ECC.6.3.8.3 Excitation Performance Requirements for Type C and Type D Onshore Synchronous
Power Generating Modules
ECC.6.3.8.3.1 Each Synchronous Generating Unit within a Type C and Type D Onshore
Synchronous Power Generating Modules shall be equipped with a permanent automatic
excitation control system that shall have the capability to provide constant terminal voltage
control at a selectable setpoint without instability over the entire operating range of the
Synchronous Power Generating Module.
ECC.6.3.8.3.2 The requirements for excitation control facilities are specified in ECC.A.6. Any site specific
requirements shall be specified by The Company or the relevant Network Operator.
ECC.6.3.8.3.3 Unless otherwise required for testing in accordance with OC5.A.2, the automatic excitation
control system of an Onshore Synchronous Power Generating Module shall always be
operated such that it controls the Onshore Synchronous Generating Unit terminal
voltage to a value that is
- equal to its rated value: or
- only where provisions have been made in the Bilateral Agreement, greater than its
rated value.
ECC.6.3.8.3.4 In particular, other control facilities including constant Reactive Power output control
modes and constant Power Factor control modes (but excluding VAR limiters) are not
required. However if present in the excitation or voltage control system they will be disabled
unless otherwise agreed with The Company or the relevant Network Operator. Operation
of such control facilities will be in accordance with the provisions contained in BC2.
ECC.6.3.8.3.5 The excitation performance requirements for Offshore Synchronous Power Generating
Modules with an Offshore Grid Entry Point shall be specified by The Company.
ECC.6.3.8.4 Voltage Control Performance Requirements for Type C and Type D Onshore Power Park
Modules, Onshore HVDC Converters and OTSUW Plant and Apparatus at the
Interface Point
ECC.6.3.8.4.1 Each Type C and Type D Onshore Power Park Module, Onshore HVDC Converter and
OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus shall be fitted with a continuously acting automatic control
system to provide control of the voltage at the Grid Entry Point or User System Entry
Point (or Interface Point in the case of OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus) without instability
over the entire operating range of the Onshore Power Park Module, or Onshore HVDC
Converter or OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus. Any Plant or Apparatus used in the
provisions of such voltage control within an Onshore Power Park Module may be located
at the Power Park Unit terminals, an appropriate intermediate busbar or the Grid Entry
Point or User System Entry Point. In the case of an Onshore HVDC Converter at a
HVDC Converter Station any Plant or Apparatus used in the provisions of such voltage
control may be located at any point within the User’s Plant and Apparatus including the
Grid Entry Point or User System Entry Point. OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus used in
the provision of such voltage control may be located at the Offshore Grid Entry Point an
appropriate intermediate busbar or at the Interface Point. When operating below 20%
Maximum Capacity the automatic control system may continue to provide voltage control
using any available reactive capability. If voltage control is not being provided, the
automatic control system shall be designed to ensure a smooth transition between the
shaded area below 20% of Active Power output and the non-shaded area above 20% of
Active Power output in Figure ECC.6.3.2.5(c) and Figure ECC.6.3.2.7(b) The performance
requirements for a continuously acting automatic voltage control system that shall be
complied with by the User in respect of Onshore Power Park Modules, Onshore HVDC
Converters at an Onshore HVDC Converter Station, OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus at
the Interface Point are defined in ECC.A.7.

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

50 of 137
ECC.6.3.8.4.3 In particular, other control facilities, including constant Reactive Power output control
modes and constant Power Factor control modes (but excluding VAR limiters) are not
required. However if present in the voltage control system they will be disabled unless
otherwise agreed with The Company or the relevant Network Operator. Operation of such
control facilities will be in accordance with the provisions contained in BC2. Where
Reactive Power output control modes and constant Power Factor control modes have
been fitted within the voltage control system they shall be required to satisfy the
requirements of ECC.A.7.3 and ECC.A.7.4.
ECC.6.3.8.5 Excitation Control Performance requirements applicable to AC Connected Offshore
Synchronous Power Generating Modules and voltage control performance
requirements applicable to AC connected Offshore Power Park Modules, DC Connected
Power Park Modules and Remote End HVDC Converters
ECC.6.3.8.5.1 A continuously acting automatic control system is required to provide control of Reactive
Power (as specified in ECC.6.3.2.5 and ECC.6.3.2.6) at the Offshore Grid Entry Point
(or HVDC Interface Point in the case of Configuration 1 DC Connected Power Park
Modules and Remote End HVDC Converters) without instability over the entire operating
range of the AC connected Offshore Synchronous Power Generating Module or
Configuration 1 AC connected Offshore Power Park Module or Configuration 1 DC
Connected Power Park Modules or Remote End HVDC Converter. The performance
requirements for this automatic control system will be specified by The Company which
would be consistent with the requirements of ECC.6.3.2.5 and ECC.6.3.2.6.
ECC.6.3.8.5.2 A continuously acting automatic control system is required to provide control of Reactive
Power (as specified in ECC.6.3.2.8) at the Offshore Grid Entry Point (or HVDC Interface
Point in the case of Configuration 2 DC Connected Power Park Modules) without
instability over the entire operating range of the Configuration 2 AC connected Offshore
Power Park Module or Configuration 2 DC Connected Power Park Modules. otherwise
the requirements of ECC.6.3.2.6 shall apply. The performance requirements for this
automatic control system are specified in ECC.A.8
ECC.6.3.8.5.3 In addition to ECC.6.3.8.5.1 and ECC.6.3.8.5.2 the requirements for excitation or voltage
control facilities, including Power System Stabilisers, where these are necessary for
system reasons, will be specified by The Company. Reference is made to on-load
commissioning witnessed by The Company in BC2.11.2.
ECC.6.3.9 STEADY STATE LOAD INACCURACIES
ECC.6.3.9.1 The standard deviation of Load error at steady state Load over a 30 minute period must not
exceed 2.5 per cent of a Type C or Type D Power Generating Modules (including a DC
Connected Power Park Module) Maximum Capacity. Where a Type C or Type D Power
Generating Module (including a DC Connected Power Park Module) is instructed to
Frequency sensitive operation, allowance will be made in determining whether there has been
an error according to the governor droop characteristic registered under the PC.
For the avoidance of doubt in the case of a Power Park Module allowance will be made for
the full variation of mechanical power output.

ECC.6.3.10 NEGATIVE PHASE SEQUENCE LOADINGS

ECC.6.3.10.1 In addition to meeting the conditions specified in ECC.6.1.5(b), each Synchronous Power
Generating Module will be required to withstand, without tripping, the negative phase
sequence loading incurred by clearance of a close-up phase-to-phase fault, by System Back-
Up Protection on the National Electricity Transmission System or User System located
Onshore in which it is Embedded.
ECC.6.3.11 NEUTRAL EARTHING

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

51 of 137
ECC.6.3.11 At nominal System voltages of 110kV and above the higher voltage windings of a transformer
of a Power Generating Module or HVDC Equipment or transformer resulting from OTSDUW
must be star connected with the star point suitable for connection to earth. The earthing and
lower voltage winding arrangement shall be such as to ensure that the Earth Fault Factor
requirement of paragraph ECC.6.2.1.1 (b) will be met on the National Electricity
Transmission System at nominal System voltages of 110kV and above.
ECC.6.3.12 FREQUENCY AND VOLTAGE DEVIATIONS
ECC.6.3.12.1 As stated in ECC.6.1.2, the System Frequency could rise to 52Hz or fall to 47Hz. Each Power
Generating Module (including DC Connected Power Park Modules) must continue to
operate within this Frequency range for at least the periods of time given in ECC.6.1.2 unless
The Company has specified any requirements for combined Frequency and voltage
deviations which are required to ensure the best use of technical capabilities of Power
Generating Modules (including DC Connected Power Park Modules) if required to preserve
or restore system security. Notwithstanding this requirement, EU Generators should also be
aware of the requirements of ECC.6.3.13.
ECC.6.3.13 FREQUENCY, RATE OF CHANGE OF FREQUENCY AND VOLATGE PROTECTION
SETTING ARRANGEMENTS
ECC.6.3.13.1 EU Generators (including in respect of OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus) and HVDC System
Owners will be responsible for protecting all their Power Generating Modules (and OTSDUW
Plant and Apparatus) or HVDC Equipment against damage should Frequency excursions
outside the range 52Hz to 47Hz ever occur. Should such excursions occur, it is up to the EU
Generator or HVDC System Owner to decide whether to disconnect his Apparatus for
reasons of safety of Apparatus, Plant and/or personnel.
ECC.6.3.13.2 Each Power Generating Module when connected and synchronised to the System, shall be
capable of withstanding without tripping a rate of change of Frequency up to and including 1
Hz per second as measured over a rolling 500 milliseconds period. Voltage dips may cause
localised rate of change of Frequency values in excess of 1 Hz per second for short periods,
and in these cases, the requirements under ECC.6.3.15 (fault ride through) supersedes this
clause. For the avoidance of doubt, this requirement relates to the capabilities of Power
Generating Modules only and does not impose the need for rate of change of Frequency
protection nor does it impose a specific setting for anti-islanding or loss-of-mains protection
relays.

ECC.6.3.13.3 Each HVDC System and Remote End HVDC Converter Station when connected and
synchronised to the System, shall be capable of withstanding without tripping a rate of change
of Frequency up to and including ±2.5Hz per second as measured over the previous 1 second
period. Voltage dips may cause localised rate of change of Frequency values in excess of
±2.5 Hz per second for short periods, and in these cases, the requirements under ECC.6.3.15
(fault ride through) supersedes this clause. For the avoidance of doubt, this requirement
relates to the capabilities of HVDC Systems and Remote End HVDC Converter Stations
only and does not impose the need for rate of change of Frequency protection nor does it
impose a specific setting for anti-islanding or loss-of-mains protection relays.

ECC.6.3.13.4 Each DC Connected Power Park Module when connected to the System, shall be capable
of withstanding without tripping a rate of change of Frequency up to and including ±2.0Hz per
second as measured over the previous 1 second period. Voltage dips may cause localised
rate of change of Frequency values in excess of ±2.0 Hz per second for short periods, and in
these cases, the requirements under ECC.6.3.15 (fault ride through) supersedes this clause.
For the avoidance of doubt, this requirement relates to the capabilities of DC Connected
Power Park Modules only and does not impose the need for rate of change of Frequency
protection nor does it impose a specific setting for anti-islanding or loss-of-mains protection
relays.

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

52 of 137
ECC.6.3.13.5 As stated in ECC.6.1.2, the System Frequency could rise to 52Hz or fall to 47Hz and the
System voltage at the Grid Entry Point or User System Entry Point could rise or fall within
the values outlined in ECC.6.1.4. Each Type C and Type D Power Generating Module
(including DC Connected Power Park Modules) or any constituent element must continue to
operate within this Frequency range for at least the periods of time given in ECC.6.1.2 and
voltage range as defined in ECC.6.1.4 unless The Company has agreed to any simultaneous
overvoltage and underfrequency relays and/or simultaneous undervoltage and over frequency
relays which will trip such Power Generating Module (including DC Connected Power Park
Modules), and any constituent element within this Frequency or voltage range.

ECC.6.3.14 FAST START CAPABILITY

ECC.6.3.14.1 It may be agreed in the Bilateral Agreement that a Genset shall have a Fast-Start
Capability. Such Gensets may be used for Operating Reserve and their Start-Up may be
initiated by Frequency-level relays with settings in the range 49Hz to 50Hz as specified
pursuant to OC2.

ECC.6.3.15 FAULT RIDE THROUGH

ECC.6.3.15.1 General Fault Ride Through requirements, principles and concepts applicable to Type B,
Type C and Type D Power Generating Modules and OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus
subject to faults up to 140ms in duration

ECC.6.3.15.1.1 ECC.6.3.15.1 – ECC.6.3.15.8 section sets out the Fault Ride Through requirements on
Type B, Type C and Type D Power Generating Modules, OTSDUW Plant and
Apparatus and HVDC Equipment that shall apply in the event of a fault lasting up to
140ms in duration.

ECC.6.3.15.1.2 Each Power Generating Module, Power Park Module, HVDC Equipment and OTSDUW
Plant and Apparatus is required to remain connected and stable for any balanced and
unbalanced fault where the voltage at the Grid Entry Point or User System Entry Point
or (HVDC Interface Point in the case of Remote End DC Converter Stations or
Interface Point in the case of OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus) remains on or above the
heavy black line defined in sections ECC.6.3.15.2 – ECC.6.3.15.7 below.

ECC.6.3.15.1.3 The voltage against time curves defined in ECC.6.3.15.2 – ECC.6.3.15.7 expresses the
lower limit (expressed as the ratio of its actual value and its reference 1pu) of the actual
course of the phase to phase voltage (or phase to earth voltage in the case of
asymmetrical/unbalanced faults) on the System voltage level at the Grid Entry Point or
User System Entry Point (or HVDC Interface Point in the case of Remote End HVDC
Converter Stations or Interface Point in the case of OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus)
during a symmetrical or asymmetrical/unbalanced fault, as a function of time before, during
and after the fault.

ECC.6.3.15.2 Voltage against time curve and parameters applicable to Type B Synchronous Power
Generating Modules

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

53 of 137
 Figure ECC.6.3.15.2 - Voltage against time curve applicable to Type B Synchronous
Power Generating Modules

Voltage parameters (pu) Time parameters (seconds)

Uret 0.3 tclear 0.14
Uclear 0.7 trec1 0.14
Urec1 0.7 trec2 0.45
Urec2 0.9 trec3 1.5

Table ECC.6.3.15.2 Voltage against time parameters applicable to Type B

Synchronous Power Generating Modules

ECC.6.3.15.3 Voltage against time curve and parameters applicable to Type C and D Synchronous
Power Generating Modules connected below 110kV

Figure ECC.6.3.15.3 - Voltage against time curve applicable to Type C and D Synchronous
Power Generating Modules connected below 110kV

Voltage parameters (pu) Time parameters (seconds)

Uret 0.1 tclear 0.14
Uclear 0.7 trec1 0.14
Urec1 0.7 trec2 0.45
Urec2 0.9 trec3 1.5
Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019
54 of 137
 Table ECC.6.3.15.3 Voltage against time parameters applicable to Type C and D
Synchronous Power Generating Modules connected below 110kV

ECC.6.3.15.4 Voltage against time curve and parameters applicable to Type D Synchronous Power
Generating Modules connected at or above 110kV

Figure ECC.6.3.15.4 - Voltage against time curve applicable to Type D Synchronous

Power Generating Modules connected at or above 110kV

Voltage parameters (pu) Time parameters (seconds)

Uret 0 tclear 0.14
Uclear 0.25 trec1 0.25
Urec1 0.5 trec2 0.45
Urec2 0.9 trec3 1.5

Table ECC.6.3.15.4 Voltage against time parameters applicable to Type D Synchronous

Power Generating Modules connected at or above 110kV

ECC.6.3.15.5 Voltage against time curve and parameters applicable to Type B, C and D Power Park
Modules connected below 110kV

Figure ECC.6.3.15.5 - Voltage against time curve applicable to Type B, C and D Power
Park Modules connected below 110kV

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

55 of 137
 Voltage parameters (pu) Time parameters (seconds)
Uret 0.10 tclear 0.14
Uclear 0.10 trec1 0.14
Urec1 0.10 trec2 0.14
Urec2 0.85 trec3 2.2

Table ECC.6.3.15.5 Voltage against time parameters applicable to Type B, C and D

Power Park Modules connected below 110kV

ECC.6.3.15.6 Voltage against time curve and parameters applicable to Type D Power Park Modules with
a Grid Entry Point or User System Entry Point at or above 110kV, DC Connected Power
Park Modules at the HVDC Interface Point or OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus at the
Interface Point.

Figure ECC.6.3.15.6 - Voltage against time curve applicable to Type D Power Park Modules with a Grid
Entry Point or User System Entry Point at or above 110kV, DC Connected Power Park
Modules at the HVDC Interface Point or OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus at the Interface
Point.

Voltage parameters (pu) Time parameters (seconds)

Uret 0 tclear 0.14
Uclear 0 trec1 0.14
Urec1 0 trec2 0.14
Urec2 0.85 trec3 2.2

Table ECC.6.3.15.6 Voltage against time parameters applicable to a Type D Power Park Modules with a
Grid Entry Point or User System Entry Point at or above 110kV, DC Connected Power
Park Modules at the HVDC Interface Point or OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus at the
Interface Point.

ECC.6.3.15.7 Voltage against time curve and parameters applicable to HVDC Systems and Remote End
HVDC Converter Stations

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

56 of 137
Figure ECC.6.3.15.7 - Voltage against time curve applicable to HVDC Systems and Remote End HVDC
Converter Stations

Voltage parameters (pu) Time parameters (seconds)

Uret 0 tclear 0.14
Uclear 0 trec1 0.14
Urec1 0 trec2 0.14
Urec2 0.85 trec3 2.2

Table ECC.6.3.15.7 Voltage against time parameters applicable to HVDC Systems and Remote End HVDC
Converter Stations

ECC.6.3.15.8 In addition to the requirements in ECC.6.3.15.1 – ECC.6.3.15.7:

(i) Each Type B, Type C and Type D Power Generating Module at the Grid Entry
Point or User System Entry Point, HVDC Equipment (or OTSDUW Plant and
Apparatus at the Interface Point) shall be capable of satisfying the above
requirements when operating at Rated MW output and maximum leading Power
Factor.
(ii) The Company will specify upon request by the User the pre-fault and post fault short
circuit capacity (in MVA) at the Grid Entry Point or User System Entry Point (or
HVDC Interface Point in the case of a remote end HVDC Converter Stations or
Interface Point in the case of OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus).
(iii) The pre-fault voltage shall be taken to be 1.0pu and the post fault voltage shall not be
less than 0.9pu.
(iv) To allow a User to model the Fault Ride Through performance of its Type B, Type
C and/or Type D Power Generating Modules or HVDC Equipment, The Company
will provide additional network data as may reasonably be required by the EU Code
User to undertake such study work in accordance with PC.A.8. Alternatively, The
Company may provide generic values derived from typical cases.
(v) The Company will publish fault level data under maximum and minimum demand
conditions in the Electricity Ten Year Statement.

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

57 of 137
 (vi) Each EU Generator (in respect of Type B, Type C, Type D Power Generating
Modules and DC Connected Power Park Modules) and HVDC System Owners
(in respect of HVDC Systems) shall satisfy the requirements in ECC.6.3.15.8(i) –
(vii) unless the protection schemes and settings for internal electrical faults trips
the Type B, Type C and Type D Power Generating Module, HVDC Equipment
(or OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus) from the System. The protection schemes
and settings should not jeopardise Fault Ride Through performance as specified
in ECC.6.3.15.8(i) – (vii). The undervoltage protection at the Grid Entry Point or
User System Entry Point (or HVDC Interface Point in the case of a Remote
End HVDC Converter Stations or Interface Point in the case of OTSDUW Plant
and Apparatus) shall be set by the EU Generator (or HVDC System Owner or
OTSDUA in the case of OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus) according to the widest
possible range unless The Company and the EU Code User have agreed to
narrower settings. All protection settings associated with undervoltage protection
shall be agreed between the EU Generator and/or HVDC System Owner with The
Company and Relevant Transmission Licensee’s and relevant Network
Operator (as applicable).

(vii) Each Type B, Type C and Type D Power Generating Module, HVDC System and
OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus at the Interface Point shall be designed such that
upon clearance of the fault on the Onshore Transmission System and within 0.5
seconds of restoration of the voltage at the Grid Entry Point or User System Entry
Point or HVDC Interface Point in the case of a Remote End HVDC Converter
Stations or Interface Point in the case of OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus to 90% of
nominal voltage or greater, Active Power output (or Active Power transfer capability
in the case of OTSDW Plant and Apparatus or Remote End HVDC Converter
Stations) shall be restored to at least 90% of the level immediately before the fault.
Once Active Power output (or Active Power transfer capability in the case of
OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus or Remote End HVDC Converter Stations) has
been restored to the required level, Active Power oscillations shall be acceptable
provided that:
- The total Active Energy delivered during the period of the oscillations is at least
that which would have been delivered if the Active Power was constant
- The oscillations are adequately damped.
- In the event of power oscillations, Power Generating Modules shall retain
steady state stability when operating at any point on the Power Generating
Module Performance Chart.
For AC Connected Onshore and Offshore Power Park Modules comprising
switched reactive compensation equipment (such as mechanically switched capacitors
and reactors), such switched reactive compensation equipment shall be controlled
such that it is not switched in or out of service during the fault but may act to assist in
post fault voltage recovery.

ECC.6.3.15.9 General Fault Ride Through requirements for faults in excess of 140ms in duration.

ECC.6.3.15.9.1 General Fault Ride Through requirements applicable to HVDC Equipment and OTSDUW
DC Converters subject to faults and voltage dips in excess of 140ms.

ECC.6.3.15.9.1.1 The requirements applicable to HVDC Equipment including OTSDUW DC Converters

subject to faults and voltage disturbances at the Grid Entry Point or User System Entry
Point or Interface Point or HVDC Interface Point, including Active Power transfer
capability shall be specified in the Bilateral Agreement.

ECC.6.3.15.9.2 Fault Ride Through requirements for Type C and Type D Synchronous Power Generating
Modules and Type C and Type D Power Park Modules and OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus
subject to faults and voltage disturbances on the Onshore Transmission System in excess
of 140ms

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

58 of 137
ECC.6.3.15.9.2.1 The Fault Ride Through requirements for Type C and Type D Synchronous Power
Generating Modules subject to faults and voltage disturbances on the Onshore
Transmission System in excess of 140ms are defined in ECC.6.3.15.9.2.1(a) and the
Fault Ride Through Requirements for Power Park Modules and OTSDUW Plant and
Apparatus subject to faults and voltage disturbances on the Onshore Transmission
System greater than 140ms in duration are defined in ECC.6.3.15.9.2.1(b).

(a) Requirements applicable to Synchronous Power Generating Modules subject to

Supergrid Voltage dips on the Onshore Transmission System greater than 140ms in
duration.

In addition to the requirements of ECC.6.3.15.1 – ECC.6.3.15.8 each Synchronous

Power Generating Module shall:

(i) remain transiently stable and connected to the System without tripping of any
Synchronous Power Generating Module for balanced Supergrid Voltage dips
and associated durations on the Onshore Transmission System (which could be
at the Interface Point) anywhere on or above the heavy black line shown in Figure
ECC.6.3.15.9(a) Appendix 4 and Figures EA.4.3.2(a), (b) and (c) provide an
explanation and illustrations of Figure ECC.6.3.15.9(a); and,

Figure ECC.6.3.15.9(a)

(ii) provide Active Power output at the Grid Entry Point, during Supergrid Voltage
dips on the Onshore Transmission System as described in Figure
ECC.6.3.15.9(a), at least in proportion to the retained balanced voltage at the
Onshore Grid Entry Point (for Onshore Synchronous Power Generating
Modules) or Interface Point (for Offshore Synchronous Power Generating
Modules) (or the retained balanced voltage at the User System Entry Point if
Embedded) and shall generate maximum reactive current (where the voltage at the
Grid Entry Point is outside the limits specified in ECC.6.1.4) without exceeding the
transient rating limits of the Synchronous Power Generating Module and,
(iii) restore Active Power output following Supergrid Voltage dips on the Onshore
Transmission System as described in Figure ECC.6.3.15.9(a), within 1 second of
restoration of the voltage to 1.0pu of the nominal voltage at the:

Onshore Grid Entry Point for directly connected Onshore Synchronous

Power Generating Modules or,

Interface Point for Offshore Synchronous Power Generating Modules

or,
User System Entry Point for Embedded Onshore Synchronous Power
Generating Modules
Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019
59 of 137
 or,
User System Entry Point for Embedded Medium Power Stations not subject
to a Bilateral Agreement which comprise Synchronous Generating Units
and with an Onshore User System Entry Point (irrespective of whether they
are located Onshore or Offshore)

to at least 90% of the level available immediately before the occurrence of the dip.
Once the Active Power output has been restored to the required level, Active
Power oscillations shall be acceptable provided that:

- the total Active Energy delivered during the period of the oscillations is at
least that which would have been delivered if the Active Power was constant
- the oscillations are adequately damped.

For the avoidance of doubt a balanced Onshore Transmission System Supergrid

Voltage meets the requirements of ECC.6.1.5 (b) and ECC.6.1.6.

(b) Requirements applicable to Type C and Type D Power Park Modules and OTSDUW
Plant and Apparatus (excluding OTSDUW DC Converters) subject to Supergrid
Voltage dips on the Onshore Transmission System greater than 140ms in duration.

In addition to the requirements of ECC.6.3.15.5, ECC.6.3.15.6 and ECC.6.3.15.8 (as

applicable) each OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus or each Power Park Module and / or
any constituent Power Park Unit, shall:

(i) remain transiently stable and connected to the System without tripping of any
OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus, or Power Park Module and / or any constituent
Power Park Unit, for balanced Supergrid Voltage dips and associated durations
on the Onshore Transmission System (which could be at the Interface Point)
anywhere on or above the heavy black line shown in Figure ECC.6.3.15.9(b).
Appendix 4 and Figures EA.4.3.4 (a), (b) and (c) provide an explanation and
illustrations of Figure ECC.6.3.15.9(b) ; and,

Supergrid Voltage Level

(% of Nominal)
90
85
80

15

0.14s 1.2s 2.5s 3 minutes

Supergrid Voltage Duration

Figure ECC.6.3.15.9(b)

(ii) be required to satisfy the requirements of ECC.6.3.16. In the case of a Non-

Synchronous Generating Unit or OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus or Power Park
Module where there has been a reduction in the Intermittent Power Source or in
the case of OTSDUW Active Power transfer capability in the time range in Figure
ECC.6.3.15.9(b) an allowance shall be made for the fall in input power and the
corresponding reduction of real and reactive current.

(iii) restore Active Power output (or, in the case of OTSDUW, Active Power transfer
capability), following Supergrid Voltage dips on the Onshore Transmission
Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019
60 of 137
 System as described in Figure ECC.6.3.15.9(b), within 1 second of restoration of
the voltage to 0.9 pu of the nominal voltage at the:

Onshore Grid Entry Point for directly connected Onshore Power Park
Modules or,

Interface Point for OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus and Offshore Power
Park Modules or,

User System Entry Point for Embedded Onshore Power Park Modules or ,

User System Entry Point for Embedded Medium Power Stations which
comprise Power Park Modules not subject to a Bilateral Agreement and with
an Onshore User System Entry Point (irrespective of whether they are
located Onshore or Offshore)

to at least 90% of the level available immediately before the occurrence of the dip
except in the case of a Non-Synchronous Generating Unit, OTSDUW Plant and
Apparatus or Power Park Module where there has been a reduction in the
Intermittent Power Source in the time range in Figure ECC.6.3.15.9(b) that
restricts the Active Power output or, in the case of OTSDUW, Active Power transfer
capability below this level. Once the Active Power output or, in the case of
OTSDUW, Active Power transfer capability has been restored to the required level,
Active Power oscillations shall be acceptable provided that:

- the total Active Energy delivered during the period of the oscillations is at
least that which would have been delivered if the Active Power was constant
- the oscillations are adequately damped.

For the avoidance of doubt a balanced Onshore Transmission System Supergrid

Voltage meets the requirements of ECC.6.1.5 (b) and ECC.6.1.6.

ECC.6.3.15.10 Other Fault Ride Through Requirements

(i) In the case of a Power Park Module, the requirements in ECC.6.3.15.9 do not apply
when the Power Park Module is operating at less than 5% of its Rated MW or during
very high primary energy source conditions when more than 50% of the Power Park
Units in a Power Park Module have been shut down or disconnected under an
emergency shutdown sequence to protect User’s Plant and Apparatus.
(ii) In addition to meeting the conditions specified in ECC.6.1.5(b) and ECC.6.1.6, each Non-
Synchronous Generating Unit, OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus or Power Park
Module and any constituent Power Park Unit thereof will be required to withstand,
without tripping, the negative phase sequence loading incurred by clearance of a close-
up phase-to-phase fault, by System Back-Up Protection on the Onshore
Transmission System operating at Supergrid Voltage.
(iii) Generators in respect of Type B, Type C and Type D Power Park Modules and HVDC
System Owners are required to confirm to The Company, their repeated ability to
operate through balanced and unbalanced faults and System disturbances each time the
voltage at the Grid Entry Point or User System Entry Point falls outside the limits
specified in ECC.6.1.4. Demonstration of this capability would be satisfied by EU
Generators and HVDC System Owners supplying the protection settings of their plant,
informing The Company of the maximum number of repeated operations that can be
performed under such conditions and any limiting factors to repeated operation such as
protection or thermal rating; and
(iv) Notwithstanding the requirements of ECC.6.3.15(v), Power Generating Modules shall
be capable of remaining connected during single phase or three phase auto-reclosures
to the National Electricity Transmission System and operating without power reduction
as long as the voltage and frequency remain within the limits defined in ECC.6.1.4 and
ECC.6.1.2; and
(v) For the avoidance of doubt the requirements specified in ECC.6.3.15 do not apply to
Power Generating Modules connected to either an unhealthy circuit and/or islanded
from the Transmission System even for delayed auto reclosure times.

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

61 of 137
 (vi) To avoid unwanted island operation, Non-Synchronous Generating Units in Scotland
(and those directly connected to a Scottish Offshore Transmission System), Power
Park Modules in Scotland (and those directly connected to a Scottish Offshore
Transmission System), or OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus with an Interface Point in
Scotland shall be tripped for the following conditions:
(1) Frequency above 52Hz for more than 2 seconds
(2) Frequency below 47Hz for more than 2 seconds
(3) Voltage as measured at the Onshore Connection Point or Onshore User
System Entry Point or Offshore Grid Entry Point or Interface Point in the
case of OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus is below 80% for more than 2.5
seconds
Voltage as measured at the Onshore Connection Point or Onshore User System
Entry Point or Offshore Grid Entry Point or Interface Point in the case of
OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus is above 120% (115% for 275kV) for more than 1
second. The times in sections (1) and (2) are maximum trip times. Shorter times
may be used to protect the Non-Synchronous Generating Units, or OTSDUW
Plant and Apparatus.

ECC.6.3.15.11 HVDC System Robustness

ECC.6.3.15.11.1 The HVDC System shall be capable of finding stable operation points with a minimum
change in Active Power flow and voltage level, during and after any planned or
unplanned change in the HVDC System or AC System to which it is connected. The
Company shall specify the changes in the System conditions for which the HVDC
Systems shall remain in stable operation.

ECC.6.3.15.11.2 The HVDC System owner shall ensure that the tripping or disconnection of an HVDC
Converter Station, as part of any multi-terminal or embedded HVDC System, does not
result in transients at the Grid Entry Point or User System Entry Point beyond the limit
specified by The Company in co-ordination with the Relevant Transmission Licensee.

ECC.6.3.15.11.3 The HVDC System shall withstand transient faults on HVAC lines in the network adjacent
or close to the HVDC System, and shall not cause any of the equipment in the HVDC
System to disconnect from the network due to autoreclosure of lines in the System.

ECC.6.3.15.11.4 The HVDC System Owner shall provide information to The Company on the resilience
of the HVDC System to AC System disturbances.

ECC.6.3.16 FAST FAULT CURRENT INJECTION

ECC.6.3.16.1 General Fast Fault Current injection, principles and concepts applicable to Type B, Type
C and Type D Power Park Modules and HVDC Equipment

ECC.6.3.16.1.1 In addition to the requirements of ECC.6.1.4, ECC.6.3.2, ECC.6.3.8 and ECC.A.7, each
Type B, Type C and Type D Power Park Module or each Power Park Unit within a Type
B, Type C and Type D Power Park Module or HVDC Equipment shall be required to
satisfy the following requirements. For the purposes of this requirement, current and
voltage are assumed to be positive phase sequence values.
ECC.6.3.16.1.2 For any balanced fault which results in the positive phase sequence voltage falling below
the voltage levels specified in ECC.6.1.4 at the Grid Entry Point or User System Entry
Point (if Embedded), each Type B, Type C and Type D Power Park Module or each
Power Park Unit within a Type B, Type C and Type D Power Park Module or HVDC
Equipment shall, as a minimum (unless an alternative type registered solution has
otherwise been agreed with The Company), be required to inject a reactive current above
the heavy black line shown in Figure ECC.16.3.16(a)

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

62 of 137
 Figure ECC.6.3.16(a)

ECC.6.3.16.1.3 Figure ECC.6.3.16(a) defines the reactive current (IR) to be supplied under a faulted condition
which shall be dependent upon the pre-fault operating condition and the retained voltage at
the Grid Entry Point or User System Entry Point voltage. For the avoidance of doubt, each
Power Park Module (and any constituent element thereof) or HVDC Equipment, shall be
required to inject a reactive current (IR) which shall be not less than its pre-fault reactive current
and which shall as a minimum increase with the fall in the retained voltage each time the
voltage at the Grid Entry Point or User System Entry Point (if Embedded) falls below 0.9pu
whilst ensuring the overall rating of the Power Park Module (or constituent element thereof)
or HVDC Equipment shall not be exceeded.

ECC.6.3.16.1.4 In addition to the requirements of ECC.6.3.16.1.2 and ECC.6.3.16.1.3, each Type B, Type C
and Type D Power Park Module or each Power Park Unit within a Type B, Type C and
Type D Power Park Module or HVDC Equipment shall be required to inject reactive current
above the shaded area shown in Figure ECC.6.3.16(b) and Figure ECC.6.3.16(c) which
illustrates how the reactive current shall be injected over time from fault inception in which the
value of IR is determined from Figure ECC.6.3.16(a). In figures ECC.6.3.16(b) and
ECC.6.3.16(c) IR is the value of the reactive current (IR) less the prefault current. In this
context fault inception is taken to be when the voltage at the Grid Entry Point or User System
Entry Point falls below 0.9pu.

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

63 of 137
 Figure ECC.16.3.16(b)

Figure ECC.16.3.16(c)

ECC.6.3.16.1.5 The injected reactive current (IR)shall be above the shaded area shown in Figure
ECC.6.3.16(b) and Figure ECC.6.3.16(c) with priority being given to reactive current injection
with any residual capability being supplied as active current. Under any faulted condition,
where the voltage falls outside the limits specified in ECC.6.1.4, there would be no requirement
for each Power Park Module or constituent Power Park Unit or HVDC Equipment to exceed
its transient or steady state rating of 1.0pu as defined in ECC.6.3.16.1.7.
ECC.6.3.16.1.6 For any planned or switching events (as outlined in ECC.6.1.7 of the Grid Code) or unplanned
events which results in temporary power frequency over voltages (TOV’s), each Type B, Type
C and Type D Power Generating Module or each Power Park Unit within a Type B, Type
C or Type D Power Park Module or HVDC Equipment will be required to satisfy the transient
overvoltage limits specified in the Bilateral Agreement.

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

64 of 137
ECC.6.3.16.1.7 For the purposes of this requirement, the maximum rated current is taken to be the maximum
current each Power Park Module (or the sum of the constituent Power Park Units which
are connected to the System at the Grid Entry Point or User System Entry Point) or HVDC
Converter is capable of supplying. In the case of a Power Park Module this would be the
maximum rated current at the Grid Entry Point (or User System Entry Point if Embedded)
when the Power Park Module is operating at rated Active Power and rated Reactive
Power (as required under ECC.6.3.2) whilst operating over the nominal voltage range as
required under ECC.6.1.4 at the Grid Entry Point (or User System Entry Point if
Embedded). In the case of a Power Park Unit forming part of a Type B, Type C and Type
D Power Park Module, the maximum rated current expected would be the maximum current
supplied from each constituent Power Park Unit when the Power Park Module is operating
at rated Active Power and rated Reactive Power over the nominal voltage operating range
as defined in ECC.6.1.4 less the contribution from the reactive compensation equipment.
For example, in the case of a 100MW Power Park Module (consisting of 50 x 2MW Power
Park Units and +10MVAr reactive compensation equipment) the Rated Active Power at the
Grid Entry Point (or User System Entry Point if Embedded) would be taken as 100MW
and the rated Reactive Power at the Grid Entry Point or (User System Entry Point if
Embedded) would be taken as 32.8MVArs (ie Rated MW output operating at 0.95 Power
Factor lead or 0.95 Power Factor lag as required under ECC.6.3.2.4). In this example, the
maximum rating of each constituent Power Park Unit is obtained when the Power Park
Module is operating at 100MW, and +32.8MVAr less 10MVAr equal to 22.8MVAr or
– 32.8MVAr (less the reactive compensation equipment component of 10MVAr (ie -
22.8MVAr) when operating within the normal voltage operating range as defined under
ECC.6.1.4 (allowing for any reactive compensation equipment or losses in the Power Park
Module array network).
For the avoidance of doubt, the total current of 1.0pu would be assumed to be on the MVA
rating of the Power Park Module or HVDC Equipment (less losses). Under all normal and
abnormal conditions, the steady state or transient rating of the Power Park Module (or
any constituent element including the Power Park Units) or HVDC Equipment,
would not be required to exceed the locus shown in Figure 16.3.16(d).

Figure ECC.16.3.16(d)

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

65 of 137
ECC.6.3.16.1.7 Each Type B, Type C and Type D Power Park Module or HVDC Equipment shall be
designed to ensure a smooth transition between voltage control mode and fault ride
through mode in order to prevent the risk of instability which could arise in the transition
between the steady state voltage operating range as defined under ECC.6.1.4 and
abnormal conditions where the retained voltage falls below 90% of nominal voltage. Such
a requirement is necessary to ensure adequate performance between the pre-fault
operating condition of the Power Park Module or HVDC Equipment and its subsequent
behaviour under faulted conditions. EU Generators and HVDC System Owners are
required to both advise and agree with The Company the control strategy employed to
mitigate the risk of such instability.
ECC.6.3.16.1.8 Each Type B, Type C and Type D Power Park Module or HVDC Equipment shall be
designed to reduce the risk of transient over voltage levels arising following clearance of
the fault and in order to mitigate the risk of any form of instability which could result. EU
Generators or HVDC System Owners shall be permitted to block or employ other means
where the anticipated transient overvoltage would otherwise exceed the maximum
permitted values specified in ECC.6.1.7. Figure ECC.16.3.16(b) and Figure
ECC.16.3.16(c) shows the impact of variations in fault clearance time. For main
protection operating times this would not exceed 140ms. The requirements for the
maximum transient overvoltage withstand capability and associated time duration, shall
be agreed between the EU Code User and The Company as part of the Bilateral
Agreement. Where the EU Code User is able to demonstrate to The Company that
blocking or other control strategies are required in order to prevent the risk of transient
over voltage excursions as specified in ECC.6.3.16.1.5, EU Generators and HVDC
System Owners are required to both advise and agree with The Company the control
strategy, which must also include the approach taken to de-blocking

ECC.6.3.16.1.9 In addition to the requirements of ECC.6.3.15, Generators in respect of Type B, Type C

and Type D Power Park Modules or each Power Park Unit within a Type B, Type C
and Type D Power Park Module or DC Connected Power Park Modules and HVDC
System Owners in respect of HVDC Systems are required to confirm to The Company,
their repeated ability to supply Fast Fault Current to the System each time the voltage
at the Grid Entry Point or User System Entry Point falls outside the limits specified in
ECC.6.1.4. EU Generators and HVDC Equipment Owners should inform The
Company of the maximum number of repeated operations that can be performed under
such conditions and any limiting factors to repeated operation such as protection or
thermal rating.
ECC.6.3.16.1.10 To permit additional flexibility for example from Power Park Modules made up of full
converter machines, DFIG machines, induction generators or HVDC Systems or Remote
End HVDC Converters, The Company will permit transient or marginal deviations below
the shaded area shown in Figures ECC.16.3.16(b) or ECC.16.3.16(c) provided the
injected reactive current supplied exceeds the area bound in Figure ECC.6.3.16(b) or
ECC.6.3.16(c). Such agreement would be confirmed and agreed between The Company
and Generator.
ECC.6.3.16.1.11 In the case of a Power Park Module or DC Connected Power Park Module, where it is
not practical to demonstrate the compliance requirements of ECC.6.3.16.1.1 to
ECC.6.3.16.1.6 at the Grid Entry Point or User System Entry Point, The Company will
accept compliance of the above requirements at the Power Park Unit terminals.
ECC.6.3.16.1.12 For the avoidance of doubt, Generators in respect of Type C and Type D Power Park
Modules and OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus are also required to satisfy the
requirements of ECC.6.3.15.9.2.1(b) which specifies the requirements for fault ride
through for voltage dips in excess of 140ms.

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

66 of 137
ECC.6.3.16.1.13 In the case of an unbalanced fault, each Type B, Type C and Type D Power Park Module
or each Power Park Unit within a Type B, Type C and Type D Power Park Module or HVDC
Equipment shall be required to inject reactive current (IR) which shall as a minimum increase
with the fall in the retained unbalanced voltage up to its maximum reactive current without
exceeding the transient rating of the Power Park Module (or constituent element thereof) or
HVDC Equipment.

ECC.6.3.16.1.14 In the case of a unbalanced fault, the Generator or HVDC System Owner shall confirm
to The Company their ability to prevent transient overvoltages arising on the remaining
healthy phases and the control strategy employed.

ECC.6.3.17 SUBSYNCHRONOUS TORSIONAL INTERACTION DAMPING CAPABILITY, POWER

OSCILLATION DAMPING CAPABILITY AND CONTROL FACILITIES FOR HVDC SYSTEMS
ECC.6.3.17.1 Subsynchronous Torsional Interaction Damping Capability
ECC.6.3.17.1.1 HVDC System Owners, or Generators in respect of OTSDUW DC Converters or Network
Operators in the case of an Embedded HVDC Systems not subject to a Bilateral
Agreement must ensure that any of their Onshore HVDC Systems or OTSDUW DC
Converters will not cause a sub-synchronous resonance problem on the Total System. Each
HVDC System or OTSDUW DC Converter is required to be provided with sub-synchronous
resonance damping control facilities. HVDC System Owners and EU Generators in respect
of OTSDUW DC Converters should also be aware of the requirements in ECC.6.1.9 and
ECC.6.1.10.
ECC.6.3.17.1.2 Where specified in the Bilateral Agreement, each OTSDUW DC Converter is required to be
provided with power oscillation damping or any other identified additional control facilities.
ECC.6.3.17.1.3 Each HVDC System shall be capable of contributing to the damping of power oscillations on
the National Electricity Transmission System. The control system of the HVDC System
shall not reduce the damping of power oscillations. The Company in coordination with the
Relevant Transmission Licensee (as applicable) shall specify a frequency range of
oscillations that the control scheme shall positively damp and the System conditions when
this occurs, at least accounting for any dynamic stability assessment studies undertaken by
the Relevant Transmission Licensee or The Company (as applicable) to identify the stability
limits and potential stability problems on the National Electricity Transmission System. The
selection of the control parameter settings shall be agreed between The Company in
coordination with the Relevant Transmission Licensee and the HVDC System Owner.
ECC.6.3.17.1.4 The Company shall specify the necessary extent of SSTI studies and provide input
parameters, to the extent available, related to the equipment and relevant system conditions
on the National Electricity Transmission System. The SSTI studies shall be provided by
the HVDC System Owner. The studies shall identify the conditions, if any, where SSTI exists
and propose any necessary mitigation procedure. The responsibility for undertaking the
studies in accordance with these requirements lies with the Relevant Transmission Licensee
in co-ordiantion with The Company. All parties shall be informed of the results of the studies.
ECC.6.3.17.1.5 All parties identified by The Company as relevant to each Grid Entry Point or User System
Entry Point (if Embedded) , including the Relevant Transmission Licensee, shall contribute
to the studies and shall provide all relevant data and models as reasonably required to meet
the purposes of the studies. The Company shall collect this data and, where applicable, pass
it on to the party responsible for the studies in accordance with Article 10 of European
Regulation 2016/1447. Specific information relating to the interface schedules, input/output
requirements, timing and submission of any studies or data would be agreed between the
User and The Company and specified (where applicable) in the Bilateral Agreement.

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

67 of 137
ECC.6.3.17.1.6 The Company in coordination with the Relevant Transmission Licensee shall assess the
result of the SSTI studies. If necessary for the assessment, The Company in coordination
with the Relevant Transmission Licensee may request that the HVDC System Owner
perform further SSTI studies in line with this same scope and extent.
ECC.6.3.17.1.7 The Company in coordination with the Relevant Transmission Licensee may review or
replicate the study. The HVDC System Owner shall provide The Company with all relevant
data and models that allow such studies to be performed. Submission of this data to Relevant
Transmission Licensee’s shall be in accordance with the requirements of Article 10 of
European Regulation 2016/1447.
ECC.6.3.17.1.8 Any necessary mitigating actions identified by the studies carried out in accordance with
paragraphs ECC.6.3.17.1.4 or ECC.6.3.17.1.6, and reviewed by The Company in
coordination with the Relevant Transmission Licensees, shall be undertaken by the HVDC
System Owner as part of the connection of the new HVDC Converter Station.
ECC.6.3.17.1.9 As part of the studies and data flow in respect of ECC.6.3.17.1 – ECC.6.3.17.8 the following
data exchange would take place with the time scales being pursuant to the terms of the
Bilateral Agreement.
Information supplied by The Company and Relevant Transmission Licensees
Studies provided by the User
User review
The Company review
Changes to studies and agreed updates between The Company, the Relevant
Transmission Licensee and User
Final review
ECC.6.3.17.2 Interaction between HVDC Systems or other User’s Plant and Apparatus
ECC.6.3.17.2.1 Notwithstanding the requirements of ECC6.1.9 and ECC.6.1.10, when several HVDC
Converter Stations or other User’s Plant and Apparatus are within close electrical proximity,
The Company may specify that a study is required, and the scope and extent of that study, to
demonstrate that no adverse interaction will occur. If adverse interaction is identified, the
studies shall identify possible mitigating actions to be implemented to ensure compliance with
the requirements of ECC.6.1.9
ECC.6.3.17.2.2 The studies shall be carried out by the connecting HVDC System Owner with the participation
of all other User’s identified by The Company in coordination with Relevant Transmission
Licensees as relevant to each Connection Point.
ECC.6.3.17.2.3 All User’s identified by The Company as relevant to the connection , and where applicable
Relevant Transmission Licensee’s, shall contribute to the studies and shall provide all
relevant data and models as reasonably required to meet the purposes of the studies. The
Company shall collect this input and, where applicable, pass it on to the party responsible for
the studies in accordance with Article 10 of European Regulation 2016/1447. Specific
information relating to the interface schedules, input/output requirements, timing and
submission of any studies or data would be agreed between the User and The Company and
specified (where applicable) in the Bilateral Agreement.
ECC.6.3.17.2.4 The Company in coordination with Relevant Transmission Licensees shall assess the
result of the studies based on their scope and extent as specified in accordance with
ECC.6.3.17.2.1. If necessary for the assessment, The Company in coordination with the
Relevant Transmission Licensee may request the HVDC System Owner to perform further
studies in line with the scope and extent specified in accordance with ECC.6.3.17.2.1.
ECC.6.3.17.2.5 The Company in coordination with the Relevant Transmission Licensee may review or
replicate some or all of the studies. The HVDC System Owner shall provide The Company
all relevant data and models that allow such studies to be performed.

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

68 of 137
ECC.6.3.17.2.6 The EU Code User and The Company, in coordination with the Relevant Transmission
Licensee, shall agree any mitigating actions identified by the studies carried out following the
site specific requirements and works, including any transmission reinforcement works and / or
User works required to ensure that all sub-synchronous oscillations are sufficiently damped.
ECC.6.1.17.3 Fast Recovery from DC faults
ECC.6.1.17.3.1 HVDC Systems, including DC overhead lines, shall be capable of fast recovery from transient
faults within the HVDC System. Details of this capability shall be subject to the Bilateral
Agreement and the protection requirements specified in ECC.6.2.2 .
ECC.6.1.17.4 Maximum loss of Active Power
ECC.6.1.14.4.1 An HVDC System shall be configured in such a way that its loss of Active Power injection in
the GB Synchronous Area shall be in accordance with the requirements of the SQSS.

ECC.6.3.18 SYSTEM TO GENERATOR OPERATIONAL INTERTRIPPING SCHEMES

ECC.6.3.18.1 The Company may require that a System to Generator Operational Intertripping Scheme
be installed as part of a condition of the connection of the EU Generator. Scheme specific
details shall be included in the relevant Bilateral Agreement and shall, include the following
information:
(1) the relevant category(ies) of the scheme (referred to as Category 1 Intertripping
Scheme, Category 2 Intertripping Scheme, Category 3 Intertripping Scheme and
Category 4 Intertripping Scheme);
(2) the Power Generating Module to be either permanently armed or that can be instructed
to be armed in accordance with BC2.8;
(3) the time within which the Power Generating Module circuit breaker(s) are to be
automatically tripped;
(4) the location to which the trip signal will be provided by The Company. Such location will
be provided by The Company prior to the commissioning of the Power Generating
Module.
Where applicable, the Bilateral Agreement shall include the conditions on the National
Electricity Transmission System during which The Company may instruct the System to
Generator Operational Intertripping Scheme to be armed and the conditions that would
initiate a trip signal.
ECC.6.3.18.2 The time within which the Power Generating Module(s) circuit breaker(s) need to be
automatically tripped is determined by the specific conditions local to the EU Generator. This
‘time to trip’ (defined as the time from provision of the trip signal by The Company to the
specified location, to circuit breaker main contact opening) can typically range from 100ms to
10sec. A longer time to trip may allow the initiation of an automatic reduction in the Power
Generating Module(s) output prior to the automatic tripping of the Power Generating
Module(s) circuit breaker. Where applicable The Company may provide separate trip signals
to allow for either a longer or shorter ‘time to trip’ to be initiated.
ECC.6.4 General Network Operator And Non-Embedded Customer Requirements
ECC.6.4.1 This part of the Grid Code describes the technical and design criteria and performance
requirements for Network Operators and Non-Embedded Customers.

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

69 of 137
 Neutral Earthing
ECC.6.4.2 At nominal System voltages of 132kV and above the higher voltage windings of three phase
transformers and transformer banks connected to the National Electricity Transmission
System must be star connected with the star point suitable for connection to earth. The
earthing and lower voltage winding arrangement shall be such as to ensure that the Earth
Fault Factor requirement of paragraph ECC.6.2.1.1 (b) will be met on the National Electricity
Transmission System at nominal System voltages of 132kV and above.
Frequency Sensitive Relays
ECC.6.4.3 As explained under OC6, each Network Operator and Non Embedded Customer, will make
arrangements that will facilitate automatic low Frequency Disconnection of Demand (based
on Annual ACS Conditions). ECC.A.5.5. of Appendix E5 includes specifications of the local
percentage Demand that shall be disconnected at specific frequencies. The manner in which
Demand subject to low Frequency disconnection will be split into discrete MW blocks is
specified in OC6.6. Technical requirements relating to Low Frequency Relays are also listed
in Appendix E5.
Operational Metering
ECC.6.4.4 Where The Company can reasonably demonstrate that an Embedded Medium Power
Station or Embedded HVDC System has a significant effect on the National Electricity
Transmission System, it may require the Network Operator within whose System the
Embedded Medium Power Station or Embedded HVDC System is situated to ensure that
the operational metering equipment described in ECC.6.5.6 is installed such that The
Company can receive the data referred to in ECC.6.5.6. In the case of an Embedded
Medium Power Station subject to, or proposed to be subject to a Bilateral Agreement, The
Company shall notify such Network Operator of the details of such installation in writing
within 3 months of being notified of the application to connect under CUSC and in the case of
an Embedded Medium Power Station not subject to, or not proposed to be subject to a
Bilateral Agreement in writing as a Site Specific Requirement in accordance with the
timescales in CUSC 6.5.5. In either case the Network Operator shall ensure that the data
referred to in ECC.6.5.6 is provided to The Company.
ECC.6.4.5 Reactive Power Requirements at each EU Grid Supply Point
ECC.6.4.5.1 At each EU Grid Supply Point, Non-Embedded Customers and Network Operatorswho
are EU Code Users shall ensure their Systems are capable of steady state operation within
the Reactive Power limits as specified in ECC.6.4.5.1(a) and ECC.6.4.5.1(b). Where The
Company requires a Reactive Power range which is broader than the limits defined in
ECC.6.4.5.1(a) and ECC.6.4.5.1(b), this will be agreed as a reasonable requirement through
joint assessment between the relevant EU Code User and The Company and justified in
accordance with the requirements of ECC.6.4.5.1(c), (d), (e) and (f). For Non-Embedded
Customers who are EU Code Users, the Reactive Power range at each EU Grid Supply
Point, under both importing and exporting conditions, shall not exceed 48% of the larger of
the Maximum Import Capability or Maximum Export Capability (0.9 Power Factor import
or export of Active Power), except in situations where either technical or financial system
benefits are demonstrated for Non-Embedded Customers and accepted by The Company
in coordination with the Relevant Transmission Licensee.
(a) For Network Operators who are EU Code Users at each EU Grid Supply Point, the
Reactive Power range shall not exceed:
(i) 48 percent (i.e. 0.9 Power Factor) of the larger of the Maximum Import
Capability or Maximum Export Capability during Reactive Power import
(consumption); and
(ii) 48 percent (i.e. 0.9 Power Factor) of the larger of the Maximum Import
Capability or Maximum Export Capability during Reactive Power export
(production);

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

70 of 137
 Except in situations where either technical or financial system benefits are proved by The
Company in coordination with the Relevant Transmission Licensee and the relevant
Network Operator through joint analysis.
(b) The Company in co-ordination with the Relevant Transmission Licensee shall agree
with the Network Operator on the scope of the analysis, which shall determine the
optimal solution for Reactive Power exchange between their Systems at each EU Grid
Supply Point, taking adequately into consideration the specific System characteristics,
variable structure of power exchange, bidirectional flows and the Reactive Power
capabilities of the Network Operator’s System. Any proposed solutions shall take the
above issues into account and shall be agreed as a reasonable requirement through joint
assessment between the relevant Network Operator or Non-Embedded Customer and
The Company in coordination with the Relevant Transmission Licensee. In the event
of a shared site between a GB Code User and EU Code User, the requirements would
generally be allocated to each User on the basis of their Demand in the case of a
Network Operator who is a GB Code User and applied on the basis of the Maximum
Import Capability or Maximum Export Capability as specified in ECC.6.4.5.1 in the
case of a Network Operator who is an EU Code User.
(c) The Company in coordination with the Relevant Transmission Licensee may specify
the Reactive Power capability range at the EU Grid Supply Point in another form other
than Power Factor.
(d) Notwithstanding the ability of Network Operators or Non Embedded Customers to
apply for a derogation from ECC.6.4.5.1 (e), where an EU Grid Supply Point is shared
between a Power Generating Module and a Non-Embedded Customers System, the
Reactive Power range would be apportioned to each EU Code User at their Connection
Point.
ECC.6.4.5.2 Where agreed with the Network Operator who is an EU Code User and justified though
appropriate System studies, The Company may reasonably require the Network
Operator not to export Reactive Power at the EU Grid Supply Point (at nominal
voltage) at an Active Power flow of less than 25 % of the Maximum Import Capability.
Where applicable, the Authority may require The Company in coordination with the
Relevant Transmission Licensee to justify its request through a joint analysis with the
relevant Network Operator and demonstrate that any such requirement is reasonable. If
this requirement is not justified based on the joint analysis, The Company in coordination
with the Relevant Transmission Licensee and the Network Operator shall agree on
necessary requirements according to the outcomes of a joint analysis.
ECC.6.4.5.3 Notwithstanding the requirements of ECC.6.4.5.1(b) and subject to agreement between
The Company and the relevant Network Operator there may be a requirement to
actively control the exchange of Reactive Power at the EU Grid Supply Point for the
benefit of the Total System. The Company and the relevant Network Operator shall
agree on a method to carry out this control, to ensure the justified level of security of
supply for both parties. Any such solution including joint study work and timelines would
be agreed between The Company and the relevant Network Operator as reasonable,
efficient and proportionate.
ECC.6.4.5.4 In accordance with ECC.6.4.5.3, the relevant Network Operator may require The
Company to consider its Network Operator’s System for Reactive Power
management. Any such requirement would need to be agreed between The Company
and the relevant Network Operator and justified by The Company.

ECC.6.5 Communications Plant

ECC.6.5.1 In order to ensure control of the National Electricity Transmission System,
telecommunications between Users and The Company must (including in respect of any
OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus at the OTSUA Transfer Time), if required by The Company,
be established in accordance with the requirements set down below.
Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019
71 of 137
ECC.6.5.2 Control Telephony and System Telephony
ECC.6.5.2.1 Control Telephony is the principle method by which a User's Responsible
Engineer/Operator and The Company’s Control Engineers speak to one another for the
purposes of control of the Total System in both normal and emergency operating conditions.
Control Telephony provides secure point to point telephony for routine Control Calls, priority
Control Calls and emergency Control Calls.
ECC.6.5.2.2 System Telephony is an alternate method by which a User's Responsible
Engineer/Operator and The Company’s Control Engineers speak to one another for the
purposes of control of the Total System in both normal operating conditions and where
practicable, emergency operating conditions. System Telephony uses the Public Switched
Telephony Network to provide telephony for Control Calls, inclusive of emergency Control
Calls.
ECC.6.5.2.3 Calls made and received over Control Telephony and System Telephony may be recorded
and subsequently replayed for commercial and operational reasons.
ECC.6.5.3 Supervisory Tones
ECC.6.5.3.1 Control Telephony supervisory tones indicate to the calling and receiving parties dial,
engaged, ringing, secondary engaged (signifying that priority may be exercised) and priority
disconnect tones.
ECC.6.5.3.2 System Telephony supervisory tones indicate to the calling and receiving parties dial,
engaged and ringing tones.
ECC.6.5.4 Obligations in respect of Control Telephony and System Telephony
ECC.6.5.4.1 Where The Company requires Control Telephony, Users are required to use the Control
Telephony with The Company in respect of all Connection Points with the National
Electricity Transmission System and in respect of all Embedded Large Power Stations
and Embedded HVDC Systems. The Company will have Control Telephony installed at the
User’s Control Point where the User’s telephony equipment is not capable of providing the
required facilities or is otherwise incompatible with the Transmission Control Telephony.
Details of and relating to the Control Telephony required are contained in the Bilateral
Agreement.
ECC.6.5.4.2 Where in The Company’s sole opinion the installation of Control Telephony is not
practicable at a User’s Control Point(s), The Company shall specify in the Bilateral
Agreement whether System Telephony is required. Where System Telephony is required
by The Company, the User shall ensure that System Telephony is installed.
ECC.6.5.4.3 Where System Telephony is installed, Users are required to use the System Telephony
with The Company in respect of those Control Point(s) for which it has been installed. Details
of and relating to the System Telephony required are contained in the Bilateral Agreement.
ECC.6.5.4.4 Where Control Telephony or System Telephony is installed, routine testing of such facilities
may be required by The Company (not normally more than once in any calendar month). The
User and The Company shall use reasonable endeavours to agree a test programme and
where The Company requests the assistance of the User in performing the agreed test
programme the User shall provide such assistance.
ECC.6.5.4.5 Control Telephony and System Telephony shall only be used for the purposes of
operational voice communication between The Company and the relevant User.
ECC.6.5.4.6 Control Telephony contains emergency calling functionality to be used for urgent operational
communication only. Such functionality enables The Company and Users to utilise a priority
call in the event of an emergency. The Company and Users shall only use such priority call
functionality for urgent operational communications.
ECC.6.5.5 Technical Requirements for Control Telephony and System Telephony

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

72 of 137
ECC.6.5.5.1 Detailed information on the technical interfaces and support requirements for Control
Telephony is provided in the Control Telephony Electrical Standard identified in the Annex
to the General Conditions. Where additional information, or information in relation to Control
Telephony applicable in Scotland, is requested by Users, this will be provided, where
possible, by The Company.
ECC.6.5.5.2 System Telephony shall consist of a dedicated Public Switched Telephone Network
telephone line that shall be installed and configured by the relevant User. The Company shall
provide a dedicated free phone number (UK only), for the purposes of receiving incoming calls
to The Company, which Users shall utilise for System Telephony. System Telephony shall
only be utilised by The Company’s Control Engineer and the User’s Responsible
Engineer/Operator for the purposes of operational communications.
ECC.6.5.6 Operational Metering
ECC.6.5.6.1 It is an essential requirement for The Company and Network Operators to have visibility of
the real time output and status of indications of User’s Plant and Apparatus so they can
control the operation of the System.
ECC.6.5.6.2 Type B, Type C and Type D Power Park Modules, HVDC Equipment, Network Operators
and Non Embedded Customers are required to be capable of exchanging operational
metering data with The Company and Relevant Transmission Licensees (as applicable)
with time stamping. Time stamping would generally be to a sampling rate of 1 second or better
unless otherwise specified by The Company in the Bilateral Agreement.
ECC.6.5.6.3 The Company in coordination with the Relevant Transmission Licensee shall specify in the
Bilateral Agreement the operational metering signals to be provided by the EU Generator,
HVDC System Owner, Network Operator or Non-Embedded Customer. In the case of
Network Operators and Non-Embedded Customers, detailed specifications relating to the
operational metering standards at EU Grid Supply Points and the data required are published
as Electrical Standards in the Annex to the General Conditions.

ECC.6.5.6.4 (a) The Company or The Relevant Transmission Licensee, as applicable, shall provide
system control and data acquisition (SCADA) outstation interface equipment., each EU
Code User shall provide such voltage, current, Frequency, Active Power and Reactive
Power measurement outputs and plant status indications and alarms to the
Transmission SCADA outstation interface equipment as required by The Company in
accordance with the terms of the Bilateral Agreement. In the case of OTSDUW, the
User shall provide such SCADA outstation interface equipment and voltage, current,
Frequency, Active Power and Reactive Power measurement outputs and plant status
indications and alarms to the SCADA outstation interface equipment as required by The
Company in accordance with the terms of the Bilateral Agreement.
(b) For the avoidance of doubt, for Active Power and Reactive Power measurements,
circuit breaker and disconnector status indications from:
(i) CCGT Modules from Type B, Type C and Type D Power Generating Modules,
the outputs and status indications must each be provided to The Company on an
individual CCGT Unit basis. In addition, where identified in the Bilateral
Agreement, Active Power and Reactive Power measurements from Unit
Transformers and/or Station Transformers must be provided.
(ii) For Type B, Type C and Type D Power Park Modules the outputs and status
indications must each be provided to The Company on an individual Power Park
Module basis. In addition, where identified in the Bilateral Agreement, Active
Power and Reactive Power measurements from station transformers must be
provided.
(iii) In respect of OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus, the outputs and status indications
must be provided to The Company for each piece of electrical equipment. In
addition, where identified in the Bilateral Agreement, Active Power and Reactive
Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019
73 of 137
 Power measurements at the Interface Point must be provided.
(c) For the avoidance of doubt, the requirements of ECC.6.5.6.4(a) in the case of a Cascade
Hydro Scheme will be provided for each Generating Unit forming part of that Cascade
Hydro Scheme. In the case of Embedded Generating Units forming part of a Cascade
Hydro Scheme the data may be provided by means other than the SCADA outstation
located at the Power Station, such as, with the agreement of the Network Operator in
whose system such Embedded Generating Unit is located, from the Network
Operator’s SCADA system to The Company. Details of such arrangements will be
contained in the relevant Bilateral Agreements between The Company and the
Generator and the Network Operator.
(d) In the case of a Power Park Module, additional energy input signals (e.g. wind speed,
and wind direction) may be specified in the Bilateral Agreement. A Power Available
signal will also be specified in the Bilateral Agreement. The signals would be used to
establish the potential level of energy input from the Intermittent Power Source for
monitoring pursuant to ECC.6.6.1 and Ancillary Services and will, in the case of a wind
farm, be used to provide The Company with advanced warning of excess wind speed
shutdown and to determine the level of Headroom available from Power Park Modules
for the purposes of calculating response and reserve. For the avoidance of doubt, the
Power Available signal would be automatically provided to The Company and represent
the sum of the potential output of all available and operational Power Park Units within
the Power Park Module. The refresh rate of the Power Available signal shall be
specified in the Bilateral Agreement.
ECC.6.5.6.5 In addition to the requirements of the Balancing Codes, each HVDC Converter unit of an
HVDC system shall be equipped with an automatic controller capable of receiving instructions
from The Company. This automatic controller shall be capable of operating the HVDC
Converter units of the HVDC System in a coordinated way. The Company shall specify the
automatic controller hierarchy per HVDC Converter unit.
ECC.6.5.6.6 The automatic controller of the HVDC System referred to in paragraph ECC.6.5.6.5 shall be
capable of sending the following signal types to The Company (where applicable) :
(a) operational metering signals, providing at least the following:
(i) start-up signals;
(ii) AC and DC voltage measurements;
(iii) AC and DC current measurements;
(iv) Active and Reactive Power measurements on the AC side;
(v) DC power measurements;
(vi) HVDC Converter unit level operation in a multi-pole type HVDC Converter;
(vii) elements and topology status; and
(viii) Frequency Sensitive Mode, Limited Frequency Sensitive Mode Overfrequency and
Limited Frequency Sensitive Mode Underfrequency Active Power ranges (where
applicable).
(b) alarm signals, providing at least the following:
(i) emergency blocking;
(ii) ramp blocking;
(iii) fast Active Power reversal (where applicable)
ECC.6.5.6.7 The automatic controller referred to in ECC.6.5.6.5 shall be capable of receiving the following signal
types from The Company (where applicable) :
(a) operational metering signals, receiving at least the following:
(i) start-up command;
Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019
74 of 137
 (ii) Active Power setpoints;
(iii) Frequency Sensitive Mode settings;
(iv) Reactive Power, voltage or similar setpoints;
(v) Reactive Power control modes;
(vi) power oscillation damping control; and

(b) alarm signals, receiving at least the following:

(i) emergency blocking command;
(ii) ramp blocking command;
(iii) Active Power flow direction; and
(iv)) fast Active Power reversal command.
ECC.6.5.6.8 With regards to operational metering signals, the resolution and refresh rate required would be 1
second or better unless otherwise agreed with The Company
Instructor Facilities
ECC.6.5.7 The User shall accommodate Instructor Facilities provided by The Company for the receipt
of operational messages relating to System conditions.
Electronic Data Communication Facilities
ECC.6.5.8 (a) All BM Participants must ensure that appropriate electronic data communication facilities
are in place to permit the submission of data, as required by the Grid Code, to The
Company.
(b) In addition,
(1) any User that wishes to participate in the Balancing Mechanism;
or
(2) any BM Participant in respect of its BM Units at a Power Station and the BM
Participant is required to provide all Part 1 System Ancillary Services in
accordance with ECC.8.1 (unless The Company has otherwise agreed)
must ensure that appropriate automatic logging devices are installed at the Control
Points of its BM Units to submit data to and to receive instructions from The Company,
as required by the Grid Code. For the avoidance of doubt, in the case of an
Interconnector User the Control Point will be at the Control Centre of the appropriate
Externally Interconnected System Operator.

(c) Detailed specifications of these required electronic facilities will be provided by The
Company on request and they are listed as Electrical Standards in the Annex to the
General Conditions.
Facsimile Machines
ECC.6.5.9 Each User and The Company shall provide a facsimile machine or machines:
(a) in the case of Generators, at the Control Point of each Power Station and at its Trading
Point;
(b) in the case of The Company and Network Operators, at the Control Centre(s); and
(c) in the case of Non-Embedded Customers and HVDC Equipment owners at the Control
Point.

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

75 of 137
 Each User shall notify, prior to connection to the System of the User's Plant and Apparatus,
The Company of its or their telephone number or numbers, and will notify The Company of
any changes. Prior to connection to the System of the User's Plant and Apparatus The
Company shall notify each User of the telephone number or numbers of its facsimile machine
or machines and will notify any changes.
ECC.6.5.10 Busbar Voltage
The Relevant Transmission Licensee shall, subject as provided below, provide each
Generator or HVDC System Owner at each Grid Entry Point where one of its Power
Stations or HVDC Systems is connected with appropriate voltage signals to enable the
Generator or HVDC System owner to obtain the necessary information to permit its Power
Generating Modules (including DC Connected Power Park Modules) or HVDC System to
be Synchronised to the National Electricity Transmission System. The term "voltage
signal" shall mean in this context, a point of connection on (or wire or wires from) a relevant
part of Transmission Plant and/or Apparatus at the Grid Entry Point, to which the
Generator or HVDC System Owner, with The Company's agreement (not to be
unreasonably withheld) in relation to the Plant and/or Apparatus to be attached, will be able
to attach its Plant and/or Apparatus (normally a wire or wires) in order to obtain measurement
outputs in relation to the busbar.
ECC.6.5.11 Bilingual Message Facilities
(a) A Bilingual Message Facility is the method by which the User’s Responsible
Engineer/Operator, the Externally Interconnected System Operator and The
Company’s Control Engineers communicate clear and unambiguous information in two
languages for the purposes of control of the Total System in both normal and emergency
operating conditions.
(b) A Bilingual Message Facility, where required, will provide up to two hundred pre-defined
messages with up to five hundred and sixty characters each. A maximum of one minute
is allowed for the transmission to, and display of, the selected message at any destination.
The standard messages must be capable of being displayed at any combination of
locations and can originate from any of these locations. Messages displayed in the UK
will be displayed in the English language.
(c) Detailed information on a Bilingual Message Facility and suitable equipment required for
individual User applications will be provided by The Company upon request.
ECC.6.6 Monitoring
ECC.6.6.1 System Monitoring
ECC.6.6.1.1 Each Type C and Type D Power Generating Module including DC Connected Power Park
Modules shall be equipped with a facility to provide fault recording and monitoring of dynamic
system behaviour. These requirements are necessary to record conditions during System
faults and detect poorly damped power oscillations. This facility shall record the following
parameters:
— voltage,
— Active Power,
— Reactive Power, and
— Frequency.
ECC.6.6.1.2 Detailed specifications for fault recording and dynamic system monitoring equipment including
triggering criteria and sample rates are listed as Electrical Standards in the Annex to the
General Conditions. For Dynamic System Monitoring, the specification for the
communication protocol and recorded data shall also be included in the Electrical Standard.

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

76 of 137
ECC.6.6.1.3 The Company in coordination with the Relevant Transmission Licensee shall specify any
requirements for Power Quality Monitoring in the Bilateral Agreement. The power quality
parameters to be monitored, the communication protocols for the recorded data and the time
frames for compliance shall be agreed between The Company, the Relevant Transmission
Licensee and EU Generator.
ECC.6.6.1.4 HVDC Systems shall be equipped with a facility to provide fault recording and dynamic system
behaviour monitoring of the following parameters for each of its HVDC Converter Stations:
(a) AC and DC voltage;
(b) AC and DC current;
(c) Active Power;
(d) Reactive Power; and
(e) Frequency.
ECC.6.6.1.5 The Company in coordination with the Relevant Transmission Licensee may specify
quality of supply parameters to be complied with by the HVDC System, provided a reasonable
prior notice is given.
ECC.6.6.1.6 The particulars of the fault recording equipment referred to in ECC.6.6.1.4, including analogue
and digital channels, the settings, including triggering criteria and the sampling rates, shall be
agreed between the HVDC System Owner and The Company in coordination with the
Relevant Transmission Licensee.
ECC.6.6.1.7 All dynamic system behaviour monitoring equipment shall include an oscillation trigger,
specified by The Company, in coordination with the Relevant Transmission Licensee, with
the purpose of detecting poorly damped power oscillations.
ECC.6.6.1.8 The facilities for quality of supply and dynamic system behaviour monitoring shall include
arrangements for the HVDC System Owner and The Company and/or Relevant
Transmission Licensee to access the information electronically. The communications
protocols for recorded data shall be agreed between the HVDC System Owner, The
Company and the Relevant Transmission Licensee.
ECC.6.6.2 Frequency Response Monitoring
ECC.6.6.2.1 Each Type C and Type D Power Generating Module including DC Connected Power Park
Modules shall be fitted with equipment capable of monitoring the real time Active Power
output of a Power Generating Module when operating in Frequency Sensitive Mode.
ECC.6.6.2.2
Detailed specifications of the Active Power Frequency response requirements including the
communication requirements are listed as Electrical Standards in the Annex to the General
Conditions.
ECC.6.6.2.3 The Company in co-ordination with the Relevant Transmission Licensee shall specify
additional signals to be provided by the EU Generator by monitoring and recording devices in
order to verify the performance of the Active Power Frequency response provision of
participating Power Generating Modules.

ECC.6.6.3 Compliance Monitoring

ECC.6.6.3.1 For all on site monitoring by The Company of witnessed tests pursuant to the CP or OC5 or
ECP the User shall provide suitable test signals as outlined in either OC5.A.1or ECP.A.4 (as
applicable).
ECC.6.6.3.2 The signals which shall be provided by the User to The Company for onsite monitoring shall
be of the following resolution, unless otherwise agreed by The Company:
(i) 1 Hz for reactive range tests

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

77 of 137
 (ii) 10 Hz for frequency control tests
(iii) 100 Hz for voltage control tests
ECC.6.6.3.3 The User will provide all relevant signals for this purpose in the form of d.c. voltages within the
range -10V to +10V. In exceptional circumstances some signals may be accepted as d.c.
voltages within the range -60V to +60V with prior agreement between the User and The
Company. All signals shall:
(i) in the case of an Onshore Power Generating Module or Onshore HVDC Convertor
Station, be suitably terminated in a single accessible location at the Generator or HVDC
Converter Station owner’s site.
(ii) in the case of an Offshore Power Generating Module and OTSDUW Plant and
Apparatus, be transmitted onshore without attenuation, delay or filtering which would
result in the inability to fully demonstrate the objectives of the test, or identify any potential
safety or plant instability issues, and be suitably terminated in a single robust location
normally located at or near the onshore Interface Point of the Offshore Transmission
System to which it is connected.
ECC.6.6.3.4 All signals shall be suitably scaled across the range. The following scaling would (unless The
Company notify the User otherwise) be acceptable to The Company:
(a) 0MW to Maximum Capacity or Interface Point Capacity 0-8V dc
(b) Maximum leading Reactive Power to maximum lagging Reactive Power -8 to 8V dc
(c) 48 – 52Hz as -8 to 8V dc
(d) Nominal terminal or connection point voltage -10% to +10% as -8 to 8V dc
ECC.6.6.3.5 The User shall provide to The Company a 230V power supply adjacent to the signal terminal
location.

ECC.7 SITE RELATED CONDITIONS

ECC.7.1 Not used.
ECC.7.2 Responsibilities For Safety
ECC.7.2.1 Any User entering and working on its Plant and/or Apparatus (including, until the OTSUA
Transfer Time, any OTSUA) on a Transmission Site will work to the Safety Rules of the
Relevant Transmission Licensee, as advised by The Company.
ECC.7.2.2 For User Sites, The Company shall procure that the Relevant Transmission Licensee
entering and working on Transmission Plant and/or Apparatus on a User Site will work to
the User’s Safety Rules.
ECC.7.2.3 A User may, with a minimum of six weeks notice, apply to The Company for permission to
work according to that Users own Safety Rules when working on its Plant and/or Apparatus
on a Transmission Site rather than those set out in ECC.7.2.1. If The Company is of the
opinion that the User's Safety Rules provide for a level of safety commensurate with those
set out in ECC.7.2.1, The Company will notify the User, in writing, that, with effect from the
date requested by the User, the User may use its own Safety Rules when working on its
Plant and/or Apparatus on the Transmission Site. For a Transmission Site, in forming its
opinion, The Company will seek the opinion of the Relevant Transmission Licensee. Until
receipt of such written approval from The Company, the User will continue to use the Safety
Rules as set out in ECC.7.2.1.

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

78 of 137
ECC.7.2.4 In the case of a User Site, The Company may, with a minimum of six weeks notice, apply to
a User for permission for the Relevant Transmission Licensee to work according to the
Relevant Transmission Licensee’s Safety Rules when working on Transmission Plant
and/or Apparatus on that User Site, rather than the User’s Safety Rules. If the User is of
the opinion that the Relevant Transmission Licensee’s Safety Rules, provide for a level of
safety commensurate with that of that User’s Safety Rules, it will notify The Company, in
writing, that, with effect from the date requested by The Company, that the Relevant
Transmission Licensee may use its own Safety Rules when working on its Transmission
Plant and/or Apparatus on that User’s Site. Until receipt of such written approval from the
User, The Company shall procure that the Relevant Transmission Licensee shall continue
to use the User’s Safety Rules.
ECC.7.2.5 For a Transmission Site, if The Company gives its approval for the User’s Safety Rules to
apply to the User when working on its Plant and/or Apparatus, that does not imply that the
User’s Safety Rules will apply to entering the Transmission Site and access to the User’s
Plant and/or Apparatus on that Transmission Site. Bearing in mind the Relevant
Transmission Licensee’s responsibility for the whole Transmission Site, entry and access
will always be in accordance with the Relevant Transmission Licensee’s site access
procedures. For a User Site, if the User gives its approval for Relevant Transmission
Licensee Safety Rules to apply to the Relevant Transmission Licensee when working on
its Plant and Apparatus, that does not imply that the Relevant Transmission Licensee’s
Safety Rules will apply to entering the User Site, and access to the Transmission Plant and
Apparatus on that User Site. Bearing in mind the User’s responsibility for the whole User
Site, entry and access will always be in accordance with the User’s site access procedures.
ECC.7.2.6 For User Sites, Users shall notify The Company of any Safety Rules that apply to the
Relevant Transmission Licensee’s staff working on User Sites. The Company shall
procure that the Relevant Transmission Licensee shall notify Users of any Safety Rules
that apply to the User’s staff working on the Transmission Site.
ECC.7.2.7 Each Site Responsibility Schedule must have recorded on it the Safety Rules which apply
to each item of Plant and/or Apparatus.
ECC.7.2.8 In the case of OTSUA a User Site or Transmission Site shall, for the purposes of this
ECC.7.2, include a site at which there is an Interface Point until the OTSUA Transfer Time
when it becomes part of the National Electricity Transmission System.
ECC.7.3 Site Responsibility Schedules
ECC.7.3.1 In order to inform site operational staff and The Company’s Control Engineers of agreed
responsibilities for Plant and/or Apparatus at the operational interface, a Site Responsibility
Schedule shall be produced for Connection Sites (and in the case of OTSUA, until the
OTSUA Transfer Time, Interface Sites) for The Company, the Relevant Transmission
Licensee and Users with whom they interface.
ECC.7.3.2 The format, principles and basic procedure to be used in the preparation of Site
Responsibility Schedules are set down in Appendix 1.
ECC.7.4 Operation And Gas Zone Diagrams
Operation Diagrams
ECC.7.4.1 An Operation Diagram shall be prepared for each Connection Site at which a Connection
Point exists (and in the case of OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus, by User’s for each Interface
Point) using, where appropriate, the graphical symbols shown in Part 1A of Appendix 2.
Users should also note that the provisions of OC11 apply in certain circumstances.

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

79 of 137
ECC.7.4.2 The Operation Diagram shall include all HV Apparatus and the connections to all external
circuits and incorporate numbering, nomenclature and labelling, as set out in OC11. At those
Connection Sites (or in the case of OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus, Interface Points)
where gas-insulated metal enclosed switchgear and/or other gas-insulated HV Apparatus is
installed, those items must be depicted within an area delineated by a chain dotted line which
intersects gas-zone boundaries. The nomenclature used shall conform with that used on the
relevant Connection Site and circuit (and in the case of OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus,
Interface Point and circuit). The Operation Diagram (and the list of technical details) is
intended to provide an accurate record of the layout and circuit interconnections, ratings and
numbering and nomenclature of HV Apparatus and related Plant.
ECC.7.4.3 A non-exhaustive guide to the types of HV Apparatus to be shown in the Operation Diagram
is shown in Part 2 of Appendix 2, together with certain basic principles to be followed unless
equivalent principles are approved by The Company.
Gas Zone Diagrams
ECC.7.4.4 A Gas Zone Diagram shall be prepared for each Connection Site at which a Connection
Point (and in the case of OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus, by User’s for an Interface Point)
exists where gas-insulated switchgear and/or other gas-insulated HV Apparatus is utilised.
They shall use, where appropriate, the graphical symbols shown in Part 1B of Appendix 2.
ECC.7.4.5 The nomenclature used shall conform with that used in the relevant Connection Site and
circuit (and in the case of OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus, relevant Interface Point and
circuit).
ECC.7.4.6 The basic principles set out in Part 2 of Appendix 2 shall be followed in the preparation of Gas
Zone Diagrams unless equivalent principles are approved by The Company.
Preparation of Operation and Gas Zone Diagrams for Users' Sites and Transmission Interface
Sites
ECC.7.4.7 In the case of a User Site, the User shall prepare and submit to The Company, an Operation
Diagram for all HV Apparatus on the User side of the Connection Point (and in the case of
OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus, on what will be the Offshore Transmission side of the
Connection Point and the Interface Point) and The Company shall provide the User with
an Operation Diagram for all HV Apparatus on the Transmission side of the Connection
Point (and in the case of OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus on what will be the Onshore
Transmission side of the Interface Point, in accordance with the timing requirements of the
Bilateral Agreement and/or Construction Agreement prior to the Completion Date under
the Bilateral Agreement and/or Construction Agreement.
ECC.7.4.8 The User will then prepare, produce and distribute, using the information submitted on the
User's Operation Diagram and The Company’s Operation Diagram, a composite
Operation Diagram for the complete Connection Site (and in the case of OTSDUW Plant
and Apparatus, Interface Point), also in accordance with the timing requirements of the
Bilateral Agreement and/or Construction Agreement .
ECC.7.4.9 The provisions of ECC.7.4.7 and ECC.7.4.8 shall apply in relation to Gas Zone Diagrams
where gas-insulated switchgear and/or other gas-insulated HV Apparatus is utilised.
Preparation of Operation and Gas Zone Diagrams for Transmission Sites
ECC.7.4.10 In the case of an Transmission Site, the User shall prepare and submit to The Company an
Operation Diagram for all HV Apparatus on the User side of the Connection Point, in
accordance with the timing requirements of the Bilateral Agreement and/or Construction
Agreement.
ECC.7.4.11 The Company will then prepare, produce and distribute, using the information submitted on
the User's Operation Diagram, a composite Operation Diagram for the complete
Connection Site, also in accordance with the timing requirements of the Bilateral Agreement
and/or Construction Agreement .

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

80 of 137
ECC.7.4.12 The provisions of ECC.7.4.10 and ECC.7.4.11 shall apply in relation to Gas Zone Diagrams
where gas-insulated switchgear and/or other gas-insulated HV Apparatus is utilised.
ECC.7.4.13 Changes to Operation and Gas Zone Diagrams
ECC.7.4.13.1 When The Company has decided that it wishes to install new HV Apparatus or it wishes to
change the existing numbering or nomenclature of Transmission HV Apparatus at a
Transmission Site, The Company will (unless it gives rise to a Modification under the
CUSC, in which case the provisions of the CUSC as to the timing apply) one month prior to
the installation or change, send to each such User a revised Operation Diagram of that
Transmission Site, incorporating the new Transmission HV Apparatus to be installed and
its numbering and nomenclature or the changes, as the case may be. OC11 is also relevant
to certain Apparatus.
ECC.7.4.13.2 When a User has decided that it wishes to install new HV Apparatus, or it wishes to change
the existing numbering or nomenclature of its HV Apparatus at its User Site, the User will
(unless it gives rise to a Modification under the CUSC, in which case the provisions of the
CUSC as to the timing apply) one month prior to the installation or change, send to The
Company a revised Operation Diagram of that User Site incorporating the EU Code User
HV Apparatus to be installed and its numbering and nomenclature or the changes as the case
may be. OC11 is also relevant to certain Apparatus.
ECC.7.4.13.3 The provisions of ECC.7.4.13.1 and ECC.7.4.13.2 shall apply in relation to Gas Zone
Diagrams where gas-insulated switchgear and/or other gas-insulated HV Apparatus is
installed.
Validity
ECC.7.4.14 (a) The composite Operation Diagram prepared by The Company or the User, as the case
may be, will be the definitive Operation Diagram for all operational and planning activities
associated with the Connection Site. If a dispute arises as to the accuracy of the
composite Operation Diagram, a meeting shall be held at the Connection Site, as soon
as reasonably practicable, between The Company and the User, to endeavour to resolve
the matters in dispute.
(b) The composite Operation Diagram prepared by The Company or the User, as the case
may be, will be the definitive Operation Diagram for all operational and planning activities
associated with the Interface Point until the OTSUA Transfer Time. If a dispute arises
as to the accuracy of the composite Operation Diagram prior to the OTSUA Transfer
Time, a meeting shall be held at the Interface Point, as soon as reasonably practicable,
between The Company and the User, to endeavour to resolve the matters in dispute.
(c) An equivalent rule shall apply for Gas Zone Diagrams where they exist for a Connection
Site.
ECC.7.4.15 In the case of OTSUA, a User Site and Transmission Site shall, for the purposes of this
ECC.7.4, include a site at which there is an Interface Point until the OTSUA Transfer Time
when it becomes part of the National Electricity Transmission System and references to
HV Apparatus in this ECC.7.4 shall include references to HV OTSUA.
ECC.7.5 Site Common Drawings
ECC.7.5.1 Site Common Drawings will be prepared for each Connection Site (and in the case of
OTSDUW, each Interface Point) and will include Connection Site (and in the case of
OTSDUW, Interface Point) layout drawings, electrical layout drawings, common
Protection/control drawings and common services drawings.
Preparation of Site Common Drawings for a User Site and Transmission Interface Site

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

81 of 137
ECC.7.5.2 In the case of a User Site, The Company shall prepare and submit to the User, Site Common
Drawings for the Transmission side of the Connection Point (and in the case of OTSDUW
Plant and Apparatus, on what will be the Onshore Transmission side of the Interface
Point,) and the User shall prepare and submit to The Company, Site Common Drawings
for the User side of the Connection Point (and in the case of OTSDUW, on what will be the
Offshore Transmission side of the Interface Point) in accordance with the timing
requirements of the Bilateral Agreement and/or Construction Agreement.
ECC.7.5.3 The User will then prepare, produce and distribute, using the information submitted on the
Transmission Site Common Drawings, Site Common Drawings for the complete
Connection Site (and in the case of OTSDUW, Interface Point) in accordance with the timing
requirements of the Bilateral Agreement and/or Construction Agreement .
Preparation of Site Common Drawings for a Transmission Site
ECC.7.5.4 In the case of a Transmission Site, the User will prepare and submit to The Company Site
Common Drawings for the User side of the Connection Point in accordance with the timing
requirements of the Bilateral Agreement and/or Construction Agreement.
ECC.7.5.5 The Company will then prepare, produce and distribute, using the information submitted in
the User's Site Common Drawings, Site Common Drawings for the complete Connection
Site in accordance with the timing requirements of the Bilateral Agreement and/or
Construction Agreement.
ECC.7.5.6 When a User becomes aware that it is necessary to change any aspect of the Site Common
Drawings at a Connection Site (and in the case of OTSDUW, Interface Point) it will:
(a) if it is a User Site, as soon as reasonably practicable, prepare, produce and distribute
revised Site Common Drawings for the complete Connection Site (and in the case of
OTSDUW, Interface Point); and
(b) if it is a Transmission Site, as soon as reasonably practicable, prepare and submit to
The Company revised Site Common Drawings for the User side of the Connection
Point (and in the case of OTSDUW, Interface Point) and The Company will then, as
soon as reasonably practicable, prepare, produce and distribute, using the information
submitted in the User's Site Common Drawings, revised Site Common Drawings for
the complete Connection Site (and in the case of OTSDUW, Interface Point).
In either case, if in the User's reasonable opinion the change can be dealt with by it notifying
The Company in writing of the change and for each party to amend its copy of the Site
Common Drawings (or where there is only one set, for the party holding that set to amend
it), then it shall so notify and each party shall so amend. If the change gives rise to a
Modification under the CUSC, the provisions of the CUSC as to timing will apply.
ECC.7.5.7 When The Company becomes aware that it is necessary to change any aspect of the Site
Common Drawings at a Connection Site(and in the case of OTSDUW, Interface Point) it
will:
(a) if it is a Transmission Site, as soon as reasonably practicable, prepare, produce and
distribute revised Site Common Drawings for the complete Connection Site (and in the
case of OTSDUW, Interface Point); and
(b) if it is a User Site, as soon as reasonably practicable, prepare and submit to the User
revised Site Common Drawings for the Transmission side of the Connection Point (in
the case of OTSDUW, Interface Point) and the User will then, as soon as reasonably
practicable, prepare, produce and distribute, using the information submitted in the
Transmission Site Common Drawings, revised Site Common Drawings for the
complete Connection Site (and in the case of OTSDUW, Interface Point).
In either case, if in The Company's reasonable opinion the change can be dealt with by it
notifying the User in writing of the change and for each party to amend its copy of the Site
Common Drawings (or where there is only one set, for the party holding that set to amend
it), then it shall so notify and each party shall so amend. If the change gives rise to a
Modification under the CUSC, the provisions of the CUSC as to timing will apply.
Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019
82 of 137
 Validity
ECC.7.5.8 (a) The Site Common Drawings for the complete Connection Site prepared by the User
or The Company, as the case may be, will be the definitive Site Common Drawings for
all operational and planning activities associated with the Connection Site. If a dispute
arises as to the accuracy of the Site Common Drawings, a meeting shall be held at the
Site, as soon as reasonably practicable, between The Company and the User, to
endeavour to resolve the matters in dispute.
(b) The Site Common Drawing prepared by The Company or the User, as the case may
be, will be the definitive Site Common Drawing for all operational and planning activities
associated with the Interface Point until the OTSUA Transfer Time. If a dispute arises
as to the accuracy of the composite Operation Diagram prior to the OTSUA Transfer
Time, a meeting shall be held at the Interface Point, as soon as reasonably practicable,
between The Company and the User, to endeavour to resolve the matters in dispute.
ECC.7.5.9 In the case of OTSUA, a User Site and Transmission Site shall, for the purposes of this
ECC.7.5, include a site at which there is an Interface Point until the OTSUA Transfer Time
when it becomes part of the National Electricity Transmission System.
ECC.7.6 Access
ECC.7.6.1 The provisions relating to access to Transmission Sites by Users, and to Users' Sites by
Relevant Transmission Licensees, are set out in each Interface Agreement (or in the case
of Interfaces Sites prior to the OTSUA Transfer Time agreements in similar form) with, the
Relevant Transmission Licensee and each User.
ECC.7.6.2 In addition to those provisions, where a Transmission Site contains exposed HV conductors,
unaccompanied access will only be granted to individuals holding an Authority for Access
issued by the Relevant Transmission Licensee.
ECC.7.6.3 The procedure for applying for an Authority for Access is contained in the Interface
Agreement.
ECC.7.7 Maintenance Standards
ECC.7.7.1 It is the User's responsibility to ensure that all its Plant and Apparatus (including, until the
OTSUA Transfer Time, any OTSUA) on a Transmission Site is tested and maintained
adequately for the purpose for which it is intended, and to ensure that it does not pose a threat
to the safety of any Transmission Plant, Apparatus or personnel on the Transmission Site.
The Company will have the right to inspect the test results and maintenance records relating
to such Plant and Apparatus at any time
ECC.7.7.2 For User Sites, The Company shall procure that the Relevant Transmission Licensee has
a responsibility to ensure that all Transmission Plant and Apparatus on a User Site is tested
and maintained adequately for the purposes for which it is intended and to ensure that it does
not pose a threat to the safety of any User’s Plant, Apparatus or personnel on the User Site.
The User will have the right to inspect the test results and maintenance records relating to
such Plant and Apparatus on its User Site at any time.
ECC.7.8 Site Operational Procedures
ECC.7.8.1 Where there is an interface with National Electricity Transmission System The Company
and Users must make available staff to take necessary Safety Precautions and carry out
operational duties as may be required to enable work/testing to be carried out and for the
operation of Plant and Apparatus (including, prior to the OTSUA Transfer Time, any
OTSUA) connected to the Total System.

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

83 of 137
ECC.7.9 Generators and HVDC System owners shall provide a Control Point in respect of each
Power Station directly connected to the National Electricity Transmission System and
Embedded Large Power Station or HVDC System to receive and act upon instructions
pursuant to OC7 and BC2 at all times that Power Generating Modules at the Power Station
are generating or available to generate or HVDC Systems are importing or exporting or
available to do so. The Control Point shall be continuously manned except where the
Bilateral Agreement in respect of such Embedded Power Station specifies that compliance
with BC2 is not required, where the Control Point shall be manned between the hours of 0800
and 1800 each day.

ECC.8 ANCILLARY SERVICES

ECC.8.1 System Ancillary Services
The ECC contain requirements for the capability for certain Ancillary Services, which are
needed for System reasons ("System Ancillary Services"). There follows a list of these
System Ancillary Services, together with the paragraph number of the ECC (or other part of
the Grid Code) in which the minimum capability is required or referred to. The list is divided
into two categories: Part 1 lists the System Ancillary Services which
(a) Generators in respect of Type C and Type D Power Generating Modules (including
DC Connected Power Park Modules) are obliged to provide; and,
(b) HVDC System Owners are obliged to have the capability to supply;
(c) Generators in respect of Medium Power Stations (except Embedded Medium Power
Stations) are obliged to provide in respect of Reactive Power only:
and Part 2 lists the System Ancillary Services which Generators will provide only if
agreement to provide them is reached with The Company:
Part 1
(a) Reactive Power supplied (in accordance with ECC.6.3.2)
(b) Frequency Control by means of Frequency sensitive generation - ECC.6.3.7 and
BC3.5.1
Part 2
(c) Frequency Control by means of Fast Start - ECC.6.3.14
(d) Black Start Capability - ECC.6.3.5
(e) System to Generator Operational Intertripping

ECC.8.2 Commercial Ancillary Services

Other Ancillary Services are also utilised by The Company in operating the Total System if
these have been agreed to be provided by a User (or other person) under an Ancillary
Services Agreement or under a Bilateral Agreement, with payment being dealt with under
an Ancillary Services Agreement or in the case of Externally Interconnected System
Operators or Interconnector Users, under any other agreement (and in the case of
Externally Interconnected System Operators and Interconnector Users includes ancillary
services equivalent to or similar to System Ancillary Services) ("Commercial Ancillary
Services"). The capability for these Commercial Ancillary Services is set out in the relevant
Ancillary Services Agreement or Bilateral Agreement (as the case may be).

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

84 of 137
 APPENDIX E1 - SITE RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULES

FORMAT, PRINCIPLES AND BASIC PROCEDURE TO BE USED IN THE PREPARATION

OF SITE RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULES

ECC.A.1.1 Principles
Types of Schedules
ECC.A.1.1.1 At all Complexes (which in the context of this ECC shall include, Interface Sites until the
OTSUA Transfer Time) the following Site Responsibility Schedules shall be drawn up using
the relevant proforma attached or with such variations as may be agreed between The
Company and Users, but in the absence of agreement the relevant proforma attached will be
used. In addition, in the case of OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus, and in readiness for the
OTSUA Transfer Time, the User shall provide The Company with the necessary information
such that Site Responsibility Schedules in this form can be prepared by the Relevant
Transmission Licensees for the Transmission Interface Site:
(a) Schedule of HV Apparatus
(b) Schedule of Plant, LV/MV Apparatus, services and supplies;
(c) Schedule of telecommunications and measurements Apparatus.
Other than at Power Generating Module (including DC Connected Power Park Modules)
and Power Station locations, the schedules referred to in (b) and (c) may be combined.
New Connection Sites
ECC.A.1.1.2 In the case of a new Connection Site each Site Responsibility Schedule for a Connection
Site shall be prepared by The Company in consultation with relevant Users at least 2 weeks
prior to the Completion Date (or, where the OTSUA is to become Operational prior to the
OTSUA Transfer Time, an alternative date) under the Bilateral Agreement and/or
Construction Agreement for that Connection Site (which may form part of a Complex). In
the case of a new Interface Site where the OTSUA is to become Operational prior to the
OTSUA Transfer Time each Site Responsibility Schedule for an Interface Site shall be
prepared by The Company in consultation with relevant Users at least 2 weeks prior to the
Completion Date under the Bilateral Agreement and/or Construction Agreement for that
Interface Site (which may form part of a Complex) (and references to and requirements
placed on “Connection Site” in this ECC shall also be read as “Interface Site” where the
context requires and until the OTSUA Transfer Time). Each User shall, in accordance with
the timing requirements of the Bilateral Agreement and/or Construction Agreement ,
provide information to The Company to enable it to prepare the Site Responsibility
Schedule.
Sub-division
ECC.A.1.1.3 Each Site Responsibility Schedule will be subdivided to take account of any separate
Connection Sites on that Complex.
Scope
ECC.A.1.1.4 Each Site Responsibility Schedule shall detail for each item of Plant and Apparatus:
(a) Plant/Apparatus ownership;
(b) Site Manager (Controller) (except in the case of Plant/Apparatus located in SPT’s
Transmission Area);
(c) Safety issues comprising applicable Safety Rules and Control Person or other
responsible person (Safety Co-ordinator), or such other person who is responsible for
safety;
(d) Operations issues comprising applicable Operational Procedures and control engineer;
(e) Responsibility to undertake statutory inspections, fault investigation and maintenance.
Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019
85 of 137
 Each Connection Point shall be precisely shown.
Detail
ECC.A.1.1.5 (a) In the case of Site Responsibility Schedules referred to in ECC.A.1.1.1(b) and (c), with
the exception of Protection Apparatus and Intertrip Apparatus operation, it will be
sufficient to indicate the responsible User or Transmission Licensee, as the case may
be.
(b) In the case of the Site Responsibility Schedule referred to in ECC.A.1.1.1(a) and for
Protection Apparatus and Intertrip Apparatus, the responsible management unit must
be shown in addition to the User or Transmission Licensee, as the case may be.
ECC.A.1.1.6 The HV Apparatus Site Responsibility Schedule for each Connection Site must include
lines and cables emanating from or traversing1 the Connection Site.
Issue Details
ECC.A.1.1.7 Every page of each Site Responsibility Schedule shall bear the date of issue and the issue
number.
Accuracy Confirmation
ECC.A.1.1.8 When a Site Responsibility Schedule is prepared it shall be sent by The Company to the
Users involved for confirmation of its accuracy.
ECC.A.1.1.9 The Site Responsibility Schedule shall then be signed on behalf of The Company by its
Responsible Manager (see ECC.A.1.1.16) and on behalf of each User involved by its
Responsible Manager (see ECC.A.1.1.16), by way of written confirmation of its accuracy.
The Site Responsibility Schedule will also be signed on behalf of the Relevant
Transmission Licensee by its Responsible Manager.
Distribution and Availability
ECC.A.1.1.10 Once signed, two copies will be distributed by The Company, not less than two weeks prior
to its implementation date, to each User which is a party on the Site Responsibility
Schedule, accompanied by a note indicating the issue number and the date of
implementation.
ECC.A.1.1.11 The Company and Users must make the Site Responsibility Schedules readily available
to operational staff at the Complex and at the other relevant control points.
Alterations to Existing Site Responsibility Schedules
ECC.A 1.1.12 Without prejudice to the provisions of ECC.A.1.1.15 which deals with urgent changes, when a
User identified on a Site Responsibility Schedule becomes aware that an alteration is
necessary, it must inform The Company immediately and in any event 8 weeks prior to any
change taking effect (or as soon as possible after becoming aware of it, if less than 8 weeks
remain when the User becomes aware of the change). This will cover the commissioning of
new Plant and/or Apparatus at the Connection Site, whether requiring a revised Bilateral
Agreement or not, de-commissioning of Plant and/or Apparatus, and other changes which
affect the accuracy of the Site Responsibility Schedule.
ECC.A 1.1.13 Where The Company has been informed of a change by a User, or itself proposes a change,
it will prepare a revised Site Responsibility Schedule by not less than six weeks prior to the
change taking effect (subject to it having been informed or knowing of the change eight weeks
prior to that time) and the procedure set out in ECC.A.1.1.8 shall be followed with regard to
the revised Site Responsibility Schedule.

1 Details of circuits traversing the Connection Site are only needed from the date which is the earlier of the date when the Site
Responsibility Schedule is first updated and 15th October 2004. In Scotland or Offshore, from a date to be agreed between The
Company and the Relevant Transmission Licensee.
Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019
86 of 137
ECC.A 1.1.14 The revised Site Responsibility Schedule shall then be signed in accordance with the
procedure set out in ECC.A.1.1.9 and distributed in accordance with the procedure set out in
ECC.A.1.1.10, accompanied by a note indicating where the alteration(s) has/have been made,
the new issue number and the date of implementation.
Urgent Changes
ECC.A.1.1.15 When a User identified on a Site Responsibility Schedule, or The Company, as the case
may be, becomes aware that an alteration to the Site Responsibility Schedule is necessary
urgently to reflect, for example, an emergency situation which has arisen outside its control,
the User shall notify The Company, or The Company shall notify the User, as the case may
be, immediately and will discuss:
(a) what change is necessary to the Site Responsibility Schedule;
(b) whether the Site Responsibility Schedule is to be modified temporarily or permanently;
(c) the distribution of the revised Site Responsibility Schedule.
The Company will prepare a revised Site Responsibility Schedule as soon as possible, and
in any event within seven days of it being informed of or knowing the necessary alteration.
The Site Responsibility Schedule will be confirmed by Users and signed on behalf of The
Company and Users and the Relevant Transmission Licensee (by the persons referred to
in ECC.A.1.1.9) as soon as possible after it has been prepared and sent to Users for
confirmation.
Responsible Managers
ECC.A.1.1.16 Each User shall, prior to the Completion Date under each Bilateral Agreement and/or
Construction Agreement, supply to The Company a list of Managers who have been duly
authorised to sign Site Responsibility Schedules on behalf of the User and The Company
shall, prior to the Completion Date under each Bilateral Agreement and/or Construction
Agreement, supply to that User the name of its Responsible Manager and the name of the
Relevant Transmission Licensee’s Responsible Manager and each shall supply to the
other any changes to such list six weeks before the change takes effect where the change is
anticipated, and as soon as possible after the change, where the change was not anticipated.
De-commissioning of Connection Sites
ECC.A.1.1.17 Where a Connection Site is to be de-commissioned, whichever of The Company or the User
who is initiating the de-commissioning must contact the other to arrange for the Site
Responsibility Schedule to be amended at the relevant time.

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

87 of 137
 PROFORMA FOR SITE RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE

AREA

COMPLEX: SCHEDULE:

CONNECTION SITE:

SAFETY OPERATIONS PARTY

RESPON
SIBLE
FOR
UNDERT
AKING
CONTRO STATUT
L OR ORY
OTHER INSPECTI
CONTRO
RESPON ONS,
L OR
SIBLE FAULT
OTHER
ITEM PLANT PERSON INVESTI
RESPON
OF APPAR SAF (SAFETY OPERATI GATION
SIBLE
PLANT/ ATUS SITE ETY CO- ONAL &
ENGINEE REMARK
APPAR OWNE MANA RUL ORDINAT PROCED MAINTEN
R S
ATUS R GER ES OR URES ANCE

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

88 of 137
 PAGE: ISSUE NO: DATE:

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

89 of 137
 PROFORMA FOR SITE RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE

AREA

COMPLEX: SCHEDULE:

CONNECTION SITE:

SAFETY OPERATIONS PARTY

RESPON
SIBLE
FOR
UNDERT
AKING
CONTRO STATUT
L OR ORY
OTHER INSPECTI
CONTRO
RESPON ONS,
L OR
SIBLE FAULT
OTHER
ITEM PLANT PERSON INVESTI
RESPON
OF APPAR SAF (SAFETY OPERATI GATION
SIBLE
PLANT/ ATUS SITE ETY CO- ONAL &
ENGINEE REMARK
APPAR OWNE MANA RUL ORDINAT PROCED MAINTEN
R S
ATUS R GER ES OR URES ANCE

NOTES:

SIGNE NAM COMPAN DAT

D: E: Y: E:

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

90 of 137
 SIGNE NAM COMPAN DAT
D: E: Y: E:

SIGNE NAM COMPAN DAT

D: E: Y: E:

SIGNE NAM COMPAN DAT

D: E: Y: E:

PAGE: ISSUE NO: DATE:

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

91 of 137
Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019
92 of 137
Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019
93 of 137
 APPENDIX E2 - OPERATION DIAGRAMS

PART 1A - PROCEDURES RELATING TO OPERATION DIAGRAMS

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

94 of 137
Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019
95 of 137
Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019
96 of 137
 PART E1B - PROCEDURES RELATING TO GAS ZONE DIAGRAMS

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

97 of 137
 PART E2 - NON-EXHAUSTIVE LIST OF APPARATUS
TO BE INCLUDED ON OPERATION DIAGRAMS

Basic Principles
(1) Where practicable, all the HV Apparatus on any Connection Site shall be shown on one
Operation Diagram. Provided the clarity of the diagram is not impaired, the layout shall
represent as closely as possible the geographical arrangement on the Connection Site.
(2) Where more than one Operation Diagram is unavoidable, duplication of identical information
on more than one Operation Diagram must be avoided.
(3) The Operation Diagram must show accurately the current status of the Apparatus e.g.
whether commissioned or decommissioned. Where decommissioned, the associated
switchbay will be labelled "spare bay".
(4) Provision will be made on the Operation Diagram for signifying approvals, together with
provision for details of revisions and dates.
(5) Operation Diagrams will be prepared in A4 format or such other format as may be agreed
with The Company.
(6) The Operation Diagram should normally be drawn single line. However, where appropriate,
detail which applies to individual phases shall be shown. For example, some HV Apparatus
is numbered individually per phase.

Apparatus To Be Shown On Operation Diagram

(1) Busbars
(2) Circuit Breakers
(3) Disconnector (Isolator) and Switch Disconnecters (Switching Isolators)
(4) Disconnectors (Isolators) - Automatic Facilities
(5) Bypass Facilities
(6) Earthing Switches
(7) Maintenance Earths
(8) Overhead Line Entries
(9) Overhead Line Traps
(10) Cable and Cable Sealing Ends
(11) Generating Unit
(12) Generator Transformers
(13) Generating Unit Transformers, Station Transformers, including the lower voltage circuit-
breakers.
(14) Synchronous Compensators
(15) Static Variable Compensators
(16) Capacitors (including Harmonic Filters)
(17) Series or Shunt Reactors (Referred to as "Inductors" at nuclear power station sites)
(18) Supergrid and Grid Transformers
(19) Tertiary Windings
(20) Earthing and Auxiliary Transformers
(21) Three Phase VT's
Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019
98 of 137
(22) Single Phase VT & Phase Identity
(23) High Accuracy VT and Phase Identity
(24) Surge Arrestors/Diverters
(25) Neutral Earthing Arrangements on HV Plant
(26) Fault Throwing Devices
(27) Quadrature Boosters
(28) Arc Suppression Coils
(29) Single Phase Transformers (BR) Neutral and Phase Connections
(30) Current Transformers (where separate plant items)
(31) Wall Bushings
(32) Combined VT/CT Units
(33) Shorting and Discharge Switches
(34) Thyristor
(35) Resistor with Inherent Non-Linear Variability, Voltage Dependent
(36) Gas Zone

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

99 of 137
 APPENDIX E3 - MINIMUM FREQUENCY RESPONSE CAPABILITY REQUIREMENT PROFILE AND
OPERATING RANGE FOR POWER GENERATING MODULES AND HVDC EQUIPMENT

ECC.A.3.1 Scope
The frequency response capability is defined in terms of Primary Response, Secondary
Response and High Frequency Response. In addition to the requirements defined in
ECC.6.3.7 this appendix defines the minimum frequency response requirements for:-
(a) each Type C and Type D Power Generating Module
(b) each DC Connected Power Park Module
(c) each HVDC System

For the avoidance of doubt, this appendix does not apply to Type A and Type B Power
Generating Modules.
OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus should facilitate the delivery of frequency response services
provided by Offshore Generating Units and Offshore Power Park Units.
The functional definition provides appropriate performance criteria relating to the provision of
Frequency control by means of Frequency sensitive generation in addition to the other
requirements identified in ECC.6.3.7.
In this Appendix 3 to the ECC, for a Power Generating Module including a CCGT Module or
a Power Park Module or DC Connected Power Park Module, the phrase Minimum
Regulating Level applies to the entire CCGT Module or Power Park Module or DC
Connected Power Park Module operating with all Generating Units Synchronised to the
System.
The minimum Frequency response requirement profile is shown diagrammatically in Figure
ECC.A.3.1. The capability profile specifies the minimum required level of Frequency
Response Capability throughout the normal plant operating range.
ECC.A.3.2 Plant Operating Range
The upper limit of the operating range is the Maximum Capacity of the Power Generating
Module or Generating Unit or CCGT Module or HVDC Equipment.
The Minimum Stable Operating Level may be less than, but must not be more than, 65%
of the Maximum Capacity. Each Power Generating Module and/or Generating Unit and/or
CCGT Module and/or Power Park Module or HVDC Equipment must be capable of
operating satisfactorily down to the Minimum Regulating Level as dictated by System
operating conditions, although it will not be instructed to below its Minimum Stable Operating
Level . If a Power Generating Module or Generating Unit or CCGT Module or Power Park
Module, or HVDC Equipment is operating below Minimum Stable Operating Level because
of high System Frequency, it should recover adequately to its Minimum Stable Operating
Level as the System Frequency returns to Target Frequency so that it can provide Primary
and Secondary Response from its Minimum Stable Operating Level if the System
Frequency continues to fall. For the avoidance of doubt, under normal operating conditions
steady state operation below the Minimum Stable Operating Level is not expected. The
Minimum Regulating Level must not be more than 55% of Maximum Capacity.
In the event of a Power Generating Module or Generating Unit or CCGT Module or Power
Park Module or HVDC Equipment load rejecting down to no less than its Minimum
Regulating Level it should not trip as a result of automatic action as detailed in BC3.7. If the
load rejection is to a level less than the Minimum Regulating Level then it is accepted that
the condition might be so severe as to cause it to be disconnected from the System.
ECC.A.3.3 Minimum Frequency Response Requirement Profile

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

100 of 137
 Figure ECC.A.3.1 shows the minimum Frequency response capability requirement profile
diagrammatically for a 0.5 Hz change in Frequency. The percentage response capabilities
and loading levels are defined on the basis of the Maximum Capacity of the Power
Generating Module or CCGT Module or Power Park Module or HVDC Equipment. Each
Power Generating Module or and/or CCGT Module or Power Park Module (including a DC
Connected Power Park Module) and/or HVDC Equipment must be capable of operating in
a manner to provide Frequency response at least to the solid boundaries shown in the figure.
If the Frequency response capability falls within the solid boundaries, the Power Generating
Module or CCGT Module or Power Park Module or HVDC Equipment is providing response
below the minimum requirement which is not acceptable. Nothing in this appendix is intended
to prevent a Power Generating Module or CCGT Module or Power Park Module or HVDC
Equipment from being designed to deliver a Frequency response in excess of the identified
minimum requirement.
The Frequency response delivered for Frequency deviations of less than 0.5 Hz should be
no less than a figure which is directly proportional to the minimum Frequency response
requirement for a Frequency deviation of 0.5 Hz. For example, if the Frequency deviation is
0.2 Hz, the corresponding minimum Frequency response requirement is 40% of the level
shown in Figure ECC.A.3.1. The Frequency response delivered for Frequency deviations of
more than 0.5 Hz should be no less than the response delivered for a Frequency deviation of
0.5 Hz.
Each Power Generating Module and/or CCGT Module and/or Power Park Module or HVDC
Equipment must be capable of providing some response, in keeping with its specific
operational characteristics, when operating between 95% to 100% of Maximum Capacity as
illustrated by the dotted lines in Figure ECC.A.3.1.
At the Minimum Stable Operating level, each Power Generating Module and/or CCGT
Module and/or Power Park Module and/or HVDC Equipment is required to provide high
and low frequency response depending on the System Frequency conditions. Where the
Frequency is high, the Active Power output is therefore expected to fall below the Minimum
Stable Operating level.
The Minimum Regulating Level is the output at which a Power Generating Module and/or
CCGT Module and/or Power Park Module and/or HVDC Equipment has no High
Frequency Response capability. It may be less than, but must not be more than, 55% of the
Maximum Capacity. This implies that a Power Generating Module or CCGT Module or
Power Park Module ) or HVDC Equipment is not obliged to reduce its output to below this
level unless the Frequency is at or above 50.5 Hz (cf BC3.7).
ECC.A.3.4 Testing of Frequency Response Capability
The frequency response capabilities shown diagrammatically in Figure ECC.A.3.1 are
measured by taking the responses as obtained from some of the dynamic step response tests
specified by The Company and carried out by Generators and HVDC System owners for
compliance purposes. The injected signal is a step of 0.5Hz from zero to 0.5 Hz Frequency
change, and is sustained at 0.5 Hz Frequency change thereafter, the latter as illustrated
diagrammatically in figures ECC.A.3.4 and ECC.A.3.5.
In addition to provide and/or to validate the content of Ancillary Services Agreements a
progressive injection of a Frequency change to the plant control system (i.e. governor and
load controller) is used. The injected signal is a ramp of 0.5Hz from zero to 0.5 Hz Frequency
change over a ten second period, and is sustained at 0.5 Hz Frequency change thereafter,
the latter as illustrated diagrammatically in figures ECC.A.3.2 and ECC.A.3.3. In the case of
an Embedded Medium Power Station not subject to a Bilateral Agreement or Embedded
HVDC System not subject to a Bilateral Agreement, The Company may require the
Network Operator within whose System the Embedded Medium Power Station or
Embedded HVDC System is situated, to ensure that the Embedded Person performs the
dynamic response tests reasonably required by The Company in order to demonstrate
compliance within the relevant requirements in the ECC.

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

101 of 137
 The Primary Response capability (P) of a Power Generating Module or a CCGT Module or
Power Park Module or HVDC Equipment is the minimum increase in Active Power output
between 10 and 30 seconds after the start of the ramp injection as illustrated diagrammatically
in Figure ECC.A.3.2. This increase in Active Power output should be released increasingly
with time over the period 0 to 10 seconds from the time of the start of the Frequency fall as
illustrated by the response from Figure ECC.A.3.2.
The Secondary Response capability (S) of a Power Generating Module or a CCGT Module
or Power Park Module or HVDC Equipment is the minimum increase in Active Power output
between 30 seconds and 30 minutes after the start of the ramp injection as illustrated
diagrammatically in Figure ECC.A.3.2.
The High Frequency Response capability (H) of a Power Generating Module or a CCGT
Module or Power Park Module or HVDC Equipment is the decrease in Active Power output
provided 10 seconds after the start of the ramp injection and sustained thereafter as illustrated
diagrammatically in Figure ECC.A.3.3. This reduction in Active Power output should be
released increasingly with time over the period 0 to 10 seconds from the time of the start of
the Frequency rise as illustrated by the response in Figure ECC.A.3.2.
ECC.A.3.5 Repeatability Of Response
When a Power Generating Module or CCGT Module or Power Park Module or HVDC
Equipment has responded to a significant Frequency disturbance, its response capability
must be fully restored as soon as technically possible. Full response capability should be
restored no later than 20 minutes after the initial change of System Frequency arising from
the Frequency disturbance.

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

102 of 137
Figure ECC.A.3.1 - Minimum Frequency Response requirement profile for a 0.5 Hz frequency change from
Target Frequency

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

103 of 137
Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019
104 of 137
Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019
105 of 137
 ECC.4 - APPENDIX 4 - FAULT RIDE THROUGH REQUIREMENTS

FAULT RIDE THROUGH REQUIREMENTS FOR TYPE B, TYPE C AND TYPE D POWER GENERATING
MODULES (INCLUDING OFFSHORE POWER PARK MODULES WHICH ARE EITHER AC CONNECTED
POWER PARK MODULES OR DC CONNECTED POWER PARK MODULES), HVDC SYSTEMS AND
OTSDUW PLANT AND APPARATUS

ECC.A.4A.1 Scope

The Fault Ride Through requirements are defined in ECC.6.3.15. This Appendix provides
illustrations by way of examples only of ECC.6.3.15.1 to ECC.6.3.15.10 and further
background and illustrations and is not intended to show all possible permutations.

ECC.A.4A.2 Short Circuit Faults At Supergrid Voltage On The Onshore Transmission System Up To
140ms In Duration

For short circuit faults at Supergrid Voltage on the Onshore Transmission System (which
could be at an Interface Point) up to 140ms in duration, the Fault Ride Through requirement
is defined in ECC.6.3.15. In summary any Power Generating Module (including a DC
Connected Power Park Module) or HVDC System is required to remain connected and
stable whilst connected to a healthy circuit. Figure ECC.A.4.A.2 illustrates this principle.

Figure ECC.A.4.A.2

In Figure ECC.A.4.A.2 a solid three phase short circuit fault is applied adjacent to substation
A resulting in zero voltage at the point of fault. All circuit breakers on the faulty circuit (Lines
ABC) will open within 140ms resulting in Gen X tripping. The effect of this fault, due to the low
impedance of the network, will be the observation of a low voltage at each substation node
across the Total System until the fault has been cleared. In this example, Gen Y and Gen Z
(an Embedded Generator) would need to remain connected and stable as both are still
connected to the Total System and remain connected to healthy circuits .

The criteria for assessment is based on a voltage against time curve at each Grid Entry Point
or User System Entry Point. The voltage against time curve at the Grid Entry Point or User
System Entry Point varies for each different type and size of Power Generating Module as
detailed in ECC.6.3.15.2. – ECC.6.3.15.7.

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

106 of 137
 The voltage against time curve represents the voltage profile at a Grid Entry Point or User
System Entry Point that would be obtained by plotting the voltage at that Grid Entry Point
or User System Entry Point before during and after the fault. This is not to be confused with
a voltage duration curve (as defined under ECC.6.3.15.9) which represents a voltage level
and associated time duration.

The post fault voltage at a Grid Entry Point or User System Entry Point is largely influenced
by the topology of the network rather than the behaviour of the Power Generating Module
itself. The EU Generator therefore needs to ensure each Power Generating Module remains
connected and stable for a close up solid three phase short circuit fault for 140ms at the Grid
Entry Point or User System Entry Point.

Two examples are shown in Figure EA.4.2(a) and Figure EA4.2(b). In Figure EA.4.2(a) the
post fault profile is above the heavy black line. In this case the Power Generating Module
must remain connected and stable. In Figure EA4.2(b) the post fault voltage dips below the
heavy black line in which case the Power Generating Module is permitted to trip.

Figure EA.4.2(a)

Figure EA.4.2(b)

The process for demonstrating Fault Ride Through compliance against the requirements of
ECC.6.3.15 is detailed in ECP.A.3.5 and ECP.A.6.7 (as applicable).

ECC.A.4A.3 Supergrid Voltage Dips On The Onshore Transmission System Greater Than 140ms In
Duration

ECC.A.4A3.1 Requirements applicable to Synchronous Power Generating Modules subject to Supergrid

Voltage dips on the Onshore Transmission System greater than 140ms in duration.

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

107 of 137
 For balanced Supergrid Voltage dips on the Onshore Transmission System having
durations greater than 140ms and up to 3 minutes, the Fault Ride Through requirement is
defined in ECC.6.3.15.9.2.1(a) and Figure ECC.6.3.15.9(a) which is reproduced in this
Appendix as Figure EA.4.3.1 and termed the voltage–duration profile.

This profile is not a voltage-time response curve that would be obtained by plotting the
transient voltage response at a point on the Onshore Transmission System (or User
System if located Onshore) to a disturbance. Rather, each point on the profile (ie the heavy
black line) represents a voltage level and an associated time duration which connected
Synchronous Power Generating Modules must withstand or ride through.

Figures EA.4.3.2 (a), (b) and (c) illustrate the meaning of the voltage-duration profile for
voltage dips having durations greater than 140ms.

Figure EA.4.3.1

Figure EA.4.3.2 (a)

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

108 of 137
 Figure EA.4.3.2 (b)

Figure EA.4.3.2 (c)

ECC.A.4A3.2 Requirements applicable to Power Park Modules or OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus subject
to Supergrid Voltage dips on the Onshore Transmission System greater than 140ms in
duration

For balanced Supergrid Voltage dips on the Onshore Transmission System (which could
be at an Interface Point) having durations greater than 140ms and up to 3 minutes the Fault
Ride Through requirement is defined in ECC.6.3.15.9.2.1(b) and Figure ECC.6.3.15.9(b)
which is reproduced in this Appendix as Figure EA.4.3.3 and termed the voltage–duration
profile.

This profile is not a voltage-time response curve that would be obtained by plotting the
transient voltage response at a point on the Onshore Transmission System (or User
System if located Onshore) to a disturbance. Rather, each point on the profile (ie the heavy
black line) represents a voltage level and an associated time duration which connected Power
Park Modules or OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus must withstand or ride through.

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

109 of 137
 Figures EA.4.3.4 (a), (b) and (c) illustrate the meaning of the voltage-duration profile for
voltage dips having durations greater than 140ms.

Figure EA.4.3.3

Figure EA.4.3.4(a)

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

110 of 137
 Figure EA.4.3.4 (b)

Figure EA.4.3.4 (c)

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

111 of 137
 APPENDIX 4EC – FAST FAULT CURRENT INJECTION REQUIREMENTS
FAST FAULT CURRENT INJECTION REQUIREMENTS FOR POWER PARK MODULES, HVDC
SYSTEMS, DC CONNECTED POWER PARK MODULES AND REMOTE END HVDC
CONVERTERS

ECC.A.4EC1 Fast Fault Current Injection requirements

ECC.4EC1.1 Fast Fault Current Injection behaviour during a solid three phase close up short circuit fault
lasting up to 140ms
ECC.4EC1.1.1 For a voltage depression at a Grid Entry Point or User System Point, the Fast Fault
Current Injection requirements are detailed in ECC.6.3.16. Figure ECC4.1 shows an example
of a 500MW Power Park Module subject to a close up solid three phase short circuit fault
connected directly connected to the Transmission System operating at 400kV.

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

112 of 137
 Figure ECC4.1
ECC.4EC1.1.2 Assuming negligible impedance between the fault and substation C, the voltage at Substation
C will be close to zero until circuit breakers at Substation C open, typically within 80 – 100ms,
subsequentially followed by the opening of circuit breakers at substations A and B, typically
140ms after fault inception. The operation of circuit breakers at Substations A, B and C will also
result in the tripping of the 800MW generator which is permitted under the SQSS. The Power
Park Module is required to satisfy the requirements of ECC.6.3.16, and an example of the
deviation in system voltage at the Grid Entry Point and expected reactive current injected by
the Power Park Module before and during the fault is shown in Figure ECC4.2(a) and (b).

Figure ECC4.2(a) –Voltage deviation at Substation C

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

113 of 137
 Figure ECC4.2(b) – Reactive Current Injected from the Power Park Module
connected to Substation C
It is important to note that blocking is permitted upon fault clearance in order to limit the impact
of transient overvoltages. This effect is shown in Figure ECC4.3(a) and Figure ECC4.3(b)

Figure ECC4.3(a)

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

114 of 137
 Figure ECC4.3(b)
ECC.4EC1.1.3 So long as the reactive current injected is above the shaded area as illustrated in Figure
ECC4.3(a) or ECC4.3(b), the Power Park Module would be considered to be compliant with
the requirements of ECC.6.3.16 Taking the example outlined in ECC.4EC1.1.1 where the fault
is cleared in 140ms, the following diagram in Figure ECC4.4 results.

Figure ECC4.4 – Injected Reactive Current from Power Park Module

compared to the minimum required Grid Code profile
ECC.4EC1.2 Fast Fault Current Injection behaviour during a voltage dip at the Connection Point lasting in
excess of 140ms
ECC.4EC1.2.1 Under the fault ride through requirements specified in ECC.6.3.15.9 (Voltage dips cleared
in excess of 140ms), Type B, Type C and Type D Power Park Modules are also required to
remain connected and stable for voltage dips on the Transmission System in excess of 140ms.
Figure ECC4.4 (a) shows an example of a 500MW Power Park Module connected to the
Transmission System and Figure ECC4.4 (b) shows the corresponding voltage dip seen at
the Grid Entry Point or User System Point which has resulted from a remote fault on the
Transmission System cleared in a backup operating time of 710ms.

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

115 of 137
 Figure ECC4.4(a)

Figure ECC4.4 (b)

ECC.4EC1.2.1 In this example, the voltage dips to 0.5pu for 710ms. Under ECC.6.3.16 each Type B, Type
C and Type D Power Park Module is required to inject reactive current into the System and
shall respond in proportion to the change in System voltage at the Grid Entry Point or User
System Entry Point up to a maximum value of 1.0pu of rated current. An example of the
expected injected reactive current at the Connection Point is shown in Figure ECC4.5

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

116 of 137
 0.8
0.7

Reactive Current (pu)

0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
0.9 1.1 1.3 1.5 1.7 1.9
Time (s)

Figure ECC4.5 Reactive Current Injected for a 50% voltage dip for a period of 710ms

APPENDIX E5 - TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS

LOW FREQUENCY RELAYS FOR THE AUTOMATIC
DISCONNECTION OF SUPPLIES AT LOW FREQUENCY

ECC.A.5.1 Low Frequency Relays

ECC.A.5.1.1 The Low Frequency Relays to be used shall have a setting range of 47.0 to 50Hz and be
suitable for operation from a nominal AC input of 63.5, 110 or 240V. The following parameters
specify the requirements of approved Low Frequency Relays:

(a) Frequency settings: 47-50Hz in steps of 0.05Hz or better, preferably 0.01Hz;

(b) Operating time: Relay operating time shall not be more than 150 ms;

(c) Voltage lock-out: Selectable within a range of 55 to 90% of nominal voltage;

(d) Direction Tripping interlock for forward or reverse power flow capable of
being set in either position or off

(e) Facility stages: One or two stages of Frequency operation;

(f) Output contacts: Two output contacts per stage to be capable of repetitively
making and breaking for 1000 operations:

(g) Accuracy: 0.01 Hz maximum error under reference environmental and

system voltage conditions.
0.05 Hz maximum error at 8% of total harmonic distortion
Electromagnetic Compatibility Level.

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

117 of 137
 In the case of Network Operators who are GB Code Users, the above requirements only apply
to a relay (if any) installed at the EU Grid Supply Point. Network Operators who are also GB
Code Users should continue to satisfy the requirements for low frequency relays as specified in
the CCs as applicable to their System.

ECC.A.5.2 Low Frequency Relay Voltage Supplies

ECC.A.5.2.1 It is essential that the voltage supply to the Low Frequency Relays shall be derived from the
primary System at the supply point concerned so that the Frequency of the Low Frequency
Relays input voltage is the same as that of the primary System. This requires either:
(a) the use of a secure supply obtained from voltage transformers directly associated with
the grid transformer(s) concerned, the supply being obtained where necessary via a
suitable automatic voltage selection scheme; or
(b) the use of the substation 240V phase-to-neutral selected auxiliary supply, provided that
this supply is always derived at the supply point concerned and is never derived from a
standby supply Power Generating Module or from another part of the User System.
ECC.A.5.3 Scheme Requirements
ECC.A.5.3.1 The tripping facility should be engineered in accordance with the following reliability
considerations:
(a) Dependability
Failure to trip at any one particular Demand shedding point would not harm the overall
operation of the scheme. However, many failures would have the effect of reducing the
amount of Demand under low Frequency control. An overall reasonable minimum
requirement for the dependability of the Demand shedding scheme is 96%, i.e. the
average probability of failure of each Demand shedding point should be less than 4%.
Thus the Demand under low Frequency control will not be reduced by more than 4%
due to relay failure.
(b) Outages
Low Frequency Demand shedding schemes will be engineered such that the amount of
Demand under control is as specified in Table ECC.A.5.5.1a and is not reduced
unacceptably during equipment outage or maintenance conditions.
ECC.A.5.3.2 The total operating time of the scheme, including circuit breakers operating time, shall where
reasonably practicable, be less than 200 ms. For the avoidance of doubt, the replacement of
plant installed prior to October 2009 will not be required in order to achieve lower total scheme
operating times.
ECC.A.5.4 Low Frequency Relay Testing
ECC.A.5.4.1 Low Frequency Relays installed and commissioned after 1st January 2007 shall be type
tested in accordance with and comply with the functional test requirements for Frequency
Protection contained in Energy Networks Association Technical Specification 48-6-5 Issue 1
dated 2005 “ENA Protection Assessment Functional Test Requirements – Voltage and
Frequency Protection”.
For the avoidance of doubt, Low Frequency Relays installed and commissioned before 1st
January 2007 shall comply with the version of ECC.A.5.1.1 applicable at the time such Low
Frequency Relays were commissioned.
ECC.A.5.5 Scheme Settings

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

118 of 137
ECC.A.5.5.1 Table CC.A.5.5.1a shows, for each Transmission Area, the percentage of Demand (based
on Annual ACS Conditions) at the time of forecast National Electricity Transmission
System peak Demand that each Network Operator whose System is connected to the
Onshore Transmission System within such Transmission Area shall disconnect by Low
Frequency Relays at a range of frequencies. Where a Network Operator’s System is
connected to the National Electricity Transmission System in more than one Transmission
Area, the settings for the Transmission Area in which the majority of the Demand is
connected shall apply.

Frequency Hz % Demand disconnection for each Network Operator in

Transmission Area

NGET SPT SHETL

48.8 5

48.75 5

48.7 10

48.6 7.5 10

48.5 7.5 10

48.4 7.5 10 10

48.2 7.5 10 10

48.0 5 10 10

47.8 5

Total % Demand 60 40 40
Table ECC.A.5.5.1a
Note – the percentages in table ECC.A.5.5.1a are cumulative such that, for example, should
the frequency fall to 48.6 Hz in NGET’s Transmission Area, 27.5% of the total Demand
connected to the National Electricity Transmission System in NGET’s Transmission Area
shall be disconnected by the action of Low Frequency Relays.
The percentage Demand at each stage shall be allocated as far as reasonably practicable.
The cumulative total percentage Demand is a minimum.
ECC.A.5.5.2 In the case of a Non-Embedded Customer (who is also an EU Code User) the percentage
of Demand (based on Annual ACS Conditions) at the time of forecast National Electricity
Transmission System peak Demand that each Non-Embedded Customer whose System
is connected to the Onshore Transmission System which shall be disconnected by Low
Frequency Relays shall be in accordance with OC6.6 and the Bilateral Agreement.
ECC.A.5.6 Connection and Reconnection
ECC.A.5.6.1 As defined under OC.6.6 once automatic low Frequency Demand Disconnection has taken
place, the Network Operator on whose User System it has occurred, will not reconnect until
The Company instructs that Network Operator to do so in accordance with OC6. The same
requirement equally applies to Non-Embedded Customers.
ECC.A.5.6.2 Once The Company instructs the Network Operator or Non Embedded Customer to
reconnect to the National Electricity Transmission System following operation of the Low
Frequency Demand Disconnection scheme it shall do so in accordance with the
requirements of ECC.6.2.3.10 and OC6.6.

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

119 of 137
ECC.A.5.6.3 Network Operators or Non Embedded Customers shall be capable of being remotely
disconnected from the National Electricity Transmission System when instructed by The
Company. Any requirement for the automated disconnection equipment for reconfiguration of
the National Electricity Transmission System in preparation for block loading and the time
required for remote disconnection shall be specified by The Company in accordance with the
terms of the Bilateral Agreement.

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

120 of 137
 APPENDIX E6 - PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR CONTINUOUSLY ACTING AUTOMATIC
EXCITATION CONTROL SYSTEMS FOR ONSHORE SYNCHRONOUS POWER GENERATING
MODULES,

ECC.A.6.1 Scope
ECC.A.6.1.1 This Appendix sets out the performance requirements of continuously acting automatic
excitation control systems for Type C and Type D Onshore Synchronous Power
Generating Modules that must be complied with by the User. This Appendix does not limit
any site specific requirements where in The Company's reasonable opinion these facilities
are necessary for system reasons.
ECC.A.6.1.2 Where the requirements may vary the likely range of variation is given in this Appendix. It may
be necessary to specify values outside this range where The Company identifies a system
need, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary The Company may specify values outside
of the ranges provided in this Appendix 6. The most common variations are in the on-load
excitation ceiling voltage requirements and the response time required of the Exciter. Actual
values will be included in the Bilateral Agreement.
ECC.A.6.1.3 Should an EU Generator anticipate making a change to the excitation control system it shall
notify The Company under the Planning Code (PC.A.1.2(b) and (c)) as soon as the EU
Generator anticipates making the change. The change may require a revision to the Bilateral
Agreement.
ECC.A.6.2 Requirements
ECC.A.6.2.1 The Excitation System of a Type C or Type D Onshore Synchronous Power Generating
Module shall include an excitation source (Exciter), and a continuously acting Automatic
Voltage Regulator (AVR) and shall meet the following functional specification. Type D
Synchronous Power Generating Modules are also required to be fitted with a Power
System Stabiliser in accordance with the requirements of ECC.A.6.2.5.
ECC.A.6.2.3 Steady State Voltage Control
ECC.A.6.2.3.1 An accurate steady state control of the Onshore Synchronous Power Generating Module
pre-set Synchronous Generating Unit terminal voltage is required. As a measure of the
accuracy of the steady-state voltage control, the Automatic Voltage Regulator shall have
static zero frequency gain, sufficient to limit the change in terminal voltage to a drop not
exceeding 0.5% of rated terminal voltage, when the output of a Synchronous Generating
Unit within an Onshore Synchronous Power Generating Module is gradually changed from
zero to rated MVA output at rated voltage, Active Power and Frequency.
ECC.A.6.2.4 Transient Voltage Control
ECC.A.6.2.4.1 For a step change from 90% to 100% of the nominal Onshore Synchronous Generating
Unit terminal voltage, with the Onshore Synchronous Generating Unit on open circuit, the
Excitation System response shall have a damped oscillatory characteristic. For this
characteristic, the time for the Onshore Synchronous Generating Unit terminal voltage to
first reach 100% shall be less than 0.6 seconds. Also, the time to settle within 5% of the voltage
change shall be less than 3 seconds.

ECC.A.6.2.4.2 To ensure that adequate synchronising power is maintained, when the Onshore Power
Generating Module is subjected to a large voltage disturbance, the Exciter whose output is
varied by the Automatic Voltage Regulator shall be capable of providing its achievable upper
and lower limit ceiling voltages to the Onshore Synchronous Generating Unit field in a time
not exceeding that specified in the Bilateral Agreement. This will normally be not less than
50 ms and not greater than 300 ms. The achievable upper and lower limit ceiling voltages may
be dependent on the voltage disturbance.
ECC.A.6.2.4.3 The Exciter shall be capable of attaining an Excitation System On Load Positive Ceiling
Voltage of not less than a value specified in the Bilateral Agreement that will be:

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

121 of 137
 not less than 2 per unit (pu)
normally not greater than 3 pu
exceptionally up to 4 pu
of Rated Field Voltage when responding to a sudden drop in voltage of 10 percent or more
at the Onshore Synchronous Generating Unit terminals. The Company may specify a value
outside the above limits where The Company identifies a system need.
ECC.A.6.2.4.4 If a static type Exciter is employed:
(i) the field voltage should be capable of attaining a negative ceiling level specified in the
Bilateral Agreement after the removal of the step disturbance of ECC.A.6.2.4.3. The
specified value will be 80% of the value specified in ECC.A.6.2.4.3. The Company may
specify a value outside the above limits where The Company identifies a system need.
(ii) the Exciter must be capable of maintaining free firing when the Onshore Synchronous
Generating Unit terminal voltage is depressed to a level which may be between 20% to
30% of rated terminal voltage
(iii) the Exciter shall be capable of attaining a positive ceiling voltage not less than 80% of
the Excitation System On Load Positive Ceiling Voltage upon recovery of the
Onshore Synchronous Generating Unit terminal voltage to 80% of rated terminal
voltage following fault clearance. The Company may specify a value outside the above
limits where The Company identifies a system need.
(iv) the requirement to provide a separate power source for the Exciter will be specified if
The Company identifies a Transmission System need.
ECC.A.6.2.5 Power Oscillations Damping Control
ECC.A.6.2.5.1 To allow Type D Onshore Power Generating Modules to maintain second and subsequent
swing stability and also to ensure an adequate level of low frequency electrical damping power,
the Automatic Voltage Regulator of each Onshore Synchronous Generating Unit within
each Type D Onshore Synchronous Power Generating Module shall include a Power
System Stabiliser as a means of supplementary control.
ECC.A.6.2.5.2 Whatever supplementary control signal is employed, it shall be of the type which operates into
the Automatic Voltage Regulator to cause the field voltage to act in a manner which results
in the damping power being improved while maintaining adequate synchronising power.
ECC.A.6.2.5.3 The arrangements for the supplementary control signal shall ensure that the Power System
Stabiliser output signal relates only to changes in the supplementary control signal and not
the steady state level of the signal. For example, if generator electrical power output is chosen
as a supplementary control signal then the Power System Stabiliser output should relate
only to changes in the Synchronous Generating Unit electrical power output and not the
steady state level of power output. Additionally the Power System Stabiliser should not react
to mechanical power changes in isolation for example during rapid changes in steady state
load or when providing frequency response.
ECC.A.6.2.5.4 The output signal from the Power System Stabiliser shall be limited to not more than ±10%
of the Onshore Synchronous Generating Unit terminal voltage signal at the Automatic
Voltage Regulator input. The gain of the Power System Stabiliser shall be such that an
increase in the gain by a factor of 3 shall not cause instability.
ECC.A.6.2.5.5 The Power System Stabiliser shall include elements that limit the bandwidth of the output
signal. The bandwidth limiting must ensure that the highest frequency of response cannot
excite torsional oscillations on other plant connected to the network. A bandwidth of 0-5Hz
would be judged to be acceptable for this application.

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

122 of 137
ECC.A.6.2.5.6 The EU Generator in respect of its Type D Synchronous Power Generating Modules will
agree Power System Stabiliser settings with The Company prior to the on-load
commissioning detailed in BC2.11.2(d). To allow assessment of the performance before on-
load commissioning the EU Generator will provide to The Company a report covering the
areas specified in ECP.A.3.2.1.
ECC.A.6.2.5.7 The Power System Stabiliser must be active within the Excitation System at all times when
Synchronised including when the Under Excitation Limiter or Over Excitation Limiter are
active. When operating at low load when Synchronising or De-Synchronising an Onshore
Synchronous Generating Unit, within a Type D Synchronous Power Generating Module,
the Power System Stabiliser may be out of service.
ECC.A.6.2.5.8 Where a Power System Stabiliser is fitted to a Pumped Storage Unit within a Type D
Synchronous Power Generating Module it must function when the Pumped Storage Unit
is in both generating and pumping modes.
ECC.A.6.2.6 Overall Excitation System Control Characteristics
ECC.A.6.2.6.1 The overall Excitation System shall include elements that limit the bandwidth of the output
signal. The bandwidth limiting must be consistent with the speed of response requirements
and ensure that the highest frequency of response cannot excite torsional oscillations on other
plant connected to the network. A bandwidth of 0-5 Hz will be judged to be acceptable for this
application.
ECC.A.6.2.6.2 The response of the Automatic Voltage Regulator combined with the Power System
Stabiliser shall be demonstrated by injecting similar step signal disturbances into the
Automatic Voltage Regulator reference as detailed in ECPA.5.2 and ECPA.5.4. The
Automatic Voltage Regulator shall include a facility to allow step injections into the
Automatic Voltage Regulator voltage reference, with the Onshore Type D Power
Generating Module operating at points specified by The Company (up to rated MVA output).
The damping shall be judged to be adequate if the corresponding Active Power response to
the disturbances decays within two cycles of oscillation.
ECC.A.6.2.6.3 A facility to inject a band limited random noise signal into the Automatic Voltage Regulator
voltage reference shall be provided for demonstrating the frequency domain response of the
Power System Stabiliser. The tuning of the Power System Stabiliser shall be judged to be
adequate if the corresponding Active Power response shows improved damping with the
Power System Stabiliser in combination with the Automatic Voltage Regulator compared
with the Automatic Voltage Regulator alone over the frequency range 0.3Hz – 2Hz.
ECC.A.6.2.7 Under-Excitation Limiters
ECC.A.6.2.7.1 The security of the power system shall also be safeguarded by means of MVAr Under
Excitation Limiters fitted to the Synchronous Power Generating Module Excitation
System. The Under Excitation Limiter shall prevent the Automatic Voltage Regulator
reducing the Synchronous Generating Unit excitation to a level which would endanger
synchronous stability. The Under Excitation Limiter shall operate when the excitation system
is providing automatic control. The Under Excitation Limiter shall respond to changes in the
Active Power (MW) the Reactive Power (MVAr) and to the square of the Synchronous
Generating Unit voltage in such a direction that an increase in voltage will permit an increase
in leading MVAr. The characteristic of the Under Excitation Limiter shall be substantially
linear from no-load to the maximum Active Power output of the Onshore Power Generating
Module at any setting and shall be readily adjustable.

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

123 of 137
ECC.A.6.2.7.2 The performance of the Under Excitation Limiter shall be independent of the rate of change
of the Onshore Synchronous Power Generating Module load and shall be demonstrated
by testing as detailed in ECP.A.5.5. The resulting maximum overshoot in response to a step
injection which operates the Under Excitation Limiter shall not exceed 4% of the Onshore
Synchronous Generating Unit rated MVA. The operating point of the Onshore
Synchronous Generating Unit shall be returned to a steady state value at the limit line and
the final settling time shall not be greater than 5 seconds. When the step change in Automatic
Voltage Regulator reference voltage is reversed, the field voltage should begin to respond
without any delay and should not be held down by the Under Excitation Limiter. Operation
into or out of the preset limit levels shall ensure that any resultant oscillations are damped so
that the disturbance is within 0.5% of the Onshore Synchronous Generating Unit MVA
rating within a period of 5 seconds.
ECC.A.6.2.7.3 The EU Generator shall also make provision to prevent the reduction of the Onshore
Synchronous Generating Unit excitation to a level which would endanger synchronous
stability when the Excitation System is under manual control.
ECC.A.6.2.8 Over-Excitation and Stator Current Limiters
ECC.A.6.2.8.1 The settings of the Over-Excitation Limiter and stator current limiter, shall ensure that the
Onshore Synchronous Generating Unit excitation is not limited to less than the maximum
value that can be achieved whilst ensuring the Onshore Synchronous Generating Unit is
operating within its design limits. If the Onshore Synchronous Generating Unit excitation is
reduced following a period of operation at a high level, the rate of reduction shall not exceed
that required to remain within any time dependent operating characteristics of the Onshore
Synchronous Power Generating Module.
ECC.A.6.2.8.2 The performance of the Over-Excitation Limiter, shall be demonstrated by testing as
described in ECP.A.5.6. Any operation beyond the Over-Excitation Limit shall be controlled
by the Over-Excitation Limiter or stator current limiter without the operation of any
Protection that could trip the Onshore Synchronous Power Generating Module.

ECC.A.6.2.8.3 The EU Generator shall also make provision to prevent any over-excitation restriction of the
Onshore Synchronous Generating Unit when the Excitation System is under manual
control, other than that necessary to ensure the Onshore Power Generating Module is
operating within its design limits.

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

124 of 137
 APPENDIX E7 - PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR CONTINUOUSLY ACTING AUTOMATIC
VOLTAGE CONTROL SYSTEMS FOR AC CONNECTED ONSHORE POWER PARK MODULES AND
OTSDUW PLANT AND APPARATUS AT THE INTERFACE POINT HVDC SYSTEMS AND REMOTE END
HVDC CONVERTER STATIONS

ECC.A.7.1 Scope
ECC.A.7.1.1 This Appendix sets out the performance requirements of continuously acting automatic voltage
control systems for Onshore Power Park Modules, Onshore HVDC Converters Remote
End HVDC Converter Stations and OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus at the Interface Point
that must be complied with by the User. This Appendix does not limit any site specific
requirements where in The Company's reasonable opinion these facilities are necessary for
system reasons. The control performance requirements applicable to Configuration 2 AC
Connected Offshore Power Park Modules and Configuration 2 DC Connected Power
Park Modules are defined in Appendix E8.
ECC.A.7.1.2 Proposals by EU Generators or HVDC System Owners to make a change to the voltage
control systems are required to be notified to The Company under the Planning Code
(PC.A.1.2(b) and (c)) as soon as the Generator or HVDC System Owner anticipates making
the change. The change may require a revision to the Bilateral Agreement.
ECC.A.7.1.3 In the case of a Remote End HVDC Converter at a HVDC Converter Station, the control
performance requirements shall be specified in the Bilateral Agreement. These requirements
shall be consistent with those specified in ECC.6.3.2.4. In the case where the Remote End
HVDC Converter is required to ensure the zero transfer of Reactive Power at the HVDC
Interface Point then the requirements shall be specified in the Bilateral Agreement which
shall be consistent with those requirements specified in ECC.A.8 . In the case where a wider
reactive capability has been specified in ECC.6.3.2.4, then the requirements consistent with
those specified in ECC.A.7.2 shall apply with any variations being agreed between the User
and The Company.
ECC.A.7.2 Requirements

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

125 of 137
ECC.A.7.2.1 The Company requires that the continuously acting automatic voltage control system for the
Onshore Power Park Module, Onshore HVDC Converter or OTSDUW Plant and
Apparatus shall meet the following functional performance specification. If a Network
Operator has confirmed to The Company that its network to which an Embedded Onshore
Power Park Module or Onshore HVDC Converter or OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus is
connected is restricted such that the full reactive range under the steady state voltage control
requirements (ECC.A.7.2.2) cannot be utilised, The Company may specify alternative limits
to the steady state voltage control range that reflect these restrictions. Where the Network
Operator subsequently notifies The Company that such restriction has been removed, The
Company may propose a Modification to the Bilateral Agreement (in accordance with the
CUSC contract) to remove the alternative limits such that the continuously acting automatic
voltage control system meets the following functional performance specification. All other
requirements of the voltage control system will remain as in this Appendix.
ECC.A.7.2.2 Steady State Voltage Control
ECC.A.7.2.2.1 The Onshore Power Park Module, Onshore HVDC Converter or OTSDUW Plant and
Apparatus shall provide continuous steady state control of the voltage at the Onshore Grid
Entry Point (or Onshore User System Entry Point if Embedded) (or the Interface Point in
the case of OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus ) with a Setpoint Voltage and Slope
characteristic as illustrated in Figure ECC.A.7.2.2a.

Figure ECC.A.7.2.2a

ECC.A.7.2.2.2 The continuously acting automatic control system shall be capable of operating to a Setpoint
Voltage between 95% and 105% with a resolution of 0.25% of the nominal voltage. For the
avoidance of doubt values of 95%, 95.25%, 95.5% … may be specified, but not intermediate
values. The initial Setpoint Voltage will be 100%. The tolerance within which this Setpoint
Voltage shall be achieved is specified in BC2.A.2.6. For the avoidance of doubt, with a
tolerance of 0.25% and a Setpoint Voltage of 100%, the achieved value shall be between
99.75% and 100.25%. The Company may request the EU Generator or HVDC System
Owner to implement an alternative Setpoint Voltage within the range of 95% to 105%. For
Embedded Generators and Embedded HVDC System Owners the Setpoint Voltage will
be discussed between The Company and the relevant Network Operator and will be
specified to ensure consistency with ECC.6.3.4.

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

126 of 137
ECC.A.7.2.2.3 The Slope characteristic of the continuously acting automatic control system shall be
adjustable over the range 2% to 7% (with a resolution of 0.5%). For the avoidance of doubt
values of 2%, 2.5%, 3% may be specified, but not intermediate values. The initial Slope setting
will be 4%. The tolerance within which this Slope shall be achieved is specified in BC2.A.2.6.
For the avoidance of doubt, with a tolerance of 0.5% and a Slope setting of 4%, the achieved
value shall be between 3.5% and 4.5%. The Company may request the EU Generator or
HVDC System Owner to implement an alternative slope setting within the range of 2% to 7%.
For Embedded Generators and Onshore Embedded HVDC Converter Station Owners the
Slope setting will be discussed between The Company and the relevant Network Operator
and will be specified to ensure consistency with ECC.6.3.4.

Figure ECC.A.7.2.2b

Figure ECC.A.7.2.2c

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

127 of 137
ECC.A.7.2.2.4 Figure ECC.A.7.2.2b shows the required envelope of operation for -, OTSDUW Plant and
Apparatus, Onshore Power Park Modules and Onshore HVDC Converters except for
those Embedded at 33kV and below or directly connected to the National Electricity
Transmission System at 33kV and below. Figure ECC.A.7.2.2c shows the required envelope
of operation for Onshore Power Park Modules Embedded at 33kV and below, or directly
connected to the National Electricity Transmission System at 33kV and below. The
enclosed area within points ABCDEFGH is the required capability range within which the
Slope and Setpoint Voltage can be changed.
ECC.A.7.2.2.5 Should the operating point of the, OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus or Onshore Power Park
Module, or Onshore HVDC Converter deviate so that it is no longer a point on the operating
characteristic (figure ECC.A.7.2.2a) defined by the target Setpoint Voltage and Slope, the
continuously acting automatic voltage control system shall act progressively to return the value
to a point on the required characteristic within 5 seconds.
ECC.A.7.2.2.6 Should the Reactive Power output of the OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus or Onshore Power
Park Module or Onshore HVDC Converter reach its maximum lagging limit at a Onshore
Grid Entry Point voltage (or Onshore User System Entry Point voltage if Embedded (or
Interface Point in the case of OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus ) above 95%, the OTSDUW
Plant and Apparatus or Onshore Power Park Module or HVDC System shall maintain
maximum lagging Reactive Power output for voltage reductions down to 95%. This
requirement is indicated by the line EF in figures ECC.A.7.2.2b and ECC.A.7.2.2c as
applicable. Should the Reactive Power output of the OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus or
Onshore Power Park Module, or Onshore HVDC Converter reach its maximum leading limit
at a Onshore Grid Entry Point voltage (or Onshore User System Entry Point voltage if
Embedded or Interface Point in the case of OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus) below 105%,
the OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus or Onshore Power Park Module, or Onshore HVDC
Converter shall maintain maximum leading Reactive Power output for voltage increases up
to 105%. This requirement is indicated by the line AB in figures ECC.A.7.2.2b and
ECC.A.7.2.2c as applicable.
ECC.A.7.2.2.7 For Onshore Grid Entry Point voltages (or Onshore User System Entry Point voltages if
Embedded or Interface Point voltages) below 95%, the lagging Reactive Power capability of
the OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus or Onshore Power Park Module or Onshore HVDC
Converters should be that which results from the supply of maximum lagging reactive current
whilst ensuring the current remains within design operating limits. An example of the capability
is shown by the line DE in figures ECC.A.7.2.2b and ECC.A.7.2.2c. For Onshore Grid Entry
Point voltages (or User System Entry Point voltages if Embedded or Interface Point
voltages) above 105%, the leading Reactive Power capability of the OTSDUW Plant and
Apparatus or Onshore Power Park Module or Onshore HVDC System Converter should
be that which results from the supply of maximum leading reactive current whilst ensuring the
current remains within design operating limits. An example of the capability is shown by the
line AH in figures ECC.A.7.2.2b and ECC.A.7.2.2c as applicable. Should the Reactive Power
output of the OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus or Onshore Power Park Module or Onshore
HVDC Converter reach its maximum lagging limit at an Onshore Grid Entry Connection
Point voltage (or Onshore User System Entry Point voltage if Embedded or Interface Point
in the case of OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus) below 95%, the Onshore Power Park
Module, Onshore HVDC Converter shall maintain maximum lagging reactive current output
for further voltage decreases. Should the Reactive Power output of the OTSDUW Plant and
Apparatus or Onshore Power Park Module or Onshore HVDC Converter reach its
maximum leading limit at a Onshore Grid Entry Point voltage (or User System Entry Point
voltage if Embedded or Interface Point voltage in the case of an OTSDUW Plant and
Apparatus) above 105%, the OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus or Onshore Power Park
Module or Onshore HVDC Converter shall maintain maximum leading reactive current
output for further voltage increases.

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

128 of 137
ECC.A.7.2.2.8 All OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus must be capable of enabling EU Code Users undertaking
OTSDUW to comply with an instruction received from The Company relating to a variation of
the Setpoint Voltage at the Interface Point within 2 minutes of such instruction being
received.
ECC.A.7.2.2.9 For OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus connected to a Network Operator’s System where the
Network Operator has confirmed to The Company that its System is restricted in accordance
with ECC.A.7.2.1, clause ECC.A.7.2.2.8 will not apply unless The Company can reasonably
demonstrate that the magnitude of the available change in Reactive Power has a significant
effect on voltage levels on the Onshore National Electricity Transmission System.
ECC.A.7.2.3 Transient Voltage Control
ECC.A.7.2.3.1 For an on-load step change in Onshore Grid Entry Point or Onshore User System Entry
Point voltage, or in the case of OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus an on-load step change in
Transmission Interface Point voltage, the continuously acting automatic control system shall
respond according to the following minimum criteria:
(i) the Reactive Power output response of the, OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus or
Onshore Power Park Module or Onshore HVDC Converter shall commence within
0.2 seconds of the application of the step. It shall progress linearly although variations
from a linear characteristic shall be acceptable provided that the MVAr seconds delivered
at any time up to 1 second are at least those that would result from the response shown
in figure ECC.A.7.2.3.1a.
(ii) the response shall be such that 90% of the change in the Reactive Power output of the,
OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus or Onshore Power Park Module, or Onshore HVDC
Converter will be achieved within
− 2 seconds, where the step is sufficiently large to require a change in the steady
state Reactive Power output from its maximum leading value to its maximum
lagging value or vice versa and

− 1 second where the step is sufficiently large to require a change in the steady
state Reactive Power output from zero to its maximum leading value or
maximum lagging value as required by ECC.6.3.2 (or, if appropriate
ECC.A.7.2.2.6 or ECC.A.7.2.2.7);

(iii) the magnitude of the Reactive Power output response produced within 1 second shall
vary linearly in proportion to the magnitude of the step change.
(iv) within 5 seconds from achieving 90% of the response as defined in ECC.A.7.2.3.1 (ii),
the peak to peak magnitude of any oscillations shall be less than 5% of the change in
steady state maximum Reactive Power.
(v) following the transient response, the conditions of ECC.A.7.2.2 apply.

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

129 of 137
 MVArs

Required response at 1
second

0.2 1 Seconds
Figure ECC.A.7.2.3.1a

ECC.A.7.2.3.2 OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus or Onshore Power Park Modules or Onshore HVDC
Converters shall be capable of

(a) changing its Reactive Power output from its maximum lagging value to its maximum
leading value, or vice versa, then reverting back to the initial level of Reactive Power
output once every 15 seconds for at least 5 times within any 5 minute period; and

(b) changing its Reactive Power output from zero to its maximum leading value then
reverting back to zero Reactive Power output at least 25 times within any 24 hour
period and from zero to its maximum lagging value then reverting back to zero Reactive
Power output at least 25 times within any 24 hour period. Any subsequent restriction
on reactive capability shall be notified to The Company in accordance with BC2.5.3.2,
and BC2.6.1.

In all cases, the response shall be in accordance to ECC.A.7.2.3.1 where the change in
Reactive Power output is in response to an on-load step change in Onshore Grid Entry
Point or Onshore User System Entry Point voltage, or in the case of OTSDUW Plant and
Apparatus an on-load step change in Transmission Interface Point voltage.

ECC.A.7.2.4 Power Oscillation Damping

ECC.A.7.2.4.1 The requirement for the continuously acting voltage control system to be fitted with a Power
System Stabiliser (PSS) shall be specified if, in The Company’s view, this is required for
system reasons. However if a Power System Stabiliser is included in the voltage control
system its settings and performance shall be agreed with The Company and commissioned
in accordance with BC2.11.2. To allow assessment of the performance before on-load
commissioning the Generator will provide to The Company a report covering the areas
specified in ECP.A.3.2.2.
ECC.A.7.2.5 Overall Voltage Control System Characteristics
ECC.A.7.2.5.1 The continuously acting automatic voltage control system is required to respond to minor
variations, steps, gradual changes or major variations in Onshore Grid Entry Point voltage
(or Onshore User System Entry Point voltage if Embedded or Interface Point voltage in
the case of OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus).
Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019
130 of 137
ECC.A.7.2.5.2 The overall voltage control system shall include elements that limit the bandwidth of the output
signal. The bandwidth limiting must be consistent with the speed of response requirements
and ensure that the highest frequency of response cannot excite torsional oscillations on other
plant connected to the network. A bandwidth of 0-5Hz would be judged to be acceptable for
this application. All other control systems employed within the OTSDUW Plant and
Apparatus or Onshore Power Park Module or Onshore HVDC Converter should also meet
this requirement
ECC.A.7.2.5.3 The response of the voltage control system (including the Power System Stabiliser if
employed) shall be demonstrated by testing in accordance with ECP.A.6.
ECC.A.7.3 Reactive Power Control
ECC.A.7.3.1 As defined in ECC.6.3.8.3.4, Reactive Power control mode of operation is not required in
respect of Onshore Power Park Modules or OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus or Onshore
HVDC Converters unless otherwise specified by The Company in coordination with the
relevant Network Operator. However where there is a requirement for Reactive Power
control mode of operation, the following requirements shall apply.

ECC.A.7.3.2 The Onshore Power Park Module or OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus or Onshore HVDC
Converter shall be capable of setting the Reactive Power setpoint anywhere in the Reactive
Power range as specified in ECC.6.3.2.4 with setting steps no greater than 5 MVAr or 5%
(whichever is smaller) of full Reactive Power, controlling the reactive power at the Grid Entry
Point or User System Entry Point if Embedded to an accuracy within plus or minus 5MVAr
or plus or minus 5% (whichever is smaller) of the full Reactive Power.

ECC.A.7.3.3 Any additional requirements for Reactive Power control mode of operation shall be specified
by The Company in coordination with the relevant Network Operator..

ECC.A.7.4 Power Factor Control

ECC.A.7.4.1 As defined in ECC.6.3.8.4.3, Power Factor control mode of operation is not required in
respect of Onshore Power Park Modules or OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus or Onshore
HVDC Converters unless otherwise specified by The Company in coordination with the
relevant Network Operator. However where there is a requirement for Power Factor control
mode of operation, the following requirements shall apply.

ECC.A.7.4.2 The Onshore Power Park Module or OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus or Onshore HVDC
Converter shall be capable of controlling the Power Factor at the Grid Entry Point or User
System Entry Point (if Embedded) within the required Reactive Power range as specified
in ECC.6.3.2.2.1 and ECC.6.3.2.4 to a specified target Power Factor. The Company shall
specify the target Power Factor value (which shall be achieved within 0.01 of the set Power
Factor), its tolerance and the period of time to achieve the target Power Factor following a
sudden change of Active Power output. The tolerance of the target Power Factor shall be
expressed through the tolerance of its corresponding Reactive Power. This Reactive Power
tolerance shall be expressed by either an absolute value or by a percentage of the maximum
Reactive Power of the Onshore Power Park Module or OTSDUW Plant and Apparatus or
Onshore HVDC Converter. The details of these requirements being pursuant to the terms of
the Bilateral Agreement.

ECC.A.7.4.3 Any additional requirements for Power Factor control mode of operation shall be specified by
The Company in coordination with the relevant Network Operator.

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

131 of 137
 APPENDIX E8 - PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR CONTINUOUSLY ACTING AUTOMATIC
VOLTAGE CONTROL SYSTEMS FOR CONFIGURATION 2 AC CONNECTED OFFSHORE POWER
PARK MODULES AND CONFIGURATION 2 DC CONNECTED POWER PARK MODULES

ECC.A.8.1 Scope
ECC.A.8.1.1 This Appendix sets out the performance requirements of continuously acting automatic voltage
control systems for Configuration 2 AC Connected Offshore Power Park Modules and
Configuration 2 DC Connected Power Park Modules that must be complied with by the EU
Code User. This Appendix does not limit any site specific requirements that may be specified
where in The Company's reasonable opinion these facilities are necessary for system
reasons.
ECC.A.8.1.2 These requirements also apply to Configuration 2 DC Connected Power Park Modules. In
the case of a Configuration 1 DC Connected Power Park Module the technical performance
requirements shall be specified by The Company. Where the EU Generator in respect of a
DC Connected Power Park Module has agreed to a wider reactive capability range as
defined under ECC.6.3.2.5 and ECC.6.2.3.6 then the requirements that apply will be specified
by The Company and which shall reflect the performance requirements detailed in ECC.A.8.2
below but with different parameters such as droop and Setpoint Voltage.
ECC.A.8.1.3 Proposals by EU Generators to make a change to the voltage control systems are required
to be notified to The Company under the Planning Code (PC.A.1.2(b) and (c)) as soon as
the Generator anticipates making the change. The change may require a revision to the
Bilateral Agreement.
ECC.A.8.2 Requirements
ECC.A.8.2.1 The Company requires that the continuously acting automatic voltage control system for the
Configuration 2 AC connected Offshore Power Park Module and Configuration 2 DC
Connected Power Park Module shall meet the following functional performance
specification.
ECC.A.8.2.2 Steady State Voltage Control
ECC.A.8.2.2.1 The Configuration 2 AC connected Offshore Power Park Module and Configuration 2 DC
Connected Power Park Module shall provide continuous steady state control of the voltage
at the Offshore Connection Point with a Setpoint Voltage and Slope characteristic as
illustrated in Figure ECC.A.8.2.2a.

Figure ECC.A.8.2.2a

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

132 of 137
ECC.A.8.2.2.2 The continuously acting automatic control system shall be capable of operating to a Setpoint
Voltage between 95% and 105% with a resolution of 0.25% of the nominal voltage. For the
avoidance of doubt values of 95%, 95.25%, 95.5% … may be specified, but not intermediate
values. The initial Setpoint Voltage will be 100%. The tolerance within which this Setpoint
Voltage shall be achieved is specified in BC2.A.2.6. For the avoidance of doubt, with a
tolerance of 0.25% and a Setpoint Voltage of 100%, the achieved value shall be between
99.75% and 100.25%. The Company may request the EU Generator to implement an
alternative Setpoint Voltage within the range of 95% to 105%.
ECC.A.8.2.2.3 The Slope characteristic of the continuously acting automatic control system shall be
adjustable over the range 2% to 7% (with a resolution of 0.5%). For the avoidance of doubt
values of 2%, 2.5%, 3% may be specified, but not intermediate values. The initial Slope setting
will be 4%. The tolerance within which this Slope shall be achieved is specified in BC2.A.2.6.
For the avoidance of doubt, with a tolerance of 0.5% and a Slope setting of 4%, the achieved
value shall be between 3.5% and 4.5%. The Company may request the EU Generator to
implement an alternative slope setting within the range of 2% to 7%.

Figure ECC.A.8.2.2b

ECC.A.8.2.2.4 Figure ECC.A.8.2.2b shows the required envelope of operation for Configuration 2 AC
connected Offshore Power Park Module and Configuration 2 DC Connected Power Park
Module. The enclosed area within points ABCDEFGH is the required capability range within
which the Slope and Setpoint Voltage can be changed.
ECC.A.8.2.2.5 Should the operating point of the Configuration 2 AC connected Offshore Power Park or
Configuration 2 DC Connected Power Park Module deviate so that it is no longer a point
on the operating characteristic (Figure ECC.A.8.2.2a) defined by the target Setpoint Voltage
and Slope, the continuously acting automatic voltage control system shall act progressively to
return the value to a point on the required characteristic within 5 seconds.

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

133 of 137
ECC.A.8.2.2.6 Should the Reactive Power output of the Configuration 2 AC connected Offshore Power
Park Module or Configuration 2 DC Connected Power Park Module reach its maximum
lagging limit at an Offshore Grid Entry Point or Offshore User System Entry Point or HVDC
Interface Point voltage above 95%, the Configuration 2 AC connected Offshore Power
Park Module or Configuration 2 DC Connected Power Park Module shall maintain
maximum lagging Reactive Power output for voltage reductions down to 95%. This
requirement is indicated by the line EF in figure ECC.A.8.2.2b. Should the Reactive Power
output of the Configuration 2 AC connected Offshore Power Park Module or
Configuration 2 DC Connected Power Park Module reach its maximum leading limit at the
Offshore Grid Entry Point or Offshore User System Entry Point or HVDC Interface Point
voltage below 105%, the Configuration 2 AC connected Offshore Power Park Module or
Configuration 2 DC Connected Power Park Module shall maintain maximum leading
Reactive Power output for voltage increases up to 105%. This requirement is indicated by the
line AB in figures ECC.A.8.2.2b.
ECC.A.8.2.2.7 For Offshore Grid Entry Point or User System Entry Point or HVDC Interface Point
voltages below 95%, the lagging Reactive Power capability of the Configuration 2 AC
connected Offshore Power Park Module or Configuration 2 DC Connected Power Park
Module should be that which results from the supply of maximum lagging reactive current
whilst ensuring the current remains within design operating limits. An example of the capability
is shown by the line DE in figures ECC.A.8.2.2b. For Offshore Grid Entry Point or Offshore
User System Entry Point voltages or HVDC Interface Point voltages above 105%, the
leading Reactive Power capability of the Configuration 2 AC connected Offshore Power
Park Module or Configuration 2 DC Connected Power Park Module should be that which
results from the supply of maximum leading reactive current whilst ensuring the current
remains within design operating limits. An example of the capability is shown by the line AH in
figures ECC.A.8.2.2b. Should the Reactive Power output of the Configuration 2 AC
connected Offshore Power Park Module or Configuration 2 DC Connected Power Park
Module reach its maximum lagging limit at an Offshore Grid Entry Point or Offshore User
System Entry voltage or HVDC Interface Point voltage below 95%, the Configuration 2 AC
connected Offshore Power Park Module or Configuration 2 DC Connected Power Park
Module shall maintain maximum lagging reactive current output for further voltage decreases.
Should the Reactive Power output of the Configuration 2 AC connected Offshore Power
Park Module or Configuration 2 DC Connected Power Park Module reach its maximum
leading limit at an Offshore Grid Entry Point or Offshore User System Entry voltage or
HVDC Interface Point voltage above 105%, the Configuration 2 AC connected Offshore
Power Park Module or Configuration 2 DC Connected Power Park Module shall maintain
maximum leading reactive current output for further voltage increases.
ECC.A.8.2.3 Transient Voltage Control
ECC.A.8.2.3.1 For an on-load step change in Offshore Grid Entry Point or Offshore User System Entry
Point voltage or HVDC Interface Point voltage, the continuously acting automatic control
system shall respond according to the following minimum criteria:
(i) the Reactive Power output response of the Configuration 2 AC connected Offshore
Power Park Module or Configuration 2 DC Connected Power Park Module shall
commence within 0.2 seconds of the application of the step. It shall progress linearly
although variations from a linear characteristic shall be acceptable provided that the MVAr
seconds delivered at any time up to 1 second are at least those that would result from the
response shown in figure ECC.A.8.2.3.1a.
(ii) the response shall be such that 90% of the change in the Reactive Power output of the
Configuration 2 AC connected Offshore Power Park Module or Configuration 2 DC
Connected Power Park Module will be achieved within
− 2 seconds, where the step is sufficiently large to require a change in the steady
state Reactive Power output from its maximum leading value to its maximum
lagging value or vice versa and

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

134 of 137
 − 1 second where the step is sufficiently large to require a change in the steady
state Reactive Power output from zero to its maximum leading value or
maximum lagging value as required by ECC.6.3.2 (or, if appropriate
ECC.A.8.2.2.6 or ECC.A.8.2.2.7);

(iii) the magnitude of the Reactive Power output response produced within 1 second shall
vary linearly in proportion to the magnitude of the step change.
(iv) within 5 seconds from achieving 90% of the response as defined in ECC.A.8.2.3.1 (ii),
the peak to peak magnitude of any oscillations shall be less than 5% of the change in
steady state maximum Reactive Power.
(v) following the transient response, the conditions of ECC.A.8.2.2 apply.

MVArs

Required response at 1
second

0.2 1 Seconds
Figure ECC.A.8.2.3.1a

ECC.A.8.2.3.2 Configuration 2 AC connected Offshore Power Park Module or Configuration 2 DC

Connected Power Park Module shall be capable of

(a) changing their Reactive Power output from maximum lagging value to maximum
leading value, or vice versa, then reverting back to the initial level of Reactive Power
output once every 15 seconds for at least 5 times within any 5 minute period; and

(b) changing Reactive Power output from zero to maximum leading value then reverting
back to zero Reactive Power output at least 25 times within any 24 hour period and
from zero to its maximum lagging value then reverting back to zero Reactive Power
output at least 25 times within any 24 hour period. Any subsequent restriction on
reactive capability shall be notified to The Company in accordance with BC2.5.3.2,
and BC2.6.1.

In all cases, the response shall be in accordance to ECC.A.8.2.3.1 where the change in
Reactive Power output is in response to an on-load step change in Offshore Grid Entry
Point or Offshore User System Entry Point voltage or HVDC Interface Point voltage.

ECC.A.8.2.4 Power Oscillation Damping

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

135 of 137
ECC.A.8.2.4.1 The requirement for the continuously acting voltage control system to be fitted with a Power
System Stabiliser (PSS) shall be specified if, in The Company’s view, this is required for
system reasons. However if a Power System Stabiliser is included in the voltage control
system its settings and performance shall be agreed with The Company and commissioned
in accordance with BC2.11.2. To allow assessment of the performance before on-load
commissioning the Generator or HVDC System Owner will provide to The Company a report
covering the areas specified in ECP.A.3.2.2.
ECC.A.8.2.5 Overall Voltage Control System Characteristics
ECC.A.8.2.5.1 The continuously acting automatic voltage control system is required to respond to minor
variations, steps, gradual changes or major variations in Offshore Grid Entry Point or
Offshore User System Entry Point or HVDC Interface Point voltage.
ECC.A.8.2.5.2 The overall voltage control system shall include elements that limit the bandwidth of the output
signal. The bandwidth limiting must be consistent with the speed of response requirements
and ensure that the highest frequency of response cannot excite torsional oscillations on other
plant connected to the network. A bandwidth of 0-5Hz would be judged to be acceptable for
this application. All other control systems employed within the Configuration 2 AC
connected Offshore Power Park Module or Configuration 2 DC Connected Power Park
Module should also meet this requirement
ECC.A.8.2.5.3 The response of the voltage control system (including the Power System Stabiliser if
employed) shall be demonstrated by testing in accordance with ECP.A.6.
ECC.A.8.3 Reactive Power Control
ECC.A.8.3.1 Reactive Power control mode of operation is not required in respect of Configuration 2 AC
connected Offshore Power Park Modules or Configuration 2 DC Connected Power Park
Modules unless otherwise specified by The Company. However where there is a
requirement for Reactive Power control mode of operation, the following requirements shall
apply.

ECC.A.8.3.2 Configuration 2 AC connected Offshore Power Park Modules or Configuration 2 DC

Connected Power Park Modules shall be capable of setting the Reactive Power setpoint
anywhere in the Reactive Power range as specified in ECC.6.3.2.8.2 with setting steps no
greater than 5 MVAr or 5% (whichever is smaller) of full Reactive Power, controlling the
Reactive Power at the Offshore Grid Entry Point or Offshore User System Entry Point or
HVDC Interface Point to an accuracy within plus or minus 5MVAr or plus or minus 5%
(whichever is smaller) of the full Reactive Power.

ECC.A.8.3.3 Any additional requirements for Reactive Power control mode of operation shall be specified
by The Company.

ECC.A.8.4 Power Factor Control

ECC.A.8.4.1 Power Factor control mode of operation is not required in respect of Configuration 2 AC
connected Offshore Power Park Modules or Configuration 2 DC Connected Power Park
Modules unless otherwise specified by The Company. However where there is a
requirement for Power Factor control mode of operation, the following requirements shall
apply.

ECC.A.8.4.2 Configuration 2 AC connected Offshore Power Park Modules or Configuration 2 DC

Connected Power Park Modules shall be capable of controlling the Power Factor at the
Offshore Grid Entry Point or Offshore User System Entry Point or HVDC Interface Point
within the required Reactive Power range as specified in ECC.6.3.2.8.2 with a target Power
Factor. The Company shall specify the target Power Factor (which shall be achieved to
within 0.01 of the set Power Factor), its tolerance and the period of time to achieve the target
Power Factor following a sudden change of Active Power output. The tolerance of the target
Power Factor shall be expressed through the tolerance of its corresponding Reactive Power.
Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019
136 of 137
 This Reactive Power tolerance shall be expressed by either an absolute value or by a
percentage of the maximum Reactive Power of the Configuration 2 AC connected
Offshore Power Park Module or Configuration 2 DC Connected Power Park Module. The
details of these requirements being specified by The Company.

ECC.A.8.4.3 Any additional requirements for Power Factor control mode of operation shall be specified by
The Company.

< END OF EUROPEAN CONNECTION CONDITIONS >

Issue 5 Revision 38 ECC 04 September 2019

137 of 137
 DEMAND RESPONSE SERVICES CODE
(DRS)

CONTENTS

(This contents page does not form part of the Grid Code)

Paragraph No/Title Page Number

DRSC.1 INTRODUCTION 2
DRSC.2 OBJECTIVE 2
DRSC.3 SCOPE 2
DRSC.4 GENERAL PROVISIONS 3

DRSC.5 SPECIFIC PROVISIONS FOR DEMAND UNITS WITH DEMAND 3

RESPONSE ACTIVE POWER CONTROL AND TRANSMISSION
CONSTRAINT MANAGEMENT
DRSC.6 SPECIFIC PROVISIONS FOR DEMAND UNITS WITH DEMAND 4
RESPONSE FREQUENCY CONTROL
DRSC.7 SPECIFIC PROVISIONS FOR DEMAND UNITS WITH DEMAND 4
RESPONSE VERY FAST ACTIVE POWER CONTROL
DRSC.8 DATA REQUIRED BY THE COMPANY FROM DEMAND RESPONSE PROVIDER’S
5
DRSC.9 OPERATIONAL METERING REQUIREMENTS 5

DRSC.10 INSTRUCTIONS ISSUED TO DEMAND RESPONSE PROVIDER’S 5

DRSC.11 OPERATIONAL NOTIFICATION PROCEDURE 5

DRSC.11.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS 5

DRSC 11.2 OPERATIONAL NOTIFICATION PROCEDURES FOR DEMAND RESPONSE 6

PROVIDERS

DRSC.11.3 COMPLIANCE 6

DRSC.11.4 COMPLIANCE TESTING 7

DRSC.11.5 COMPLIANCE TESTING FOR DEMAND RESPONSE PROVIDER’S 8

WITH DEMAND RESPONSE ACTIVE POWER CONTROL, REACTIVE POWER
CONTROL AND TRANSMISSION CONSTRAINT MANAGEMENT

DRSC.11.6 COMPLIANCE SIMULATION 9

APPENDIX I - DRSC.A.2 - DEMAND RESPONSE UNIT DOCUMENT (DRUD) STATEMENT OF 10

COMPLIANCE FOR DEMAND RESPONSE PROVIDER’S

Issue 5 Revision 33 DRS 5 April 2019

1 of 12
 PART I

DRSC.1 INTRODUCTION
DRSC.1.1 The Demand Response Services Code is concerned with Demand Response Providers
who contract with The Company for the provision of Ancillary Services.
DRSC.1.2 Ancillary Services are non-mandatory services used by The Company in operating the
System. They are provided by Demand Response Providers with payment being dealt
with under the terms of the relevant agreement for the Ancillary Service.
DRSC.1.3 Where a Demand Response Provider is interested in offering an Ancillary Service to The
Company, then further details and additional information of the Ancillary Services are
available from the Balancing Services section of the Website.
DRSC.1.4 Where The Company and a Demand Response Provider enter into an Ancillary Services
agreement, it shall be in accordance with Transmission Licence condition C16 and the
Standard Contract Terms.
DRSC 1.5 The Demand Response Services Code which would form part of an Ancillary Services
agreement between a Demand Response Provider and The Company nd to discharge
the obligations under European Regulation (EU) 2016/1388. The Ancillary Services
agreement will include an obligation on the Demand Response Provider to satisfy the
applicable requirements of this Demand Response Services Code.
DRSC.1.6 The Demand Response Code applies only to Demand Response Providers who have
entered into an agreement with The Company to provide an Ancillary Service. This
Demand Response Services Code does not apply to Users who are not Demand
Response Providers.
DRSC.1.7 For the avoidance of doubt, Network Operators and Non Embedded Customers in
respect of EU Grid Supply Points are required to satisfy the compliance requirements in
section DRSC.11 of this code in addition to the European Compliance Processes only if
they are also a Demand Response Provider unless they are also a Demand Response
Provider.
DRSC.2 OBJECTIVE
The objectives of the DRSC are to
DRSC.2.1 Ensure the obligations of European Regulation (EU) 2016/1388 have been discharged; and
DRSC.2.2 Complement the requirements of the Ancillary Services agreement between The
Company and a Demand Response Provider; and
DRSC.2.3 Define the minimum technical and compliance requirements Demand Response Providers
are required to satisfy if they provide a Demand Response Service to The Company under
an Ancillary Services agreement.
DRSC.3 SCOPE
DRSC.3.1 The DRSC applies to any Demand Response Provider who has entered into an agreement
to provide Ancillary Services with The Company.
DRSC.3.2 The DRSC does not apply to Users or parties who are not Demand Response Providers.

DRSC.4 GENERAL PROVISIONS

DRSC.4.1 Demand Response Services shall be based on the following categories.

(a) Controlled by instruction from The Company
(i) Demand Response Active Power Control
(ii) Demand Response Reactive Power Control

Issue 5 Revision 33 DRS 5 April 2019

2 of 12
 (iii) Demand Response Transmission Constraint Management
(b) Automatic operation once the facility has been instructed into operation upon instruction
from The Company pursuant to the terms of the Ancillary Services agreement.
(i) Demand Response System Frequency Control
(ii) Demand Response Very Fast Active Power Control

DRSC.4.2 Demand Response Providers who own, operate, control or manage Plant and Apparatus
or Demand Unit(s) within a Demand Facility and/or Closed Distribution System(s) or on
an aggregated basis may provide Demand Response Services to The Company.
Demand Response Providers can offer Demand Response Services on an individual or
collective basis and increase or decrease their Demand in accordance with the terms of their
Ancillary Services agreement.
DRSC.4.3 The Demand Response Services specified in DRSC.4.1 are not exclusive and do not
preclude Demand Response Providers from negotiating other services with The Company.
These services would be pursuant to the terms of the Ancillary Services agreement.

DRSC.5 SPECIFIC PROVISIONS FOR DEMAND UNITS WITH DEMAND RESPONSE ACTIVE
POWER CONTROL AND TRANSMISSION CONSTRAINT MANAGEMENT
DRSC.5.1 Where a Demand Response Provider provides Demand Response Active Power
Control, Demand Response Reactive Power Control or Demand Response
Transmission Constraint Management to The Company, then the following requirements
as detailed below shall apply. For the avoidance of doubt these requirements shall apply
either individually or where it is not part of a Demand Facility, collectively as part of a
Demand Aggregation scheme through a Demand Response Provider. Demand
Response Providers shall ensure that any Demand Unit which they own, operate, control
or manage and which is used to provide Demand Response Services shall:-
(a) Be capable of satisfying the Frequency range requirements as specified in ECC.6.1.2.1.
(b) Be capable of satisfying the voltage range requirements as specified in ECC.6.1.4.1.
(c) Be capable of controlling the power consumption from the Total System in accordance
with the terms of the Ancillary Services agreement.
(d) Be capable of receiving instructions from The Company either directly or through a third
party to modify their demand in accordance with the Demand Response Service they
have agreed to provide..
(e) Be capable of adjusting its Real Power or Reactive Power flow within a time period
pursuant to the terms of the Ancillary Services agreement.
(f) Be capable of full execution of an instruction issued by The Company to modify its
power flow.
(g) Be capable of further demand changes as instructed by The Company, following the
execution of a previous instruction issued by The Company in accordance with the
Ancillary Services agreement. Any such instruction shall not exceed the normal safe
operating conditions of the Demand Response Provider’s Plant and Apparatus or
Demand Unit(s) which could cause such equipment to trip. Instructions to modify
Active Power or Reactive Power flow may have immediate or delayed effects but in
any event would need to comply with the requirements of the Ancillary Services
agreement.
(h) Notify The Company of any change in the available capacity in accordance with the
relevant Ancillary Services agreement.
(i) Be capable of withstanding a rate of change of System Frequency of up to a maximum
of 1Hz/s measured over a 500ms time frame.

Issue 5 Revision 33 DRS 5 April 2019

3 of 12
DRSC.5.2 In addition to the requirements of DRSC.5.1, where a Demand Response Provider
automatically modifies its Demand in response to changes in System Frequency or
System voltage or both, The Company will have previously instructed the Demand
Response Provider to switch these facilities into service in accordance with the terms of the
Ancillary Services agreement prior to any automatic action taking place. The ability for The
Company to issue instructions, receive acknowledgement of those instructions and receive
operational metering data (for example voltage, current, Active Power and Reactive Power
signals) from the Demand Response Provider will be dependent upon the type of Demand
Response Service provided and shall be defined in the Ancillary Services agreement
which shall be pursuant to the Standard Contract Terms.
DRSC.5.3 Non Embedded Customers who are also Demand Response Provider’s shall be capable
of providing Demand Response Reactive Power Control by switching static compensation
equipment into or out of service. i .
DRSC.6 SPECIFIC PROVISIONS FOR DEMAND UNITS WITH DEMAND RESPONSE
FREQUENCY CONTROL
DRSC.6.1 Where a Demand Response Provider provides Demand Response System Frequency
Control to The Company then the following requirements as detailed below shall apply. For
the avoidance of doubt, these requirements apply either individually or where it is not part of
a Demand Facility, collectively as part of a Demand Aggregation scheme through a
Demand Response Provider. Demand Response Providers shall ensure that any Plant
and Apparatus or Demand Unit(s) which they own, operate, control or manage, and which
is used to provide Demand Response System Frequency Control shall:-
(a) Be capable of satisfying the Frequency range requirements as specified in ECC.6.1.2.1.
(b) Be capable of satisfying the voltage range requirements as specified in ECC.6.1.4.1.
(c) Be fitted with a deadband facility no greater than 0.03Hz unless otherwise specified in
the Ancillary Services agreement. This requirement shall not apply to Demand
Response Providers where only a Non–Dynamic Frequency Response Service is
provided.
(d) The envelope of operation of the Demand Response System Frequency Control
shall be in accordance with the terms of the Ancillary Services agreement. For the
avoidance of doubt, continuous operation would not be required in respect of a static
Frequency response service..
(e) Be fitted with a control system which is capable of responding to changes in System
Frequency outside the nominal value of 50Hz. A deadband either side of nominal
Frequency shall be permitted which shall be in accordance with the requirement of the
Ancillary Services agreement.
(f) Be equipped with a controller that measures the actual System Frequency. The refresh
rate for this controller shall be no longer than 0.2 seconds.
(g) Be able to detect a change in System Frequency of 0.01Hz. Each Demand Unit
owned, operated, controlled or managed by a Demand Response Provider shall be
capable of a rapid detection and respond to changes in System Frequency which shall
be pursuant to the terms of the Ancillary Services agreement. An offset in the steady
state measurement of Frequency shall be acceptable up to 0.05Hz. Frequency
measurements must be recorded at each Demand Facility and must not be derived on
an aggregated basis.
DRSC.7 SPECIFIC PROVISIONS FOR DEMAND UNITS WITH DEMAND RESPONSE VERY FAST
ACTIVE POWER CONTROL
DRSC.7.1 Where a Demand Response Provider provides Demand Response Very Fast Active
Power Control to The Company, then the applicable requirements shall be pursuant to the
terms of the Ancillary Services agreement which shall specify:-
(a) The relationship between the change in Active Power and the rate of change of System
Frequency over the Demand range of the Demand Response Provider’s Demand
Unit(s)which they own, operate, control or manage.
Issue 5 Revision 33 DRS 5 April 2019
4 of 12
 (b) The operating principles of the Demand Response Very Fast Active Power Control
and associated performance parameters.
(c) The response time of the Demand Response Very Fast Active Power Control which
shall be no longer than 2 seconds from the inception of the System Frequency change.
DRSC.8 DATA REQUIRED BY THE COMPANY FROM DEMAND RESPONSE PROVIDER’S
DRSC.8.1 The data required to be submitted to The Company by a Demand Response Provider will
vary depending upon the type of Demand Response Service provided and will be set out in
the Ancillary Services agreement. .

DRSC.9 OPERATIONAL METERING REQUIREMENTS

DRSC.9.1 The operational metering data required to be submitted to The Company will vary depending
upon the type of Demand Response Service provided. Demand Response Providers may
be required to install such operational metering equipment in accordance with the Ancillary
Services agreement.

DRSC.10 INSTRUCTIONS ISSUED TO DEMAND RESPONSE PROVIDER’S

DRSC.10.1 Demand Response Providers may be required to be fitted with communication and
instruction facilities to enable The Company to instruct them in the operational timeframe.
These requirements will vary depending upon the type of Demand Response Service
provided and will be set out in the Ancillary Services agreement.

PART II

COMPLIANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR DEMAND RESPONSE SERVICES

DRSC.11 OPERATIONAL NOTIFICATION PROCEDURE

DRSC.11.1 General Provisions

DRSC.11.1.1 Demand Response Providers who enter into an agreement with The Company to provide
Ancillary Services are required to undertake a compliance process to ensure the Plant and
Apparatus or Demand Unit(s) which they own, operate, control or manage, satisfies the
requirements of the Ancillary Services agreement and the Demand Response Services
Code. For the avoidance of doubt, Demand Response Providers who are also EU Code
Users, will also be required to satisfy the requirements of the applicable requirements of the
European Compliance Processes (ECP’s).

DRSC.11.1.2 Each Demand Response Provider, shall confirm to The Company its ability to comply
with the requirements of the Ancillary Services agreement.

DRSC.11.1.3 Each Demand Response Provider shall notify The Company of any change to the
Plant or Apparatus which they own, operate, control or manage such they are no
longer able to satisfy the conditions specified in the Ancillary Services agreement
and/or the relevant provisions of the DRSC. Such changes shall be notified to The
Company in accordance with the terms of the Ancillary Services agreement.

DRSC.11.2 Operational Notification Procedures for Demand Response Providers

DRSC.11.2.1 All Demand Response Providers are required to undertake an Operational

Notification procedure which shall comprise a Demand Response Unit Document
(DRUD).

Issue 5 Revision 33 DRS 5 April 2019

5 of 12
DRSC.11.2.2 The format of the Demand Response Unit Document (DRUD) shall take the form
shown in DRSC.A.1 and shall provide sufficient information to demonstrate the Plant
and Apparatus or Demand Unit(s) which a Demand Response Provider owns,
operates, controls or manages, is capable of satisfying the full requirements of the
Ancillary Services agreement and the applicable requirements of the DRSC. The
compliance requirements can be simplified to a single operational notification stage as
well as be reduced as agreed with The Company. Demand Response Providers
shall be required to submit a new DRUD for each subsequent Demand Unit added to
its portfolio.

DRSC.11.2.3 When the Demand Response Provider has submitted a final DRUD to the satisfaction
of The Company which clearly demonstrates full compliance with the Ancillary
Services agreement, The Company shall issue a Final Operational Notification to
the Demand Response Provider.

DRSC.11.3 COMPLIANCE

DRSC.11.3.1 Responsibility of the Demand Response Provider

DRSC.11.3.1.1 Demand Response Providers are required to satisfy the requirements of the Ancillary
Services agreement which shall include satisfying the applicable requirements of this
Demand Response Services Code.

DRSC.11.3.1.2 Should the Demand Response Provider wish to modify the technical capability of the
Plant and Apparatus or Demand Unit(s) which it owns, operates, controls or manages
and which affects its compliance with the Ancillary Services agreement, it should notify
and agree any timescales for the change with The Company prior to making any
change.

DRSC.11.3.1.3 Any operational incidents or failure of the Plant and Apparatus or Demand Unit(s)
owned, operated, controlled or managed by the Demand Response Provider which
impacts its ability to satisfy the compliance requirements detailed in this Demand
Response Services Code shall be notified to The Company as soon as possible after
occurrence of the incident.

DRSC.11.3.1.4 Any planned test schedules and procedures to verify compliance of the Plant and
Apparatus or Demand Unit(s) owned, operated, controlled or managed by the
Demand Response Provider shall be submitted to The Company in advance of the
tests. The Company shall assess the test schedules and procedures in a timely
manner prior to agreeing that the Demand Response Provider can carry out the tests.

DRSC.11.3.1.5 The Company may witness such tests and record the performance of the Plant and
Apparatus owned, operated, controlled or managed by the Demand Response
Provider to verify compliance with the Ancillary Services agreement and the Demand
Response Services Code.

DRSC.11.3.2 Role of The Company

DRSC.11.3.2.1 The Company shall assess the compliance of the Demand Response Provider and
shall undertake monitoring throughout the life time of the Plant and Apparatus or
Demand Unit(s) owned, operated, controlled or managed by the Demand Response
Provider to ensure compliance with the requirements of the Ancillary Services
agreement. The Company shall inform the Demand Response Provider of the
outcome of such assessment

DRSC.11.3.2.2 The Company may require Demand Response Providers to carry out compliance
tests and simulations according to a repeat plan or general scheme or replacement of
equipment which may have an impact on the compliance of the Plant and Apparatus
Issue 5 Revision 33 DRS 5 April 2019
6 of 12
 or Demand Units owned, operated, controlled or managed by the Demand
Response Provider as detailed in DRSC.11.3.1.3 and DRSC.11.3.1.4. The
Company shall inform the Demand Response Provider of the results of these tests.

DRSC.11.3.2.3 As part of this compliance process, the Demand Response Provider shall provide the
following items:-

(a) Relevant documentation and certificates associated with the compliance process.

(b) Details of the technical data required to ensure compliance with the Ancillary
Services agreement.

(c) Steady state and dynamic models (as applicable) of their Demand Units or Plant and
Apparatus (or equivalent) as required and agreed with The Company.

(d) Timelines for the submission of system data required to perform System studies

(e) Study results showing the expected steady state and dynamic performance of the
Plant and Apparatus or Demand Unit(s) or the performance of their Demand
Response Service on an aggregated basis as required and agreed with The
Company.

(f) Submission of registered Equipment Certificates or otherwise as agreed with The

Company.

(g) Conditions and procedures for the use of relevant Equipment Certificates issued by
an Authorised Certifier to a Demand Response Provider or equivalent to the
satisfaction of The Company.

DRSC.11.3.2.4 If compliance tests or simulations cannot be carried out as agreed between the Demand
Response Provider and The Company due to reasons attributable to The Company,
then The Company shall not unreasonably withhold the Operational Notification
referred to in DRSC.11.2.3.

DRSC.11.4 Compliance Testing

DRSC.11.4.1 Common Provisions for Compliance Testing

DRSC.11.4.1.1 The purpose of compliance testing is to ensure that the Plant and Apparatus or Demand
Unit(s) owned, operated, controlled or managed by a Demand Response Provider is
capable of satisfying the requirements of the Ancillary Services agreement and applicable
sections of this Demand Response Services Code in addition to verifying that the models
and data submitted provide a true and accurate representation of the Plant as built.

DRSC.11.4.1.2 Notwithstanding the minimum requirements for compliance testing detailed in DRSC.11.4
of this Demand Response Services Code, The Company shall:-

(a) Allow the Demand Response Provider to carry out an alternative set of tests
provided that they are efficient and sufficient to demonstrate that the Plant and
Apparatus or Demand Unit(s) owned, operated, controlled or managed by a
Demand Response Provider is capable of satisfying the requirements of the
Ancillary Services agreement and the applicable sections of the Demand Response
Services Code.

Issue 5 Revision 33 DRS 5 April 2019

7 of 12
 (b) Require the Demand Response Provider to carry out additional or alternative tests
(where reasonable) to those specified in DRSC.11.5 where they would otherwise be
insufficient to demonstrate compliance with the Ancillary Services agreement.

(c) Require the Demand Response Provider to be responsible for carrying out the tests
in accordance with the requirements specified in DRSC.11.4 and DRSC.11.5 of the
Demand Response Services Code. The Company shall cooperate with the
Demand Response Provider and will not unduly delay the scheduling of the tests.

DRSC.11.4.1.3 The Company may witness such tests (either on site or remotely from The
Company’s control room) to record the performance of the Demand Response
Providers capability to verify compliance with the Ancillary Services agreement and
the Demand Response Services Code. Where The Company witnesses the tests
remotely, the Demand Response Provider shall provide the monitoring equipment
necessary to record all relevant test signals and measurements in addition to ensuring
that necessary representatives from the Demand Response Provider are available
on site for the entire testing period. Signals specified by The Company shall be
provided if for selected tests, The Company wishes to use its own equipment to
record performance. The Company will inform the Demand Response Provider if it
wishes to witness the tests.

DRSC.11.5 Compliance Testing for Demand Response Providers with Demand Response Active
Power Control, Reactive Power Control and Transmission Constraint Management.

DRSC.11.5.1 Demand Modification Tests

DRSC.11.5.1.1 Demand Response Providers who have signed an Ancillary Services agreement
with The Company to provide Demand Response Active Power Control, Demand
Response Reactive Power Control or Demand Response Transmission
Constraint Management, are required to demonstrate (through site tests) the
capability of the Plant and Apparatus or Demand Unit(s) they own, operate, control
or manage to satisfy the requirements of the Ancillary Services agreement and the
applicable requirements of DRSC.5. The site tests should demonstrate the capability
of the Demand Response Providers ability to operate with instruction over the
agreed timeframes, Demand range and duration pursuant to the terms of the
Ancillary Services agreement. The tests can be completed individually or as part of
a Demand aggregation scheme.

DRSC.11.5.1.2 The tests shall be carried out either by instruction from The Company’s Control
Centre or by site tests through injections applied to the Plant and Apparatus or
Demand Unit(s) owned, operated, controlled or managed by the Demand Response
Provider.

DRSC.11.5.1.3 The test shall be deemed as passed if the requirements of the Ancillary Services
agreement have been satisfied and the applicable requirements of DRSC.5
demonstrated to the satisfaction of The Company.

DRSC.11.5.1.4 A list of references to Equipment Certificates issued by an Authorised Certifier (or

otherwise) as agreed with The Company, which can be supplied by the Demand
Response Provider to demonstrate part of the evidence of compliance;

DRSC.11.5.2 Disconnection and Reconnection of Static Compensation Facilities

DRSC.11.5.2.1 Demand Response Providers who have signed an Ancillary Services agreement
with The Company to provide Demand Response Active Power Control, Demand
Response Reactive Power Control or Demand Response Transmission
Constraint Management and have also agreed to disconnect or reconnect (or both)
static compensation facilities when receiving an instruction from The Company in
Issue 5 Revision 33 DRS 5 April 2019
8 of 12
 accordance with the requirements of the Ancillary Services agreement and
DRSC.5.3, shall be required to demonstrate the performance of the Plant and
Apparatus or Demand Unit(s) they own, operate, control or manage to satisfy these
requirements. These requirements can be demonstrated individually or collectively as
part of a demand aggregation scheme.

DRSC.11.5.2.2 The tests shall be carried out either by instruction from The Company’s Control
Centre or by site tests resulting in the disconnection and subsequent re-connection of
the static compensation facilities.

DRSC.11.5.2.3 The test shall be deemed as passed if the requirements of the Ancillary Services
agreement have been satisfied and the applicable requirements of DRSC.5.3 demonstrated
to the satisfaction of The Company.

DRSC.11.6 Compliance Simulation

DRSC.11.6.1 Common Provisions on Compliance Simulations

DRSC.11.6.1.1 Demand Response Providers who agree to provide Demand Response Very Fast Active
Power Control are required to demonstrate their ability to satisfy the requirements of the
Ancillary Services agreement and DRSC.7 through necessary simulation studies to the
satisfaction of The Company.

DRSC.11.6.1.2 Demand Response Providers who have contracted to provide a Demand Response Very
Fast Active Power Control service, are required to submit further simulation studies where
there has been a development, replacement or modernisation of the Plant and Apparatus
or Demand Unit(s)_ owned, operated, controlled or managed by the Demand Response
Provider, or The Company has identified a non–compliance with the Demand Response
Provider’s ability to satisfy the requirements of the Ancillary Services agreement or
DRSC.7.

DRSC.11.6.1.3 Notwithstanding the requirements of DRSC.11.6.1.1 and DRSC.11.6.1.2 The Company

shall be entitled to:-

(a) Allow the Demand Response Provider to carry out an alternative set of simulations
provided that they are efficient and sufficient to demonstrate that the Plant and
Apparatus or Demand Unit(s) owned, operated, controlled or managed by the
Demand Response Provider is capable of satisfying the requirements of the Ancillary
Services agreement and the applicable sections of the Demand Response Services
Code.

(b) Require the Demand Response Provider to carry out additional or alternative
simulations to those specified in DRSC11.6.1.1 and DRSC.11.6.1.28 where they would
otherwise be insufficient to demonstrate compliance with the Ancillary Services
agreement.

DRSC.11.6.1.4 The Company may check that the Demand Response Provider complies with the
requirements of the Ancillary Services agreement and the applicable sections of the
Demand Response Services Code by carrying out its own compliance simulations based
on the simulation reports, models and test measurements.

DRSC.11.6.1.5 The Company will supply upon request from the Demand Response Provider, data to
enable the Demand Response Provider to carry out the required simulations in accordance
with the requirements of the Ancillary Services agreement and DRSC.11.6.

Issue 5 Revision 33 DRS 5 April 2019

9 of 12
 APPENDIX I – DRSC.A.1
Format of the Demand Response Unit Document (DRUD)

Demand Response Unit Document (DRUD)

Statement of Compliance for Demand Response Providers

Contract company details

Contracted company name
Primary contact name
Contact number /s
Email address

Demand Response Service Details

Contract ID
Type of Demand Response Service type,
Asset type,
Unit make up
Aggregation methodology (if appropriate)
Maximum capacity of the Demand Response
Service (MW)
Equipment Certificates (as applicable)_
Unit location/ connection point / ID
Contract signed date
Service start date
Desired test date

Compliance Requirements
DRSC Requirement Compliance Demand Response Provider
Y/N Statement

All documentation and certificates demonstrating

compliance with the DRSC.

Details of the technical data required to ensure

compliance with the Ancillary Services agreement.

Steady state and dynamic models (or equivalent

information) of Plant and Apparatus or Demand
Unit(s).
Timelines for the submission of system studies or
equivalent data.

Study results showing the expected steady state

and dynamic performance of the Plant and
Apparatus or Demand Unit(s)
Conditions and procedures including the scope for
registering Equipment Certificates or otherwise as
agreed with The Company.
Conditions and procedures for the use of relevant
Equipment Certificates issued by an Authorised
Certifier to a Demand Response Provider.

Issue 5 Revision 33 DRS 5 April 2019

10 of 12
 DRSC Requirement Compliance Demand Response Provider
Y/N Statement

Operational Metering Data to be submitted in

accordance with Ancillary Services agreement.

Ability to receive instructions to and from The

Company accordance with the Ancillary Services
agreement.
Ability to operate over Frequency range as
specified in DRSC.5.1(a).

Ability to operate over voltage range as specified in

DRSC.5.1(b).

Ability to withstand a rate of change of system

frequency up to a maximum of 1Hz per second as
measured over a 500ms timeframe as specified in
DRSC.5.1(i).
Non-Embedded Customers who are also Demand
Response Providers ability to switch static
compensation equipment into or out of service in
accordance with DRSC5.3 as applicable.
Deadband settings as applicable.

Control system block diagrams, parameters and

settings as applicable.

Declaration

Declaration – to be completed by Customer or the Demand Response Provider’s appointed technical

representative

I declare that for all the Demand Response Provider’s information associated with this contract:

1. Compliance with the requirements of the Demand Response Services Code is achieved.

2. The commissioning checks have been successfully completed.

Name:

Signature:

Company Name:

Position:

Declaration – to be completed by The Company Witnessing Representative if applicable. Delete if not

witnessed by the The Company.

I confirm that I have witnessed the commissioning checks in this document on behalf of

Issue 5 Revision 33 DRS 5 April 2019

11 of 12
____________________________ and that the results are an accurate record of the checks

Name:

Signature:

Company Name:

< END OF DEMAND RESPONSE SERVICES CODE >

Issue 5 Revision 33 DRS 5 April 2019

12 of 12
 COMPLIANCE PROCESSES
(CP)

CONTENTS

(This contents page does not form part of the Grid Code)

Paragraph No/Title Page Number

CP.1 INTRODUCTION .......................................................................................................................................2
CP.2 OBJECTIVE...............................................................................................................................................2
CP.3 SCOPE ......................................................................................................................................................2
CP.4 CONNECTION PROCESS........................................................................................................................3
CP.5 ENERGISATION OPERATIONAL NOTIFICATION ..................................................................................3
CP.6 INTERIM OPERATIONAL NOTIFICATION...............................................................................................4
CP.7 FINAL OPERATIONAL NOTIFICATION ...................................................................................................7
CP.8 LIMITED OPERATIONAL NOTIFICATION ...............................................................................................9
CP.9 PROCESSES RELATING TO DEROGATIONS .....................................................................................12
CP.10 MANUFACTURER’S DATA & PERFORMANCE REPORT..................................................................12
APPENDIX 1 - ILLUSTRATIVE PROCESS DIAGRAMS...................................................................................15
APPENDIX 2 - USER SELF CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE ...................................................................20
APPENDIX 3 - SIMULATION STUDIES ............................................................................................................21

Issue 5 Revision 24 CP 16 August 2018

i
CP.1 INTRODUCTION
CP.1.1 The Compliance Processes ("CP") specifies:
the process (leading to an Energisation Operational Notification) which must be followed
by The Company and any GB Code User to demonstrate its compliance with the Grid Code
in relation to its Plant and Apparatus (including OTSUA) prior to the relevant Plant and
Apparatus (including any OTSUA) being energised.
the process (leading to an Interim Operational Notification and Final Operational
Notification) which must be followed by The Company and any Generator or DC
Converter Station owner to demonstrate its compliance with the Grid Code in relation to its
Plant and Apparatus (including any dynamically controlled OTSUA). This process shall be
followed prior to and during the course of the relevant Plant and Apparatus (including
OTSUA) being energised and Synchronised.
the process (leading to a Limited Operational Notification) which must be followed by The
Company and each Generator and DC Converter Station owner where any of its Plant
and/or Apparatus (including any OTSUA) becomes unable to comply with relevant
provisions of the Grid Code, and where applicable with Appendices F1 to F5 (and in the case
of OTSUA, Appendices OF1 to OF5 of the Bilateral Agreement). This process also includes
when changes or Modifications are made to Plant and/or Apparatus (including OTSUA).
This process applies to such Plant and/or Apparatus after the Plant and/or Apparatus has
become Operational and until Disconnected from the Total System, (or until, in the case
of OTSUA, the OTSUA Transfer Time), when changes or Modifications are made.
CP.1.2 As used in this CP references to OTSUA means OTSUA to be connected or connected to
the National Electricity Transmission System prior to the OTSUA Transfer Time.
CP1.3 Where the Generator or DC Convertor Station Owner and/or The Company are required
to apply for a derogation from the Authority, this is not in respect of the OTSUA

CP.2 OBJECTIVE
CP.2.1 The objective of the CP is to ensure that there is a clear and consistent process for
demonstration of compliance by GB Code Users with the Connection Conditions and
Bilateral Agreement which are similar for all GB Code Users of an equivalent category and
will enable The Company to comply with its statutory and Transmission Licence
obligations.
CP.2.2 Provisions of the CP which apply in relation to OTSDUW and OTSUA shall (in any particular
case) apply up to the OTSUA Transfer Time, whereupon such provisions shall (without
prejudice to any prior non-compliance) cease to apply.
CP.2.3 In relation to OTSDUW, provisions otherwise to be contained in a Bilateral Agreement may
be contained in the Construction Agreement, and accordingly a reference in the CP to a
relevant Bilateral Agreement includes the relevant Construction Agreement.

CP.3 SCOPE
CP.3.1 The CP applies to The Company and to GB Code Users, which in the CP means:
(a) GB Generators (other than in relation to Embedded Small Power Stations or
Embedded Medium Power Stations not subject to a Bilateral Agreement) including
those undertaking OTSDUW.
(b) Network Operators;
(c) Non-Embedded Customers;
(d) DC Converter Station owners (other than those which only have Embedded DC
Converter Stations not subject to a Bilateral Agreement).

Issue 5 Revision 24 CP 16 August 2018

2 of 27
CP.3.2 The above categories of GB Code User will become bound by the CP prior to them
generating, distributing, supplying or consuming, or in the case of OTSUA, transmitting, as
the case may be, and references to the various categories should, therefore, be taken as
referring to them in that prospective role as well as to Users actually connected.
CP3.3 This CP does not apply to EU Code Users for whom the requirements of the ECP applies.

CP.4 CONNECTION PROCESS

CP.4.1 The CUSC Contract(s) contain certain provisions relating to the procedure for connection to
the National Electricity Transmission System or, in the case of Embedded Power
Stations or Embedded DC Converter Stations, becoming operational and include
provisions to be complied with by GB Code Users prior to and during the course of The
Company notifying the User that it has the right to become operational. In addition to such
provisions this CP sets out in further detail the processes to be followed to demonstrate
compliance. Whilst this CP does not expressly address the processes to be followed in the
case of OTSUA connecting to a Network Operator’s User System prior to the OTSUA
Transfer Time, the processes to be followed by The Company and the Generator in
respect of OTSUA in such circumstances shall be consistent with those set out below by
reference OTSUA directly connected to the National Electricity Transmission System.
CP.4.2 The provisions contained in CP.5 to CP.7 detail the process to be followed in order for the
GB Code User’s Plant and Apparatus (including OTSUA) to become operational. This
process includes EON (energisation) ION (interim synchronising) and FON (final).
CP.4.2.1 The provisions contained in CP.5 relate to the connection and energisation of User’s Plant
and Apparatus (including OTSUA) to the National Electricity Transmission System or
where Embedded, to a User’s System and is shown diagrammatically at CP.A.1.1.
CP.4.2.2 The provisions contained in CP.6 and CP.7 provide the process for Generators and DC
Converter Station owners to demonstrate compliance with the Grid Code and with, where
applicable, the CUSC Contract(s) prior to and during the course of such Generator’s or DC
Converter Station owner’s Plant and Apparatus (including OTSUA up to the OTSUA
Transfer Time) becoming operational and is shown diagrammatically at CP.A.1.2 and
CP.A.1.3.
CP.4.2.3 The provisions contained in CP.8 detail the process to be followed when:
(a) a Generator or DC Converter Station owner’s Plant and/or Apparatus (including the
OTSUA) is unable to comply with any provisions of the Grid Code and Bilateral
Agreement; or,
(b) following any notification by a Generator or a DC Converter Station owner under the
PC of any change to its Plant and Apparatus (including any OTSUA); or,
(c) a Modification to a Generator or a DC Converter Station owner’s Plant and/or
Apparatus.
The process is shown diagrammatically at Appendix CP.A.1.4 for condition (a) and Appendix
CP.A.1.5 for conditions (b) and (c)
CP.4.3 Embedded Medium Power Stations not subject to a Bilateral Agreement and Embedded DC
Converter Stations not subject to a Bilateral Agreement
CP.4.3.1 For the avoidance of doubt the process in this CP does not apply to Embedded Medium
Power Stations not subject to a Bilateral Agreement and Embedded DC Converter
Stations not subject to a Bilateral Agreement.

CP.5 ENERGISATION OPERATIONAL NOTIFICATION

CP.5.1 The following provisions apply in relation to the issue of an Energisation Operational
Notification.

Issue 5 Revision 24 CP 16 August 2018

3 of 27
CP.5.1.1 Certain provisions relating to the connection and energisation of the GB Code User’s Plant
and Apparatus at the Connection Site and OTSUA at the Transmission Interface Point
and in certain cases of Embedded Plant and Apparatus are specified in the CUSC and/or
CUSC Contract(s). For other Embedded Plant and Apparatus the Distribution Code, the
DCUSA and the Embedded Development Agreement for the connection specify equivalent
provisions. Further detail on this is set out in CP.5 below.
CP.5.2 The items for submission prior to the issue of an Energisation Operational Notification are
set out in CC.5.2
CP.5.3 In the case of a Generator or DC Converter Station owner the items referred to in CC.5.2
shall be submitted using the User Data File Structure.
CP.5.4 Not less than 28 days, or such shorter period as may be acceptable in The Company’s
reasonable opinion, prior to the GB Code User wishing to energise its Plant and Apparatus
(including passive OTSUA) for the first time the GB Code User will submit to The Company
a Certificate of Readiness to Energise High Voltage Equipment which specifies the items of
Plant and Apparatus (including OTSUA) ready to be energised in a form acceptable to The
Company.
CP.5.5 If the relevant obligations under the provisions of the CUSC and/or CUSC Contract(s) and
the conditions of CP.5 have been completed to The Company’s reasonable satisfaction
then The Company shall issue an Energisation Operational Notification. Any
dynamically controlled reactive compensation OTSUA (including Statcoms or Static Var
Compensators) shall not be Energised until the appropriate Interim Operational
Notification has been issued in accordance with CP.6.

CP.6 INTERIM OPERATIONAL NOTIFICATION

CP.6.1 The following provisions apply in relation to the issue of an Interim Operational
Notification.
CP.6.2 Not less than 28 days, or such shorter period as may be acceptable in The Company’s
reasonable opinion, prior to the Generator or DC Converter Station owner wishing to
Synchronise its Plant and Apparatus or dynamically controlled OTSUA for the first time the
Generator or DC Converter Station owner will:
(i) submit to The Company a Notification of User’s Intention to Synchronise; and
(iI) submit to The Company the items referred to at CP.6.3.
CP.6.3 Items for submission prior to issue of the Interim Operational Notification.
CP.6.3.1 Prior to the issue of an Interim Operational Notification in respect of the GB Code User’s
Plant and Apparatus or dynamically controlled OTSUA.
the Generator or DC Converter Station owner must submit to The Company to The
Company’s satisfaction:
(a) updated Planning Code data (both Standard Planning Data and Detailed Planning
Data), with any estimated values assumed for planning purposes confirmed or, where
practical, replaced by validated actual values and by updated estimates for the future
and by updated forecasts for Forecast Data items such as Demand;
(b) details of any special Power Station, Generating Unit(s), Power Park Module(s) or
DC Converter Station(s) protection as applicable. This may include Pole Slipping
protection and islanding protection schemes;
(c) any items required by CP.5.2, updated by the GB Code User as necessary;
(d) simulation study provisions of Appendix CP.A.3 and the results demonstrating
compliance with Grid Code requirements of:
PC.A.5.4.2
PC.A.5.4.3.2,
Issue 5 Revision 24 CP 16 August 2018
4 of 27
 CC.6.3.4,
CC.6.3.7(c)(i),
CC.6.3.15,
CC.A.6.2.5.6,
CC.A.7.2.3.1,
as applicable to the Power Station, Generating Unit(s), Power Park Module(s) or DC
Converter(s) or dynamically controlled OTSUA unless agreed otherwise by The
Company;
(e) a detailed schedule of the tests and the procedures for the tests required to be carried
out by the Generator or DC Converter Station owner under CP.7.2 to demonstrate
compliance with relevant Grid Code requirements. Such schedule to be consistent with
Appendix OC5.A.2 (in the case of Generating Units other than Power Park Modules)
or Appendix OC5.A.3 (in the case of Generating Units comprising Power Park
Modules) and OTSUA as applicable); and
(f) an interim Compliance Statement and a User Self Certification of Compliance
completed by the GB Code User (including any Unresolved Issues) against the
relevant Grid Code requirements including details of any requirements that the
Generator or DC Converter Station owner has identified that will not or may not be
met or demonstrated.
CP.6.3.2 The items referred to in CP.6.3 shall be submitted by the Generator or DC Converter
Station owner using the User Data File Structure.
CP.6.4 No Generating Unit, CCGT Module, Power Park Module or DC Converter or dynamically
controlled OTSUA shall be Synchronised to the Total System (and for the avoidance of
doubt, dynamically controlled OTSUA will not be able to transmit), until the later of:
(a) the date specified by The Company in the Interim Operational Notification issued in
respect of the Generating Unit(s), CCGT Module(s), Power Park Module(s) or DC
Converter(s) or dynamically controlled OTSUA; and,
(b) if Embedded, the date of receipt of a confirmation from the Network Operator in
whose System the Plant and Apparatus is connected that it is acceptable to the
Network Operator that the Plant and Apparatus be connected and Synchronised;
and,
(c) in the case of Synchronous Generating Unit(s) only after the date of receipt by
Generator of written confirmation from The Company that the Generating Unit or
CCGT Module as applicable has completed the following tests to demonstrate
compliance with the relevant provisions of the Connection Conditions to The
Company’s satisfaction:
(i) those tests required to establish the open and short circuit saturation
characteristics of the Generating Unit (as detailed in Appendix OC5.A.2.3) to
enable assessment of the short circuit ratio in accordance with CC.6.3.2. Such
tests may be carried out at a location other than the Power Station site; and
(ii) open circuit step response tests (as detailed in Appendix OC5.A.2.2) to
demonstrate compliance with CC.A.6.2.4.1.
CP.6.5 The Company shall assess the schedule of tests submitted by the Generator or DC
Converter Station owner with the Notification of User’s Intention to Synchronise under
CP.6.1 and shall determine whether such schedule has been completed to The Company’s
satisfaction.
CP.6.6 When the requirements of CP.6.2 to CP.6.5 have been met, The Company will notify the
Generator or DC Converter Station owner that the:
Generating Unit,

Issue 5 Revision 24 CP 16 August 2018

5 of 27
 CCGT Module,
Power Park Module,
Dynamically controlled OTSUA or
DC Converter,
as applicable may (subject to the Generator or DC Converter Station owner having fulfilled
the requirements of CP.6.3 where that applies) be Synchronised to the Total System
through the issue of an Interim Operational Notification. Where the Generator is
undertaking OTSDUW then the Interim Operational Notification will be in two parts, with
the “Interim Operational Notification Part A” applicable to the OTSUA and the “Interim
Operational Notification Part B” applicable to the GB Code Users Plant and Apparatus.
For the avoidance of doubt, the Interim Operational Notification Part A and the Interim
Operational Notification Part B can be issued together or at different times. In respect of
an Embedded Power Station or Embedded DC Converter Station (other than a
Embedded Medium Power Stations not subject to a Bilateral Agreement and Embedded
DC Converter Stations not subject to a Bilateral Agreement), The Company will notify the
Network Operator that an Interim Operational Notification has been issued.
CP.6.6.1 The Interim Operational Notification will be time limited, the expiration date being specified
at the time of issue. The Interim Operational Notification may be renewed by The
Company.
CP.6.6.2 The Generator or DC Converter Station owner must operate the Generating Unit, CCGT
Module, Power Park Module, OTSUA or DC Converter in accordance with the terms,
arising from the Unresolved Issues, of the Interim Operational Notification. Where
practicable, The Company will discuss such terms with the Generator or DC Converter
Station owner prior to including them in the Interim Operational Notification.
CP.6.6.3 The Interim Operational Notification will include the following limitations:
(a) In the case of OTSUA, the Interim Operational Notification Part A permits
Synchronisation of the dynamically controlled OTSUA to the Total System only for
the purposes of active control of voltage and reactive power and not for the purpose of
exporting Active Power.
(b) In the case of a Power Park Module the Interim Operational Notification (and where
OTSDUW Arrangements apply, this reference will be to the Interim Operational
Notification Part B) will limit the proportion of the Power Park Module which can be
simultaneously Synchronised to the Total System such that neither of the following
figures is exceeded:
(i) 20% of the Registered Capacity of the Power Park Module (or the output of a
single Power Park Unit where this exceeds 20% of the Power Station’s
Registered Capacity); nor
(ii) 50MW
until the Generator has completed the voltage control tests (detailed in OC5.A.3.2)
(including in respect of any dynamically controlled OTSUA) to The Company’s
reasonable satisfaction. Following successful completion of this test each additional
Power Park Unit should be included in the voltage control scheme as soon as is
technically possible (unless The Company agrees otherwise).
(b) In the case of a Power Park Module with a Registered Capacity greater or equal to
100MW, the Interim Operational Notification (and where OTSDUW Arrangements
apply, this reference will be to the Interim Operational Notification Part B) will limit
the proportion of the Power Park Module which can be simultaneously Synchronised
to the Total System to 70% of Registered Capacity until the Generator has
completed the Limited Frequency Sensitive Mode control tests with at least 50% of
the Registered Capacity of the Power Park Module in service (detailed in OC5.A.3.3)
to The Company’s reasonable satisfaction.

Issue 5 Revision 24 CP 16 August 2018

6 of 27
 (c) In the case of a Synchronous Generating Unit employing a static Excitation System
the Interim Operational Notification (and where OTSDUW Arrangements apply, this
reference will be to the Interim Operational Notification Part B) may if applicable limit
the maximum Active Power output and reactive power output of the Synchronous
Generating Unit or CCGT module prior to the successful commissioning of the Power
System Stabiliser to The Company’s satisfaction.
CP.6.6.4 When a GB Code User and The Company are acting/operating in accordance with the
provisions of a Interim Operational Notification, whilst it is in force, the relevant provisions
of the Grid Code to which that Interim Operational Notification relates will not apply to the
GB Code User or The Company to the extent and for the period set out in the Interim
Operational Notification.
CP.6.7 Other than Unresolved Issues that are subject to tests required under CP.7.2 to be
witnessed by The Company, the Generator or DC Converter Station owner must resolve
any Unresolved Issues prior to the commencement of the tests, unless The Company
agrees to a later resolution. The Generator or DC Converter Station owner must liaise with
The Company in respect of such resolution. The tests that may be witnessed by The
Company are specified in CP.7.2.
CP.6.8 Not less than 28 days, or such shorter period as may be acceptable in The Company’s
reasonable opinion, prior to the Generator or DC Converter Station owner wishing to
commence tests required under CP.7 to be witnessed by The Company, the Generator or
DC Converter Station owner will notify The Company that the Generating Unit(s), CCGT
Module(s), Power Park Module(s) or DC Converter(s) as applicable is ready to commence
such tests.
CP.6.9 The items referred to at CP.7.3 shall be submitted by the Generator or the DC Converter
Station owner after successful completion of the tests required under CP.7.2.

CP.7. FINAL OPERATIONAL NOTIFICATION

CP.7.1 The following provisions apply in relation to the issue of a Final Operational Notification.
CP.7.2 Tests to be carried out prior to issue of the Final Operational Notification
CP.7.2.1 Prior to the issue of a Final Operational Notification the Generator or DC Converter
Station owner must have completed the tests specified in this CP.7.2.2 to The Company’s
satisfaction to demonstrate compliance with the relevant Grid Code provisions.
CP.7.2.2 In the case of any Generating Unit, CCGT Module, Power Park Module, OTSUA (if
applicable) and DC Converter these tests will comprise one or more of the following:
(a) reactive capability tests to demonstrate that the Generating Unit, CCGT Module,
Power Park Module, OTSUA (if applicable) and DC Converter can meet the
requirements of CC.6.3.2. These may be witnessed by The Company on site if there is
no metering to the The Company Control Centre.
(b) voltage control system tests to demonstrate that the Generating Unit, CCGT Module,
Power Park Module, OTSUA (if applicable) and DC Converter can meet the
requirements of CC.6.3.6, CC.6.3.8 and, in the case of Power Park Module, OTSUA (if
applicable) and DC Converter, the requirements of CC.A.7 and, in the case of
Generating Unit and CCGT Module, the requirements of CC.A.6, and any terms
specified in the Bilateral Agreement as applicable. These tests may also be used to
validate the Excitation System model (PC.A.5.3) or voltage control system model
(PC.A.5.4) as applicable. These tests may be witnessed by The Company.

Issue 5 Revision 24 CP 16 August 2018

7 of 27
 (c) governor or frequency control system tests to demonstrate that the Generating Unit,
CCGT Module, OTSUA (if applicable) and Power Park Module can meet the
requirements of CC.6.3.6, CC.6.3.7, where applicable CC.A.3, and BC.3.7. The results
will also validate the Mandatory Service Agreement required by CC.8.1. These tests
may also be used to validate the Governor model (PC.A.5.3) or frequency control
system model (PC.A.5.4) as applicable. These tests may be witnessed by The
Company.
(d) fault ride through tests in respect of a Power Station with a Registered Capacity of
100MW or greater, comprised of one or more Power Park Modules, to demonstrate
compliance with CC.6.3.15 (a), (b) and (c), CC.A.4.1, CC.A.4.2 and CC.A.4.3. Where
test results from a Manufacturers Data & Performance Report as defined in CP.10
have been accepted this test will not be required.
(e) any further tests reasonably required by The Company and agreed with the GB Code
User to demonstrate any aspects of compliance with the Grid Code and the CUSC
Contracts.
CP.7.2.3 The Company’s preferred range of tests to demonstrate compliance with the CC are
specified in Appendix OC5.A.2 (in the case of Generating Units other than Power Park
Modules) or Appendix OC5.A.3 (in the case of Generating Units comprising Power Park
Modules or OTSUA if applicable) or Appendix OC5.A.4 (in the case of DC Converters) and
are to be carried out by the GB Code User with the results of each test provided to The
Company. The GB Code User may carry out an alternative range of tests if this is agreed
with The Company. The Company may agree a reduced set of tests where there is a
relevant Manufacturers Data & Performance Report as detailed in CP.10.
CP.7.2.4 In the case of Offshore Power Park Modules which do not contribute to Offshore
Transmission Licensee Reactive Power capability as described in CC.6.3.2(e)(i) or
CC.6.3.2(e)(ii) or Voltage Control as described in CC.6.3.8(b)(i) the tests outlined in CP.7.2.2
(a) and CP.7.2.2 (b) are not required. However, the offshore reactive power transfer tests
outlined in OC5.A.2.8 shall be completed in their place.
CP.7.2.5 Following completion of each of the tests specified in this CP.7.2, The Company will notify
the Generator or DC Converter Station owner whether, in the opinion of The Company,
the results demonstrate compliance with the relevant Grid Code conditions.
CP.7.2.6 The Generator or DC Converter Station owner is responsible for carrying out the tests and
retains the responsibility for safety and personnel during the test.
CP.7.3 Items for submission prior to issue of the Final Operational Notification
CP.7.3.1 Prior to the issue of a Final Operational Notification the Generator or DC Converter
Station owner must submit to The Company to The Company’s satisfaction:
(a) updated Planning Code data (both Standard Planning Data and Detailed Planning
Data), with validated actual values and updated estimates for the future including
Forecast Data items such as Demand;
(b) any items required by CP.5.2 and CP.6.3, updated by the GB Code User as necessary;
(c) evidence to The Company’s satisfaction that demonstrates that the controller models
and/or parameters (as required under PC.A.5.3.2(c) option 2, PC.A.5.3.2(d) option 2,
PC.A.5.4.2, and/or PC.A.5.4.3.2) supplied to The Company provide a reasonable
representation of the behaviour of the GB Code User’s Plant and Apparatus and
OTSUA if applicable;
(d) results from the tests required in accordance with CP.7.2 carried out by the Generator
to demonstrate compliance with relevant Grid Code requirements including the tests
witnessed by The Company; and
(e) the final Compliance Statement and a User Self Certification of Compliance signed
by the GB Code User and a statement of any requirements that the Generator or DC
Converter Station owner has identified that have not been met together with a copy of
the derogation in respect of the same from the Authority.
Issue 5 Revision 24 CP 16 August 2018
8 of 27
CP.7.3.2 The items in CP.7.3 should be submitted by the Generator (including in respect of any
OTSUA if applicable) or DC Converter Station owner using the User Data File Structure.
CP.7.4 If the requirements of CP.7.2 and CP.7.3 have been successfully met, The Company will
notify the Generator or DC Converter Station owner that compliance with the relevant Grid
Code provisions has been demonstrated for the Generating Unit(s), CCGT Module(s),
Power Park Module(s), OTSUA, if applicable or DC Converter(s) as applicable through the
issue of a Final Operational Notification. In respect of a Embedded Power Station or
Embedded DC Converter Station other than a Embedded Medium Power Stations not
subject to a Bilateral Agreement and Embedded DC Converter Stations not subject to a
Bilateral Agreement, The Company will notify the Network Operator that a Final
Operational Notification has been issued.
CP.7.5 If a Final Operational Notification can not be issued because the requirements of CP.7.2
and CP.7.3 have not been successfully met prior to the expiry of an Interim Operational
Notification then the Generator or DC Converter Station owner (where licensed in respect
of its activities) and/or The Company shall apply to the Authority for a derogation. The
provisions of CP.9 shall then apply.

CP.8 LIMITED OPERATIONAL NOTIFICATION

CP.8.1 Following the issue of a Final Operational Notification if:
(i) the Generator or DC Converter Station owner becomes aware, that its Plant and/or
Apparatus’ (including OTSUA if applicable) capability to meet any provisions of the
Grid Code, or where applicable the Bilateral Agreement is not fully available then the
Generator or DC Converter Station owner shall follow the process in CP.8.2 to
CP.8.11; or,
(ii) a Network Operator becomes aware, that the capability of Plant and/or Apparatus’
belonging to a Embedded Power Station or Embedded DC Converter Station (other
than a Embedded Medium Power Stations not subject to a Bilateral Agreement and
Embedded DC Converter Stations not subject to a Bilateral Agreement) is failing to
meet any provisions of the Grid Code, or where applicable the Bilateral Agreement
then the Network Operator shall inform The Company and The Company shall inform
the Generator or DC Converter Station owner and then follow the process in CP.8.2 to
CP.8.11; or,
(iii) The Company becomes aware through monitoring as described in OC5.4, that a
Generator or DC Converter Station owner Plant and/or Apparatus’ (including
OTSUA if applicable) capability to meet any provisions of the Grid Code, or where
applicable the Bilateral Agreement is not fully available then The Company shall
inform the other party. Where The Company and the Generator or DC Converter
Station owner cannot agree from the monitoring as described in OC5.4 whether the
Plant and/or Apparatus (including OTSUA if applicable) is fully available and/or is
compliant with the requirements of the Grid Code and where applicable the Bilateral
Agreement, the parties shall first apply the process in OC5.5.1, before applying the
process defined in CP.8 (LON) if applicable. Where the testing instructed in accordance
with OC.5.5.1 indicates that the Plant and/or Apparatus (including OTSUA if
applicable) is not fully available and/or is not compliant with the requirements of the Grid
Code and/or the Bilateral Agreement, or if the parties so agree, the process in CP.8.2
to CP.8.11 shall be followed.
CP.8.2 Immediately upon a Generator or DC Converter Station owner becoming aware that its
Generating Unit, CCGT Module, Power Park Module, OTSUA (if applicable) or DC
Converter Station as applicable may be unable to comply with certain provisions of the Grid
Code or (where applicable) the Bilateral Agreement, the Generator or DC Converter
Station owner shall notify The Company in writing. Additional details of any operating
restrictions or changes in applicable data arising from the potential non-compliance and an
indication of the date from when the restrictions will be removed and full compliance
demonstrated shall be provided as soon as reasonably practical.
Issue 5 Revision 24 CP 16 August 2018
9 of 27
CP.8.3 If the nature of any unavailability and/or potential non-compliance described in CP.8.1
causes or can reasonably be expected to cause a material adverse effect on the business or
condition of The Company or other Users or the National Electricity Transmission
System or any User Systems then The Company may, notwithstanding the provisions of
this CP.8 follow the provisions of Paragraph 5.4 of the CUSC.
CP.8.4 Except where the provisions of CP.8.3 apply, where the restriction notified in CP.8.2 is not
resolved in 28 days then the Generator or DC Converter Station owner with input from and
discussion of conclusions with The Company, and the Network Operator where the
Generating Unit, CCGT Module, Power Park Module or Power Station as applicable is
Embedded, shall undertake an investigation to attempt to determine the causes of and
solution to the non-compliance. Such investigation shall continue for no longer than 56 days.
During such investigation the Generator or DC Converter Station owner shall provide to
The Company the relevant data which has changed due to the restriction in respect of
CP.7.3.1 as notified to the Generator or DC Converter Station owner by The Company as
being required to be provided.
CP.8.5 Issue and Effect of LON
CP.8.5.1 Following the issue of a Final Operational Notification, The Company will issue to the
Generator or DC Converter Station owner a Limited Operational Notification if:
(a) by the end of the 56 day period referred to at CP.8.4, the investigation has not resolved
the non-compliance to The Company’s satisfaction; or
(b) The Company is notified by a Generator or DC Converter Station owner of a
Modification to its Plant and Apparatus (including OTSUA if applicable); or
(c) The Company receives a submission of data, or a statement from a Generator or DC
Converter Station owner indicating a change in Plant or Apparatus (including OTSUA
if applicable) or settings (including but not limited to governor and excitation control
systems) that may in The Company’s reasonable opinion, acting in accordance with
Good Industry Practice be expected to result in a material change of performance.
In the case of an Embedded Generator or Embedded DC Converter Station owner, The
Company will issue a copy of the Limited Operational Notification to the Network
Operator.
CP.8.5.2 The Limited Operational Notification will be time limited to expire no later than 12 months
from the start of the non-compliance or restriction or from reconnection following a change.
The Company may agree a longer duration in the case of a Limited Operational
Notification following a Modification or whilst the Authority is considering the application
for a derogation in accordance with CP.9.1.
CP.8.5.3 The Limited Operational Notification will notify the Generator or DC Converter Station
owner of any restrictions on the operation of the Generating Unit(s), CCGT Module(s),
Power Park Module(s), OTSUA (if applicable) or DC Converter(s) and will specify the
Unresolved Issues. The Generator or DC Converter Station owner must operate in
accordance with any notified restrictions and must resolve the Unresolved Issues.
CP.8.5.4 When a GB Code User and The Company are acting/operating in accordance with the
provisions of a Limited Operational Notification, whilst it is in force, the relevant provisions
of the Grid Code to which that Limited Operational Notification relates will not apply to the
GB Code User or The Company to the extent and for the period set out in the Limited
Operational Notification.
CP.8.5.5 The Unresolved Issues included in a Limited Operational Notification will show the
extent that the provisions of CP.7.2 (testing) and CP.7.3 (final data submission) shall apply.
In respect of selecting the extent of any tests which may in The Company’s view reasonably
be needed to demonstrate the restored capability and in agreeing the time period in which
the tests will be scheduled, The Company shall, where reasonably practicable, take account
of the Generator or DC Converter Station owner’s input to contain its costs associated with
the testing.

Issue 5 Revision 24 CP 16 August 2018

10 of 27
CP.8.5.6 In the case of a change or Modification the Limited Operational Notification may specify
that the affected Plant and/or Apparatus (including OTSUA if applicable) or associated
Generating Unit(s) or Power Park Unit(s) must not be Synchronised until all of the
following items, that in The Company’s reasonable opinion are relevant, have been
submitted to The Company to The Company’s satisfaction:
(a) updated Planning Code data (both Standard Planning Data and Detailed Planning
Data);
(b) details of any relevant special Power Station, Generating Unit(s), Power Park
Module(s), OTSUA (if applicable) or DC Converter Station(s) protection as applicable.
This may include Pole Slipping protection and islanding protection schemes; and
(c) simulation study provisions of Appendix CP.A.3 and the results demonstrating
compliance with Grid Code requirements relevant to the change or Modification as
agreed by The Company; and
(d) a detailed schedule of the tests and the procedures for the tests required to be carried
out by the Generator or DC Converter Station to demonstrate compliance with
relevant Grid Code requirements as agreed by The Company. The schedule of tests
shall be consistent with Appendix OC5.A.2 or Appendix OC5.A.3 as appropriate; and
(e) an interim Compliance Statement and a User Self Certification of Compliance
completed by the GB Code User (including any Unresolved Issues) against the
relevant Grid Code requirements including details of any requirements that the
Generator or DC Converter Station owner has identified that will not or may not be
met or demonstrated; and
(f) any other items specified in the LON.
CP.8.5.7 The items referred to in CP.8.5.6 shall be submitted by the Generator (including in respect
of any OTSUA if applicable) or DC Converter Station owner using the User Data File
Structure.
CP.8.5.8 In the case of Synchronous Generating Unit(s) only, the Unresolved Issues of the LON
may require that the Generator must complete the following tests to The Company’s
satisfaction to demonstrate compliance with the relevant provisions of the CCs prior to the
Generating Unit being Synchronised to the Total System:
(a) those tests required to establish the open and short circuit saturation characteristics of
the Generating Unit (as detailed in Appendix OC5.A.2.3) to enable assessment of the
short circuit ratio in accordance with CC.6.3.2. Such tests may be carried out at a
location other than the Power Station site; and
(b) open circuit step response tests (as detailed in Appendix OC5.A.2.2) to demonstrate
compliance with CC.A.6.2.4.1.
CP.8.6 In the case of a change or Modification, not less than 28 days, or such shorter period as
may be acceptable in The Company’s reasonable opinion, prior to the Generator or DC
Converter Station owner wishing to Synchronise its Plant and Apparatus (including
OTSUA if applicable) for the first time following the change or Modification, the Generator
or DC Converter Station owner will:
(i) submit a Notification of User’s Intention to Synchronise; and
(ii) submit to The Company the items referred to at CP.8.5.6.
CP.8.7 Other than Unresolved Issues that are subject to tests to be witnessed by The Company,
the Generator or DC Converter Station owner must resolve any Unresolved Issues prior
to the commencement of the tests, unless The Company agrees to a later resolution. The
Generator or DC Converter Station owner must liaise with The Company in respect of
such resolution. The tests that may be witnessed by The Company are specified in
CP.7.2.2.

Issue 5 Revision 24 CP 16 August 2018

11 of 27
CP.8.8 Not less than 28 days, or such shorter period as may be acceptable in The Company’s
reasonable opinion, prior to the Generator or DC Converter Station owner wishing to
commence tests listed as Unresolved Issues to be witnessed by The Company, the
Generator or DC Converter Station owner will notify The Company that the Generating
Unit(s), CCGT Module(s), Power Park Module(s), OTSUA (if applicable) or DC
Converter(s) as applicable is ready to commence such tests.
CP.8.9 The items referred to at CP.7.3 and listed as Unresolved Issues shall be submitted by the
Generator or the DC Converter Station owner after successful completion of the tests.
CP.8.10 Where the Unresolved Issues have been resolved a Final Operational Notification will be
issued to the GB Code User.
CP.8.11 If a Final Operational Notification has not been issued by The Company within the 12
month period referred to at CP.8.5.2 (or where agreed following a Modification by the expiry
time of the LON) then the Generator or DC Converter Station owner (where licensed in
respect of its activities) and The Company shall apply to the Authority for a derogation.

CP.9 PROCESSES RELATING TO DEROGATIONS

CP.9.1 Whilst the Authority is considering the application for a derogation, the Interim Operational
Notification or Limited Operational Notification will be extended to remain in force until
the Authority has notified The Company and the Generator or DC Converter Station
owner of its decision. Where the Generator or DC Converter Station owner is not licensed
The Company may propose any necessary changes to the Bilateral Agreement with such
unlicensed Generator or DC Converter Station owner.
CP.9.2 If the Authority:
(a) grants a derogation in respect of the Plant and/or Apparatus, then The Company shall
issue Final Operational Notification once all other Unresolved Issues are resolved;
or
(b) decides a derogation is not required in respect of the Plant and/or Apparatus then The
Company will reconsider the relevant Unresolved Issues and may issue a Final
Operational Notification once all other Unresolved Issues are resolved; or
(c) decides not to grant any derogation in respect of the Plant and/or Apparatus, then
there will be no Operational Notification in place and The Company and the GB
Code User shall consider its rights pursuant to the CUSC.
CP.9.3 Where an Interim Operational Notification or Limited Operational Notification is so
conditional upon a derogation and such derogation includes any conditions (including any
time limit to such derogation) the Generator or DC Converter Station owner will progress
the resolution of any Unresolved Issues and / or progress and / or comply with any
conditions upon such derogation and the provisions of CP.6.9 to CP.7.4 shall apply and shall
be followed.

CP.10 MANUFACTURER’S DATA & PERFORMANCE REPORT

CP.10.1.1 Data and performance characteristics in respect of certain Grid Code requirements may be
registered with The Company by Power Park Unit manufacturers in respect of specific
models of Power Park Units by submitting information in the form of a Manufacturer’s Data
and Performance Report to The Company.

Issue 5 Revision 24 CP 16 August 2018

12 of 27
CP.10.1.2 A GB Generator planning to construct a Power Station containing the appropriate version
of Power Park Units in respect of which a Manufacturer’s Data & Performance Report
has been submitted to The Company may reference the Manufacturer’s Data &
Performance Report in its submissions to The Company. Any Generator considering
referring to a Manufacturer’s Data & Performance Report for any aspect of its Plant and
Apparatus may contact The Company to discuss the suitability of the relevant
Manufacturer’s Data & Performance Report to its project to determine if, and to what
extent, the data included in the Manufacturer’s Data & Performance Report contributes
towards demonstrating compliance with those aspects of the Grid Code applicable to the
Generator. The Company will inform the Generator if the reference to the Manufacturer’s
Data & Performance Report is not appropriate or not sufficient for its project.
CP.10.1.3 The process to be followed by Power Park Unit manufacturers submitting a Manufacturer’s
Data & Performance Report is agreed by The Company. CP.10.2 indicates the specific
Grid Code requirement areas in respect of which a Manufacturer’s Data & Performance
Report may be submitted.
CP.10.1.4 The Company will maintain and publish a register of those Manufacturer’s Data &
Performance Reports which The Company has received and accepted as being an
accurate representation of the performance of the relevant Plant and / or Apparatus. Such
register will identify the manufacturer, the model(s) of Power Park Unit(s) to which the
report applies and the provisions of the Grid Code in respect of which the report contributes
towards the demonstration of compliance. The inclusion of any report in the register does
not in any way confirm that any Power Park Modules which utilise any Power Park Unit(s)
covered by a report is or will be compliant with the Grid Code.
CP.10.2 A Manufacturer’s Data & Performance Report in respect of Power Park Units may cover
one (or part of one) or more of the following provisions of the Grid Code:
(a) Fault Ride Through capability CC.6.3.15
(b) Power Park Module mathematical model PC.A.5.4.2
CP.10.3 Reference to a Manufacturer’s Data & Performance Report in a GB Code User’s
submissions does not by itself constitute compliance with the Grid Code.
CP.10.4 A Generator referencing a Manufacturer’s Data & Performance Report should insert the
relevant Manufacturer’s Data & Performance Report reference in the appropriate place in
the DRC data submission and / or in the User Data File Structure. The Company will
consider the suitability of a Manufacturer’s Data & Performance Report:
(a) in place of DRC data submissions a mathematical model suitable for representation of
the entire Power Park Module as per CP.A.3.4.4. For the avoidance of doubt only the
relevant sections as specified in PC.A.2.5.5.7 apply. Site specific parameters will still
need to be submitted by the Generator.
(b) in place of Fault simulation studies as follows;
The Company will not require Fault Ride Through simulation studies to be conducted
as per CP.A.3.5.1 and qualified in CP.A.3.5.2 provided that;
(i) Adequate and relevant Power Park Unit data is included in respect of Fault Ride
Through testing covered in CP.A.14.7.1 in the relevant Manufacturer’s Data &
Performance Report , and
(ii) For each type and duration of fault as detailed in CP.A.3.5.1, the expected
minimum retained voltage is greater than the corresponding minimum voltage
achieved and successfully ridden through in the fault ride through tests covered by
the Manufactu